The commit
642b80d256 ("net: designware: drop compatible altr, socfpga-stmmac")
breaks designware ethernet for all ARC boards. It removes
"altr, socfpga-stmmac" compatible from "drivers/net/designware.c"
without changing compatible in the boards which use it.
Fix that by adding "snps,arc-dwmac-3.70a" compatible string to
"drivers/net/designware.c" and using it in ARC boards device tree.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
With the patch below applied, host_block_dev structure was switched
to be placed in platdata rather than priv. The command "host info"
must be aligned with this change. Otherwise, we will see "Segmentation
Fault."
Fixes: 8f994c860d ("sandbox: blk: Switch to use platdata_auto_alloc_size for the driver data")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
These boards don't have a watchdog enabled in SPL, so make sure
CONFIG_SPL_WDT is not enabled.
Fixes: commit 6874cb7220 ("watchdog: Split WDT from SPL_WDT")
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
- Assorted TI platform fixes
- Revert the change that broke environment flag validation
- Assorted typo fixes
- Assorted Kconfig dependency fixes
- Other minor bug fixes
This reverts commit 7d4776545b. The
changes here break environment validation and furthermore do not seem to
be required.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The SPL device tree is missing the entires for gpio1, uart1, usdhc1 and
usdhc2. This creates the missing imx6q-logicpd-u-boot.dtsi file
which will enable these functions so SPL can properly setup UART, detect
microSD card, and startup.
Fixes: 8f4691e31a ("ARM: imx6q_logic: With SPL_OF_CONTROL enabled,
remove MMC init")
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Existing debug output is mixed with the function name:
initcall_run_list() initcall: 25263initcall_run_list() (relocated to 425263)
Turn it to:
initcall_run_list() initcall: 25263 (relocated to 425263)
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
At this point we are using part number sub-command to retrieve UUID
of the partition using it's name.
e.g.:
part number mmc $mmcdev system_a system_a_index
part uuid mmc $mmcdev:${system_a_index} system_a_uuid
Since 'part uuid' sub-command expects partition index in hex format and
'part number' returns decimal value, 'part uuid' command will provide
wrong UUID or fail.
Fixes: be683756f6 ("cmd: part: Add 'number' sub-command")
Cc: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@de.bosch.com>
Reported-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@se.bosch.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Stratiienko <roman.stratiienko@globallogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
To accommodate the growth of u-boot, we need to shift the location of the
secure monitor. Moving it 64kB further.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
On HS devices the access to TRNG is restricted on the non-secure
ARM side, disable the node in DT to prevent firewall violations.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
This updates MAINTAINERS and git-mailrc to add me as maintainer for
socfpga.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
*.pyc files contain compiled Python bytecode. 'make mrproper' should remove
them.
Removing *.pyc files helps for instance sometimes when running into an
error "binman: Unknown entry type 'blob' in node '/binman/blob'".
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The memory allocated to store the FIT image containing SYSFW and board
configuration data is statically defined to the largest size expected.
This was 269000 bytes but now needs to be grown to 276000 to make room
for the signatures attached to the board configuration data on High
Security devices.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
At present this code passes an fdt_addr_t pointer as a u64 pointer which
is not safe, since sizeof(fdt_addr_t) may be 4, e.g. with sandbox. Correct
this to avoid a stack corruption problem.
Fixes: e679d03b08 (core: ofnode: Add ofnode_get_addr_size_index)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: correct one typo in the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This reads the low cell of the PCI address from the wrong cell. Fix it.
Also fix the function that this code came from.
Fixes: 9e51204527 (dm: core: Add operations on device tree references)
Fixes: 4ea5243a3a (fdt: fix fdtdec_get_pci_addr() for CONFIG_PHYS_64BIT)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is reincarnation of the U-Boot
commit 3469bf4274
Author: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Date: Wed Jan 10 19:40:15 2018 +0200
x86: zImage: Propagate acpi_rsdp_addr to kernel via boot parameters
after upstream got eventually the Linux kernel
commit e6e094e053af75cbc164e950814d3d084fb1e698
Author: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Date: Tue Nov 20 08:25:29 2018 +0100
x86/acpi, x86/boot: Take RSDP address from boot params if available
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When booting through the efi stub, the memory map get's created by
reading the dram bank information. Depending on the version of the RPi4
this information changes. Read the device tree to initialize the dram
bank data structure. This way the kernel is able to access the whole
range of available memory.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
First set of u-boot-atmel fixes for 2019.10 cycle:
This includes only tiny cleanups on env changes related to 2019.10 new
features: removal of duplicate env settings (otherwise there may be
warnings in building..) and a small fix for flashes on Gardena smart
gateway (requires nand bad block tables).
'commit a9221f3ebd ("at91, omap2plus: configs: migrate CONFIG_ENV_ to defconfigs")'
migrated CONFIG_ENV_ macros to defconfigs but did not remove the
identical redefinition of these macros in include/configs/.
Since the duplicated macros have the same value as the ones in defconfigs,
no "redefined" warnings were raised. Remove duplicated macros for all
sama5 and sam9x5ek boards.
While verifying that the removal of the macros from include/configs did
not change the same macros in defconfigs, overwrite the old defconfig by
saving them with the output from "make arch=ARM savedefconfig". This
resulted in the movement of some macros in the defconfig files.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
This patch enables the BBT in NAND on the AT91SAM based GARDENA smart
Gateway. This is especially important, since the Linux driver also
enables this option and uses the BBT table pages. Without setting this
option, U-Boot will try to re-use these pages again (e.g. UBI).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch restores commit c49d0ac38a ("ARM: dts: rmobile: Increase off-on
delay on the SD Vcc regulator"), which was accidentally dropped during DT
resync in commit 317d13ac63 ("ARM: dts: rmobile: Synchronize Gen3 DTs with
Linux 5.0").
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Fixes: 317d13ac63 ("ARM: dts: rmobile: Synchronize Gen3 DTs with Linux 5.0")
The commit 619f002db8 ("rockchip: make_fit_atf.py: fix loadables property
set error") fixed the double-loading of the primary atf-image, but didn't
take into account that there may be rare atf images with only that main
section present.
Right now this will result in a broken its due to the loadables section not
getting closed correctly, so fix that by adapting the guards around the loop.
The guards now protect against 0 segments when the bl31 binary doesn't
contain any section and 1 segment when only a core atf section is present.
Fixes: 619f002db8 ("rockchip: make_fit_atf.py: fix loadables property set error")
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Originally the cpuid var the value gets read into was defined as
u8 cpuid[RK3399_CPUID_LEN];
hence the sizeof(cpuid) would return the correct the correct number
of array elements.
With the move to a separate function cpuid becomes a pointer and
sizeof(cpuid) hence returns the pointer size - 8 in the arm64 case.
We do have the actual id length available as function param so use
it for actual amount of bytes to read.
Fixes: 0482538499 ("rockchip: rk3399: derive ethaddr from cpuid")
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This commit add envtools suppport to CI to verify if there
is no build issues.
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Jean Texier <pjtexier@koncepto.io>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since commit af95f20 ("env: Create a new file for environment functions"),
a new header file exists.
So, this commit add a missing header file.
Fixes:
include/env.h:158:1: error: unknown type name ‘ulong’; did you mean ‘long’?
ulong env_get_ulong(const char *name, int base, ulong default_val);
^~~~~
long
include/env.h:158:49: error: unknown type name ‘ulong’; did you mean ‘long’?
ulong env_get_ulong(const char *name, int base, ulong default_val);
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Jean Texier <pjtexier@koncepto.io>
Tested-by: Joris Offouga <offougajoris@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Since commit d3716dd ("env: Rename the redundancy flags"), the
definitions of ENV_REDUND_OBSOLETE & ENV_REDUND_ACTIVE was moved
to env.h.
Fixes:
tools/env/fw_env.c:122:22: error: ‘ENV_REDUND_ACTIVE’ redeclared as different kind of symbol
static unsigned char ENV_REDUND_ACTIVE = 1;
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In file included from tools/env/fw_env.c:13:
include/env.h:63:2: note: previous definition of ‘ENV_REDUND_ACTIVE’ was here
ENV_REDUND_ACTIVE = 1,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
tools/env/fw_env.c:127:22: error: ‘ENV_REDUND_OBSOLETE’ redeclared as different kind of symbol
static unsigned char ENV_REDUND_OBSOLETE;
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In file included from tools/env/fw_env.c:13:
include/env.h:62:2: note: previous definition of ‘ENV_REDUND_OBSOLETE’ was here
ENV_REDUND_OBSOLETE = 0,
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Jean Texier <pjtexier@koncepto.io>
Tested-by: Joris Offouga <offougajoris@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
APPEND_WRITE with data length zero is allowable according to the UEFI
specification.
The EDK2 interpretation of no access attributes is attributes = 0. As
the UEFI specification is vague in this respect let's stick to EDK2 here.
Fixes: commit 6d2f27c5fd ("efi_loader: variable: support APPEND_WRITE")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We always have to return via EFI_EXIT() from EFIAPI functions.
Coverity reported an unreachable line and a resource leak.
Fixes: commit 6d2f27c5fd ("efi_loader: variable: support APPEND_WRITE")
Reported-by: Coverity Scan CID 253575, CID 184095
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Remove outdated TODO for efi_stri_coll(). efi_stri_coll() is already using
the Unicode capitalization table.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.10-rc4 (5)
This patch set fixes errors in the UEFI sub-system and adds a function to
compare u16 strings which is prerequisite for further patches.
Currently we may end up with an LCD clock divider that differs from
the HDMI PHY clock divider if we can't exactly match the pixel clock.
Fix this by using DIV_ROUND_UP to calculate the divider. This works
since the PLL is chosen such that the resulting pixel clock is
never higher than the requested pixel clock.
Fixes: 1feed358ed ("sunxi: video: HDMI: Fix clock setup")
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Old splash code in cfb_console driver displayed U-Boot version
string by default. Restore this behaviour for DM_VIDEO enabled
configurations.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reported-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Define "splashimage" variable in the default environment
and enable BMP code. Also configure white on black for
video console.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
After mxc_ipuv3 DM_VIDEO conversion showing splash image
doesn't work. Fix this. Also enable white on black console
configuration as it used to be with cfb_console driver.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reported-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
After mxc_ipuv3 DM_VIDEO conversion showing splash image
doesn't work. Fix this. Also enable white on black console
configuration as it used to be with cfb_console driver.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
After mxc_ipuv3 DM_VIDEO conversion board configs with enabled
CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO do not show splash screen (previosly drawing
splash screen worked via cfb_console driver with CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
enabled). Use splash_source library for loading splash images
when CONFIG_SPLASH_SOURCE is selected, otherwise prepare built-in
video logo for drawing.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
New seven test cases for u16_str<n>cmp() are added under Unicode unit test,
which should be executed by "ut unicode" command.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
u16 version of strcmp(): u16_strncmp() works like u16_strcmp() but only
at most n characters (in u16) are compared.
This function will be used in my UEFI secure boot patch.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Now that APPEND_WRITE is supported,
the result check for the only existing test case should be changed to
'todo' to 'error', while two more test cases are added.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE is specified in attributes at
efi_set_variable(), specified data will be appended to the variable's
original value. Attributes other than APPEND_WRITE should not be
modified.
With this patch, APPEND_WRITE test in 'variables' selftest will pass.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
DisconnectController() should never return EFI_NOT_FOUND.
If EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL.Stop() fails, return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR.
If the driver handle does not expose the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Sandbox's "host" devices are currently described as UCLASS_ROOT udevice
with DEV_IF_HOST block device. As the current implementation of
efi_device_path doesn't support such a type, any "host" device
on sandbox cannot be seen as a distinct object.
For example,
=> host bind 0 /foo/disk.img
=> efi devices
Scanning disk host0...
Found 1 disks
Device Device Path
================ ====================
0000000015c19970 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)
0000000015c19d70 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)
=> efi dh
Handle Protocols
================ ====================
0000000015c19970 Device Path, Device Path To Text, Device Path Utilities, Unicode Collation 2, HII String, HII Database, HII Config Routing
0000000015c19ba0 Driver Binding
0000000015c19c10 Simple Text Output
0000000015c19c80 Simple Text Input, Simple Text Input Ex
0000000015c19d70 Block IO, Device Path, Simple File System
As you can see here, efi_root (0x0000000015c19970) and host0 device
(0x0000000015c19d70) have the same representation of device path.
This is not only inconvenient, but also confusing since two different
efi objects are associated with the same device path and
efi_dp_find_obj() will possibly return a wrong result.
Solution:
Each "host" device should be given an additional device path node
of "vendor device path" to make it distinguishable.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
- Coding style corrections in some RTC drivers.
- Small doc updates.
- Regression fix in part_test_dos()
- Regression fix on TI OMAP WDTs.
- Document deadline for CONFIG_DM migration.
- Switch Travis-CI to "xenial" release.
For many sub-systems we already require the driver model to be used. Yet
there is still a handful of boards that do not have CONFIG_DM enabled.
We should make CONFIG_DM compulsory with release v2020.01
Conversion dates for CONFIG_DM_SPL and CONFIG_DM_TPL are yet to be defined.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
AM335X based beaglebone black target gets reset by DM converted watchdog
if booted from emmc around 60sec. Fixed this by moving driver's private struct
variable initialization at different places in the driver to driver's probe.
Tested on Beaglebone Black.
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Fixes: 7659ea32 ("watchdog: omap_wdt: Convert watchdog driver to use DT and DM")
Reported-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
Acked-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
The README.scrapyard file has been inconsistently updated. While well
intentioned, bad data is worse than no data, and in this case a pointer
to use the history that git provides. Remove the current content and
the script that would update it from time to time as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The blk_dread() following the mbr allocation reads one block from the
device. This will lead to overflow if block size is greater than the
size of legacy_mbr. Fix this by allocating at least one block size.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Acked-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
The of-plat.rst file till this change has been using
This is at best misleading as SPL_OF_PLATDATA is always defined when we
want to use this SPL tinification feature (also in U-Boot proper).
As a result the OF_PLATDATA SPL specific code is also compiled in when
U-Boot proper is build.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We need a new STACK in SDRAM instead of SRAM so that the EMMC controller
can work properly. The EMMC/SD controller's master is not able to access
SRAM area, it can only access DRAM area.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
SPL_TEXT_BASE is 0x0 by default, based on the kconfig
definition move in below commit.
"configs: move CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE to Kconfig"
(sha1: f89d6133ee)
So, don't define it explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tinker board needs to mux all the sdmmc gpio and
activate the regulator connected to bank 7. Remove
all the bank that are not in use and mark them as dm,spl
so-that it would initialize at SPL.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
SPL sets up SDRAM while in its board_init_f()
function, it is possible for the stack to move
there before board_init_r() is reached.
So it is required to reserve the stack for SDRAM,
with a proper location and size otherwise any
operations during SPL handoff would leads to failure.
On, this particular context tinker-rk3288 SPL is
failing to launch U-Boot proper on SDRAM due to
lack of stack.
U-Boot SPL 2019.10-rc3-00297-g5ba8b12543 (Sep 12 2019 - 08:50:36 +0530)
Trying to boot from MMC1
spl: mmc init failed with error: -110
SPL: failed to boot from all boot devices
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
So, enable SPL_STACK_R_ADDR and it's related-config
items for SDRAM, SPL stack to setup properly.
Reported-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
SPL_TEXT_BASE is 0x0 by default, based on the kconfig
definition move in below commit.
"configs: move CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE to Kconfig"
(sha1: f89d6133ee)
So, don't define it explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Few of the rk3288 boards like tinker, vyasa are using
TPL, SPL bootchain so the dram initialization must needed
during TPL stage. So add proper ifconstruct to satisfy
both TPL, SPL and SPL-only bootchain boards.
This eventually fixing TPL to SPL handoff, otherwise missing
dram initilaztion at TPL stage would leads to SPL hang.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The initial Vyasa-rk3288 TPL implementation is to reuse the
SPL_TEXT_BASE for TPL and SPL as 0x0 and 0xff704000 respectively.
But the below commit implements the reverse way of using TEXT_BASE's
like 0xff704000 for TPL and 0x0 for SPL and which indeed update
the SPL_TEXT_BASE for vyasa-rk3288 board.
"rockchip: Kconfig: enable TPL support for rk3328"
(sha1: 3f47db0275)
So, fix by dropping the legacy SPL_TEXT_BASE and it will
reassign 0x0 by default based on Kconfig definition.
Reported-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
ROCKCHIP_BROM_HELPER is selected as if TPL/SPL ROCKCHIP_BACK_TO_BROM
has been defined, so drop the explicit enablement for vyasa board.
This change is supposed to missed during config move to
other locations, and missed to drop the same.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang<kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This enables reading the cpuid from e-fuse, and deriving a static
MAC address from it. Without this, the ethernet interface on the
rockpro64 can't be used to boot.
Signed-off-by: Hugh Cole-Baker <sigmaris@gmail.com>
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Commit c4e8862308 (mtd: spi: Switch to new SPI NOR framework)
performs switch from previous 'spi_flash' infrastructure without
proper testing/investigations which results in a regressions for
SST26 flash series.
Enable protection ops for SST26 flash series which were
previously enabled by
Commit 3d4fed87a5 (mtd: sf: Add support of sst26wf* flash ICs
protection ops)
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Commit c4e8862308 (mtd: spi: Switch to new SPI NOR framework)
performs switch from previous 'spi_flash' infrastructure without
proper testing/investigations which results in a regressions for
SST26 flash series.
Add missing SST26* flash IC protection ops which were introduced
previously by
Commit 3d4fed87a5 (mtd: sf: Add support of sst26wf* flash ICs
protection ops)
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
spi_write_then_read, will manage to do the respective
spi_xfer based on the tx_buf, rx_buf so drop the
legacy spi_flash_read/write/cm code.
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #da850-evm
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add support for SPI synchronous write followed by read,
this is common interface call from spi-nor to spi drivers.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #da850-evm
MXS_SPI driver now partially converted into driver-model,
so unmark the DEPRECATED option for the same.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
[jagan: update the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
In case spi_get_bus_and_cs callback is used, spi bus is first probed
then slave devices are probed. To avoid a data abort in soft_spi probe
function, we need to check that (slave != NULL).
If slave is NULL, cs_flags and clk_flags will be initialized with
respectively GPIOD_ACTIVE_LOW and 0.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The prescaler value computation can yield wrong result if given 0x1f at
the beginning: the value is computed to be 0x20, but the maximum value
the register can hold 0x1f, so the actual stored value in this case is
0, which is obviously wrong.
Set the upper bound of the value to 0x1f with the min macro.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add missing PCI range for translating DRAM to bus addresses.
This fixes e.g. PCI NIC interface and allows network to work
in QEMU.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Since binutils 2.30 , the resulting U-Boot binary was incorrectly linked
against address 0 instead of text base, fix it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
HS devices use the FIT post processing step to authenticate boot images.
Set the configured boot command to load FIT by default.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
API get_ti_sci_handle() is relying on the device-tree node name
to be "dmsc" for probing the ti_sci device. But with the introduction
of debug messages for dmsc, the node name changed to dmsc@44083000.
Because of this ti_sci is never probed cause a boot failure. Instead
of relying on device-tree node name, use the first available firmware
node for probing ti_sci.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The da8xx GPIO driver is available with DM_GPIO support. This
patch enables the CMD_GPIO, CMD_DM, and DM_GPIO and DA8XX_GPIO.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The USB was just recently enabled, so it is unlikely anyone is
using it in SPL, so this patch removes it from SPL to further
reduce the SPL code size.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The header it littered with #ifdefs and #defines and that appear
to be legacy associations to the older da850-evm and in some cases
obsolete with either Kconfig or DM migrations. This patch removes
these legacy references.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Enable driver model for USB, MMC, SPI and SPI_FLASH. Also enable BLK.
This will remove the following compile warnings:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_MMC. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_MMC before the v2019.04 release.
====================================================
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_USB. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_USB before the v2019.07 release.
====================================================
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_SPI_FLASH before the v2019.07 release.
====================================================
Target was compile tested, build was clean.
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
Add device tree from Linux for driver model conversion
and enable OF_CONTROL. This will remove the following compile
warning:
==================================================
Device Tree Source is not correctly specified.
Please define 'CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE'
or build with 'DEVICE_TREE=<device_tree>' argument
===================================================
Target was compile tested, build was clean.
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
In case dma_ring_reset_quirk is not set the k3_ringacc_ring_reset_dma will
just exit without ring reset. Fix it, by adding ring reset call in case
dma_ring_reset_quirk is not.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.10-rc4 (4)
Fixes for the EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL:
* correctly iterate over directories
* correct Unicode conversion of file names
* parameter checks
In SerDes protocol 0x13BB, lane C was erroneously assigned
to PCIE1, this is now updated to PCIE2
Fixes: 36f50b7523 ("armv8: ls1028a: Add other serdes
protocal support")
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The correct config entry is CONFIG_PCIE_LAYERSCAPE and this
typo results in skipping the fixup of Linux PCIe DT nodes.
Also enable the fixup when Layerscape Gen4 controller driver
is enabled.
Fixes: 4da0e52c9d (armv8: fsl-layerscape: fix config dependency
for layerscape pci code)
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add SerDes1 protocol 14 in the list of supported protocols.
This configuration enables one high-speed 100G port and PCIe x4.
Signed-off-by: Florin Chiculita <florinlaurentiu.chiculita@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The code that generates the compatible property concatenates the
ethernet phy id and clause-compatible information without
separating them with a comma, resulting into no ethernet phy driver
getting loaded by Linux kernel.
Suffix phy_id_compatible_str with comma to fix this
Signed-off-by: Florin Chiculita <florinlaurentiu.chiculita@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
lx2160a rev1 and rev2 SoC has different pcie controller.
The pcie controller device tree node fields "compatible"
and registers names needs to be updated accordingly
This change in device tree is handled as part of
fdt fixups. These changes would only be applied
if the soc revision is not rev1.
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Bansal <pankaj.bansal@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
By default, i2c input clock is programmed at
platform clk / 2 in u-boot, but this is not
correct for all the platforms,
Update I2C clock divider's default values as per
SoC (LS1012A, LS1028A, LX2160A and LS1088A).
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The SP805-WDT module on LS1028A requires configuration of PMU's
PCTBENR register to enable watchdog counter decrement and reset
signal generation. The watchdog clock needs to be enabled first.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Schaefer <thomas.schaefer@kontron.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhao Qiang <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add the device-tree structure describing the MUX in board dts.
QDS board has an on-board RGMII PHY and 4 slots for extension cards.
All these can be accessed over MDIO through a MDIO MUX controlled
over I2C.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
During boot, u-boot reads MC, DPL, DPC firmware from SD card
and copies to DDR. Update DDR addresses to which these firmwares
are copied as per memory map of these firmwares on SD-card
so that isolation between the regions of various firmwares
is maintained to avoid geting overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Bansal <pankaj.bansal@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add eMMC hs200 mode for ls1028a, ls1012a, lx2160a.
This increases eMMC performance.
Tuning procedure is currently not supported.
Signed-off-by: Yinbo Zhu <yinbo.zhu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
NXP fsl_esdhc controller supports two reference clocks:
platform clock and peripheral clock
Peripheral clock can provide higher clock frequency
which is required to be used for tuning of SD UHS mode
and eMMC HS200/HS400 modes.
Peripheral clock is enabled by default by defining config
option FSL_ESDHC_USE_PERIPHERAL_CLK if eMMC HS200/HS400 modes
are supported.
Signed-off-by: Yinbo Zhu <yinbo.zhu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
- add idbloader.img target for rockchip tpl+spl;
- usb ehci/ohci: go on process if clock driver don't have clk_enable();
- remove clk_enable() for rockchip clock drivers;
- add boot order for rockpro64
We do not support volume label changes. No parameter checks are needed
here.
When the info for as file is changed the buffer must always contain a file
name.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Many Rockchip platforms require the same u-boot deploy procedure
when TPL and SPL both enabled.
The following examples are taken from doc/README.rockchip
and board/theobroma-systems/lion_rk3368/README:
RK3288:
./tools/mkimage -n rk3288 -T rksd -d ./tpl/u-boot-tpl.bin out
cat ./spl/u-boot-spl-dtb.bin >> out
sudo dd if=out of=/dev/mmcblk0 seek=64
RK3328:
./tools/mkimage -n rk3328 -T rksd -d ./tpl/u-boot-tpl.bin idbloader.img
cat ./spl/u-boot-spl.bin >> idbloader.img
sudo dd if=idbloader.img of=/dev/mmcblk0 seek=64
RK3368:
./tools/mkimage -n rk3368 -T rksd -d tpl/u-boot-tpl.bin spl-3368.img
cat spl/u-boot-spl-dtb.bin >> spl-3368.img
dd if=spl-3368.img of=/dev/sdb seek=64
RK3399:
./tools/mkimage -n rk3399 -T rksd -d ./tpl/u-boot-tpl-dtb.bin out
cat ./spl/u-boot-spl-dtb.bin >> out
sudo dd if=out of=/dev/sdc seek=64
Here, we introduce generic idbloader.img target
which is the TPL image followed by the SPL binary.
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use obj-$(config) instead of #ifdef $config to make the code looks
clean, and move the misc_init for U-Boot proper only.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The rk3188/Makefile already depends on !TPL_BUILD, so no need to add
this again in parent Makefile, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
There is no real driver for clk enable/disable now, and we actually
don't need it now, remove it so that not waste CPU cycles and code size.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
There is no real driver for clk enable/disable now, and we actually
don't need it now, remove it so that not waste CPU cycles and code size.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
There is no real driver for clk enable/disable now, and we actually
don't need it now, remove it so that not waste CPU cycles and code size.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
There is no real driver for clk enable/disable now, and we actually
don't need it now, remove it so that not waste CPU cycles and code size.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Some clock driver do not have a clk_enable() call back, and we should not
treat this as fail in ehci probe like other modules, eg. clk_enabl_bulk()
do not return fail if ret value is '-ENOSYS'
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Some clock driver do not have a clk_enable() call back, and we should not
treat this as fail in ehci probe like other modules, eg. clk_enabl_bulk()
do not return fail if ret value is '-ENOSYS'
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
commit 65c1f9820c8f79f "usb: Add nonblock argument to submit_int_msg"
breaks the musb_hcd driver.
Fixing it by adding the missing argument
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
An USB 1.1 keyboard connected to dwc2 through a high-speed hub does not
report status until it changes. With this patch you can enable keyboard
by pressing a key while USB devices are probed. Without a keypress no
state is reported and the probe times out. We don't want to wait for a
keypress or timeout while polling for keypresses so implement an int_msg
nonblock variant that exits early on error.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
- Tangier ACPI table fixes
- Support getting high memory size on QEMU x86
- Show UEFI images involved in crash for x86
- EFI loader conventional memory map fix
- Add support for dis_u2_susphy_quirk in the xhci-dwc3 driver to fix boot when
a device is plugged only in the OTG capable port for libretech-ac and libretech-cc
Intel iDMA 32-bit controller has 17 bits for the maximum block size value.
Due to nature of the binary number representation the maximum value is
2^17 - 1. The original code misses the latter part in equation.
Fixes: 5e99fde34a ("x86: tangier: Populate CSRT for shared DMA controller")
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Per PCI firmware specification the ACPI has to reserve the memory
which is defined as PCI ECAM.
Fixes: 39665beed6 ("x86: tangier: Enable ACPI support for Intel Tangier")
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
GCC 9.2 starts complaining about possible pointer misalignment of
pointers to the unpacked (alignment=4) structures in the packed
(alignment=1) ones:
CC arch/x86/cpu/tangier/acpi.o
arch/x86/cpu/tangier/acpi.c: In function ‘acpi_create_fadt’:
arch/x86/cpu/tangier/acpi.c:22:37: warning: taking address of packed
member of ‘struct acpi_fadt’ may result in an unaligned pointer value
[-Waddress-of-packed-member]
22 | struct acpi_table_header *header = &(fadt->header);
CC arch/x86/lib/acpi_table.o
arch/x86/lib/acpi_table.c: In function ‘acpi_create_spcr’:
arch/x86/lib/acpi_table.c:366:37: warning: taking address of packed
member of ‘struct acpi_spcr’ may result in an unaligned pointer value
[-Waddress-of-packed-member]
366 | struct acpi_table_header *header = &(spcr->header);
Fix the potential issues by annotating embedded structures with
__packed even though they are packed naturally.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: add GCC version number in the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This quirk is necessary for the Amlogic GXL SoCs otherwise the
Port 2 PHY doesn't get out of suspend and U-Boot resets the board after:
XHCI timeout on event type 33... cannot recover.
BUG: failure at drivers/usb/host/xhci-ring.c:474/xhci_wait_for_event()!
BUG!
This quirk is also handled in the dwc3 core code, but until the
xhci-dwc3 driver uses the dwc3 core, the quirk must be handled here
to fix USB support on the Amlogic libretech-cc and libretech-ac board
when a device is only plugged in the OTG port.
Cc: Yuri Frolov <crashing.kernel@gmail.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Fixes: dc9cdf859e ("usb: dwc3: Add DWC3 controller driver support")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Use efi_add_conventional_memory_map() to configure EFI conventional memory
properly with ram_top value. This will give 32-bit mode U-Boot proper
conventional memory regions even if e820 has an entry which is greater than
32-bit address space.
Signed-off-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
[bmeng: fixed some typos in the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If a crash occurs, show the loaded UEFI images to facilitate analysis.
This is an example output:
=> bootefi 0x1000000
Found 0 disks
Hello world of bugs!
Invalid Opcode (Undefined Opcode)
EIP: 0010:[<06ceb06e>] EFLAGS: 00010206
Original EIP :[<fec9906e>]
EAX: 00000000 EBX: 06cec000 ECX: 00000fd0 EDX: 00000001
ESI: 06ced18a EDI: 07d0fe10 EBP: 07fe27a0 ESP: 07d0fde0
DS: 0018 ES: 0018 FS: 0020 GS: 0018 SS: 0018
CR0: 00000033 CR2: 00000000 CR3: 00000000 CR4: 00000000
DR0: 00000000 DR1: 00000000 DR2: 00000000 DR3: 00000000
DR6: ffff0ff0 DR7: 00000400
Stack:
0x07d0fde8 : 0x00000000
0x07d0fde4 : 0x06ced040
--->0x07d0fde0 : 0x07fe27a0
0x07d0fddc : 0x00010206
0x07d0fdd8 : 0x00000010
0x07d0fdd4 : 0x06ceb06e
UEFI image [0x06cea000:0x06cf0fff] pc=0x106e '/bug-i386.efi'
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
With the additional information provided by this patch we know that the
problem occurred 0x106e after the load address of bug-i386.efi.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Now that we are able to get the size of high memory from QEMU,
report its memory range as usable ram.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
At present only size of memory that is below 4GiB is retrieved from
QEMU. Add a function that gets size of memory that is above 4GiB.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
This extracts getting memory size logic in dram_init() to a separate
routine qemu_get_low_memory_size(). No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Every x86 platform provides board_get_usable_ram_top(), hence there
is no need to provide a weak version board_get_usable_ram_top(), not
to mention there is another weak version board_get_usable_ram_top()
in common/board_f.c.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Using ACPI predefined macros, such as Zero or One, will reduce a binary
size of resulting ACPI tables.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: manually fixed the conflicts when applying]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
While the original patch to fix a regression in distro boot for mmc on
these platforms had the correct syntax, I broke the change while
applying. Add back in the missing "=" here so that the syntax is
correct.
Reported-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Fixes: 27e0f3bcf0 ("arm: ti: Fix regression in distro boot for mmc")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Check the parameters of EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL.GetInfo() to avoid possible NULL
dereference.
Check the buffer size for EFI_FILE_SYSTEM_INFO.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We cannot determine the volume name in U-Boot. Instead of providing a dummy
volume name in case of EFI_FILE_SYSTEM_INFO and EFI_UNSUPPORTED in case of
EFI_FILE_SYSTEM_VOLUME_LABEL consistently return an empty string.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The UEFI specification requires to implement version 2 of the
EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL. Provide the missing functions as stubs.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The file size has to be determined in multiple places. Factor out a common
function.
If on entry into EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL.Read() the current position is beyond
the end of the file, return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL.Read() is used both to read files and directories.
When reaching the end of a directory we always have to return buffer size
zero irrespective of the incoming buffer size. (The described scenario for
a Shim quirk cannot arise because every directory has at least '.' and '..'
as entries.)
Even when the buffer_size is too small multiple times we have to keep a
reference to our last read directory entry.
When we return to the start of the directory via SetPosition() we must
remove the reference to a previously kept directory entry.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
ascii2unicode() can only convert characters 0x00-0x7f from UTF-8 to UTF-16.
Use utf8_utf16_strcpy() instead.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Check the parameters passed to Write():
* cannot write to directories (UEFI SCT 2017, 5.7.3.5.15)
* cannot write to file opened read only (UEFI SCT 2017, 5.7.3.5.16)
Add missing comments.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
- fix mailbox status register used for polling
- fix bcm2835_sdhost to wait long enough for a transfer to complete
- increase kernel image size from 8 MB to 64 MB on arm64
- add support for RPi4
- add prefixes for raspberry pi related stuff to git-mailrc
Define the memory map for the BCM2711 based on the dt configuration
available in the Raspberry Pi kernel fork.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Gherzan <andrei@balena.io>
[mb: BCM2838 -> BCM2711]
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
The bcm2711 has two emmc controllers. The difference is the clocks
they use. Add support for the second emmc controller.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Gherzan <andrei@balena.io>
This clock has a different mbox ID so have this included in the relevant
header file.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Gherzan <andrei@balena.io>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
The Raspebrry Pi 4 uses the new revision code scheme as documented by
the foundation. This change adds an entry for this board as well.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Gherzan <andrei@balena.io>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Define two target configs for Raspberry Pi 4 (32 and 64bit) and the
corresponding BCM2838* configs.
Be aware of the current limitation in firmware which requires an
explicit configuration to force the arm in 64bit mode when the
respective target is used.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Gherzan <andrei@balena.io>
[mb: rename BCM2838 -> BCM2711]
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Devices of bcm283x have different base address, depending if they are on
bcm2835 or bcm2836/7. Use BCM283x_BASE depending on the SoC you want to
build and only add the offset in the header files.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Gherzan <andrei@balena.io>
This defines a minimum defconfig for each of the two Raspberry Pi 4
variants. One notable difference is that we don't have a embedded dt for
this board given that the fw supplies us with one which we can reuse.
Furthermore, the ram size is not queryable through mbox interface as the
maximum reported size is 1G. The fw patches the dt with the right
memory configuration and uboot uses it as it is. We avoid u-boot
touching this configuration by making sure CONFIG_ARCH_FIXUP_FDT_MEMORY
is deactivated.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Gherzan <andrei@balena.io>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
On AArch64, kernel images are not self-decompressing and easily exceed
the 8MB limit.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Bonnans <laurent.bonnans@here.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Function bcm_2835_wait_transfer_complete() is not waiting long enough.
The previous code was claiming to wait for ~1 seconds, but as it depends
on register reads it's time actually varies.
Some cards require wait times of up to ~56 ms to perform
the command 'saveenv' on an EXT4 partition.
Re-implement the loop exit condition to use get_timer() which allows
to specify the wait time in more reliable manner. Set the maximum wait
time to the originally intended 1 second.
Signed-off by: Raul Benet <raul.benet_at_kaptivo.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Before we can send a message to the mailbox we have to check that there
is space to do so. Therefore we poll the status register. But up to now
the wrong status register, the one of mailbox 0, was checked. Fix this
by polling the status regiser of mailbox 1.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
[mb: rename registers and update commit message]
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.10-rc4 (3)
This includes the patches from
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.10-rc4 (2)
Fix UEFI specification compliance issues in the simple network protocol:
* Correctly set and reset the interrupt status.
* Support filling the header in the Transmit() service.
* Correct the checking and setting of the network state.
* Implement the MCastIPtoMAC() service.
* Adjust the simple network protocol unit test.
Fix UEFI specification compliance issues in the protocol.
Fix UEFI specification compliance issues in the simple text output protocol:
* Avoid out of bounds cursor position.
* Do not set illegal screen mode.
Fix UEFI specification compliance issues in the block IO protocol:
* Check parameters.
* Return correct status code if buffer is unaligned.
Refactor initialization of EFI memory in preparation of support for
> 3GB memory on x86.
The sdhci capabilities registers can be incorrect. The
sdhci-caps-mask and sdhci-caps dt properties specify which bits of
the registers are incorrect and what their values should be. This
patch makes the sdhci driver use those properties to correct the caps.
Also use "dev_read_u64_default" instead of "dev_read_u32_array" for
caps mask.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
We cannot do anything in EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL.Reset() but this does not
justify to return an error.
Let EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL.Reset() return EFI_SUCCESS.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
EFI_PRINT() offers indention of debug messages. Adjust the debug messages
of the BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Check parameters of ReadBlocks() and WriteBlocks().
If the buffer size is not a multiple of the block size, we have to return
EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.SetMode() should return EFI_UNDEFINED if a
screen mode is not available.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
When backspacing in column 0 do no set the column index to ULONG_MAX.
Ensure that the row number is not set to ULONG_MAX even if the row count is
advertised as 0.
Ignore control characters other the 0x08, 0x0a, 0x0d when updating the
column.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Correct the name of the partition size component in struct
efi_device_path_cdrom_path.
Render entry, start, and size when converting a CD-ROM device path node to
text.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Vendor device paths may contain data. When converting vendor device paths
to text this binary data has to be rendered.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Adding a conventional memory region to the memory map may require ram_top
limitation and it can be also commonly used. Extract adding a conventional
memory to the memory map in a separate routine for generic use.
Signed-off-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Implement the MCastIPtoMAC service of the simple network protocol.
It converts an multicast IPv4 (or IPv6) address to a multicast Ethernet
address.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The network should start in status EfiSimpleNetworkStopped.
Add and correct status checks in the simple network protocol.
Correct the unit test:
* Shutdown() and Stop() during setup if needed
* invoke Shutdown() before Stop() when tearing down
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Fill the media header in EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK.Transmit().
Check that the buffer size is large enough for the header.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Check that when the WaitForPacket event occurs
EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_RECEIVE_INTERRUPT is set.
Check the return value of Receive().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
GetStatus() must clear the interrupt status.
Transmit() should set the TX interrupt.
Receive() should clear the RX interrupt.
Initialize() and Start() should clear the interrupt status.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Enable CONFIG_CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST for the QEMU RISC-V boards.
Travis CI QEMU testing has been enabled for qemu-riscv64_defconfig. With
this patch we will test the UEFI sub-system on the board.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The mmc_spi driver's priv is not available in its bind phase(). Use
platdata instead.
Fixes: 05e35d4297 ("mmc: mmc_spi: Re-write driver using DM framework")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
There are two cases not been considered:
- use uint for timeout, it will overflow when size bigger than 512KB for
it *8*1000 at the beginning, but we may use size up to 32MB; The
'timeout' will overflow if size bigger than 51.2MB after this fix, which
should be enough for U-Boot;
- The timeout is using clock speed for data rate, but the device may not
have such high speed, eg. clock is 52MHz while the device write speed may
be less than 10MB/s, and we may use up to 150MHz clock.
Fix them in this patch, the max timeout is about 6500 when size is 32MB
after fix.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add nodes for the Aspeed SD controllers with their necessary properties.
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: Eddie James <eajames@linux.ibm.com>
Enable the MMC subsystem and the Aspeed SD controller. Also enable the
use of the device tree for probing the controller.
Signed-off-by: Eddie James <eajames@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
It's quite hard to figure out time units for various function that have
timeout parameters. This leads to possible errors when one forgets to
convert ms to us, for example. Let's rename those parameters
correspondingly to 'timeout_us' and 'timeout_ms' to prevent such issues
further.
While at it, add time units info as comments to struct mmc fields.
This commit doesn't change the behavior, only renames parameters names.
Buildman should report no changes at all.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
mmc_wait_dat0() expects timeout argument to be in usec units. But some
overlying functions operate on timeout in msec units. Convert timeout
from msec to usec when passing it to mmc_wait_dat0().
This fixes 'avb' commands on BeagleBoard X15, because next chain was
failing:
get_partition() -> mmc_switch_part() -> __mmc_switch() ->
mmc_wait_dat0()
when passing incorrect timeout from __mmc_switch() to mmc_wait_dat0().
Fixes: bb98b8c5c0 ("mmc: During a switch, poll on dat0 if available and check the final status")
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eugeniu Rosca <rosca.eugeniu@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Eugeniu Rosca <rosca.eugeniu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
When look through the code, I found this bare metal
drives is not used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With GCC 9.2.1 net/nfs.c leads to multiple errors of type
address-of-packed-member.
net/nfs.c: In function ‘rpc_req’:
net/nfs.c:199:18: error: taking address of packed member of
‘struct rpc_t’ may result in an unaligned pointer value
[-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
199 | p = (uint32_t *)&(rpc_pkt.u.call.data);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
net/nfs.c: In function ‘nfs_readlink_reply’:
net/nfs.c:631:46: error: taking address of packed member of
‘struct rpc_t’ may result in an unaligned pointer value
[-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
631 | nfs3_get_attributes_offset(rpc_pkt.u.reply.data);
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~^~~~~
LD drivers/block/built-in.o
net/nfs.c: In function ‘nfs_read_reply’:
net/nfs.c:692:46: error: taking address of packed member of
‘struct rpc_t’ may result in an unaligned pointer value
[-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
692 | nfs3_get_attributes_offset(rpc_pkt.u.reply.data);
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~^~~~~
struct rpc_t is only used as local variable. It is naturally packed. So
there is no need for the attribute packed.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
rpc_pkt.u.call.data is an array of uint32_t. There is no need to convert
it to uint32_t *.
memcpy() expects void * as it 1st and 2nd argument. There is no point in
converting pointers to char * before passing them to memcpy().
In ntohl(data[1]) != 0 calling ntohl() is superfluous. If the value is
zero, does not depend on the byte order.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Some environment variables are relevant for networking. For these
U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACKs have been defined. When the corresponding environment
variable is updated the callback updates the state of the network
sub-system.
In the UEFI subsystem we can use the network even if CONFIG_CMD_NET is not
defined.
Let the usage of the U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACKs depend on CONFIG_NET and not on
CONFIG_CMD_NET.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This patch adds a check to nfs_handler to fix buffer overflow for CVE-2019-14197,
CVE-2019-14200, CVE-2019-14201, CVE-2019-14202, CVE-2019-14203 and CVE-2019-14204.
Signed-off-by: Cheng Liu <liucheng32@huawei.com>
Reported-by: Fermín Serna <fermin@semmle.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The net_random_ethaddr() tries to get some entropy from different
startup times of a board. The seed is initialized with get_timer() which
has only a granularity of milliseconds. We can do better if we use
get_ticks() which returns the raw timer ticks. Using this we have a
higher chance of getting different values at startup.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
With commit c6d07bf440 ("net/macb: increase RX buffer size for GEM")
ethernet support does not work any more with d-cache enabled on the
AT91SAM. The reason is, that MACB_RX_BUFFER_SIZE was changed from 4096
to 128 but this change was not refected in the rx_buffer flush and
invalidate functions, as these also use this macro.
This patch now fixes this by calculating the rx buffer size correctly
again in those functions. With this change, ethernet works again
reliably on my AT91SAM board.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Fixes: c6d07bf440 ("net/macb: increase RX buffer size for GEM")
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Cc: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The same compatible = "altr,socfpga-stmmac" appears in both
drivers/net/designware.c and drivers/net/dwmac_socfgpa.c,
creating ambiguity in which driver will be bound.
For Intel/Altera SoC devices, dwmac_socfpga.c is the correct driver.
So drop the compatible string from designware.c.
Signed-off-by: Ralph Siemsen <ralph.siemsen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This reverts commit 1b0c9914cc.
Commit 1b0c9914cc ("net: macb: Fixed reading MII_LPA register")
causes 100Mbps does not work any more with SiFive FU540 GEM on the
HiFive Unleashed board. Revert it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The driver model has been supported for network drivers since 2015. It is
time to convert the remaining boards. Set July 2020 as a timeline.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
It was missing in the original submission and not having it in place causes
issues with probing of PCI devices.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Align the board and driver prototype for board_interface_eth_init
to avoid execution issue (the interface_type parameter is defined
as int or phy_interface_t).
To have a generic weak function (it should be reused by other driver)
I change the prototype to use directly udevice.
This prototype is added in netdev.h to allow compilation check
and avoid warning when compiling with W=1 on file
board/st/stm32mp1/stm32mp1.c
warning: no previous prototype for 'board_interface_eth_init'\
[-Wmissing-prototypes]
int board_interface_eth_init(int interface_type, ....
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Do not use random value from stack as return value of pfe_phy_write().
Indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
SANDBOX_PHY_REG_CNT is not an allowable index for the array
u16 reg[SANDBOX_PHY_REG_CNT].
Identified by cppcheck.
Fixes: b47edf8069 ("test: dm_mdio: add a 2nd register to the emulated PHY")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
mvpp2 already has support for setting MAC addresses but this
functionality was not exposed to the ethernet core. This commit exposes
this functionality so that MAC address assignments stored in U-Boot's
environment are correctly applied before Linux boots.
Signed-off-by: Matt Pelland <mpelland@starry.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Implicitly Marvell MDIO driver uses DT node names for devices, but in this
case that is not unique. Set MDIO device names for master/slave to
cpm/cps.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This patch adds a separate driver for the MDIO interface of the
Marvell Ethernet controllers based on driver model. There are two
reasons to have a separate driver rather than including it inside
the MAC driver itself:
*) The MDIO interface is shared by all Ethernet ports, so a driver
must guarantee non-concurrent accesses to this MDIO interface. The
most logical way is to have a separate driver that handles this
single MDIO interface, used by all Ethernet ports.
*) The MDIO interface is the same between the existing mv643xx_eth
driver and the new mvneta/mvpp2 driver. Even though it is for now
only used by the mvneta/mvpp2 driver, it will in the future be
used by the mv643xx_eth driver as well.
This driver supports SMI IEEE for 802.3 Clause 22 and XSMI for IEEE
802.3 Clause 45.
This patch also adds device tree binding for marvell MDIO driver.
Signed-off-by: Ken Ma <make@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Adds a binding document for mdio. A notable deviation from corresponding
Linux binding is the introduction of device-name optional property, which
can be used to name MDIO buses. Two reset optional properties described
by Linux binding are also not present as they don't seem to be used in
U-Boot at this time.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Use the optional property device-name to name the MDIO bus. This works
around limitations with using the DT node name on devices such as
Armada-8040, which integrates two cp100 cores, both featuring MDIOs at the
same relative offsets and with the same DT node names.
The concept was originally proposed by Marvell as a custom property called
mdio-name specific to Marvell driver. This patch uses the more generic
property device-name and moves this into MDIO class code so other can use
it as well.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add support for capturing ethernet packets and storing
them in memory in PCAP(2.4) format, later to be analyzed by
any PCAP viewer software (IE. Wireshark)
This feature greatly assist debugging network issues such
as detecting dropped packets, packet corruption etc.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Create drivers/net/fsl-mc/Kconfig and move fsl-mc specific configs
from arch/arm/cpu/armv8/fsl-layerscape/Kconfig to this new Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Florinel Iordache <florinel.iordache@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This driver is used for MDIO muxes driven over I2C. This is currently
used on Freescale LS1028A QDS board, on which the physical MDIO MUX is
controlled by an on-board FPGA which in turn is configured through I2C.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
These are some very late changes mostly required to get 64-bit
division working on ARC boards.
For that we had to import missing parts of libgcc and add compiler
flags to EMSDP which otherwise used very simple profile for compliation.
And while at it another fix for EM SDP initialization is inluded as well.
Even though EM SDP is FPGA-based board and different FPGA
images (known as .bit-files) are awailable for the board still
there's a common subset of options we may rely on for all configs.
These are:
* Normalizer
* Swap instructions
* Simple multiplier
* Barrel-shifter
* Floating-point unit
* Shorter instructions (code density)
This among other improvements allows to compile code with
64-bit divisions, see [1].
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1156541/
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
If the "Page Mode" is not enabled on the device,
read operations from PSRAM may result in incorrect data.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
- Skip unavailable hart in the get_count().
- fu540 set serial env from otp.
- fu540 add mmc0 as a boot target device.
- Update fix_rela_dyn and add absolute reloc addend.
- Andestech PLIC driver will skip unavailable hart.
- Support Andestech V5L2 cache driver.
When L2 node exists inside cpus node, uclass_get_device
can not parse L2 node successfully. So move it outside
from cpus node.
Also add tag-ram-ctl and data-ram-ctl attributes for
v5l2 cache controller driver. This can adjust timing
by requirement from dtb to improve performance.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Cc: KC Lin <kclin@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Flush and disable L2 cache in dcache_disable()
which will be called in cleanup_before_linux()
before jump to linux.
The sequence will be preferred as below:
L1 flush -> L1 disable -> L2 flush -> L2 disable
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Cc: KC Lin <kclin@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a v5l2 cache controller driver that is usually found on
Andes RISC-V ae350 platform. It will parse the cache settings
from the dtb.
In this version tag and data ram control timing can be adjusted
by the requirement from the dtb.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Cc: KC Lin <kclin@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Initialize plic driver by ofnode_for_each_subnode() instead
of cpu_get_count().
This way can support to skip some harts which maybe marked as
unavailable, but the cpu node exists indeed.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Cc: KC Lin <kclin@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The addend is now added for RELOC_TYPE relocs. Also, changed the loop
structure so that all the R_RISCV_RELATIVE relocs are not required to
be at the beginning of the list.
Signed-off-by: Marcus Comstedt <marcus@mc.pp.se>
Cc: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Previously the handling of R_RISCV_32 and R_RISCV_64 would simply
insert the value of the symbol and ignore any addend. However, there
exist relocs where the addend is non-zero:
0000000080250900 R_RISCV_64 efi_runtime_services+0x0000000000000068
0000000080250910 R_RISCV_64 efi_runtime_services+0x0000000000000038
0000000080250920 R_RISCV_64 efi_runtime_services+0x0000000000000018
0000000080250930 R_RISCV_64 efi_runtime_services+0x0000000000000020
0000000080250980 R_RISCV_64 efi_runtime_services+0x0000000000000048
0000000080250990 R_RISCV_64 efi_runtime_services+0x0000000000000050
00000000802509a0 R_RISCV_64 efi_runtime_services+0x0000000000000058
0000000080250940 R_RISCV_64 systab+0x0000000000000030
0000000080250950 R_RISCV_64 systab+0x0000000000000040
0000000080250960 R_RISCV_64 systab+0x0000000000000050
0000000080250970 R_RISCV_64 systab+0x0000000000000060
In these cases the addend needs to be added to the symbol value to get
the correct value for the reloc.
Signed-off-by: Marcus Comstedt <marcus@mc.pp.se>
Cc: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Add DT entry for the DM PCI driver, update board configs
and drop ad-hoc board init code for the PCI bus. Instead,
let the DM PCI driver initialize and operate the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Enable OF control for SH4 R2Dplus board. This is necessary, because
the PCI uclass is designed in a way that makes it depend on DT and
disallows instanciating devices without DT (e.g. with platdata).
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Enable driver model support for SH4 R2Dplus board. Thus far, no
drivers are bound via the DM. The PCI drivers have yet to be
converted to DM_PCI.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
If the OF_SEPARATE is enabled, the DT is appended past the _end symbol.
The current code however clears BSS very early, which overwrites the DT
blob with zeroes. Moreover, the early code relocates U-Boot into RAM to
the correct location, but does not relocate the DT.
This patch adds code to relocate the DT and avoids clearing BSS too
early, thus addressing both problems with OF_SEPARATE on SH.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Some of the DM functions depend on OF_CONTROL, which is incorrect.
DM and DT are orthogonal. Add macro guards around such functions to
avoid compiling them in when DM is enabled, while OF_CONTROL is not.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When CONFIG_CLK enabled, use CLK UCLASS for clk related settings.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Tested-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
hs: removed hunk in mxc_i2c_probe() as not longer in code
I wanted this to be compatible with mkenvimage, including the ability
to embed newlines in variables by escaping them. But I failed to check
that it works more than once.
Fixes: f3d8f7dd73 (Allow providing default environment from file)
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Enable CONFIG_DM_USB to remove compile warning for
am43xx based targets:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_USB. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_USB before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
TI AM65x platforms (evm and HS) generate an SPL image
'tispl.bin*' and there is no rule for cleanup.
Added entry for cleanup in clean target.
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
eMMC device has multiple hw partitions both address from zero. However the
mmc driver lacks block cache invalidation for switch hwpart. This causes a
problem that data of current hw partition is cached before switching to
another hw partition. And the following read operation of the latter hw
partition will get wrong data when reading from the addresses that have
been cached previously.
To solve this problem, invalidate block cache after a successful
mmc_switch_part() operation.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Tested-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
This reverts commit 0ebe112d09.
Most block devices have only one hwpart. Multiple hwparts only found used
by eMMC devices in u-boot. The mmc driver do blk_dselect_hwpart() at the
beginning of mmc_bread() which causes block cache being invalidated too
frequently and makes block cache useless.
So it's not a good idea to put blkcache_invalidate() in the common
functions. It should be called inside mmc_select_hwpart().
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Tested-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
The current code in reserve_noncached() has two issues:
1) The first update of gd->start_addr_sp always rounds down to a section
start. However, the equivalent calculation in cache.c:noncached_init()
always first rounds up to a section start, then subtracts a section size.
These two calculations differ if the initial value is already rounded to
section alignment.
2) The second update of gd->start_addr_sp subtracts exactly
CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY, whereas the equivalent calculation in
cache.c:noncached_init() rounds the noncached size up to section
alignment before subtracting it. The two calculations differ if the
noncached region size is not a multiple of the MMU section size.
In practice, one/both of those issues causes a practical problem on
Jetson TX1; U-Boot triggers a synchronous abort during initialization,
likely due to overlapping use of some memory region.
This change fixes both these issues by duplicating the exact calculations
from noncached_init() into reserve_noncached().
However, this fix assumes that gd->start_addr_sp on entry to
reserve_noncached() exactly matches mem_malloc_start on entry to
noncached_init(). I haven't traced the code to see whether it absolutely
guarantees this in all (or indeed any!) cases. Consequently, I added some
comments in the hope that this condition will continue to be true.
Fixes: 5f7adb5b1c ("board_f: reserve noncached space below malloc area")
Cc: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.10-rc4
Enable the unit test for UEFI runtime service Exit() on x86_64.
Use as standalone UEFI binary for testing the handling of exceptions.
To fully demonstrate crash outputs for UEFI images provide a standalone
UEFI application that tries to invoke an illegal opcode.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
MPC8548 integrated a PCIe controllers, which is compatible with
the PCI Express™ Base Specification, Revision 1.0a, and this
patch is to add DT node for the PCIe controller.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
P5040 integrated 3 PCIe controllers, which is compatible with
the PCI Express™ Base Specification, Revision 2.0, and this
patch is to add DT node for each PCIe controller.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
P4080 integrated 3 PCIe controllers, which is compatible with
the PCI Express™ Base Specification, Revision 2.0, and this
patch is to add DT node for each PCIe controller.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
P3041 integrated 4 PCIe controllers, which is compatible with
the PCI Express™ Base Specification, Revision 2.0, and this
patch is to add DT node for each PCIe controller.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
P2041 integrated 3 PCIe controllers, which is compatible with
the PCI Express™ Base Specification, Revision 2.0, and this
patch is to add DT node for each PCIe controller.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Compile the legacy PCIe initialization routines for P2041RDB,
P3041, P4080, P5020 and P5040 DS boards only when DM_PCI is
not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
P2020 integrated 3 PCIe controllers, which is compatible with
the PCI Express™ Base Specification, Revision 1.0a, and this
patch is to add DT node for each PCIe controller.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
P1020 integrated 2 PCIe controllers, which is compatible with
the PCI Express™ Base Specification, Revision 1.0a, and this
patch is to add DT node for each PCIe controller.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Compile the legacy PCIe initialization routines for P1020,
P1021, P1024, P1025 and P2020 RDB boards only when DM_PCI
is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
T104x integrated 4 PCIe controllers, which is compatible with
the PCI Express™ Base Specification, Revision 2.0, and this
patch is to add DT node for each PCIe controller.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Remove the macro CONFIG_ARCH_T1040 from the T102xRDB.h and
the PCIE4 related macros, as there are only 3 PCIe controllers
on T102x SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
T102x integrated 3 PCIe controllers, which is compatible with
the PCI Express™ Base Specification, Revision 2.0, and this
patch is to add DT node for each PCIe controller.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
T4240 integrated 4 PCIe controllers, which is compatible with
the PCI Express™ Base Specification, Revision 3.0, and this
patch is to add DT node for each PCIe controller.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
The PCIe controller register address in CCSR is different
on various platforms, the current code erroneously use
the hardcoded address (0xffe240000) and stride (0x10000)
to calculate the controller's index.
Fix it by adding the related info to the driver data
structure.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
The Class Code fixup method was changed from PCIe block
revision 3.0, the current fixup is only valid for the
revision 3.0 and the later ones.
So add the Class Code fixup for the block revision < 3.0.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
This can avoid build error:
The macro in brackets of the IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_FOO) is only
defined on the platforms that select the CONFIG_FOO, while
it's not defined on platforms that do not select the
CONFIG_FOO.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
The G12B clock controller is almost identical to the G12A and
so far the differences don't matter. Adding the G12B compatible
makes USB work on the Odroid-N2.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Support of device tree model for T2080RDB, T4240RDB, T1024RDB,
T1042D4RDB, P1020RDB, P2020RDB, P2041RDB, P3041DS, P4080DS, P5040DS and
MPC8548CDS. Also support of i2c dm model.
i2c bugfixes for 2019.10
- misc: i2c_eeprom: verify that the chip is functional at probe()
- i2c: mxc_i2c: Remove i2c_idle_bus from probe
- i2c-mux-gpio: Fix GPIO request flag issue
Add example of its files to generate FIT to start kernel
on ev1 or dk2 board with
- only kernel and dtb = fit_copro_kernel_dtb.its
- kernel, M4 copro firmware and dtb = it_copro_kernel_dtb.its
Add extlinux example to manage config in generated FIT.
Signed-off-by: Loic Pallardy <loic.pallardy@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Implements copro image loading with FIT.
Once image is loaded with remoteproc,
the M4 coprocessor is automatically started.
Signed-off-by: Loic Pallardy <loic.pallardy@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Define new image type for coprocessor images.
It is used in FIT to identify the files loaded
with remoteproc command (elf or bin).
Signed-off-by: Loic Pallardy <loic.pallardy@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RCC driver have no operation so the new NOP uclass
is more appropriate. It only used as parent for clock and reset driver.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Update management of misc_read, which now return length of data
after the commit 8729b1ae2c ("misc: Update read() and write()
methods to return bytes xfered")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Update management of misc_read in sysconf_init, which now return
length of data after the commit 8729b1ae2c ("misc: Update read()
and write() methods to return bytes xfered")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Update the stm32mp1 baord after the commit 8729b1ae2c
("misc: Update read() and write() methods to return bytes xfered")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Use MISC u-class to export the NVM register (starting at 0xF8 offset)
and avoid specific API.
- SHADOW have offset < 0.
- NVM have register > 0
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Since the commit 8729b1ae2c ("misc: Update read() and
write() methods to return bytes xfered"); The misc bsec driver
need to be adapted to reflect the number of transferred bytes.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Use existing gd structure to store frequency information
which can be used in drivers or arch without new request.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add pattern for infinite test_read and test_write, that
allow to change the pattern to test without recompilation;
default pattern is 0xA5A5AA55.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reduce verbosity of the infinite tests to avoid CubeMX issue.
test and display loop by 1024*1024 accesses: read or write.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
If user choose to test memory size is 1GByte (0x40000000),
memory address would overflow in test "Random" and
test "FrequencySelectivePattern".
Thus the system would hangs up when running DDR test.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Bossen WU <bossen.wu@st.com>
The "serial_stm32.h" is only used by drivers/serial/serial_stm32.c
and it is the file ./drivers/serial/serial_stm32.h
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add management of Bit 1 of USART_ISR = FE: Framing error
This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise
or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1
to the FECF bit in the USART_ICR register (for stm32 after f4).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Due to kernel DT alignment, pwr-supply is renamed to vdd-supply
and is a subnode of pwr-regulators.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
As for Audio codec IC, HDMI IC is not "IO safe".
HDMI regulators (v3v3 and v1v2) must be enabled to allow
I2C1 bus usage. HDMI IC must be under reset during power up
and keep HDMI and AUDIO devices in reset while they are not
used in U-Boot to keep them in low power mode
(each device can be kept in reset independently keeping their
power supplies ON until kernel).
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add the boot for NOR, SPL load U-Boot.img at offset
CONFIG_SYS_SPI_U_BOOT_OFFS = 0x80000.
It is the start address of mtd partition ssbl in nor.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This allows to display splashcreen without waiting
an extra delay of 2 seconds due to default value of bootdelay.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add altbootcmad as it is used for
- bootcountlimit
- in mach-stm32mp/cpu.c for BOOT_RECOVERY mode
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Backlight of panel raydium RM68200 is controlled by a simple gpio,
thus we activate the support for the needed driver.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add imply for FDT overlay that can be usefuill for kernel device tree
management but it is not mandatory (can be removed to gain space)
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
for the moment basic and trusted configuration must
start CPU in Supervisor mode and not in Hypervisor
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Depending on backup register value, we maintain the debug unit
powered-on for debugging purpose.
Only BUCK1 is required for powering the debug unit, so revert
the setting for all the other power lanes, except BUCK3 that
has to be always on.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Avoid U-Boot auto-boot interruption for line break detection
on console when the RX line connected to STLINK is floating
(-IO error in getc cause by framing error and testc return 1)
Same workaround is applied on all the STMicroelectonics board.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
The pre-relocation probe is needed to reserve video frame buffer
in video_reserve() for all the board;
LDTC must be tagged prereloc in SOC U-Boot dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add node in DT and avoid error to search UCLASS_SYSRESET in
board_f.c::print_resetinfo() and lost 1.6s in U-Boot
for the trusted boot chain.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch adds independent watchdog support for stm32mp157c
in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Update DDR configuration with the latest update:
- Change DQSGE to 1 for DDR3, to cure missing DQS preamble.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Le Bayon <nicolas.le.bayon@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Alignment with kernel driver.
According to the following tab (coming from STMFX datasheet), updates
have to done in stmfx_pinctrl_conf_set function:
-"type" has to be set when "bias" is configured as "pull-up or pull-down"
-PIN_CONFIG_DRIVE_PUSH_PULL should only be used when gpio is configured as
output. There is so no need to check direction.
DIR | TYPE | PUPD | MFX GPIO configuration
----|------|------|---------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | 1 | OUTPUT open drain with internal pull-up resistor
----|------|------|---------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | 0 | OUTPUT open drain with internal pull-down resistor
----|------|------|---------------------------------------------------
1 | 0 | 0/1 | OUTPUT push pull no pull
----|------|------|---------------------------------------------------
0 | 1 | 1 | INPUT with internal pull-up resistor
----|------|------|---------------------------------------------------
0 | 1 | 0 | INPUT with internal pull-down resistor
----|------|------|---------------------------------------------------
0 | 0 | 1 | INPUT floating
----|------|------|---------------------------------------------------
0 | 0 | 0 | analog (GPIO not used, default setting)
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
STM32 RTC manages only 2 digits for YEAR
(Year tens and units in BCD format in RTC_DR register).
With this patch, RTC driver assumes that tm->tm_years is between
2000 and 2099; tm->tm_year - 2000 have only 2 digit
(0 > and <= 99).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
host->mmc, host->mmc->dev and host->mmc->priv must be set
before calling sdhci_setup_cfg() to avoid hang during mmc
initialization.
Thanks to commit 3d296365e4
("mmc: sdhci: Add support for sdhci-caps-mask") which put
this issue into evidence.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Increase SDMMC_BUSYD0END_TIMEOUT_US from 1s to 2s to
avoid timeout error during blocks erase on some sdcard
Issue seen on Kingston 16GB :
Device: STM32 SDMMC2
Manufacturer ID: 27
OEM: 5048
Name: SD16G
Bus Speed: 50000000
Mode: SD High Speed (50MHz)
card capabilities: widths [4, 1] modes [SD Legacy, SD High Speed (50MHz)]
host capabilities: widths [4, 1] modes [MMC legacy, SD Legacy, MMC High Speed (26MHz), SD High Speed (50MHz), MMC High Speed (52MHz)]
Rd Block Len: 512
SD version 3.0
High Capacity: Yes
Capacity: 14.5 GiB
Bus Width: 4-bit
Erase Group Size: 512 Bytes
Issue reproduced with following command:
STM32MP> mmc erase 0 100000
MMC erase: dev # 0, block # 0, count 1048576 ... mmc erase failed
16384 blocks erased: ERROR
By setting SDMMC_BUSYD0END_TIMEOUT_US at 2 seconds and by adding
time measurement in stm32_sdmmc2_end_cmd() as shown below:
+start = get_timer(0);
/* Polling status register */
ret = readl_poll_timeout(priv->base + SDMMC_STA,
status, status & mask,
SDMMC_BUSYD0END_TIMEOUT_US);
+printf("time = %ld ms\n", get_timer(start));
We get the following trace:
STM32MP> mmc erase 0 100000
MMC erase: dev # 0, block # 0, count 1048576 ...
time = 17 ms
time = 1 ms
time = 1025 ms
time = 54 ms
time = 56 ms
time = 1021 ms
time = 57 ms
time = 56 ms
time = 1020 ms
time = 53 ms
time = 57 ms
time = 1021 ms
time = 53 ms
time = 57 ms
time = 1313 ms
time = 54 ms
time = 56 ms
time = 1026 ms
time = 54 ms
time = 56 ms
time = 1036 ms
time = 54 ms
time = 56 ms
time = 1028 ms
time = 53 ms
time = 56 ms
time = 1027 ms
time = 54 ms
time = 56 ms
time = 1024 ms
time = 54 ms
time = 56 ms
time = 1020 ms
time = 54 ms
time = 57 ms
time = 1023 ms
time = 54 ms
time = 56 ms
time = 1033 ms
time = 53 ms
time = 57 ms
....
time = 53 ms
time = 57 ms
time = 1021 ms
time = 56 ms
time = 56 ms
time = 1026 ms
time = 54 ms
time = 56 ms
1048576 blocks erased: OK
We see that 1 second timeout is not enough, we also see one measurement
up to 1313 ms. Set the timeout to 2 second to keep a security margin.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Read a single byte from EEPROM to verify that it is actually there.
This is equivalent to Linux kernel commit 00f0ea70d2b8 ("eeprom: at24:
check if the chip is functional in probe()").
Cc: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
hs: fixed style check prefer kernel type 'u8' over 'uint8_t'
i2c_idle_bus is already used in i2c_init_transfer. So before each transfer
if the bus is not ready, the i2c_idle_bus will be used to force idle.
It is unnecessary to call it again in probe.
We found a issue when enabling i2c mux with the mxc_i2c. The mxc_i2c is probed
after mux probing. However, at this moment the mux is still in idle state not
select any port. So if we call i2c_idle_bus in probe, it will fail and cause
mxc_i2c probe failed.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
When requesting GPIO, the GPIOD_IS_OUT is missed in flag, so the GPIO
is set the input mode not output and cause mux not work.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Add device tree for MPC8548CDS board and enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
so that device tree can be compiled.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add CONFIG_RESET_VECTOR_ADDRESS definition with the default value
in u-boot.dtsi to fix the build error below. In the configuration
header file of some MPC85xx boards, there is not the definition
of CONFIG_RESET_VECTOR_ADDRESS, while CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
is also not defined. In this case, it will lack of definition of
CONFIG_RESET_VECTOR_ADDRESS in u-boot.dtsi, and the address
0xfffffffc will be used as the boot page by default.
Error log:
DTC arch/powerpc/dts/mpc8548cds.dtb
DTC arch/powerpc/dts/mpc8548cds_36b.dtb
Error: arch/powerpc/dts/u-boot.dtsi:28.15-16 syntax error
FATAL ERROR: Unable to parse input tree
Error: arch/powerpc/dts/u-boot.dtsi:28.15-16 syntax error
FATAL ERROR: Unable to parse input tree
scripts/Makefile.lib:308: recipe for target
'arch/powerpc/dts/mpc8548cds.dtb' failed
make[2]: *** [arch/powerpc/dts/mpc8548cds.dtb] Error 1
make[2]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
scripts/Makefile.lib:308: recipe for target
'arch/powerpc/dts/mpc8548cds_36b.dtb' failed
make[2]: *** [arch/powerpc/dts/mpc8548cds_36b.dtb] Error 1
dts/Makefile:38: recipe for target 'arch-dtbs' failed
make[1]: *** [arch-dtbs] Error 2
Makefile:1038: recipe for target 'dts/dt.dtb' failed
make: *** [dts/dt.dtb] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add device tree for P5040DS board and enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
so that device tree can be compiled.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add device tree for P4080DS board and enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
so that device tree can be compiled.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add device tree for P3041DS board and enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
so that device tree can be compiled.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add device tree for P1041RDB board and enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
so that device tree can be compiled.
Update board README for device tree usage.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add device tree for P1020RDB boards and enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
so that device tree can be compiled.
Update board README for device tree usage.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add device tree for P1020RDB boards and enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
so that device tree can be compiled.
Update board README for device tree usage.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add device tree for T1042D4RDB board and enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
so that device tree can be compiled.
Update board README for device tree usage.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add device tree for T1024RDB board and enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
so that device tree can be compiled.
Update board README for device tree usage.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add device tree for T4240RDB board and enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
so that device tree can be compiled.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add device tree for T2080RDB board and enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
so that device tree can be compiled.
Update board README for device tree usage.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
include/video_logo.h once was created via the tool easylogo and than used
in cpu/mpc8xx/video.c to display Tux. video_logo.h has been replaced by
include/linux_logo.h and is not needed anymore.
Delete the include and the tool,
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Found accidentally in omap3_logic, CONFIG_USB_EHCI_OMAP adds some
code size to SPL, so this patch disables it on the am3517-evm to
reduce the code a bit since it's tight for space.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The SPI and NAND variants enable DM_GPIO, so this patch enables
DM_GPIO for the NOR / XIP version of the da850-evm.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The NAND configuration has had the ethernet missing, so this patch
enables the on-board ethernet interface.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Several options are presenting themselves on a various boards
where the options are clearly not used. (ie, SPL/TPL options
when SPL or TPL are not defined)
This patch is not attempting to be a complete list of items, but
more like low hanging fruit. In some instances, I wasn't sure
of DM was required, so I simply made them SPL or TPL.
This patch attempts to reduce some of the menuconfig noise
by defining dependencies so they don't appear when not used.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The current Makefile always use u-boot.bin to generate
PBL boot image (u-boot.pbl), this patch changes it to
use u-boot-with-dtb.bin to support device tree when
CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
To address the following warning message:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_USB. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_USB before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
CONFIG_DM_USB is enabled, this resulted in SPL build errors:
drivers/built-in.o: In function 'xhci_dwc3_probe':
u-boot/drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:155: undefined reference to 'usb_get_dr_mode'
scripts/Makefile.spl:404: recipe for target 'spl/u-boot-spl' failed
make[1]: *** [spl/u-boot-spl] Error 1
Makefile:1721: recipe for target 'spl/u-boot-spl' failed
make: *** [spl/u-boot-spl] Error 2
Enabling usb common library and usb ethernet drivers in SPL
does the job. Target was compile tested, build was clean.
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
When large writes take place I saw a Samsung EVO 970+ return a status
value of 0x13, PRP Offset Invalid. I tracked this down to the
improper handling of PRP entries. The blocks the PRP entries are
placed in cannot cross a page boundary and thus should be allocated
on page boundaries. This is how the Linux kernel driver works.
With this patch, the PRP pool is allocated on a page boundary and
other than the very first allocation, the pool size is a multiple of
the page size. Each page can hold (4096 / 8) - 1 entries since the
last entry must point to the next page in the pool.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The command "pci bar" and "pci region" display the address and size in
16 characters including "0x", so the command can only display
14 hexadecimal digits if the number of digits in the address and size is
less than 14.
ID Base Size Width Type
----------------------------------------------------------
0 0x00000020000000 0x00000000100000 64 MEM Prefetchable
1 0xffff000080000000 0x00000000100000 64 MEM Prefetchable
The 64-bit address and size should be displayed in 18(= 16+2) digits,
so this patch adjusts them.
Cc: Yehuda Yitschak <yehuday@marvell.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some of the USB code is still being built into SPL even when the
SPL menu options have it explicitly disabled for SPL. Unit there is
a better solution, This patch undefines CONFIG_USB_EHCI_OMAP when
building SPL which reduces the code and lets the board boot again.
Fixes: 25e4ff45b1 ("ARM: omap3_logic: Enable OMAP EHCI support
for SOM-LV Boards")
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The assigned value NULL is overwritten before being used. Remove the
assignment.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
File was found on specified location. Info about file was read,
but then immediately destroyed using 'free' call. As a result
file size was set to 0, hence fat process didn't read any data.
Premature 'free' call removed. Resources are freed right before
function return. File is read correctly.
Signed-off-by: Martin Vystrcil <martin.vystrcil@m-linux.cz>
The scsi_scan_dev() is looping over the number of uc_plat->max_id.
The number of actual ports a AHCI controller has can be greater than
max_id. Update uc_plat->max_id to make SCSI scan all detected ports.
Signed-off-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When the pinmux configuration was added, it was accidentally placed into
the omap3_pmx_wkup node when it should have been placed into the
omap3_pmx_core. This error was accidentally propagated to U-Boot by
me when I blindly copied the device tree from Linux.
This patch moves the i2c2_pins and i2c3_pins to the correct node
which should eliminate i2c bus errors and timeouts due to the fact
the bootloader uses the save device tree that no longer properly
assigns these pins.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Noncached area at present is being initialized to random space after malloc
area. It works in most the cases as it goes to stack area & stack is not
overwriting it being far from it.
Signed-off-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
When devnum was changed to a local variable in distro_bootcmd we ran
into a problem on TI platforms (confirmed on Beaglebone) as we had been
using 'setenv devnum' there as well and it needs to match the other
usage.
Fixes: 13dd6665ed ("distro: not taint environment variables if possible")
[trini: Review other platforms, re-word commit message]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When 'make qemu-riscv64_defconfig', there is a build warning:
board/emulation/qemu-riscv/Kconfig:24:
warning: config symbol defined without type
Fix it by specifying the config symbol type to 'hex'.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
The available defconfigs for RISC-V QEMU have changed. We now have
configurations to compile U-Boot to run in supervisor mode and for
U-Boot SPL. Update the QEMU RISC-V documentation to reflect these
changes.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Add two new configurations (qemu-riscv{32,64}_spl_defconfig) with SPL
enabled for RISC-V QEMU. QEMU does not require SPL to run U-Boot. The
configurations are meant to help the development of SPL on RISC-V.
The configurations enable RAM as the only SPL boot device. Images must
be loaded at address 0x80200000. In the default boot flow, U-Boot SPL
starts in machine mode, loads the OpenSBI FW_DYNAMIC firmware and U-Boot
proper from the supplied FIT image, and starts OpenSBI. U-Boot proper is
then started in supervisor mode by OpenSBI.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Now that we have a generic FIT generator script for RISC-V, set it as
the default. To also build the FIT image by default, set the default
build target to "u-boot.itb" if CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Add a generic FIT generator script for RISC-V to generate images
containing U-Boot, OpenSBI FW_DYNAMIC firmware, and optionally one or
more device trees. The location of the OpenSBI firmware binary can be
specified with the OPENSBI environment variable. By default, it is
assumed to be "fw_dynamic.bin", located in the U-Boot top-level. Device
trees are passed as arguments to the generator script. A separate
configuration entry is created for each device tree.
The load addresses of U-Boot and OpenSBI are parsed from the U-Boot
configuration. They can be overwritten with the UBOOT_LOAD_ADDR and
OPENSBI_LOAD_ADDR environment variables.
The script is based on the i.MX (arch/arm/mach-imx/mkimage_fit_atf.sh)
and Allwinner sunxi (board/sunxi/mksunxi_fit_atf.sh) FIT generator
scripts.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
To support relocation of the stack and global data on RISC-V, the
secondary harts must be notified of the change using IPIs. We can reuse
the hart relocation code for this purpose. It uses global data to store
the new stack pointer and global data pointer for the secondary harts.
This means that we cannot update the global data pointer of the main
hart in spl_relocate_stack_gd(), because the secondary harts have not
yet been relocated at this point. It is updated after the secondary
harts have been notified.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
U-Boot SPL on the generic RISC-V CPU supports two boot flows, directly
jumping to the image and via OpenSBI firmware. In the first case, both
U-Boot SPL and proper must be compiled to run in the same privilege
mode. Using OpenSBI firmware, U-Boot SPL must be compiled for machine
mode and U-Boot proper for supervisor mode.
To be able to use SPL, boards have to provide a supported SPL boot
device.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
RISC-V OpenSBI is an open-source implementation of the RISC-V Supervisor
Binary Interface (SBI) specification. It is required by Linux and U-Boot
running in supervisor mode. This patch adds support for booting via the
OpenSBI FW_DYNAMIC firmware. It supports OpenSBI version 0.4 and higher.
In this configuration, U-Boot SPL starts in machine mode. After loading
OpenSBI and U-Boot proper, it will start OpenSBI. All necessary
parameters are generated by U-Boot SPL and are passed to OpenSBI. U-Boot
proper is started in supervisor mode by OpenSBI. Support for OpenSBI is
enabled with CONFIG_SPL_OPENSBI. An additional configuration entry,
CONFIG_SPL_OPENSBI_LOAD_ADDR, is used to specify the load address of the
OpenSBI firmware binary. It is not used directly in U-Boot and instead
is intended to make the value available to scripts such as FIT
configuration generators.
The header file include/opensbi.h is based on header files from the
OpenSBI project. They are recent, as of commit bae54f764570 ("firmware:
Add fw_dynamic firmware").
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
U-Boot SPL can be run in a different privilege mode from U-Boot proper.
Add new configuration entries for SPL to allow the run mode to be
configured independently of U-Boot proper.
Extend all uses of the CONFIG_RISCV_SMODE and CONFIG_RISCV_MMODE
configuration symbols to also cover the SPL equivalents. Ensure that
files compatible with only one privilege mode are not included in builds
targeting an incompatible privilege mode.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
As part of the SPL FIT boot flow, the device tree is appended to U-Boot
proper. The device tree is used to record information on the loadables
to make them available to the SPL framework and U-Boot proper. Depending
on the U-Boot device tree provider, the FIT image might not include a
device tree. Information on the loadables is missing in this case.
When booting via firmware bundled with the FIT image, U-Boot SPL loads
the firmware binary and U-Boot proper before starting the firmware. The
firmware, in turn, is responsible for starting U-Boot proper.
Information on the memory location of the U-Boot proper loadable must be
available to the SPL framework so that it can be passed to the firmware
binary. To support this use case when no device tree is found in the FIT
image, fall back to the U-Boot device tree in this situation.
At the same time, update the comment to remove the note that the
destination address must be aligned to ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN. Alignment is
only required as an intermediate step when reading external data. This
is automatically handled by spl_fit_append_fdt(). After reading the
external data, it is copied to the specified address, which does not
have to be aligned to ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
When building a U-Boot FIT image, the device trees specified by the
board are unconditionally built for inclusion in the FIT image. However,
not all device tree providers, such as CONFIG_OF_PRIOR_STAGE, require a
device tree to be built and bundled with the U-Boot binary. They rely on
other mechanisms to provide the device tree to U-Boot. Compilation on
boards with these device tree providers fails, because they do not
specify a device tree.
Change the makefile rules to conditionally build the device trees if
CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE, CONFIG_OF_EMBED, or CONFIG_OF_HOSTFILE is selected
as device tree provider.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
The current preprocessor logic prevents CONFIG_OF_PRIOR_STAGE from being
used in U-Boot SPL. Change the logic to also make it available in U-Boot
SPL.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_SPI_U_BOOT_OFFS
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
[trini: Expose this for SPL_SPI_SUNXI for now]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Exact two boards are referencing CONFIG_SYS_SPI_U_BOOT_OFFS to another
define, we replace this manually with the value for having a clean run
of moveconfig.py afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
some boards have common headers for several individual build-targets
where CONFIG_SYS_SPI_U_BOOT_OFFS is defined even it is not needed (only
needed if CONFIG_SPL_SPI_LOAD is defined also). Take this define here
under '#ifdef CONFIG_SPL_SPI_LOAD' for having a clean run of
moveconfig.py
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Some boards have coded this offset with formula or bitshifts in their
board-config. Manually convert these things into hex-values to be able
using moveconfig.py afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Convert CONFIG_SYS_NAND_USE_FLASH_BBT to Kconfig, update defconfigs,
headers and whitelist.
Please note that this symbol already was used in Kconfig
(imply in CONFIG_NAND_ATMEL) which did not work, since this symbol was
not available in Kconfig. This changes now with this patch and all
boards with CONFIG_NAND_ATMEL will have BBT enabled. Which is what
I also need on my GARDENA AT91SAM based board.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Cc: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Cc: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
[trini: Rework such that the configs are unchanged to start with]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- remove rk3288 fennec board
- remove SPL raw image support for Rockchip SoCs
- add common misc_init_r() for ethaddr from cpuid
- enable USB HOST support for rk3328
- unify code for finding a valid gpt in part driver
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_FSL_USDHC
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Add IMX8M, TARGET_S32V234EVB to FSL_USDHC list]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Several options are presenting themselves on a various boards
where the options are clearly not used. (ie, arm64 options on
arm9, or SPL/TPL options when SPL or TPL are not defined)
This patch is not attempting to be a complete list of items, but
more like low hanging fruit.
This patch attempts to reduce some of the menuconfig noise
by defining dependencies so they don't appear when not used.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Some ChromeOS devices (atleast veyron speedy) have the first 8MiB of
the eMMC write protected and equipped with a dummy 'IGNOREME' GPT
header - instead of spewing error messages about it, just silently
try the backup GPT.
Note: this does not touch the gpt cmd writing/verifying functions,
those will still complain.
Signed-off-by: Urja Rannikko <urjaman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Generate a MAC address based on the cpuid available in the efuse
block: Use the first 6 byte of the cpuid's SHA256 hash and set the
locally administered bits. Also ensure that the multicast bit is
cleared.
The MAC address is only generated and set if there is no ethaddr
present in the saved environment.
This is based off of Klaus Goger's work in 8adc9d
Signed-off-by: Rohan Garg <rohan.garg@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
According to rock64 schemetic, both VCC_HOST1_5V and VCC_HOST_5V are
controlled by USB20_HOST_DRV(GPIO0A2), fix it so that we can get correct
power supply for USB HOST ports.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We need to store all the ram related cap/map info back to register
for each channel after all the init has been done in case some of register
was reset during the process.
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable USB host support on GR Peach board.
To use USB host on GR Peach, it might be necessary to solder JP3 header
onto the board first and then short it. Shorting JP3 is mandatory to let
the U5 regulator to supply VBUS to the CN3 USB port.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Chris Brandt <chris.brandt@renesas.com>
Add DM regulator support for toggling VBUS, this is useful on boards
which control the VBUS e.g. through GPIO.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Chris Brandt <chris.brandt@renesas.com>
Convert the R8A66597 USB driver to DM and add support for DT probing.
Drop support for legacy non-DM and non-DT probing, since there are no
platform using that.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Chris Brandt <chris.brandt@renesas.com>
While the USB controller can work both in LE and BE modes, there is
no user for the BE mode, so drop it. If there ever is a user for it,
it can be easily re-added back.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Chris Brandt <chris.brandt@renesas.com>
Replace in{bwl}()/out{bwl}() IO accessors with read{bwl}()/write{bwl}(),
to make the driver compile both on SH and ARM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Chris Brandt <chris.brandt@renesas.com>
No other platforms use this r8a66597 controller but RZ/A1,
make RZ/A1 support the default and drop all the other SoC
support to remove ifdeffery.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Chris Brandt <chris.brandt@renesas.com>
Add ICID setup for the platform devices contained on this chip: usb,
sata, sdhc, sec. The ICID macros for SEC needed to be adapted because
the format of the registers is different.
Signed-off-by: Laurentiu Tudor <laurentiu.tudor@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horia Geantă <horia.geanta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
The current implementation assumes that the registers holding the ICIDs
are universally big endian. That's no longer the case on newer
platforms so update the code to take into account the endianness of
each register.
Signed-off-by: Laurentiu Tudor <laurentiu.tudor@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horia Geantă <horia.geanta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
By default, i2c input clock is platform clk / 2, but some of the
platform of i2c clock divider does not meet this kind of circumstance,
so alone to set default values for these platforms.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
BRDCFG4[USBOSC] and BRDCFG5[SPR] register field of Qixis device is used
to control SPI and other IP signal routing.
USBOSC:
0= SPI_CLK used as external USB REFCLK input driven with 24.000 MHz.
SPI devices are unusable in this mode.
1= SPI_CLK used as SPI clock.
SPI devices are usable in this mode. USB block is clocked from
internal sources
SPR[3:2]:
SPI_CS / SDHC_DAT4:7 Routing (schematic net CFG_SPI_ROUTE[3:2]):
00= SDHC/eMMC 8-bit
01= SD Card Rev 2.0/3.0
10= SPI on-board memory
11= TDM Riser / SPI off-board connector.
The default value is 00 if an SDCard/eMMC card is selected as the boot
device.
SPR[1:0]:
SPI_SIN/SOUT/SCK Routing (schematic net CFG_SPI_ROUTE[1:0]):
00= SDHC Sync loop
01= TDM Riser / SPI off-board connector.
10= SPI on-board memory.
11= SPI off-board connector.
By default, the SPI feature is not available, so we need to configure
the above register fields to select the route to the SPI feature.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Defines CONFIG_ENV_ADDR for QSPI Boot which specifies the start
address of the flash sector containing the environment. It fixes
the issue that bootcmd is always set as default at bootup.
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Flexcan in LX2160ARDB is controlled by FPGA register boardcfg4
bit 5. enable this bit so that flexcan is enabled in LX2160ARDB.
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Bansal <pankaj.bansal@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Enable related configs on all ls1088aqds boards to support pcf2127
rtc DM function.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add the pcf2127-rtc node under the i2c0->i2c-mux@77->i2c@3 for ls1088aqds boards.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
This patch adds some slave nodes to support the i2c dm on the device
side under the i2c0 controller.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
One ls1088a, there are four I2C controllers. So add all I2C node
for ls1088a in device tree.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
As no gpio.h is defined for this architecture, to avoid
compilation failure, do not include <asm/arch/gpio.h> for
arch ls1088a.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
DM_I2C_COMPAT is a compatibility layer that allows using the non-DM
I2C API when DM_I2C is used.When DM_I2C_COMPAT is not enabled for
compilation, a compilation error will be generated. This patch
solves the problem that the i2c-related api of the ls1088a platform
does not support dm.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Enable related configs on all ls2088aqds boards to support ds3231
rtc DM function.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add the ds3232-rtc node under the i2c0->i2c-mux@77->i2c@0 for ls2088aqds
boards.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add an implementation of the rtc_enable_32khz_output() that uses the
driver model i2c APIs.
Also put code related to rtc_enable_32khz_output
under CONFIG_RTC_ENABLE_32KHZ_OUTPUT.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add some slave nodes to support the i2c dm on the device side under the i2c0.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
One ls2088a, there are four I2C controllers. So add I2C nodes in dts
for ls2088a.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
As no gpio.h is defined for this architecture, to avoid
compilation failure, do not include <asm/arch/gpio.h> for
arch ls2080a.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
DM_I2C_COMPAT is a compatibility layer that allows using the non-DM
I2C API when DM_I2C is used.When DM_I2C_COMPAT is not enabled for
compilation, a compilation error will be generated. This patch
solves the problem that the i2c-related api of the ls2088a platform
does not support dm.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Since i2c uses dm mode, i2c controller will be initialized when reading
and writing devices on i2c bus. So there is no need for the original
non-dm mode i2c early initialization function call, this patch removed
the definition of CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EARLY_INIT.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
As no gpio.h is defined for this architecture, to avoid
compilation failure, do not include <asm/arch/gpio.h> for
arch ls1028a.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
DM_I2C_COMPAT is a compatibility layer that allows using the non-DM
I2C API when DM_I2C is used.When DM_I2C_COMPAT is not enabled for
compilation, a compilation error will be generated. This patch
solves the problem that the i2c-related api of the ls1028a platform
does not support dm.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Enable related configs on all lx2160ardb boards to support pcf2127
rtc DM feature.
Also remove SYS_I2C_MXC_I2Cx, where x is from 1 to 8 from
Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add the pcf2127-rtc node under the i2c0->i2c-mux@77->i2c@3 in dts for
lx2160aqds boards.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Lx2160ardb need to use i2c0 before relocation, so we also need to set
u-boot, dm-pre-reloc to initialize node before relocation.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
In lx2160a soc, there are eight i2c controllers, this patch adds i2c
nodes for lx2160a, and the gpio2 nodes on which the i2c4 controller
depends.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
As no gpio.h is defined for this architecture, to avoid
compilation failure, do not include <asm/arch/gpio.h> for
arch ls2160a.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
I2C dm mode enablemenet causes below compilation errors:
In file included from include/config.h:8:0,
from include/common.h:20:
include/config_fallbacks.h:51:4: error: #error "Cannot define
CONFIG_SYS_I2C when CONFIG_DM_I2C is used"
# error "Cannot define CONFIG_SYS_I2C when CONFIG_DM_I2C is used"
^~~~~
In file included from include/config.h:8:0,
from include/common.h:20:
include/config_fallbacks.h:51:4: error: #error "Cannot define
CONFIG_SYS_I2C when CONFIG_DM_I2C is used"
# error "Cannot define CONFIG_SYS_I2C when CONFIG_DM_I2C is used"
^~~~~
board/freescale/lx2160a/lx2160a.c: In function 'board_early_init_f':
board/freescale/lx2160a/lx2160a.c:108:2: warning: implicit declaration
of function 'i2c_early_init_f'; did you mean 'arch_early_init_r'?
[-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
i2c_early_init_f();
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
arch_early_init_r
drivers/i2c/mxc_i2c.c: In function 'mxc_i2c_probe':
drivers/i2c/mxc_i2c.c:824:8: warning: implicit declaration of function
'enable_i2c_clk';
did you mean 'enable_irq_wake'? [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
ret = enable_i2c_clk(1, bus->seq);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
enable_irq_wake
So fix these compilation errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
DM_I2C_COMPAT is a compatibility layer that allows using the non-DM I2C
API when DM_I2C is used. When DM_I2C_COMPAT is not enabled for
compilation, a compilation error will be generated. This patch solves
the problem that the i2c-related api of the lx2160a platform does not
support dm.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Move CONFIG_FSL_QSPI from header file to defconfigs,
consequently unset imply config(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR) which
is not valid for LS series.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Select BOARD_LATE_INIT for ls1028ardb and ls1028aqds targets
so that late init work can be done.
Signed-off-by: Yuantian Tang <andy.tang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
This driver needs modification to work with new soc,
like ls1028, since bitmap of RCFG is changed to
RESV[7:5] LIVE[4] WDEN[3] RESV[2:1] GO[0]
000 1 0 00 0
Also the RCW location is moved to only dutcfg0.
RESV[7:4] RCWSRC[3:0]
1111 configurable
Following commands are functional now
qixis_reset
qixis_reset sd
qixis_reset qspi
qixis_reset emmc
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuantian Tang <andy.tang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
MC firmware need to be aligned to 512M, so minimum 512MB DDR is reserved.
But MC support to work with 128MB or 256MB DDR memory also, in this
case, rest of the memory is not usable.
So reporting this extra memory to Linux through dtb memory fixup.
Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Aggarwal <meenakshi.aggarwal@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Since we added clk enable_count and prograte clk child enabling
operation to clk parent, so add a new function sandbox_clk_enable_count
to get enable_count for test usage.
And add test code to get the enable_count after we enable/disable
the device clk.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
On i.MX8MM, thinking such as clk path
OSC->PLL->PLL GATE->CCM ROOT->CCGR GATE->Device
Only enabling CCGR GATE is not enough, we also need to enable PLL GATE
to make sure the clk path work. So when enabling CCGR GATE,
we could prograte to enabling PLL GATE to make life easier.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
As what Linux Kernel 5.3.0 provides when enable/disable clk,
there is an enable_count in clk_core_disable/enable. Introduce
enable_count to track the clk enable/disable count when
clk_enable/disable for CCF. And Initialize enable_count to 0 when
register the clk.
And clk tree dump with enable_count will be supported, it will
be easy for us to check the clk status with enable_count
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Based on discussion with Stephen Warren there was recommendation to list
both memory and random command dependencies just in case that dependency is
not properly handled by Kconfig.
Fixes: a09c1f7e1c ("test/py: Fix MMC/SD block write test dependency")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Building easylogo with `HOST_TOOLS_ALL=y make tools` results in a build
warning due to a possible buffer overrun:
tools/easylogo/easylogo.c:453:4: note: ‘sprintf’ output between 7 and
262 bytes into a destination of size 256
sprintf (str, "%s, 0x%02x", app, *dataptr++);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Truncate the output to fit into the destination buffer.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Looking at the contents of file .mailmap it seems that some editors assumed
that translation is done by entering multiple lines into the file and the
last one replaces the others. This is not how it works. The translation
occurs according to entries in single lines as described in the
git-check-mailmap man-page.
Add a description of the file format.
Add an entry for Alexander Graf as his old email address is not valid
anymore.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The earlier commit....
commit a5a5d997b4 ("spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f()")
...introduced the ability to use BSS from SPL's board_init_f() as it may
be required in certain exceptional use cases so go ahead and update the
README to reflect this change. Note that as highlighted with the changes
the use of the associated CONFIG option is generally not recommended.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Based on discussion with Stephen Warren there was recommendation to list
both memory and random command dependencies just in case that dependency is
not properly handled by Kconfig.
Fixes: a09c1f7e1c ("test/py: Fix MMC/SD block write test dependency")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Building easylogo with `HOST_TOOLS_ALL=y make tools` results in a build
warning due to a possible buffer overrun:
tools/easylogo/easylogo.c:453:4: note: ‘sprintf’ output between 7 and
262 bytes into a destination of size 256
sprintf (str, "%s, 0x%02x", app, *dataptr++);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Truncate the output to fit into the destination buffer.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Looking at the contents of file .mailmap it seems that some editors assumed
that translation is done by entering multiple lines into the file and the
last one replaces the others. This is not how it works. The translation
occurs according to entries in single lines as described in the
git-check-mailmap man-page.
Add a description of the file format.
Add an entry for Alexander Graf as his old email address is not valid
anymore.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The earlier commit....
commit a5a5d997b4 ("spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f()")
...introduced the ability to use BSS from SPL's board_init_f() as it may
be required in certain exceptional use cases so go ahead and update the
README to reflect this change. Note that as highlighted with the changes
the use of the associated CONFIG option is generally not recommended.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
With DM_MMC enabled, enable CONFIG_BLK to remove this
compile warning for am43xx based targets:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_MMC. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_MMC before the v2019.04 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
Targets were compile tested, build was clean.
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
TI HS platforms generate *dtb_HS binary blobs and there is no
rule for cleanup. Added entry for cleanup in clean-files target.
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The commit 1b42ab3eda ("ARM: DRA7: Fixup DSPEVE, IVA and GPU clock
frequencies based on OPP") updates the kernel device-tree blob to adjust
the DSP, IVA and GPU DPLL clocks based on a one-time OPP choice selected
in U-Boot. All these DPLL clocks are children of the cm_core_aon clocks
DT node.
The hierarchy of this clocks DT node has changed in newer Linux kernels
starting from v5.0, and this results in a failure in ft_fixup_clocks()
function to update the clock rates on these newer kernels. Fix this by
updating the lookup logic to look through both the newer and older
DT hierarchy paths for the cm_core_aon clocks node.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The Kconfig file calls to ti/common/Kconfig twice which makes
several of the menu items repeat themselves. In an effort to
clean this up, this patch removes the second call which eliminates
the duplicate menu items.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Now that SPL supports DM_SERIAL and the direct NOR boot supports
DM_SERIAL, the check to see if DM_SERIAL is defined can go away,
because all da850evm variants now support DM_SERIAL. This patch
simply removes some dead precompiler defines.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
With SPL now supporting DM_SPI, the need for compiler directives
and hard-coded addresses is obsolete. This patch removes some
dead legacy code defining the SPI base address
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Sorry for the noise, but there appears to be a regression with older
hardware. Since it broke the direct_nor boot option, it should be
reverted until a better solution is available.
This reverts commit 51cd1e2373.
Like we did with 'fit_loadaddr' to 'addr_fit', the variable
'fit_bootfile' contains a name and so should be prefixed with
name_. Make this change here.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
This is the first part of a larger effort I would like to propose to
unify and simplify the default set of environment variables.
When many early environment variables were named there were fewer images
being loaded, usually just a kernel. At this time names like 'loadaddr'
would suffice. Now we have more images and many more commands that act on
them, often re-using the same variable for several different uses. The
contents of a variable are also not immediately known causing one to have
to look up a chain of variables to understand what a command is actually
doing. I suggest the following.
To start, all variables containing names should be prefixed with name_
and addresses with addr_. This is like how K2 already does things and
allows for simple universal commands like:
get_fdt_nfs=nfs ${addr_fdt} /boot/${name_fdt}
Which is very clear on what is intended here and would work across all
board that using the this naming convention.
We can do this one variable at a time, start here with addr_fit.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
The variable 'name_overlays' serves the same purpose. Remove
'overlay_files' and use 'name_overlays' everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
The full path has changed in the recent kernels so that it is
not possible to load them. Aliases "ethernet0" and "ethernet1"
are still present in both legacy and new kernels.
Also, fix error messages to correspond to the taken actions.
Signed-off-by: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
- Add ROC-RK3399-PC board support
- Move CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_GIGADEVICE and CONFIG_CMD_USB_MASS_STORAGE to
Kconfig
- using SYSRESET_POWER_OFF for poweroff
(Note that patch for rk8xx pmic is droped for it can not pass Travis
build)
- fix ofnode_get_name() assert
This is a generic implementation. Add CONFIG_SYSRESET_CMD_POWEROFF
to signal when we need it. Enable it from the STPMIC1 config and in
sandbox.
The config flag is transitionary, that is it can be removed after all
poweroff implementations use sysreset, and just have CMD_POWEROFF depend
on sysreset.
Signed-off-by: Urja Rannikko <urjaman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
It seems that SYSRESET_POWER_OFF was added recently, and all previous code
used SYSRESET_POWER for poweroff. SYSRESET_POWER is supposed to be a
PMIC-level power cycle, not a poweroff.
(Comment by Simon Glass)
SYSRESET_POWER means to do a power reset (removing and reinstating all power)
SYSRESET_POWER_OFF means to turn the device off and leave it off
Signed-off-by: Urja Rannikko <urjaman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
(Update comment to help understand the patch)
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Updates jerry, mickey, minnie and speedy defconfigs to:
- fit the SPL in 32k
- boot from SPI (only)
- remove gadget support (these have no OTG port)
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Urja Rannikko <urjaman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
(Rebase on top of tree)
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This affects RK3036, RK322X and RK3288 - the defconfig changes done by
moveconfig.py for the veyrons were left out on purpose because they dont
have an OTG port, and will get their config updated in the next commit.
Signed-off-by: Urja Rannikko <urjaman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In some case with LIVE DT, some node always not valid, or not have
a valid name, eg. blk driver add by mmc.
Return fail instead of Assert for this kind of ofnode, and this
help with assert happen from time to time when of_live is enabled
and DEBUG is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the removal of the x86 specific GD flags, there are no arch-
specific GD flags any more. Let's remove the comment about reserving the
upper 16 bits for arch-specific flags in the common header. This gives
us more flexibility with the usage of the GD flags.
As a matter of fact, we are already using more than 16 bits for common
GD flags (with the addition of GD_FLG_WDT_READY).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch removes the x86 architecture specific GD flags
(GD_FLG_COLD_BOOT & GD_FLG_WARM_BOOT), as they are not used. Only
GD_FLG_COLD_BOOT is referenced in coreboot.c but assigned in start16.S.
But the coreboot target does not use start16.S at all and boots directly
from the 32-bit start code.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Rename some camel-case variables to match U-Boot style.
Camel case is not generally allowed in U-Boot. Rename this variable to fit
in with the style.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Sometimes an image has multiple CBFS. The current CBFS API is limited to
handling only one at time. Also it keeps track of the CBFS internally in
BSS, which does not work before relocation, for example.
Add a few new functions to overcome these limitations.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Move the result variable into the struct also, so that it can be used when
BSS is not available. Add a function to read it.
Note that all functions sill use the BSS version of the data.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present there are a number of static variables in BSS. This cannot work
with SPL, at least until BSS is available in board_init_r().
Move the variables into a struct, so it is possible to malloc() it and use
it before BSS is available.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present this file has a function at the top, above declarations. This
is normally avoided, so fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a new Kconfig option to enable CBFS in SPL. This can be useful when
the memory-init code is in CBFS.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Avoid a warning when building the 'make htmldocs' target:
doc/board/intel/slimbootloader.rst:90: WARNING: Title underline too short.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Use DISTRO_BOOTENV to decouple BOOTENV from CONFIG_DISTRO_DEFAULTS.
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.debian@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.10-rc3
This pull request provides corrections for the SetVirtualAddress runtime
service and avoids possible calls to NULL by consumers of the
EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_PROTOCOL.
Commit 7f95104d91 ("efi_loader: detach runtime in ExitBootServices()")
added a call to efi_runtime_detach() to ExitBootServices() but did not
remove the call in SetVirtualAddressMap().
Remove the superfluous function call.
Correct a comment referring to efi_runtime_detach().
Fixes: 7f95104d91 ("efi_loader: detach runtime in ExitBootServices()")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Check the parameters DescriptorSize and DescriptiorVersion of
SetVirtualAddressMap() as prescribed by the UEFI specification.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
U-Boot implements the EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_PROTOCOL because GRUB uses the mode
information for booting via PXE. All function pointers in the protocol were
NULL up to now which will cause immediate crashes when the services of the
protocol are called.
Create function stubs for all services of the protocol returning
EFI_UNSUPPORTED.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The socfpga gen5 SPL manually zeroed bss in board_init_f(). Now that the
DDR driver does not use bss any more, bss is not used before board_init_r()
and we can remove this hack.
bss is normally zeroed by crt0.S, but after board_init_f(), before
board_init_r(). socfpga just had this double-zeroing because it invalidly
used bss in board_init_f() already (during DDR initialization).
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Bring cyclone5 / arria5 / arria10 in line with convention and use
u-boot.img as CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME.
Signed-off-by: Dalon Westergreen <dalon.westergreen@intel.com>
All ELF fields whose values are inspected by the code are converted to
CPU byteorder first. Values which are copied verbatim (relocation
fixups) are not swapped to CPU byteorder and back as it is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Marcus Comstedt <marcus@mc.pp.se>
Cc: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
We should explicitly load DTB from TFTP server or MMC/SD card
for Linux booting. This will allow us:
1. To use different Linux DTB for SiFive Unleashed board with
expansion board connected.
2. Avoid re-flashing OpenSBI firmware whenever board connections
change.
This patch updates reference bootlog in SiFive FU540 README
as-per above.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
We should prefer accessing CSRs using their CSR numbers
because:
1. It compiles fine with older toolchains.
2. We can use latest CSR names in #define macro names of CSR
numbers as-per RISC-V spec.
3. We can access newly added CSRs even if toolchain does not
recognize newly added CSRs by name.
This commit is inspired from Linux kernel commit a3182c91ef4e
("RISC-V: Access CSRs using CSR numbers").
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
We do not need to split binman, buildman, dtoc and patman test suite
runs into 3 jobs. Instead, run them as a single job.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The way that some of the tests here are designed, they expect USER to be
set in the environment. This is not the case in the docker images, so
set a reasonable value.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A previous commit...
commit 2a51e16bd5 ("configs: Make USE_TINY_PRINTF depend on SPL||TPL and be default")
...causes the System Firmware version string during SPL boot to no longer
getting printed to the console as expected. To fix this issue rework the
handling of that string to only use basic printf() syntax rather than
for example disabling CONFIG_USE_TINY_PRINTF on affected devices, this
way maintaining most of the memory size benefit the initial patch brings
when it comes to SPL.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Do not fail if any of the requested subtypes are not available, but set the
number of resources to 0 and continue parsing the resource ranges.
Based on Linux kernel patch by Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Historically there have been various boot options, SPI flash,
NAND or NOR. The NOR flash is mutually exclusive with MMC, but
it isn't mutually exclusive with NAND or SPI Flash, so this patch
enables both NAND flash and SPI Flash when booting from NOR.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The configuration with NOR is mutually exclusive with MMC, and as
such, the filesystem commands were disabled. With the USB host
enabled, this patch enables the file system command which can
be executed on storage devices attached to the USB.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The current size allocated to U-Boot is 384k, but U-Boot has grown
to 436K which means that saving the environmental variables wipes
out part of the U-Boot source and the board ceases to function.
Due to the sector and erase size for the NOR part and a desire to
not have to change partition sizes often, this patch moves the
U-Boot environmental variables to an offset of 1M so saveenv
does not brick the board. This patch also sets up MTDIDS and
MTDPARTS to clearly show where U-Boot and U-Boot's environmental
variables are located.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
A previous patch for enabling the NAND config set a flag called
CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT when it should have been called
CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY. The affect this had was creating
a delay on startup for the NOR version which is XIP and doesn't have
SPL, so the lowlevel initialization functions need to operate.
This delay was not really noticeable at first, but the delays have been
getting longer, finally reached the point of nearly seven seconds
before the board would appear to start.
This patch sets the CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY instead which means
"The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the instruction cache) is still
performed" per the README. It doesn't appear to have any adverse
behavior on the SPI Flash or the NAND flash boards which use SPL.
Fixes: 93f3362762 ("ARM: configs: Add da850evm_nand to boot from NAND")
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Enable support for Intel E1000 based PCIe ethernet cards that
can be used to test PCIe RC functionality on AM65x EVM.
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Add needed device-tree nodes to support PCIe 0
and SERDES on AM65x SoC. The nodes are kept
disabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Add a new SERDES driver for TI's AM654x SoC which configures
the SERDES only for PCIe. Support fo USB3 can be added later.
SERDES in am654x has three input clocks (left input, external
reference clock and right input) and two output clocks (left
output and right output) in addition to a PLL mux clock which
the SERDES uses for Clock Multiplier Unit (CMU refclock).
The PLL mux clock can select from one of the three input
clocks. The right output can select between left input and
external reference clock while the left output can select
between the right input and external reference clock.
The driver has support to select PLL mux and left/right output
mux as specified in device tree.
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Current dev_read_*() API lacks support to get address and size
of a "reg" property by name or index. Add support for the same.
Livetree support has been added but not tested on real hardware.
The existing unit tests testing reading address from device-tree
have been updated to test address as well as size.
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Add support for clk_is_match() which is required to
know if two clock pointers point to the same exact
physical clock.
Also add a unit test for the new API.
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Failure log for ti_sci_power_domain_on/off is as below:
"ti_sci_power_domain_on: get/set_device failed (-19)"
The above information is useless for debug without information
on what specific device access failed. So add that information as well.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
This commit adds support for the B&R brsmarc1 SoM.
The SoM is based on TI's AM335x SoC.
Mainly vxWorks 6.9.4.x is running on the board,
doing some PLC stuff on various carrier boards.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
This patch disables DM watchdog support for SPL builds and uses
the legacy omap watchdog driver on TI AM335x chipsets.
The following build error is reported if DM watchdog support was
enabled in SPL:
CC spl/drivers/usb/gadget/rndis.o
LD spl/drivers/usb/gadget/built-in.o
LD spl/drivers/usb/musb-new/built-in.o
LD spl/drivers/built-in.o
LD spl/u-boot-spl
arm-linux-ld.bfd: u-boot-spl section .u_boot_list will not fit in region .sram
arm-linux-ld.bfd: region .sram overflowed by 440 bytes
make[1]: *** [spl/u-boot-spl] Error 1
make: *** [spl/u-boot-spl] Error 2
Adjusted WATCHDOG_RESET macro accordingly. Earlier it was pointing
to hw_watchdog_reset. Since CONFIG_WATCHDOG replaces CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG,
now WATCHDOG_RESET macro points to watchdog_reset. This watchdog_reset
is not defined anywhere for am33xx/omap2 and needs to be defined. Fixed
this by simply calling hw_watchdog_reset in watchdog_reset.
Built and tested on AM335x device (BeagleboneBlack), compile tested for
all other AM33xx/omap2 based boards.
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
[trini: Fix watchdog.h logic]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The non-DM version of this driver used to set BAR0 register after the
calls to pci_set_region.
I found out that for some strange reason the ath10k driver in kernel
fails to work if this is done the other way around.
I know that Linux's driver should not depend on how U-Boot does things,
but for some strange reason it does and this seems to be the simplest
solution. Fix it since it caused regressions on Omnia.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Dirk Eibach <dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>
Cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Cc: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Cc: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Cc: VlaoMao <vlaomao@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds device tree and driver model watchdog support,
converts the legacy omap watchdog driver to driver model for
TI AM335x chipsets. The following compile warning is removed:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_WDT (DM watchdog support).
Please update the board to use CONFIG_WDT before the
v2019.10 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG is no more a default option for AM33XX devices
after DT/DM conversion, adjusted kconfig accordingly.
DM watchdog support is enabled by default in SPL. The SPL image
doesn't fit into SRAM because of size constraints and build breaks
with an overflow. For this reason DM watchdog support should be
disabled in SPL, driver code should be adjusted accordingly to serve
this purpose.
Built and tested on AM335x device (BeagleboneBlack), compile tested
for all other AM33xx based boards.
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
The SPL for the Overo board does not initialise the MMC. Hence, it
cannot load the main boot loader from the SD card susequently. This
patch moves the initialisation code for the MMC so it gets included in
the SPL.
[trini: Add missing header]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Disable the PSCI_RESET reboot handler to permit handling the reboot
flag and calling the PSCI handler with the flag in parameter.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add support for fastboot_set_reboot_flag() by storing the reboot
flag in the common code to be used by the custom PSCI reboot handler.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The SEI510 board is based on the Amlogic S905X2 SoC
from the Amlogic G12A SoC family.
The board has the following specifications :
- Amlogic S905X2 ARM Cortex-A53 quad-core SoC
- XGB DDR4 SDRAM
- 10/100 Ethernet (Internal PHY)
- 1 x USB 3.0 Host
- eMMC
- SDcard
- Infrared receiver
- SDIO WiFi Module
The board default behaviour is for booting Android and triggers
fastboot on recovery or reboot mode.
USB vendor ID (used by fastboot) is 0x18d1 (Google) for
default udev rules for existing android users work out of the box.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The Secure Monitor offers multiple services, like returning the
SoC unique serial number, and can provide the "reboot reason" as
set by the previous booted system.
This extends the Amlogic specific "sm" cmd with a "reboot_reason" subcommand
to print or set a specified environment variable with the reboot reason in
human readable format.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The Secure Monitor offers multiple services, like returning the
SoC unique serial number, already used to generate an unique MAC
address.
This adds a new, Amlogic specific, "sm" cmd with a "serial" subcommand
to write the SoC unique serial to memory.
This "cm" command will be extended in further patches.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Import Linux 5.2-rc1 sei510 DT from 5f9e832c1370 ("Linus 5.3-rc1") for the
meson-g12a-sei510 board.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add Macronis SPI flash support - some Omnia routers are shipped with
this SPI flash chip.
Also add the memtest command to defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The mvgbe driver supports DM_ETH so switch these boards to using it.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This board is unmaintained and can be removed. This also allows us to
remove kmp204x-common.h and integrate it in kmp204x.h.
Signed-off-by: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Remove the PORTL2 board and all its dependencies as it is no longer
supported by the company.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Activate the driver model for the Ethernet interface (RGMII) in the KM
Kirkwood Kconfig file. Additionally, raise the auto negotiation timeout
to eight seconds as more time is required for those boards.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Activate the driver model for the serial interface in the KM Kirkwood
Kconfig file. The associated preprocessor definitions could be removed
from the header file. However, the clock of 200 MHz needs to be declared
in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
A typo in the km_kirkwood.h header prevented to undefine the initialization
of the Kirkwood PCIe interface.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
After moving the KM specific configurations to Kconfig, the associated
preprocessor definitions can now be removed in the headers. Moreover, the
whitelist has been adapted correspondingly.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
To execute the conversion away from board specific header files, Kconfig
menus have been implemented for all KM boards and additionally for those
having an ARM architecture.
For the moment, the preprocessor definitions stay in the headers. The
boolean types, however, needed a modification (#define CONFIG_* 1).
The default configuration files of some boards required an update in order
to not change the currently defined values of the configurations.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This file has quite a lot of general definitions and include files. Add a
note about our intent to remove more of this.
The file should ultimately include the configuration and perhaps a very
other very common things used by most U-Boot files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file contains lots of internal details about the environment. Most
code can include env.h instead, calling the functions there as needed.
Rename this file and add a comment at the top to indicate its internal
nature.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
[trini: Fixup apalis-tk1.c]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This header file is now only used by files that access internal
environment features. Drop it from various places where it is not needed.
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This declaration is only used in three files. Although it relates to
malloc() it is actually only used during malloc() init. It uses CONFIG
options including CONFIG_ENV_ADDR which are defined only in environment.h
so this header must be included anyway, for TOTAL_MALLOC_LEN to be
correct.
Nove it to environment.h to simplify the common file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
There doesn't seem to be any good reason for using __ in the arguments in
this header file. A double underscore is usually reserved for compiler
features.
Drop these and remove the unnecessary 'extern' as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Avoid using a typedef here which is unnecessary. Add an 'env_' prefix to
both the enum and its members to make it clear that these are related to
the environment.
Add an ENV prefix to these two flags so that it is clear what they relate
to. Also move them to env.h since they are part of the public API. Use an
enum rather than a #define to tie them together.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an ENV prefix to these two flags so that it is clear what they relate
to. Also move them to env.h since they are part of the public API. Use an
enum rather than a #define to tie them together.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This typedef does not need to be defined in the search.h header since it
is only used in one file (hashtable.c). Remove it from the header and
change it to a struct.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot is not supposed to use typedef for structs anymore. Also this name
is the same as the ENTRY() macro used in assembler files, and 'entry'
itself is widely used in U-Boot (>8k matches).
Drop the typedef and rename the struct to env_entry to reduce confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
These definitions are effectively part of the 'public' API of the
environment implementation since they do not require access to any
internal variables. Move them to the env.h header.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This enum is somewhat widely used to determine if the environment is valid
or not. Move it to the common environment header file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The name 'environment' is widely used in U-Boot so is not a very useful
name of a variable. Rename it to better indicate its purpose.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Move these functions to the new header file and rename set_default_env()
to env_set_default() so that it has a consistent env_ prefix.
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function is not defined or used in U-Boot. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Move this function to the new header file and rename it so it has an env_
prefix.
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function fits better with the network subsystem, so move it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Move env_set_hex() over to the new header file along with env_set_addr()
which uses it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Move envmatch() over to the new header file. Also rename it to env_match()
to better line up with other functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Move this function over to the new header file. Also rename it to have an
env_ prefix like the other functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
At present we have environment.h but this file includes all the
environment-related header files as well as internals such as
default_environment.
It seems desirable to have a new header to hold the commonly used
environment functions, so that most files can avoid including all of this
unnecessary stuff.
Create a new env.h header and move one function over to it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
This function relates to lcd.h and is about to become obsolete with the
driver-model conversion. Move it out of common.h
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As part of the effort to remove things from common.h, create a new header
for the gzip functions. Move the function declarations to it and add
missing documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
1. Add myself as Android A/B and AVB maintainer
2. Add Sam Protsenko as Designated reviewer for A/B
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Add MAINTAINERS entry for HI3660 SoC by adding the arch includes.
While doing so, adding myself as the co-maintainer for HISILICON
SoCs since I'm planning to maintain HI3660 SoC separately and considering
doing improvements to the existing HiSilicon SoC architecture.
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
This commit adds MMC driver support for HI3660 SoC reusing hi6220_dw_mmc
driver. Since HI3660 operates at different clock rate and uses fifo
mode now, let's introduce the platform data and utilize it for different
SoCs supported by this driver.
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
This commit adds board support for Hikey960 board from Hisilicon. This
board is one of the Consumer Edition boards of the 96Boards family
powered by Kirin960 SoC.
More information about this board can be found in 96Boards website:
https://www.96boards.org/product/hikey960/
The initial supported/tested devices include:
- Debug serial
- SD
With these support, it's good enough for loading Linux Kernel from SD.
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
This commit adds devicetree for Hikey960 board. Most of the contents are
copied from Linux kernel with some modifications for u-boot. To be
more precise, SD card's speed related properties are removed due to a
bug in u-boot clock implementation. Hence forcing the SD controller to
work in standard speed.
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
This implements a stack usage check in SPL.
Many boards start up SPL to run code + data from one common, rather small
SRAM. To implement a sophisticated SPL binary size limit on such boards,
the stack size (as well as malloc size and global data size) must be
subtracted from this SRAM size.
However, to do that properly, the stack size first needs to be known.
This patch adds a new Kconfig option:
- SPL_SYS_REPORT_STACK_F_USAGE: memset(0xaa) the whole area of the stack
very early and check stack usage based on this constant later before the
stack is switched to DRAM
Initializing the stack and checking it is implemented in weak functions,
in case a board does not use the stack as saved in gd->start_addr_sp.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Should use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED not IS_ENABLED for CLK driver, so it will
check the CONFIG_SPL_CLK when building SPL
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This fix issue when access config from PCIe switch.
The PCIe controller need to send Type 0 config TLP if the targeting bus
matches with the secondary bus number, which is when the TLP is targeting
the immediate device on the link.
The PCIe controller send Type 1 config TLP if the targeting bus is
larger than the secondary bus, which is when the TLP is targeting the
device not immediate on the link.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Hardware return completion status non-zero when read from non exist
function in multi-function PCIe device. Return error will cause PCIe
enumeration fail.
Change it to return 0 and return value 0xffffffff when error.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
giedi and deneb are i.MX8X based and have additional data with
WLAN MAC in factoryset container. Enable building for these
boards and adapt factoryset functions to set WLAN MAC and dtb
name in environment.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
For new boards we always enable DM_I2C. Extend factoryset functions
to support EEPROM reading on these boards.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
- Enable SD slot on Intel Edison
- Populate CSRT ACPI table for shared DMA controller on Intel Tangier
- Convert Intel ICH-SPI driver to use new spi-mem ops
- Enable config_distro_bootcmd for QEMU x86
- Support U-Boot as a payload for Intel Slim Bootloader
- Avoid writing temporary asl files into the source tree which fixes the
parallel build issue occasionally seen
Support the V1.2 hardware revision with the following pin muxing
changes:
Ddc_scl_pv4 and ddc_sda_pv5 previously used as Apalis GPIO3 and GPIO4
are now used as DDC pins.
Gen2_i2c_scl_pt5 and gen2_i2c_sda_pt6 previously used as DDC pins are
now used as USB power enable signals.
Usb_vbus_en0_pn4 and usb_vbus_en1_pn5 previously used as USB power
enable signals are now used as GPIO3 and GPIO4.
Additionally a new device tree file tegra124-apalis-v1.2-eval.dtb is
loaded on V1.2 and later modules and resp. USB power enable signals
activated.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Remove video=tegrafb0:640x480-16@60 aka VESA VGA mode from vidargs in
order for the panel specification in the device tree to be used. This
causes the default to be the 10.1" LVDS display which will be available
in the Toradex webshop shortly.
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
By keeping RESET_MOCI_CTRL low we avoid explicitly releasing
RESET_MOCI#.
Please note that module hardware versions up to V1.1A will already
release RESET_MOCI# in hardware coming out of reset.
Please further note that with this change the USB hub on the Apalis
Evaluation board is kept in reset in U-Boot and therefore none of its
ports are operational in U-Boot.
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
We never really added a sensible DFU configuration for platforms
based on eMMC. Most of the things one might want to do can also be done
with UMS or fastboot, so drop the DFU configuration.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
This is a configuration option specific to the tegra controller.
Doing it this way makes it show up directly under the tegra controller
option, indented one level, as "Disable external clock loopback".
The way it is now, it shows up at the end of the controller list, not
indented, as if it's some kind of generic MMC configuration option.
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
For U-Boot we allow a GPIO to be specified to enable the codec. Add this
to the relevant binding files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
This file was missed when adding the sound driver to U-Boot. Bring it in
from Linux 5.0.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Jon Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
This file was missed when adding the sound driver to U-Boot. Bring it in
from Linux 5.0.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Add slimbootloader board to run U-boot as a Slim Bootloader payload
- Add new board/intel/slimbootloader directory with minimum codes
- Add slimbootloader configuration files
- Add doc/board/intel/slimbootloader.rst
Signed-off-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: add slimbootloader board MAINTAINERS file]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Slim Bootloader already calibrated TSC and provides it to U-Boot.
Therefore, U-Boot does not have to re-calibrate TSC.
Configuring tsc_base and clock_rate makes x86 tsc_timer driver bypass
TSC calibration and use the provided TSC frequency.
- Get TSC frequency from performance info hob
- Set tsc_base and clock_rate for tsc_timer driver
Signed-off-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Slim Bootloader provides serial port info thru its HOB list pointer.
All these HOBs are eligible for Slim Bootloader based board only.
- Get serial port information from the serial port info HOB
- Leverage ns16550 driver with slimbootloader specific platform data
Signed-off-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Slim Bootloader provides memory map info thru its HOB list pointer.
Configure memory size and relocation memory from the HOB data, and
provide e820 entries as well.
- Get memory size from the memory map info HOB
- Set available top memory lower than 4GB for U-Boot relocation
- Provide e820 entries from the memory map info HOB
Signed-off-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
FSP (CONFIG_HAVE_FSP) and Slim Bootloader (CONFIG_SYS_SLIMBOOTLOADER)
consume HOB (CONFIG_USE_HOB) data from the each HOB list pointer.
Add a common HOB library in lib/hob.c and include/asm/hob.h.
Signed-off-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Use existing EFI_GUID and efi_guid_t instead of struct efi_guid.
This is pre-work before making a common HOB library.
- Change 'struct efi_guid' to efi_guit_t
- Remove 'struct efi_guid'
- Define GUIDs with EFI_GUID() macro
- Use guidcmp() instead of compare_guid()
- Remove compare_guid()
Signed-off-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested on MinnowMax
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This slimbootloader CPU type is to enable U-Boot as a payload which
runs on top of Slim Bootloader (https://github.com/slimbootloader).
The Slim Bootloader is designed with multi-stage architecture for
the execution from reset vector to OS booting, and supports QEMU,
Apollolake, Whiskeylake and Coffeelake platforms consuming Intel
FSP (https://github.com/IntelFsp) for silicon initialization
including CAR and memory initialization.
The Slim Bootloader generates new HOB (Hand Off Block) which are
serial port info, memory map info, performance data info and so on,
and passes it to a Payload. U-Boot as a payload will use these HOB
information for basic initialization such as serial console.
As an initial commit,
- Add CONFIG_SYS_SLIMBOOTLOADER to enable slimbootloader CPU type
- Add new arch/x86/cpu/slimbootloader directory with minimum codes
- Get hob_list pointer from Slim Bootloader
Signed-off-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With the introduction of the new spi-mem model operations changed
slightly. The new spi-mem operations make things a bit easier to
handle for ich-spi flash interface. This patch converts the ich-spi
driver by using spi-mem operations.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested on Intel CrownBay and MinnowMax
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: fix compiler warnings when building the driver for 64-bit]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Remove a stray break which suppresses some debug messages.
Indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the iasl tool (Intel ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
Interface) Source Language Compiler) is called in such a way that it uses
the source directory for its temporary files.
This means we end up with these files when building x86 boards:
board/dfi/dfi-bt700/dsdt.aml
board/dfi/dfi-bt700/dsdt.asl.tmp
Update the code to put temporary files in the target directory instead.
The iasl tool is quite confusing since it generates files with different
extensions and does not allow these to be individually specified. Add some
documentation to help with this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: remove dsdt.hex from 'make clean' rules and correct U-Boot spelling]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Intel Tangier has a shared DMA controller that, according to Microsoft spec,
has to be presented in CSRT table.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
ACPI has a capability to specify DMA parameters for DMA channel consumers.
To enable this for Intel Edison, describe GP DMA device in ACPI table
in order to get an ACPI handle to it in OS.
This works in conjunction with CSRT, which must be in align with DSDT.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Here is a stub function that generates an empty CSRT. If the target platform
provides acpi_fill_csrt() function, it will be used to populate the table.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With qemu-x86 starting to use config_distro_bootcmd, the pre-defined
ramboot and nfsboot commands do not work any more. This is caused by
undefined environment variable 'ramdiskaddr' that was previously set
in CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS but later CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS was
redefined for distro boot.
Update the x86 generic CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS to consider distro
boot, and remove the one in qemu-x86.h.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Converts qemu x86 machines to boot using distro_config. The intent is to
allow u-boot in qemu to be maximally compatible with many boot methods
without having to change the config. Previously, u-boot would only boot
in a very limited set of circumstances where there was a /boot/vmlinuz
on scsi 0:3 with no ramdisk.
Signed-off-by: Joshua Watt <JPEWhacker@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: convert doc updates to reST]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Enable SD slot on Intel Edison platform.
By default firmware doesn't put device on active state. Thus,
we have to do this explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
- Add rk3399 boards Khadas Edge/-V/-Captain
- Add fully souce code support for rk3328 including TPL/DRAM init
- Enable boot from eMMC for rk3399 rock960/ficus boards
- turn on the IO supply for dw_mmc
Commit 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for
sdhci-caps-mask") sdhci_setup_cfg() expects a valid sdhci_host mmc
field.
Fixes: 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for sdhci-caps-mask")
Cc: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Cc: Vincent Tinelli <vincent.tinelli@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Commit 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for
sdhci-caps-mask") sdhci_setup_cfg() expects a valid sdhci_host mmc
field.
Fixes: 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for sdhci-caps-mask")
Cc: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Commit 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for
sdhci-caps-mask") sdhci_setup_cfg() expects a valid sdhci_host mmc
field.
Fixes: 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for sdhci-caps-mask")
Cc: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Test is using random command which has own Kconfig symbol CMD_RANDOM which
already depends on CMD_MEMORY. That's why replace cmd_memory by cmd_random.
Fixes: 09da18deab ("test/py: add MMC/SD block write test")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since commit 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for
sdhci-caps-mask") sdhci_setup_cfg() expects a valid sdhci_host mmc
field. Move the mmc field initialization before sdhci_setup_cfg()
call to avoid crash on mmc pointer dereference.
[this patch is based on commit 41a9fab8da ("mmc: mv_sdhci: fix
uninitialized pointer deref on probe") by Baruch Siach]
Fixes: 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for sdhci-caps-mask")
Cc: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Cc: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com> (on zcu102/zc706)
Select SPL_HS200_SUPPORT if SPL_HS400_SUPPORT is selected as is being
done for the U-boot case.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
dfu_prepare_function() allocates N+1 descriptor header structures,
the last one being the "DFU Functional Descriptor".
dfu_unbind() handles de-allocation, but fails to free the final
one (eg. "DFU Functional Descriptor"), leading to memory leak.
Fixed by incrementing counter, as in dfu_prepare_function().
Signed-off-by: Ralph Siemsen <ralph.siemsen@linaro.org>
Registration of USB download gadget might fail for various reasons, so
add a check for g_dnl_register() funtion return value. Without this fix,
thor_init() will try to access the registered gadget structures resulting
in NULL pointer dereference issue.
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
"slot-suffixes" variable was dropped in fastboot tool (in [1]). Let's
track AOSP/master and drop this variable in U-Boot as well.
[1] 42b18a518b
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
[lukma: Remove getvar_slot_suffixes() declaration]
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
commit 57faca19a8 ("drivers: USB: OHCI: allow compilation for 64-bit targets")
broke ohci support for the mpc85xx based socrates board,
as it removed volatile keyword from ohci_readl/writel.
Fix this so usb works again on socrates board.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
var ohci_pci_ids is only used if DM_USB is not enabled.
So define this varaible only if
!CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(DM_USB)
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch will enable the MUSB driver to support mass storage
devices connected to the OTG port in host mode.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
With the recently added phy driver, this patch will enable the
musb driver on the da8xx to operate in host mode.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
In preparation for supporting the musb driver, this patch
adds support for the usb phy associated with the musb driver.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This takes the latest changes from AOSP from the file
include/bootimg/bootimg.h from the repository:
https://android.googlesource.com/platform/system/tools/mkbootimg
and update the U-Boot version with the latest changes.
This file keeps the changes from AOSP to a minimum:
* Comments were converted from C++ to C style.
* Code inside __cplusplus #ifdef blocks were removed.
* C++11 struct extensions replaced with a single struct.
Signed-off-by: Alex Deymo <deymo@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
The Linux ramdisk should always be decompressed by the kernel itself,
not by U-Boot. Therefore, the 'compression' node in the FIT image should
always be set to "none" for ramdisk images, since the only point of
using that node is if you want U-Boot to do the decompression itself.
Yet some systems populate the node to the compression algorithm used by
the kernel instead. This used to be ignored, but now that we support
decompression of all image types it becomes a problem. Since ramdisks
should never be decompressed by U-Boot anyway, this patch adds a special
exception for them to avoid these issues. Still, setting the
'compression' node like that is wrong in the first place, so we still
want to print out a warning so that third-party distributions doing this
can notice and fix it.
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Avoid to flush buffer when silent console is activated as the
console can be reactivate later, after relocation, when the env will
be updated with the saved one.
Solve issue (missing beginning of U-Boot trace) when:
- CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is activated
- silent=1 is defined in default environment (CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS)
- silent is removed in saved environment with:
> env delete silent; env save
Only functional when PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER is activated.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Update the "silent" property with the variable "silent" get from
saved environment, it solves the issue when:
- CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE and CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV are activated
- silent is not defined in default environment
- silent is requested in saved environment with:
> env set silent 1; env save
On next reboot the console is not disabled as expected after relocation
and the environment load from flash (the callback is not called when
the INSERT is requested in the created hash table)
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
When building U-Boot with AVB enabled, compiler shows next warnings:
cmd/avb.c: In function 'do_avb_read_pvalue':
cmd/avb.c:371:18: warning: format '%ld' expects argument of type
'long int', but argument 2 has type 'size_t'
{aka 'unsigned int'} [-Wformat=]
printf("Read %ld bytes, value = %s\n", bytes_read,
~~^ ~~~~~~~~~~
%d
cmd/avb.c: In function 'do_avb_write_pvalue':
cmd/avb.c:404:19: warning: format '%ld' expects argument of type
'long int', but argument 2 has type '__kernel_size_t'
{aka 'unsigned int'} [-Wformat=]
printf("Wrote %ld bytes\n", strlen(value) + 1);
~~^ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
%d
Fix those by using "%zu" specified.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
When having only these AVB related configs enabled:
CONFIG_AVB_VERIFY=y
CONFIG_CMD_AVB=y
CONFIG_LIBAVB=y
build fails with next errors:
common/avb_verify.c: In function 'read_persistent_value':
common/avb_verify.c:867:6: warning: implicit declaration of function
'get_open_session'
common/avb_verify.c:870:45: error: 'struct AvbOpsData' has no member
named 'tee'
common/avb_verify.c:894:7: warning: implicit declaration of function
'invoke_func'
common/avb_verify.c: In function 'write_persistent_value':
common/avb_verify.c:931:45: error: 'struct AvbOpsData' has no member
named 'tee'
Guard read_persistent_value() and write_persistent_value() functions
by checking if CONFIG_OPTEE_TA_AVB is enabled (as those are only used in
that case) to fix the build with mentioned configuration.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Fix the following Coverity warning:
CID 244086: Incorrect expression (BAD_COMPARE)
Comparing pointer "ep_bar" against NULL using anything besides == or
is likely to be incorrect.
Fixes: 914026d258 ("drivers: pci_ep: Introduce UCLASS_PCI_EP uclass")
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This adds high speed interface subsystem - hifsys (i.e. PCIe and USB)
for MT7623 SoC and enables its reset controller.
The control block is shared with ethsys and accordingly rename the
related defines.
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
if CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED, CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_ENCRYPTION and
CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR_SHA256 are enabled in conjunction
with CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL and CONFIG_FSL_CAAM, we get the
Error when pressing a key while waiting for bootdelay:
Error: Address arguments are not aligned
CAAM was not setup properly or it is faulty
Reason is, that used variables are not cache aligned,
so malloc this variables cache aligned.
Probably this is also a bugfix for other hw accelerators
than CAAM.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Provide a concise description of the assert() macro. Point out that the
tested expression is always executed, irrespective of the value of _DEBUG.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The original mtk_qspi driver has been removed. We change MT7629 to use
newly added mtk-spimem driver.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Until now, binary TPL by Rockchip has been required for booting
procedure. Starting from this commit we may use only u-boot to boot
the device.
Note, that using binary TPL instead of U-boot TPL is still working.
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This commits enables booting from eMMC when using SPL on 96Boards
Ficus board by adding SDHCI to boot order. Since the SDHCI driver
already has the reloc flag, this works straightaway. While we are at it,
let's also include the common u-boot dtsi for rk3399.
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This commits enables booting from eMMC when using SPL on 96Boards
Rock960 board by adding SDHCI to boot order. Since the SDHCI driver
already has the reloc flag, this works straightaway. While we are at it,
let's also include the common u-boot dtsi for rk3399.
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add devicetree support for Khadas Edge-Captain.
Khadas Captain is the carrier board for Khadas Edge.
Specification
- Rockchip RK3399
- Dual-Channel 2GB/4GB LPDDR4
- SD card slot
- Onboard 16GB/32GB/128GB eMMC
- RTL8211FD 1Gbps
- AP6356S/AP6398S WiFI/BT
- HDMI Out, DP, MIPI DSI/CSI, eDP
- USB 3.0, 2.0
- USB Type C power and data
- GPIO expansion ports
- Full 4 Lane M.2 Socket
- 16MB SPI Flash
- IR
- Programmable MCU
Commit details of rk3399-khadas-edge-*.dts sync from Linux 5.3-rc2:
"arm64: dts: rockchip: Add support for Khadas Edge/Edge-V/Captain boards"
(sha1: c2aacceedc86af87428d998e23a1aca24fd8aa2e)
Signed-off-by: Nick Xie <nick@khadas.com>
Tested-by: Chris Webb <chris@arachsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add devicetree support for Khadas Edge-V.
Khadas Edge-V is a Khadas VIM form factor Rockchip RK3399 board.
Specification
- Rockchip RK3399
- Dual-Channel 2GB/4GB LPDDR4
- SD card slot
- Onboard 16GB/32GB/128GB eMMC
- RTL8211FD 1Gbps
- AP6356S/AP6398S WiFI/BT
- HDMI Out, DP, MIPI DSI/CSI, eDP
- USB 3.0, 2.0
- USB Type C power and data
- GPIO expansion ports
- Full 4 Lane M.2 Socket
- 16MB SPI Flash
- IR
- Programmable MCU
Commit details of rk3399-khadas-edge-*.dts sync from Linux 5.3-rc2:
"arm64: dts: rockchip: Add support for Khadas Edge/Edge-V/Captain boards"
(sha1: c2aacceedc86af87428d998e23a1aca24fd8aa2e)
Signed-off-by: Nick Xie <nick@khadas.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add devicetree support for Khadas Edge.
Khadas Edge is an expandable Rockchip RK3399 board with goldfinger.
Specification
- Rockchip RK3399
- Dual-Channel 2GB/4GB LPDDR4
- Onboard 16GB/32GB/128GB eMMC
- RTL8211FD 1Gbps
- AP6356S/AP6398S WiFI/BT
- HDMI Out, DP
- USB 3.0, 2.0
- USB Type C power and data
- 16MB SPI Flash
- Programmable MCU
Commit details of rk3399-khadas-edge-*.dts sync from Linux 5.3-rc2:
"arm64: dts: rockchip: Add support for Khadas Edge/Edge-V/Captain boards"
(sha1: c2aacceedc86af87428d998e23a1aca24fd8aa2e)
Signed-off-by: Nick Xie <nick@khadas.com>
Tested-by: Chris Webb <chris@arachsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
DMA for MMCs can be enabled, since the previous patch fixes
the following issue in SPL:
Trying to boot from MMC1
spl: mmc init failed with error: -110
SPL: failed to boot from all boot devices
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This patch cleans up some coding style related issues in the mtk_wtd
driver to make this driver comply again with the U-Boot coding style
standards.
The only minimal functional change is that the timeout parameter is now
passed in (u64) instead of (unsigned int) from mtk_wdt_start() to
mtk_wdt_set_timeout(), preserving the original value.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Shannon Barber <sbarber@dataspeedinc.com>
Cc: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Cc: Matthias Brugger <matthias.bgg@gmail.com>
Cc: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Reviewed-by: Matthias Brugger <matthias.bgg@gmail.com>
The BCM2835/2836 watchdog is not used in mainline U-Boot at all. This
patch removes the driver and its references (CONFIG_BCM2835_WDT)
completely.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Paolo Pisati <p.pisati@gmail.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.10-rc2
With this pull request a workaround for GRUB on 32bit ARM is re-enabled
and made customizable. Without the patch booting on ARM 32bit with GRUB
prior to version 2.04 or with a cache which is not managed via CP15
fails.
Further work will be needed to achieve a UEFI compliant cache handling.
According to the UEFI spec all caches except those that cannot be
managed via CP15 should be enabled.
An implementation of the ConvertPointer() runtime service is provided.
efi_crt0 is always rebuild to avoid having to call 'make mrproper' when
switching architectures.
Mirror the qemu-riscv64 testing we do on Travis. Update to a newer
Docker image that contains riscv64-softmmu for QEMU.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As part of copying the logic from Travis to GitLab I kept the TOOLCHAIN
variable. However we don't use that now as the Docker container already
has all toolchains so we don't need to do any downloading. Remove this
variable.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add comments for this function. Also remove the #ifdef around it so that
it can be called from 'if (IS_ENABLED(...))'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the variable to the top of the file and adjust the code which uses it
to use if() rather than #ifdef, to make it easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since this is part of the autoboot functionality, it makes sense to name
it with an AUTOBOOT prefix. No mainline boards use it so this should be
safe, and downstream boards will need to adjust.
Since this option is just an integer value, it really needs another option
to control whether the feature is enabled or not. Add a new
CONFIG_USE_AUTOBOOT_MENUKEY for that. This fits better with how things are
done with Kconfig, avoiding the need to use a specific value to disable
the feature.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not defined by any board. We could use CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
instead perhaps, but this depends on CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED which is not
used for the single-key case.
So let's just remove CONFIG_MENUPROMPT.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we have two functions named __autoboot() which do different
things. This is confusing. Fix it by using if() instead of #ifdef for
selecting the functions, and renaming them to meaningful names.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use if() instead for this option, renaming the two different
passwd_abort() functions to indicate their purpose.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This CONFIG option is only present if CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_ENCRYPTION is
enabled so it cannot be used in code without that #ifdef. But we want to
reduce the use of #ifdef in this file and in particular to avoid having
two different functions both named passwd_abort() but which do different
things.
In preparation for this, create an intermediate value which is set to an
empty string if there is no value for CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR_SHA256.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_USE_PREBOOT
CONFIG_PREBOOT
Both are together in one commit, since otherwise the former causes kconfig
to define the latter, which gives duplicate symbol errors.
Includes a manual fixup for CONFIG_PREBOOT in ids8313_defconfig since the
backslash lands in the wrong place. Similarly with socfpga_vining_fpga.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In order to use CONFIG_PREBOOT with Kconfig, CONFIG_USE_PREBOOT must be
defined for each board. To prepare for conversion to Kconfig, add this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The function name indicates that it does something, but its entire
operation is actually condition on a CONFIG. Move the condition outside
the function so this is clearer, and use if() instead of #ifdef, like the
reset of the file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- sync Amlogic G12A DT with linux 5.3-rc1
- add support for 4GiB DRAM memory
- add support for Amlogic G12B based Odroid-N2
- small duplicate logic fix for gxbb clock driver
This reverts commit 877ab2423b.
The above patch was designed to shrink code by only pin-muxing items
needed for SPL in SPL and relying on driver model or SPL to mux other
items. Unfortunately, da850evm_direct_nor doesn't use SPL so items
that were only muxed during SPL are not muxed causing the board
to no longer boot.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The array bounds have to be checked before accessing the array element.
Identified by cppcheck.
Fixes: 67ac6ffaee ("mtd: nand: davinci: add opportunity to write keystone U-boot image")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
With the removal of da850_am18xxevm, there is at least one
whitelisted CONFIG option that can be deleted. This patch
removes CONFIG_DA850_AM18X_EVM since it's not required any more
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
In attempts to speed up SPL and reduce size, the MDIO pin muxing
was inadvertently affected. Since the ethernet driver will setup
the pin muxing when ethernet is loaded, this patch will also
pinmux the MDIO pins at the same time. Once an DM compatible
MDIO driver is available, this can be removed.
Fixes: 877ab2423b ("ARM: davinci: da850: Manual pinmux only
when PINCTRL not available")
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This patch adds SPI and SPI_FLASH DM support for verified boot on
TI AM335 chipsets. The following compile warning is removed:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_SPI_FLASH before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
Built and tested on AM335x device (BeagleboneBlack).
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
This patch adds BLK and DM support for verified boot on TI AM335x
chipsets. The following compile warnings are removed:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_MMC. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_MMC before the v2019.04 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_USB. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_USB before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
BLK and DM_MMC are enabled by default in SPL as well, which is
making the build to break with an overflow(spl image doesn't
fit into SRAM because of size constraints).
LD spl/drivers/built-in.o
LD spl/u-boot-spl
arm-linux-ld.bfd: u-boot-spl section .u_boot_list will not fit in region .sram
arm-linux-ld.bfd: region .sram overflowed by 116 bytes
make[1]: *** [spl/u-boot-spl] Error 1
make: *** [spl/u-boot-spl] Error 2
For the above reason BLK and DM_MMC is disabled in SPL.
Built and tested on AM335x device (BeagleboneBlack).
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
The K3 System Controller driver is used for loading and starting
the System Firmware, and is used only on R5 SPL. It need not be
enabled and built for the A72 U-Boot and SPL, so disable it from
the j721e_evm_a72 defconfig.
While at this, also remove the unneeded CONFIG_SPL_REMOTEPROC and
CONFIG_CMD_REMOTEPROC as no remoteprocs are now loaded from A72 SPL.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The K3 System Controller driver is used for loading and starting
the System Firmware, and is used only on R5 SPL. It need not be
enabled and built for the A53 U-Boot and SPL, so disable it from
both the GP and HS AM65x A53 defconfigs.
While at this, also remove the unneeded CONFIG_SPL_REMOTEPROC and
CONFIG_CMD_REMOTEPROC as no remoteprocs are now loaded from A53 SPL.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The commit 355be915ed ("arm: dts: k3-am654: Update power-domains
property for each node") has updated the power-domain cells value
and updated power-domains property in various existing dts nodes but
missed updating the cpsw_nuss node. This results in the following
build warning, fix this.
arch/arm/dts/k3-am654-base-board.dtb: Warning (power_domains_property): /interconnect@100000/interconnect@28380000/cpsw_nuss@046000000:power-domains: property size (8) too small for cell size 2
arch/arm/dts/k3-am654-r5-base-board.dtb: Warning (power_domains_property): /interconnect@100000/interconnect@28380000/cpsw_nuss@046000000:power-domains: property size (8) too small for cell size 2
Fixes: 355be915ed ("arm: dts: k3-am654: Update power-domains property for each node")
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The MTDPARTS currently lists just u-boot.ais as 512k in size.
This works when loading the ais file via serial port, but if one
wanted to update just the u-boot portion, it's not really possible.
This patch splits the MTDPARTS into a 32k SPL partiion and a 480k
u-boot partition which allows u-boot.img to be burned to the u-boot
partition. The remaining partitions are left with the same sizes
and offsets to not break backwards compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
We are going to implement DTBO partition for BeagleBoard X15 further. To
support this, 'dtimg' command must be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
It is essential to have an access to BCB area of 'misc' partition on
Android devices [1]. For BeagleBoard X15 the 'bcb' command will be
further used for reboot reason implementation and booting to recovery.
It can be also used for debugging reasons, like checking RescueParty
messages in BCB area.
[1] doc/android/bcb.txt
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
"fastboot flashall" expects "fastboot getvar product" value to be one of
values provided in android-info.txt file (in AOSP), from "require
board=" list. Before this patch, "am57xx" is returned for all AM57xx
based boards, as it's set in $board env var from SYS_BOARD in
board/ti/am57xx/Kconfig file, which is used for default implementation
of "fastboot getvar product".
In order to fix that inconsistency, let's do next:
1. In U-Boot: override fastboot.product, reusing the value from
$board_name
2. In AOSP: provide values for all AM57xx boards we can use to
device/ti/beagle_x15/board-info.txt file
This way requirements check in "fastboot flashall" will work as
expected, verifying that user tries to flash images to the board which
those images were built for.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
In case of Android boot, reboot reason can be written into BCB (usually
it's an area in 'misc' partition). U-Boot then can obtain that reboot
reason from BCB and handle it accordingly to achieve correct Android
boot flow, like it was suggested in [1]:
- if it's empty: perform normal Android boot from eMMC
- if it contains "bootonce-bootloader": get into fastboot mode
- if it contains "boot-recovery": perform recovery boot
The latter is not implemented yet, as it depends on some features that
are not implemented on TI platforms yet (in AOSP and in U-Boot).
[1] https://marc.info/?l=u-boot&m=152508418909737&w=2
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
First thing we check in meson_clk_set_rate_by_id() is current_rate == rate.
There is not need to check it again.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
ODROID-N2 is a single board computer manufactured by Hardkernel Co. Ltd
with the following specifications:
- Amlogic S922X ARM Cortex-A53 dual-core + Cortex-A73 quad-core SoC
- 4GB DDR4 SDRAM
- Gigabit Ethernet
- HDMI 2.1 4K/60Hz display
- 40-pin GPIO header
- 4 x USB 3.0 Host, 1 x USB OTG
- eMMC, microSD
- Infrared receiver
The board directory is W400, the name of the Amlogic Reference Design
of Amlogic G12B with Gigabit boards, which will be used for similar
boards.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
When configured with 4GiB DRAM size, only 3.8GiB is available, the
I/O beeing mapped in the last 256MiB of the first 4GiB physical memory/
First fixup the mm_region to handle the first 3.8GiB as memory and the
last 256MiB as I/O.
Then limit the real memory reported by the firmware to the available
physical space, 3.8GiB aligned with the mm_region memory zone size.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Import HardKernel Odroid-N2 DT from Linux 5.3-rc1, commit 5f9e832c1370
("Linus 5.3-rc1") based on an Amlogic G12B S922X SoC.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Sync the Amlogic Meson G12A DT and Bindings file with the Linux 5.3-rc1
from the commit 5f9e832c1370 ("Linus 5.3-rc1").
Also remove the meson-g12a-u-boot.dtsi and meson-g12a-u200-u-boot.dtsi,
now conflicting with the main DT content.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
The comment about init op being NULL used to be next to the NULL check
code. Commit 8ca51e51c1 ("dm: mmc: Add a way to use driver model for
MMC operations") separated the comment from the code. Put them back
together.
Fixes: 8ca51e51c1 ("dm: mmc: Add a way to use driver model for MMC operations")
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When reading large data in once (reading 512MiB is tested on MT7623), a
watchdog timeout is triggered due to watchdog not being fed.
This patch adds WATCHDOG_RESET() to msdc_start_data() so the watchdog will
be fed every 1024 blocks are read/written.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Since commit 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for
sdhci-caps-mask") sdhci_setup_cfg() expects a valid sdhci_host mmc
field. Move the mmc field initialization before sdhci_setup_cfg()
call to avoid crash on mmc pointer dereference.
Fixes: 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for sdhci-caps-mask")
Cc: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Add a standalone MMC block write test. This allows direct testing of MMC
access rather than relying on doing so as a side-effect of e.g. DFU or
UMS testing, which may not be enabled on all platforms.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
When support Clock Common Framework, U-Boot use dev for
clk tree information, there is no clk->parent. When
support composite clk, it contains mux/gate/divider,
but the mux/gate/divider is not binded with device.
So we could not use dev_get_uclass_priv to get the correct
clk_mux/gate/divider. So add clk_dev_binded to let
choose the correct method.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
- fix EDID mode filtering
- extend mxc_ipuv3_fb to enable backlight/display
- include fb_base in global_data for DM_VIDEO
- show frame buffer address via board info
as used to be with legacy VIDEO support
Xilinx/FPGA changes for v2019.10
fpga:
- Xilinx virtex2 cleanup
- Altera cyclon2 cleanup
zynq:
- Minor Kconfig cleanup
- Add psu_init configuration for Z-turn board
zynqmp:
- Add support for pmufw config passing to PMU
- script for psu_init conversion
- zcu1275 renaming
xilinx:
- Add support for UltraZed-EV SoM
Use efi_uintn_t where the UEFI spec uses UINTN. Use efi_uintn_t also for
the result of the division of two efi_uintn_t.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We read the address map before assigning the memory for the pages that will
be mapped to virtual addresses. So these pages will overlap with the entry
for EFI_CONVENTIONAL_MEMORY. We have to ensure that every page is described
at most once in the map.
Remove EFI_CONVENTIONAL_MEMORY from the map that we pass to
SetVirtualAddressMap().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Change the UEFI documentation to Sphinx style and integrate it into the
rest of the Sphinx generated documentation.
Remove the inaccurate TODO list in doc/uefi/uefi.rst.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
make htmldocs produces a warning:
./cmd/efidebug.c:733: WARNING: Unexpected indentation.
Correct the indentation.
Remove 'See above for details of sub-commands.' which is not helpful in the
Sphinx generated documentation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When changing the architecture without calling 'make clean' a subsequent
make fails with
lib/efi_loader/efi_crt0.o: file not recognized: File format not recognized
Force efi_crt0.o to be always rebuild.
Reported-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
GRUB on ARM 32bit prior to version 2.04 lacks proper handling of caches.
In U-Boot v2019.04 a workaround for this was inadvertently removed.
The workaround is currently also needed for booting on systems with caches
that cannot be managed via CP15 (e.g. with an i.MX6 CPU).
Re-enable the workaround and make it customizable.
Fixes: f69d63fae2 ("efi_loader: use efi_start_image() for bootefi")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
xilinx_zynqmp_mini configuration is throwing build error:
readlink: missing operand
Try 'readlink --help' for more information.
because CONFIG_ZYNQMP_SPL_PM_CFG_OBJ_FILE is not defined at all and
Makefile pass ifneq condition. Add SPL_BUILD dependency which is also
reflected in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
In cmd/fpga.c the commands should return enum command_ret_t, e.g.
CMD_RET_USAGE, CMD_RET_SUCCESS, or CMD_RET_FAILURE. What they actually
do is passing a return value from different 'fpga_' functions.
Passing on a return value of -1 from a called function leads to printing
out usage text. In case of actually correct usage with correctly
specified parameters but some fail at runtime printing out that usage
text is distracting.
The reason is most 'fpga_' functions return either FPGA_SUCCESS or
FPGA_FAIL, the latter was equal to -1 which is the same value as
CMD_RET_USAGE. So just passing on FPGA_FAIL lead to printing out usage.
We should only return CMD_RET_USAGE in cases, where the user sent wrong
input. Every other case should return CMD_RET_SUCCESS or
CMD_RET_FAILURE, and not simply pass an error code.
Simply changing FPGA_FAIL from -1 to 1 gets the job done.
Suggested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
As already done for the 'pre' function, a check is added to not follow a
NULL pointer, if somebody has not assigned a 'post' function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Nothing special, but done before further cleanup.
* spacing
* braces
* __FUNCTION__ → __func__
Suggested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
There seems to be only one place, where this is checked against:
`altera_validate()`. It should be non zero. Otherwise it is only used to
display it, so it probably does not really matter at the moment. But we
had the datasheet open anyway …
Sizes in datasheet are bit counts, display here is in bytes.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
The board was added without adding a MAINTAINERS entry.
Fixes:
$ ./tools/genboardscfg.py -f
WARNING: no status info for 'avnet_ultrazedev_cc_v1_0_ultrazedev_som_v1_0'
WARNING: no maintainers for 'avnet_ultrazedev_cc_v1_0_ultrazedev_som_v1_0'
$
Reported-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This adds support for slave serial programming, in addition to the
previously supported slave SelectMAP mode. There are two ways that this
can be used:
-Using the clk and wdata callbacks in order to write image data one bit
at a time using pure bit-banging. This works, but is rather painfully
slow with typical image sizes.
-By specifying the wbulkdata callback instead, the image loading process
can be offloaded to SPI hardware. In this mode the clk and wdata
callbacks do not need to be specified. This allows the image to be
loaded much faster, taking only a few seconds with even relatively large
images.
Slave serial programming has been tested on the Kintex-7 series of
FPGAs.
Signed-off-by: Robert Hancock <hancock@sedsystems.ca>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Some Xilinx FPGA configuration options can result in the startup
sequence extending past the end of the FPGA bitstream. Continue applying
CCLK clock cycles for 8 cycles after DONE is asserted in order to ensure
the startup sequence is complete, as recommended by Xilinx.
Signed-off-by: Robert Hancock <hancock@sedsystems.ca>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This is in preparation for adding slave serial programming support,
which uses the same pre/post operations as slave SelectMAP, to avoid
duplicating code.
Signed-off-by: Robert Hancock <hancock@sedsystems.ca>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add an option to allow this driver to be selected with Kconfig. As noted
in the description, this driver should also work with many newer Xilinx
FPGA families as the programming methods are essentially the same.
Also added a missing FPGA_XILINX dependency to the similar Spartan 3
driver.
Signed-off-by: Robert Hancock <hancock@sedsystems.ca>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Address Checkpatch warnings in virtex2 code prior to making other
changes. No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Robert Hancock <hancock@sedsystems.ca>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Avnet UltraZed-EV Starter Kit is composed by the UltraZed-EV SoM and the
only publicly-available compatible carrier card. The SoM is based on the EV
version of the Xilinx ZynqMP SoC+FPGA.
The psu_init_gpl.c file has been generated from the board definition files
at [0] using Vivado 2018.3 and then minimized by
tools/zynqmp_psu_init_minimize.sh. Manually removed serdes init code since
it is not mentioned in device tree and fixed a checkpatch error.
[0] 3686c9ff7d/ultrazed_7ev_cc/1.1
Signed-off-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This script transforms a pair of psu_init_gpl.c and .h files produced by
the Xilinx Vivado tool for ZynqMP into a smaller psu_init_gpl.c file that
is almost checkpatch compliant.
Based on a script by Michal Simek.
Signed-off-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Fixes sparse warnings when building zynqmp defconfigs:
./board/xilinx/zynqmp/xil_io.h:12:6: warning: symbol 'Xil_Out32' was not declared. Should it be static?
./board/xilinx/zynqmp/xil_io.h:17:5: warning: symbol 'Xil_In32' was not declared. Should it be static?
./board/xilinx/zynqmp/xil_io.h:22:6: warning: symbol 'usleep' was not declared. Should it be static?
Also add __maybe_unused to usleep() since it is not used by minimized
psu_init_gpl.c files, so it would warn as "defined but not used".
Signed-off-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The recently-added ZYNQMP_SPL_PM_CFG_OBJ_FILE option allows SPL to load a
PMUFW configuration object from a binary blob. However the configuration
object is produced by Xilinx proprietary tools as a C source file and no
tool exists to easily convert it to a binary blob in an embedded Linux
build system for U-Boot to use.
Add a simple Python script to do the conversion.
It is definitely not a complete C language parser, but it is enough to
parse the known patterns generated by Xilinx tools, including:
- defines
- literal integers, optionally with a 'U' suffix
- bitwise OR between them
Signed-off-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Optionally allow U-Boot to load a configuration object into the Power
Management Unit (PMU) firmware on Xilinx ZynqMP.
The configuration object is required by the PMU FW to enable most SoC
peripherals. So far the only way to boot using U-Boot SPL was to hard-code
the configuration object in the PMU firmware. Allow a different boot
process, where the PMU FW is equal for any ZynqMP chip and its
configuration is passed at runtime by U-Boot SPL.
All the code for Inter-processor communication with the PMU is isolated in
a new file (pmu_ipc.c). The code is inspired by the same feature as
implemented in the Xilinx First Stage Bootloader (FSBL) and Arm Trusted
Firmware:
* fb647e6b4c/lib/sw_apps/zynqmp_fsbl/src/xfsbl_misc_drivers.c (L295)
* c48d02bade/plat/xilinx/zynqmp/pm_service/pm_api_sys.c (L357)
SPL logs on the console before loading the configuration object:
U-Boot SPL 2019.07-rc1-00511-gaec224515c87 (May 15 2019 - 08:43:41 +0200)
Loading PMUFW cfg obj (2008 bytes)
EL Level: EL3
...
Signed-off-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Name of this platform has changed and released to customers that's why
name has also changed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Series-to: uboot
This Kbuild option disappeared way back in 2014:
commit 75504e9592
Author: Mateusz Zalega <m.zalega@samsung.com>
Date: Wed Apr 30 13:07:48 2014 +0200
... snip ...
CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK was removed.
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
When an image is signed/encrypted on K2 devices the image may get padded
to meet alignment requirements for the signature/encryption type. The
original size is appended as 4 bytes little-endian to the end of the
final image.
Normally the trailing extra bytes are ignored and so restoring the
exact original size is not important. In the case of initrd the
original size is important as the kernel uses it to look for
additional filesystem data and can do the wrong thing when the
size is not correct.
Read off the original size and report it back from the image post
processing stage.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Now that we have enabled the driver-model in SPL, we can remove the
code disabling NAND self-init in SPL from the config include for
omapl138-lcdk.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Enable CONFIG_SPL_DM and enable the driver model for serial by defining
an appropriate device in the board file for da850-lcdk.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
We're working towards enabling the driver-model in SPL for da850-lcdk.
Enable CONFIG_USE_TINY_PRINTF in defconfig to reduce SPL size.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
We're working towards enabling the driver model in SPL for da850-lcdk.
Enable SPL_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE in defconfig to reduce SPL size.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Enable the driver-model on da850-evm. We need to add a dummy nand node
to the device tree, as the real nand node is a sub-node of the aemif
device.
On linux the aemif driver populates all its child nodes, but we can't do
it in u-boot currently.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #da850-evm
Enable the driver-model on da850-lcdk. We need to add a dummy nand node
to the device tree, as the real nand node is a sub-node of the aemif
device.
On linux the aemif driver populates all its child nodes, but we can't do
it in u-boot currently.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Extend the davinci NAND driver to support the driver model. For now this
doesn't add any device-tree parsing due to the fact that we can't access
the actual nand node on the device-tree - it's a subnode of the aemif
device and we don't have an aemif driver on davinci at the moment.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
The following warning is emited when building u-boot for da850-lcdk:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_SPI. Please update
the board before v2019.04 for no dm conversion
and v2019.07 for partially dm converted drivers.
Failure to update can lead to driver/board removal
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_SPI_FLASH before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
While we could fix it by selecting CONFIG_DM_SPI, there's no need to
build it at all as SPI is disabled on da850-lcdk. Remove all unneeded
options from the defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
There are no more users of the compatibility layer for i2c. Remove the
driver and all references to it.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
There are no more "real" users of CONFIG_DM_I2C_COMPAT and we'll soon
remove it altogether. Stop building it in sandbox mode.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This option is no longer used on any davinci board but still selected
in defconfigs which causes the following warning:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board uses CONFIG_DM_I2C_COMPAT. Please remove
(possibly in a subsequent patch in your series)
before sending patches to the mailing list.
====================================================
Remove all references to CONFIG_DM_I2C_COMPAT from davinci.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This board has been abandonded for a while. I do not have this hardware
and nobody has appeared to notice and/or care that it's orphaned.
Since much of this code is inserted into the da850evm code base, removing
it from support will make da850evm support easier going forward.
This patch removes the da850_am18xxevm_defconfig, README references to this
board and the reference to this board from the MAINTAINERS list.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Add a condition to the break in the modes lookup, without this
when the first mode is not valid, then edid_get_timing_validate()
return an error instead of checking the next modes.
Fixes: 1c1ed441b0 ("edid: add edid_get_timing_validate() variant to filter out edid modes")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
binman only accepts the -D argument early on the command-line, yet the
Makefile currently passes it near the end. This causes the build to fail
if this feature is used. Re-order the command-line to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a 'replace' command to binman to permit entries to be replaced, either
individually or all at once (using a filter).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code has three distinct phases:
1. The image is loaded and the state module is set up
2. The entry is written to the image
3. The image is repacked and written back to the file
Split the code out with three separate functions, one for each phase.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present some tests leave behind output directories. This happens
because some tests call binman, which sets up an output directory, then
call it again, which sets up another output directory and leaves the
original one behind.
Fix this by using a separate temporary directory when binman is called
twice, or by manually removing the output directory.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the state module holds references to all the device trees used by
binman, it must be updated when the device trees are updated. Add support
for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present outdir remains set ever after the output directory has been
removed. Fix this to avoid trying to access it when it is not present.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present binman cannot replace data within a CBFS since it does not
allow rewriting of the files in that CBFS. Implement this by using the
new WriteData() method to handle the case.
Add a header to compressed data so that the amount of compressed data can
be determined without reference to the size of the containing entry. This
allows the entry to be larger that the contents, without causing errors in
decompression. This is necessary to cope with a compressed device tree
being updated in such a way that it shrinks after the entry size is
already set (an obscure case). It is not used with CBFS since it has its
own metadata for this. Increase the number of passes allowed to resolve
the position of entries, to handle this case.
Add a test for this new logic.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this method assumes that the parent section does not need
to recalculate its position or adjust any metadata it may contain. But
when the entry changes size this may not be true. Also if the parent
section is more than just a container (e.g. it is a CBFS) then the
section may need to regenerate its output.
Add a new WriteChildData() method to sections and call this from the
WriteData() method, to handle this situation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we simply extract the data directly from entries using the
image_pos information. This happens to work on current entry types, but
cannot work if the entry type encodes the data in some way. Update the
ReadData() method to provide the data by calling a new ReadChildData()
method in the parent. This allows the entry_Section class, or possibly
any other container class, to return the correct data in all cases.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Intel descriptor must always appear at the start of an (x86) image,
so it is supposed to position itself there always. However there is no
explicit test for this. Add one and fix a bug introduced by the recent
change to adjust Entry to read the node in a separate call.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The FMAP is not intended to show the files inside a CBFS. The FMAP can be
used to locate the CBFS itself, but then the CBFS must be read to find out
what is in it.
Update the FMAP to work this way and add some debugging while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this function appears to copy only the data before the struct
region and the data in the string region. It does not seem to copy the
struct region itself.
>From the arguments of this function it seems that it should support fdt
and buf being different. This patch attempts to fix this problem.
Upstream commit: c72fa77 libfdt: Copy the struct region in fdt_resize()
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes an entry may shrink after it has already been packed. In that
case we must repack the items. Of course it is always possible to just
leave the entry at its original size and waste space at the end. This is
what binman does by default, since there is the possibility of the entry
changing size every time binman calculates its contents, thus causing a
loop.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes entries shrink after packing. As a start towards supporting
this, update the _testing entry to handle the test case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
So far we don't allow entries to change size when repacking. But this is
not very useful since it is common for entries to change size after an
updated binary is built, etc.
Add support for this, respecting the original offset/size/alignment
constraints of the image layout. For this to work the original image
must have been created with the 'allow-repack' property.
This does not support entry types with sub-entries such as files and
CBFS, but it does support sections.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The positioning does not currently work correctly if at the end of an
image with no fixed size. Also if the header is in the middle of an image
it can cause a gap in the image since the header position is normally at
the image end, so entries after it are placed after the end of the image.
Fix these problems and add more tests to cover these cases.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that an Image is an Entry_section, there is no need for the separate
BuildSection() function. Drop it and add a bit of logging.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When reading an image in, write its fdtmap to a file in the output
directory. This is useful for debugging. Update the 'ls' command to set up
the output directory; otherwise it will fail.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present it is not possible to discover the contraints to repacking an
image (e.g. maximum section size) since this information is not preserved
from the original image description.
Add new 'orig-offset' and 'orig-size' properties to hold this. Add them to
the main device tree in the image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While it is useful and efficient to build images in a single pass from a
unified description, it is sometimes desirable to update the image later.
Add support for replace an existing file with one of the same size. This
avoids needing to repack the file. Support for more advanced updates will
come in future patches.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present EnsureCompiled() uses an file from the 'output' directory (in
the tools module) when compiling the device tree. This is fine in most
cases, allowing useful inspection of the output files from binman.
However in functional tests, _SetupDtb() creates an output directory and
immediately removes it afterwards. This serves no benefit and just
confuses things, since the 'official' output directory is supposed to be
created and destroyed in control.Binman().
Add a new parameter for the optional temporary directory to use, and use a
separate temporary directory in _SetupDtb().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When updating an existing image where the size of all entries remains the
same, we should not need to regenerate the fdtmap. Update the entry to
return the same fdtmap as was read from the image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We use this same combination of properties several times in tests. Add a
constant for it to avoid typos, etc.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we have an 'image' property in the entry for this purpose, but
this is not necessary and seems error-prone in the presence of
inheritance. Add a function instead. The Entry_section class overrides
this with a special version, since top-level sections are in fact images,
since Image inherits Entry_section.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the Entry constructor sets up the object and then immediately
reads its device-tree node to obtain its properties.
This breaks a convention that constructors should not do any processing.
A consequence is that we must pass all arguments to the constructor and
cannot have the node-reading proceed in a different way unless we pass
flags to that constructor. We already have a 'test' flag in a few cases,
and now need to control whether the 'orig_offset' and 'orig_size'
properties are set or not.
Adjust the code to require a separate call to ReadNode() after
construction. The Image class remains as it was.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since binman supports multiple images it is useful to know which one
created the image that has been read. Then it is possible to look up that
name in the 'master' device tree (containing the description of all
images).
Add a property for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases we want to access the Entry object for a particular device
tree. This allows us to read its contents or update it. Add this
information to output_fdt_files and provide a function to read it.
Also rename output_fdt_files since its name is no-longer descriptive.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present these state functions raise an exception if they cannot find
what is requested. But in some cases the information is optional (e.g. an
fdtmap in a coming patch) so it is better to return gracefully.
Update these two functions to return None when the data cannot be found.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When modifying an image it is convenient to load the data from the file
into each entry so that it can be reprocessed. Add a new LoadData() method
to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This data provides all the information about the position and size of each
entry. Store it for later use when loading an image. It can be reused as
is if the image is modified without changing offsets/sizes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function currently fails if the root node is requested. Requesting
the root node is sometimes useful, so fix the bug.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is confusing when something goes wrong with a device tree which was
created from data rather than a file, since there is no identifying
filename. Add an option to provide this. Use the filename as the name,
where available
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present a Python exception is raised which does not show the node
information. Add a more helpful exception in this case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the new logging feature to log information about progress with
packing. This is useful to see how binman is figuring things out.
Also update elf.py to use the same feature.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this excludes the device tree passed in to binman since it
is always returned first by GetAllFdts(). However, this is easy to ensure
by adding a check in that function. Change this dict to includes all
device trees, and rename it to fdt_set.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It makes more sense to use entry type as the key for this dictionary,
since the filename can in principle be anything. Make this change and also
rename fdt_files and add a comment to explain it better.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the FDTs are keyed by their default filename (not their actual
filename). It seems easier to key by the entry type, since this is always
the same for each FDT type.
To do this, add a new Entry method called GetFdtEtype(). This is necessary
since some entry types contain a device tree which are not the simple
three entry types 'u-boot-dtb', 'u-boot-spl' or 'u-boot-tpl'.
The code already returns a dict for GetFdt(). Update the value of that
dict to include the filename so that existing code can work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function name conflicts with Fdt.Node.GetFdt() which has a different
purpose. Rename it to avoid confusion.
The new name suggests it is indexed by entry type rather than filename.
This will be tidied up in a future commit.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function name conflicts with Entry.GetFdts() which has a different
purpose. Rename it to avoid confusion. Also update a stale comment
relating to this function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this function returns a set of device-tree filenames. It has no
way of returning the actual device-tree object. Change it to a dictionary
so that we can add this feature in a future patch.
Also drop fdt_set since it is no-longer used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Further reduce the size of the main Binman() function by moving this setup
code into its own function.
Note that the 'images' value is accessed from other modules so must be made
a global.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present tout writes directly to stdout. This is not necessary and it
prevents tests from redirecting output. Change it to use print() for the
non-progress output.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we check the filename to see if an entry holds a device-tree
file. It is easier to use the base class designed for this purpose.
Move this method implementation into Entry_blob_dtb and update the default
one to return an empty set.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present 'dtoc -t' return a success code even if some of the tests fail.
Fix this by checking the test result and setting the exit code. This
allows 'make qcheck' to function as expected.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Packed structures like struct uuid are not aligned. GCC 9.1 therefore
throws an error when trying to compile gen_rand_uuid().
lib/uuid.c: In function ‘gen_rand_uuid’:
lib/uuid.c:244:2: error: converting a packed ‘struct uuid’ pointer
(alignment 1) to a ‘unsigned int’ pointer (alignment 4) may result in
an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
244 | unsigned int *ptr = (unsigned int *)&uuid;
| ^~~~~~~~
Generate the uuid in a properly aligned buffer.
The byte order of a random number should not matter. Do not call
cpu_to_be32() to change the byte order.
Reported-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The pumpkin board is made by Gossamer Engineering and is using
a MediaTek SoC. The board currently comes in two available version:
MT8516 SoC and MT8167 SoC.
The board provides the following IOs: eMMC, NAND, SD card, USB type-A,
Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Audio (jack out, 2 PDM port, 1 analog in),
serial over USB, and an expansion header.
Additionally there is a HDMI port, DSI port, and camera port only
on the MT8167 version of the board.
The board can be powered by battery and/or via a USB Type-C port and
is using a PMIC MT6392.
The eMMC and NAND are sharing pins and cannot be used together.
This commit is adding the basic boot support for the Pumpkin MT8516
board on the eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Fabien Parent <fparent@baylibre.com>
Fix the following warning when CONFIG_PINCONF=n:
drivers/pinctrl/mediatek/pinctrl-mtk-common.c:35:36:
warning: ‘mtk_drive’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
static const struct mtk_drive_desc mtk_drive[] = {
^~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Fabien Parent <fparent@baylibre.com>
recently added gpio hog patch was "in discussion"
state with Simon Glass. This patch now adds most
of comments from Simon Glass.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
commit 49116e6d23 ("doc: arch: Convert README.sandbox to reST")
Moves README.sandbox to doc/arch.
Replace all the existing instances to point to the right documentation
file.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Linker generated array entry is not needed when the command line is
disabled. Remove this code in that case.
This is required as the commit 80a48dd47e
breaks the linking stage when CONFIG_CMDLINE=n:
..
LDS u-boot.lds
LD u-boot
u-boot contains unexpected relocations: R_ARM_NONE
R_ARM_RELATIVE
make: *** [Makefile:1775: checkarmreloc] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Andrej Rosano <andrej.rosano@f-secure.com>
These board index.rst files are missing in previous html doc patch
series, hence it causes some build warnings. Add those files.
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When generating the Sphinx documentation with command 'make htmldocs' the
U-Boot logo is displayed with a black box as a background.
Remove the black box.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This patch adds support for an optional optimization to compatible
string matching where the compatible string property from the root node
of the kernel FDT can be copied into the configuration node of the FIT
image. This is most useful when using compressed FDTs or when using FDT
overlays, where the traditional extraction of the compatible string from
the kernel FDT itself is not easily possible.
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds support for compressing non-kernel image nodes in a FIT
image (kernel nodes could already be compressed previously). This can
reduce the size of FIT images and therefore improve boot times
(especially when an image bundles many different kernel FDTs). The
images will automatically be decompressed on load.
This patch does not support extracting compatible strings from
compressed FDTs, so it's not very helpful in conjunction with
CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH yet, but it can already be used in environments
that select the configuration to load explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Upcoming patches want to add decompression to use cases that are no
longer directly related to booting. It makes sense to retain a single
decompression routine, but it should no longer be in bootm.c (which is
not compiled for all configurations). This patch moves
bootm_decomp_image() to image.c and renames it to image_decomp() in
preparation of those upcoming patches.
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
[trini: Fix warning around handle_decomp_error being unused]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Clean up and migrate to use common rockchip spl board file
- Clean up and migrate to use common rockchip board file
- Increase rk3288 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN to 16MB
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use board_early_init_f() for per-board init operation and
use board_init() from common board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Handle per-board init in board_early_init_f() and use the
common board_init() for per-platform board init later.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The rk3288_detect_reset_reason() is per-SoC operation, move
it to rk3288.c, and extend the rk_board_late_init() with
rk3288_board_late_init() to make all the board works fine
as before.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The veyron_init() should go to its board file veyron.c,
and the board_early_init_f() could be the right place.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add common board file for Rockchip SoCs to avoid too much
copy-paste work for different SoCs.
This board file in charge for common board_init() and board_late_init()
in U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use "snps,dwc2" for compatible name and and common variable
names so that we can share the common code for all SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The fastboot_set_reboot_flag() update a TAG into a register
for next boot, use the common macro for the register so that
we can re-use the function for different SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
rk3399 has similar boot flow in SPL with other Rockchip SoCs,
migrate to use common spl board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add a board_early_init_f() in board_init_f() and move the board
specific init code into its own board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Move boot_devices definition into rk3399.c, so that we can
share the common code for board_spl_was_booted_from().
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
rk3368 has similar boot flow in SPL with other Rockchip SoCs,
migrate to use common spl board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
rk3328 has similar boot flow in SPL with other Rockchip SoCs,
migrate to use common spl board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add the CONFIG_ROCKCHIP_STIMER_BASE so that we can use the stimer
init function in tpl.c and spl.c
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
"u-boot,spl-boot-order" is more flexible and other rockchip SoCs
has convert to use it, migrate to use the new dts property.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We are using "u-boot,spl-boot-order" now and re-use the
definition from rk3288-u-boot.dtsi, so remove it directly here.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
rk3288 has similar boot flow in SPL with other Rockchip SoCs,
migrate to use common spl board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Only firefly-rk3288 has the dts node "u-boot,boot-led",
while CONFIG_SPL_LED is not enable, move code to firefly-rk3288
now in case someone need this code.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Update to fix warning:
u-boot.itb.tmp: Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /images/uboot@1
has a unit name, but no reg property
u-boot.itb.tmp: Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /images/optee@1
has a unit name, but no reg property
u-boot.itb.tmp: Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /images/fdt@1
has a unit name, but no reg property
u-boot.itb.tmp: Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /configurations/conf@1
has a unit name, but no reg property
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
rk322x has similar boot flow in SPL with other Rockchip SoCs,
migrate to use common spl board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
rk3188 has similar boot flow in SPL with other Rockchip SoCs,
migrate to use common spl board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
SPL bootrom support is a boot device just like mmc and etc,
use formal boot device instead of jump to bootrom directly.
Enable the Kconfig by default if ROCKCHIP_BACK_TO_BROM is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Init CPU frquency in clock driver instead of in SPL board file,
this will help for use common board file later.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The common spl board file handles board_init_f() in SPL,
and with board_early_init_f() and arch_cpu_init() callback,
other operateion after board_init_f() should go to board specific
spl_board_init().
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add support for the ddc-i2c-bus device tree property which allows
for using an external i2c master for reading the display's EDID.
Signed-off-by: Niklas Schulze <me@jns.io>
Add support for the new mode_valid() display op to filter out unsupported
display DMT timings.
This is useful when connected to 4k displays, since we only support DMT
monitors up to 1920x1080, the 4k native timings are discarded to select
supported timings.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Introduce a new display op, mode_valid() to be used with the newly
introduced edid_get_timing_validate() function, to filter supported
monitor timings if handled by the display driver.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The original edid_get_timing() function returns the first valid timing,
but on some plaforms, we could only supports a subset of the listed
monitot's navite timing.
Let's introduce a edid_get_timing_validate() adding a mode_valid callback
including a private cookie pointer.
If the callback returns false, the current timing is discared and the next
one is checked. If no valid & supported timings are found, the function
would return an error.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
in case of bmp_logo, the video_bmp driver is used for
drawing a bmp logo. This driver supports only "full"
bmp data. Adding a logo with the bmp_logo tool to
u-boot binary adds currently only real data and drops
the bmp header.
This patch adds now the full bmp data to the u-boot
binary, so video_bmp driver works with the logo embedded
into u-boot.
Fixed also some checkpatch error poping up with this
patch.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Provide proper display timings for lcdif node, used by mxsfb DM_VIDEO
enabled framebuffer driver.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
1. This fixes linking issues when building with DM_VIDEO enabled mxsfb
driver.
2. Provide proper defines for both VIDEO=y and DM_VIDEO=y.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Add dumb node for NXP Display Control Unit0(DCU), which permits DM_ENABLED
converted driver to be probed. Currently no display timings are provided
in this node.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Extend the driver to build with DM_VIDEO enabled. DTS files
must additionally include 'u-boot,dm-pre-reloc' property in
soc and child nodes to enable driver binding to fsl_dcu_fb device.
Currently display timings aren't obtained from DT.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Move dcu-related code to fsl_dcu_probe_common, keep in video_hw_init()
only legacy video stack (filling GraphicPanel struct etc.).
Add wrappers for all init functions, that will let to provide
struct fb_info as an additional param (needed for further moving it from
the global scope to driver private data struct in DM converted driver).
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
ttyO2 console enables legacy CONFIG_SERIAL_OMAP driver in kernel.
Nowadays it's preferred to use the generic CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_OMAP
driver, which being enabled via ttyS2 console. Both drivers are enabled
in multi_v7_defconfig and in omap2plus_defconfig, for compatibility
reasons. Let's switch to ttyS2 console, to be sure that standard 8250
serial driver is used.
Similar behavior can be also achieved by enabling
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_OMAP_TTYO_FIXUP option in kernel, but it's better not
to rely on that, as it can be disabled or removed after transitional
period.
Right now on DRA7/AM57x platforms the 8250-omap driver is being probed
first, and omap-serial driver is only probed if the first one failed.
It can be seen from uart3 definition in arch/arm/boot/dts/dra7-l4.dtsi:
compatible = "ti,dra742-uart", "ti,omap4-uart";
So the kernel already uses 8250 driver. This change basically allows
kernel developers to throw away the omap-serial driver and associated
compatibility options. Similar discussions [1,2] have started several
years ago, so it should be safe to do that now.
[1] https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/6198471/
[2] http://processors.wiki.ti.com/index.php/Sitara_Linux_UART_-_Switching_to_8250_Driver
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
[trini: Update omap5_uevm]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
linux-mainline with multi_v7_defconfig + Android configs takes more
space than regular TI Android kernel and bootm will fail to load it.
Let's increase max kernel size up to 64 MiB to make it possible to run
such kernel.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The DA8850-evm supports DM_I2C and boots with SPL_DM, so we can
drop some of the code which disables DM_I2C in SPL. This
patch removes some #undef's now rendered obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The SOM-LV and Torpedo boards are very similar, but something
happened growing SPL enough to break the Torpedo. The SOM-LV
board were not doing alias sequencing during SPL and they
continue to work while something broke the Torpedo. This
patch disables SPL_DM_SEQ_ALIAS allowing it to boot again.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
OHCI was added with DM_USB support, so there are a few unneeded
items in the header file that can be removed. This also
unifies da850evm with NOR and NAND booting options so all have
OHCI support.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Migrate da850_am18xxevm]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch enables the pinmuxing to support gpio_57 for phy reset
and fixes the pinmuxing for the ECHI tranceiver. The clocks
don't appear to by fully enabled yet, so OMAP-EHCI on am3517 is
still not yet working, but we're one step closer.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The OMAP35 and AM/DM37 Torpedo boards do not have a USB
tranceiver connected to the USB host port, so this patch
removes it from the defconfig files.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The SOM-LV boards support the OMAP EHCI driver using port 2.
With the driver updated to support device tree, this patch sets
the corresponding pin muxing for the tranceiver as well as the
reset pin.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
With both SPL and U-Boot now supporting DM, we can start removing
legacy code. This patch removes the legacy MMC initalization and
legacy I2C initialization since both are now available via DM and
device tree.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Like the other Logic PD OMAP35/DM37 boards, this board has device
tree enabled for U-Boot. This patch converts the board to enable
SPL_OF_CONTROL and further shrinks the device tree in SPL to limit
it to UART3 (console), MMC1, i2c1, and GPIO4 (for mmc1 CD and WP).
There appears to be a bug in minicom so users may need to
switch the minicom terminal emulation to ANSI from VT102 due
to the junk that gets pushed out of the UART on startup.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
arch_cpu_init() initializes the pinmuxing which is called fairly
early in the start sequences, so the board_init function doesn't
need to do it again. This patch removes the call from board_init.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The Low Level init functions start the UART, so it doesn't need
to happen during board_init. This patch removes it from
board_init.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The reset line going to the ethernet controller is controlled
by a global reset controlling multiple peripherals. There
is no need to manually invoke the reset.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The PBIAS regulator is available on OMAP3's, and it's shared on
the AM35, so this patch enables that in U-Boot along with GPIO
based regulators.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Update the MMC2_HS200_MANUAL1 iodelay values to match with the latest
dra76x data manual[1].
Also this particular pinctrl-array is using spaces instead of tabs for
spacing between the values and the comments. Fix this as well.
[1] http://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/dra76p.pdf
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
If UHS speed modes are enabled, a compatible SD card switches down to 1.8V
during enumeration. If after this a software reboot/crash takes place and
on-chip ROM tries to enumerate the SD card, the difference in
IO voltages (host @ 3.3V and card @ 1.8V) may end up damaging the card.
The fix for this is to have support for power cycling the card in
hardware (with a PORz/soft-reset line causing a power cycle of the card).
Because the beaglebone X15 (rev A,B and C), am57xx-evms and am57xx-idks don't
have this capability, disable voltage switching for these boards.
The major effect of this is that the maximum supported speed mode is now
high speed(50 MHz) down from SDR104(200 MHz).
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Sync with kernel dts by adding pinmuxes for mmc1 and mmc2. This fixes an
issue where mmc2 (eMMC) was coming up in HS52 mode instead of the
highest DDR52 mode.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
During a short period when the bus voltage is switched from 3.3v to 1.8v,
(to enumerate UHS mode), the mmc module is disabled and the mmc IO lines
are kept in a state according to the programmed pad mux pull type.
According to 4.2.4.2 Timing to Switch Signal Voltage in "SD Specifications
Part 1 Physical Layer Specification Version 5.00 February 22, 2016", the
host should hold CLK low for at least 5ms.
In order to keep the card line low during voltage switch, the pad mux of
mmc1_clk line should be configured to pull down.
Add a new pinctrl group for clock line without pullup to be used in boards
where mmc1_clk line is not connected to an external pullup.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Add initial defconfig support for J721e that runs on A72.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
[trini: Add MAINTAINERS entry]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add initial defconfig support for J721e that runs on R5.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
[trini: Add MAINTAINERS file]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Common Processor board is the baseboard that has most of the actual connectors,
power supply etc. A SOM (System on Module) is plugged on to the common
processor board and this contains the SoC, PMIC, DDR and basic highspeed
components necessary for functionality. Add initial dt support for this
common processor board.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Add pinctrl macros for J721E SoC. These macro definitions are
similar to that of AM6, but adding new definitions to avoid
any naming confusions in the soc dts files.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
The j721e 4 bit instances don't have a hard DLL and therefore don't need
any DLL related configurations. Split the compatibles into an 8 bit and a
4 bit one. Add a private flags field which can be used to check if the
DLL is present and don't register the set_ios_post callback for the 4 bit
compatible instances.
Also update the compatibles in k3-j721e-main.dtsi to avoid breaking boot
with the new compatibles.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Create a ft_board_setup() api that gets called as part of
DT fixup before jumping to kernel. In this ft_board_setup()
call fdt_fixup_msmc_ram that update msmc sram node.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The A72 U-Boot code loads and boots a number of remote processors
including the C71x DSP, both the C66_0 and C66_1 DSPs, and the various
Main R5FSS Cores. Change the memory attributes for the DDR regions used
by the remote processors so that the cores can see and execute the
proper code.
A separate table based on the current AM65x table is added for J721E SoCs,
since the number of remote processors and their DDR usage will be different
between the two SoC families.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Use the System Firmware (SYSFW) loader framework to load and start
the SYSFW as part of the J721E early initialization sequence. While
at it also initialize the MCU_UART0 pinmux as it is used by SYSFW
to print diagnostic messages.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Populate the release_resources_for_core_shutdown() api with
shutting down r5 cores so that it will by called just after
jumping to ATF.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Obtain the boot index as left behind by the device boot ROM and store
it in scratch pad SRAM for later use before it may get overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
To access various control MMR functionality the registers need to
be unlocked. Do that for all control MMR regions in the MCU and MAIN
domains. We may want to go back later and limit the unlocking that's
being done.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
J721E allows for booting from primary or backup boot media.
Both media can be chosen individually based on switch settings.
ROM looks for a valid image in primary boot media, if not found
then looks in backup boot media. In order to pass this boot media
information to boot loader, ROM stores a value at a particular
address. Add support for reading this information and determining
the boot media correctly.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
The J721E SoC belongs to the K3 Multicore SoC architecture platform,
providing advanced system integration to enable lower system costs
of automotive applications such as infotainment, cluster, premium
Audio, Gateway, industrial and a range of broad market applications.
This SoC is designed around reducing the system cost by eliminating
the need of an external system MCU and is targeted towards ASIL-B/C
certification/requirements in addition to allowing complex software
and system use-cases.
Some highlights of this SoC are:
* Dual Cortex-A72s in a single cluster, three clusters of lockstep
capable dual Cortex-R5F MCUs, Deep-learning Matrix Multiply Accelerator(MMA),
C7x floating point Vector DSP, Two C66x floating point DSPs.
* 3D GPU PowerVR Rogue 8XE GE8430
* Vision Processing Accelerator (VPAC) with image signal processor and Depth
and Motion Processing Accelerator (DMPAC)
* Two Gigabit Industrial Communication Subsystems (ICSSG), each with dual
PRUs and dual RTUs
* Two CSI2.0 4L RX plus one CSI2.0 4L TX, one eDP/DP, One DSI Tx, and
up to two DPI interfaces.
* Integrated Ethernet switch supporting up to a total of 8 external ports in
addition to legacy Ethernet switch of up to 2 ports.
* System MMU (SMMU) Version 3.0 and advanced virtualisation
capabilities.
* Upto 4 PCIe-GEN3 controllers, 2 USB3.0 Dual-role device subsystems,
16 MCANs, 12 McASP, eMMC and SD, UFS, OSPI/HyperBus memory controller, QSPI,
I3C and I2C, eCAP/eQEP, eHRPWM, MLB among other peripherals.
* Two hardware accelerator block containing AES/DES/SHA/MD5 called SA2UL
management.
* Configurable L3 Cache and IO-coherent architecture with high data throughput
capable distributed DMA architecture under NAVSS
* Centralized System Controller for Security, Power, and Resource
Management (DMSC)
See J721E Technical Reference Manual (SPRUIL1, May 2019)
for further details: http://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruil1
Add base support for J721E SoC
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
k3_rproc driver is specifically meant for controlling an arm64
core using TISCI protocol. So rename the driver, Kconfig symbol,
compatible and functions accordingly.
While at it drop this remoteproc selection for a53 defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Update the k3_rproc driver to use the generic ti_sci_proc helper
apis which simplifies the driver a bit.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Texas Instruments' K3 generation SoCs has specific modules/register
spaces used for configuring the various aspects of a remote processor.
These include power, reset, boot vector and other configuration features
specific to each compute processor present on the SoC. These registers
are managed by the System Controller such as DMSC on K3 AM65x SoCs.
The Texas Instrument's System Control Interface (TI-SCI) Message Protocol
is used to communicate to the System Controller from various compute
processors to invoke specific services provided by the firmware running
on the System Controller.
Add a common processor control interface header file that can be used by
multiple remoteproc drivers. The helper functions within this header file
abstract the various TI SCI protocol ops for the remoteproc drivers, and
allow them to request the System Controller to be able to program and
manage various remote processors on the SoC. The common macros required
by the R5 remoteproc driver were also added. The remoteproc drivers are
expected to manage the life-cycle of their ti_sci_proc_dev local
structures.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
'rproc list' is currently allowed only after probing all the
available remoteproc devices. Given that 'rproc init' is updated
to probe and initialize devices individually, allow the 'rproc list'
command to print all probed devices at any point.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
'rproc init' does the probe and initialization of all the available
remoteproc devices in the system. This doesn't allow the flexibility
to initialize the remote cores needed as per use case. In order
to provide flexibility, update 'rproc init' command to accept one
more parameter with rproc id which when passed initializes only
that specific core. If no id is passed, command will initializes
all the cores which is compatible with the existing behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Update the power-domain-cells to 2 and add the permissions
to each node. Mark the following nodes accessed by r5 as shared:
- DDR node
- main uart 0
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
TISCI protocol supports for enabling the device either with exclusive
permissions for the requesting host or with sharing across the hosts.
There are certain devices which are exclusive to Linux context and
there are certain devices that are shared across different host contexts.
So add support for getting this information from DT by increasing
the power-domain cells to 2.
For keeping the DT backward compatibility intact, defaulting the
device permissions to set the exclusive flag set. In this case the
power-domain-cells is 1.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
TISCI protocol supports for enabling the device either with exclusive
permissions for the requesting host or with sharing across the hosts.
There are certain devices which are exclusive to Linux context and
there are certain devices that are shared across different host contexts.
So add support for getting this information from DT by increasing
the power-domain cells to 2.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Certain drivers want to attach private data corresponding to each
power domain. This data might be specific be to the drvier. So add
a priv entry into the power_domain structure.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Rather than simply parking the R5 core in WFE after starting up ATF
on A53 instead use SYSFW API to properly shut down the R5 CPU cores
as well as associated timer resources that were pre-allocated. This
allows software further downstream to properly and gracefully bring
the R5 cores back online if desired.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Any host while requesting for a device can request for its exclusive
access. If an exclusive permission is obtained then it is the host's
responsibility to release the device before the software entity on
the host completes its execution. Else any other host's request for
the device will be nacked. So add a command that releases all the
exclusive devices that is acquired by the current host. This should
be used with utmost care and can be called only at the end of the
execution.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Add and expose a new processor shutdown API that wraps the two TISCI
messages involved in initiating a core shutdown. The API will first
queue a message to have the DMSC wait for a certain processor boot
status to happen followed by a message to trigger the actual shutdown-
with both messages being sent without waiting or requesting for a
response. Note that the processor shutdown API call will need to be
followed up by user software placing the respective core into either
WFE or WFI mode.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Sysfw provides an option for requesting exclusive access for a
device using the flags MSG_FLAG_DEVICE_EXCLUSIVE. If this flag is
not used, the device is meant to be shared across hosts. Once a device
is requested from a host with this flag set, any request to this
device from a different host will be nacked by sysfw. Current tisci
driver enables this flag for every device requests. But this may not
be true for all the devices. So provide a separate commands in driver
for exclusive and shared device requests.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
boot_devices may defined in soc file, and used in board file,
we need to delear it in header file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The boot source from BootRom is store at a fix offset of IRAM,
update to use the common macro instead of rk3399 specific one.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rockchip SoCs have internal sram for bootrom data area and for
sdram init program space. Introduce the base address in case
we need to use it.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_MEM32 already defined in
rockchip_common.h, no need to define again in soc
level header.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The default value of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN is 0x800000 i.e, 8MB which
causes board reset because of larger uImage size.
This was tested on rk3288 Amarula Vyasa and rk3288 Asus Tinker
boards.
Error log snippet:
Booting using the fdt blob at 0x1f00000
Loading Kernel Image ... Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
Must RESET board to recover
resetting ...
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Shyam Saini <shyam.saini@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
H3/H5 can either use the internal phy or an external one.
Before getting clock and resets for the internal phy,
test that we are using it because otherwise it break emac
when using an external phy.
Tested-on: OrangePi PC2 (H5)
Fixes: 2348453c41 (net: sun8i_emac: Add EPHY CLK and RESET support)
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Vadot <manu@freebsd.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Now that we removed all legacy boards selecting TI_EMAC we can
completely convert the driver code to using the driver model.
This patch also updates all remaining users of davinci_emac.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #am3517-evm & da850-evm
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
We typically use same set of distro images (yocto, debian, fedora, etc.)
on both QEMU RISC-V virt machine and SiFive Unleashed board.
With growing kernel and ramdisk images, we need to re-adjust default
U-Boot environment variables. The config header for QEMU RISC-V virt
machine has been already updated to handle bigger kernel and ramdisk
images hence this patch updates SiFive FU540 config header accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: David Abdurachmanov <david.abdurachmanov@sifive.com>
Tested-by: David Abdurachmanov <david.abdurachmanov@sifive.com>
Instead of depending on CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN, we check at runtime
whether underlying system is little-endian or big-endian. This way
we are not dependent on any U-Boot specific OR compiler specific macro
to check system endianness.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The SiFive MACB ethernet has a custom TX_CLK_SEL register to select
different TX clock for 1000mbps vs 10/100mbps.
This patch adds SiFive MACB compatible string and extends the MACB
ethernet driver to change TX clock using TX_CLK_SEL register for
SiFive MACB.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The LS1021A-TSN is a development board built by VVDN/Argonboards in
partnership with NXP.
It features the LS1021A SoC and the first-generation SJA1105T Ethernet
switch for prototyping implementations of a subset of IEEE 802.1 TSN
standards.
Supported boot media: microSD card (via SPL), QSPI flash.
Rev. A of the board uses a Spansion S25FL512S_256K serial flash, which
is 64 MB in size and has an erase sector size of 256KB (therefore,
flashing the RCW would erase part of U-Boot).
Rev. B and C of the board use a Spansion S25FL256S1 serial flash, which
is only 32 MB in size but has an erase sector size of 64KB (therefore
the RCW image can be flashed without erasing U-Boot).
To avoid the problems above, the U-Boot base address has been selected
at 0x100000 (the start of the 5th 256KB erase sector), which works for
all board revisions. Actually 0x40000 would have been enough, but
0x100000 is common for all Layerscape devices.
eTSEC3 is connecting directly to SJA1105 via an RGMII fixed-link, but
SJA1105 is currently not supported by uboot. Therefore, eTSEC3 is
disabled.
Signed-off-by: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Mingkai Hu <mingkai.hu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jianchao Wang <jianchao.wang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Changming Huang <jerry.huang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
[Vladimir] Code taken from https://github.com/openil/u-boot (which
itself is mostly copied from ls1021a-iot) and adapted with the following
changes:
- Add a008850 errata workaround
- Converted eTSEC, MMC to DM to avoid all build warnings
- Plugged in distro boot feature, including support for extlinux.conf
- Added defconfig for QSPI boot
- Added the board/freescale/ls1021atsn/README.rst for initial setup
- Increased CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN so that the SPL malloc pool does not
get overwritten during copying of the u-boot.bin payload from MMC to
DDR.
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Due to a typo, "run qspi_bootcmd" and "env exists secureboot" got
concatenated instead of being separated by a semicolon.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Now that we have added driver model support to the TSEC driver,
convert ls1021atwr board to use it.
This depends on previous DM series for ls1021atwr:
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/561855/
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
[Vladimir] Made the following changes:
- Added 'status = "disabled";' for all Ethernet ports in ls1021a.dtsi
- Fixed the confusion between the SGMII/TBI PCS for enet0 and enet1 -
a mistake ported over from Linux. Each SGMII PCS lies on the private
MDIO bus of the interface (and the RGMII enet2 has no SGMII PCS).
- Added CONFIG_DM_ETH to all ls1021atwr_* defconfigs
- Completely removed non-DM_ETH support from ls1021atwr
- Changed "compatible" string from "fsl,tsec-mdio" to "fsl,etsec2-mdio"
and from "fsl,tsec" to "fsl,etsec2" to match Linux
In the case of the tsec network driver, so far there has been no
mainline user of DM_ETH where the DT bindings get used.
In the case of the mdio bus, it looks like the "fsl,tsec-mdio" string
was made up for the documentation, but there is no mainline code that
parses the "compatible" property anyway.
In both cases, there are no DT blobs that contain the old strings.
So change the documentation to "fsl,etsec2" for the Ethernet ports and
"fsl,etsec2-mdio" for the MDIO buses, which are strings that Linux also
uses, at least for LS1021A. More compatible strings can be added once
other (PowerPC) SoCs are migrated to DM_ETH.
The current ls1021a.dtsi doesn't match what was documented for the MDIO
buses anyway (the "compatible" is "gianfar" currently). This will be
fixed in the next patch.
Fixes: 69a00875e3 ("doc: dt-bindings: Describe Freescale TSEC ethernet controller")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
In tsec_init, the MAC address is retrieved from 2 different structures
depending on whether DM_ETH is enabled or not.
But since the field name is the same inside both structures, we can
conditionally define the structure of the correct type and simplify the
assignments.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This replaces debug() calls with printf() so that it is immediately
obvious from the console that something is wrong.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is a cosmetic patch that reorders variable definitions in the
inverse order of their line length, where possible.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
By convention, the eTSEC MDIO controller nodes are defined in DT at
0x2d24000 and 0x2d50000, but actually U-Boot does not touch the
interrupt portion of the register map (MDIO_IEVENTM, MDIO_IMASKM,
MDIO_EMAPM).
That leaves only the MDIO bus registers (MDIO_MIIMCFG, MDIO_MIIMCOM,
MDIO_MIIMADD, MDIO_MIIMADD, MDIO_MIIMCON, MDIO_MIIMSTAT) which start at
the 0x520 offset.
So shift the DT-defined register map by the offset of MDIO_MIIMCFG when
mapping the MDIO bus registers.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The point of this patch is to eliminate the use of the locally-defined
"reg" variable (which interferes with next patch) and simplify the
fallback to the default CONFIG_SYS_TBIPA_VALUE in case "tbi-handle" is
missing.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Macb Ethernet controller requires a RX buffer of 128 bytes. It is
highly sub-optimal for Gigabit-capable GEM that is able to use
a bigger DMA buffer. Change this constant and associated macros
with data stored in the private structure.
RX DMA buffer size has to be multiple of 64 bytes as indicated in
DMA Configuration Register specification.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
DMA configuration was heavily dependent on the HW
defaults, add function to properly set the required
fields, including the new dma_burst_length.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Tested-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
GEM support higher DMA burst writes/reads than the default (4).
add configuration structure with dma burst length so it could be
applied later to DMA configuration.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Tested-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
macb.h provides macros for reading/setting bitfields,
in macb registers and descriptors. use that instead
of redefining them in the source file.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Tested-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Few registers and bits were added by Cadence and
they were not updated in the headers.
Take the latest definitions as defined in Linux
header (5.1) that also includes some comments
about existing registers.
One register was improperly named (UR), fix that.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Tested-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This driver is used for MDIO muxes driven over I2C. This is currently
used on Freescale LS1028A QDS board, on which the physical MDIO MUX is
controlled by an on-board FPGA which in turn is configured through I2C.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Using 'phy_connect' instead of 'phy_find_by_mask' and 'phy_connect_dev'
both deduplicates code and adds support for 'fixed-link'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
SGMII 2500 as supported on NXP SoCs requires AN to be disabled, handle
this case in the enetc sgmii init code.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Ethernet interfaces using serial protocols go through the serdes block
integrated in the SoC. This is accessed over dedicated internal MDIOs
which are part of the Ethernet PCI functions. Set up serdes at _start,
along with other protocol specific port/MAC configuration.
MDIO code is shared with enetc_mdio, read/write functions are exported
from fsl_enetc_mdio for this reason.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Adds a driver for the MDIO interface currently integrated in LS1028A SoC.
This MDIO interface is shared by multiple ethernet interfaces and is
presented as a stand-alone PCI function on the SoC ECAM.
Ethernet has a functional dependency on MDIO, for simplicity there is a
single config option for both.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Adds a driver for NXP ENETC ethernet controller currently integrated in
LS1028A. ENETC is a fairly straight-forward BD ring device and interfaces
are presented as PCI EPs on the SoC ECAM.
Signed-off-by: Catalin Horghidan <catalin.horghidan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Since u-boot has added the spi-mem framework and replaced
the spi-nor framework, the mtk_qspi is no longer compatible
with the new spi-nor driver.
Remove this driver along with replacing config item
with new mtk spi-nor driver.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
[jagan: squash related changes and update commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
- Add in lzma-alone for current binman tests
- Update to Ubuntu's xenial-20190720 tag (latest).
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reduce power domain calls when CONFIG_POWER_DOMAIN is disabled.
With gcc v8.2, this change saves 104 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Right now when using clk_of_xlate_default(), clk->data
remains un-initialized because clk_get_bulk() does not
initialize memory on allocation of clock structure.
This can cause problems when data is used to match if
two clocks pointers are exactly the same underlying
clocks, for example.
Fix it by initializing clk->data to 0.
Suggested-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
The uclass_next_device() routine continues a previously started device
iteration. Change the description that is copied from
uclass_first_device().
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fdt_pci_dma_ranges() cannot work on e.g. ARM, since the DT entries
endianness is not adjusted at all. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The comments of dev_read_name() wrongly describe "node" as its
parameter.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Per device tree spec, "status" property can have a value of "okay",
or "disabled", but not "disable".
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Without a valid ofnode, it's meaningless to call clk_set_defaults()
to process various properties.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is possible that a timer device has a null ofnode, hence there is
no need to further parse DT for the clock rate.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently, fdt_get_base_address() returns 0 if the "reg" property is
missing. Since 0 is a valid value, it is not suitable for the error
handling. Return OF_BAD_ADDR instead.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Current test coverage is likely sufficient for the logic used to place
sections in the image. However it seems useful to add a test specifically
for nested sections, since these could have some unusual interactions.
Add a new test for this and aligned sections. This test failed before the
refactor to drop the bsection.py file (Section class), but passes now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to extract all binaries from the image, or a
subset of them. Add a new 'extract' command to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CBFS is a bit like a section but with a custom format. Provide the list of
entries and the compression type to binman so that it can extract the data
from the CBFS, just like any other part of the image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to extract entry contents from an image to see
what is inside. Add a simple function to read the contents of an entry,
decompressing it by default.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Binman generally operates silently but in some cases it is useful to see
what Binman is actually doing at each step. Enable some logging output
with different logging levels selectable via the -v flag.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When support for sections (and thus hierarchical images) was added to
binman, the decision was made to create a new Section class which could
be used by both Image and an Entry_section class. The decision between
using inheritance and composition was tricky to make, but in the end it
was decided that Image was different enough from Entry that it made sense
to put the implementation of sections in an entirely separate class. It
also has the advantage that core Image code does have to rely on an entry
class in the etype directory.
This work was mostly completed in commit:
8f1da50ccc "binman: Refactor much of the image code into 'section'
As a result of this, the Section class has its own version of things like
offset and size and these must be kept in sync with the parent
Entry_section class in some cases.
In the last year it has become apparent that the cost of keeping things in
sync is larger than expected, since more and more code wants to access
these properties.
An alternative approach, previously considered and rejected, now seems
better.
Adjust Image to be a subclass of Entry_section. Move the code from Section
(in bsection.py) to Entry_section and delete Section. Update all tests
accordingly.
This requires substantial changes to Image. Overall the changes reduce
code size by about 240 lines. While much of that is just boilerplate from
Section, there are quite a few functions in Entry_section which now do not
need to be overiden from Entry. This suggests the change is beneficial
even without further functionality being added.
A side benefit is that the properties of sections are now consistent with
other entries. This fixes a problem in testListCmd() where some properties
are missing for sections.
Unfortunately this is a very large commit since it is not feasible to do
the migration piecemeal. Given the substantial tests available and the
100% code coverage of binman, we should be able to do this safely.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is possible to read an Image, locate its FDT map and then read it into
the binman data structures. This allows full access to the entries that
were written to the image. Add support for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for locating an image's Fdt map which is used to determine
the contents and structure of the image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to summarise all the entries in an image, e.g. to
display this to this user. Add a new ListEntries() method to Entry, and
set up a way to call it through the Image class.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to add the CBFS file information (offset, size, etc.) into
the FDT so that the layout is complete. Add support for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The purpose of this badly named field is a bit ambiguous. Adjust the code
to use it only to store the uncompressed length of a file, leaving it set
to None if there is no compression used. This makes it easy to see if the
value in this field is relevant / useful.
Also set data_len for compressed fields, since it should be the length of
the compressed data, not the uncompressed data.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present a file with no explicit CBFS offset is placed in the next
available location but there is no way to find out where it ended up.
Update and rename the get_data() function to provide this information.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the logic skips the blob class' handling of compression, so
this is not supported with device tree entries. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for detecting entries that change size after they have already
been packed, and re-running packing when it happens.
This removes the limitation that entry size cannot change after
PackEntries() is called.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We plan to support changing the size of entries after they have been
packed. For now it will always be enabled. But to aid testing of both
cases (in the event that we want to add a command-line flag, for example),
add a setting to control it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present if this function tries to update the contents such that the
size changes, it raises an error. We plan to add the ability to change
the size of entries after packing is completed, since in some cases it is
not possible to determine the size in advance.
An example of this is with a compressed device tree, where the values
of the device tree change in SetCalculatedProperties() or
ProcessEntryContents(). While the device tree itself does not change size,
since placeholders for any new properties have already bee added by
AddMissingProperties(), we cannot predict the size of the device tree
after compression. If a value changes from 0 to 0x1234 (say), then the
compressed device tree may expand.
As a first step towards supporting this, make ProcessContentsUpdate()
return a value indicating whether the content size is OK. For now this is
always True (since otherwise binman raises an error), but later patches
will adjust this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
SetContents() should only be called to set the contents of an entry from
within the ObtainContents() call, since it has no guard against increasing
the size of the contents, thus triggering incorrect operation.
Change all such calls to use ProcessUpdateContents() instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function raises an exception with its arguments around the wrong way
so the message is incorrect. Fix this as well as a few minor comment
problems.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present entry modules can only be accessed using Entry.Lookup() or
Entry.Create(). Most of the time this is fine, but sometimes a module
needs to provide constants or helper functions useful to other modules.
It is easier in this case to use 'import'.
Add an __init__ file to permit this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Compression is currently available only with blobs. However we want to
report the compression algorithm and uncompressed size for all entries,
so that other entry types can support compression. This will help with
the forthcoming 'list' feature which lists entries in the image.
Move the compression properties into the base class. Also fix up the docs
which had the wrong property name.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This class is the new way to handle arguments in Python. Convert binman
over to use it. At the same time, introduce commands so that we can
separate out the different parts of binman functionality.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to quickly locate the FDT map in the image. An
easy way to do this is with a pointer at the start or end of the image.
Add an 'image header' entry, which places a magic number followed by a
pointer to the FDT map. This can be located at the start or end of the
image, or at a chosen location.
As part of this, update GetSiblingImagePos() to detect missing siblings.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
An FDT map is an entry which holds a full description of the image
entries, in FDT format. It can be discovered using the magic string at
its start. Tools can locate and read this entry to find out what entries
are in the image and where each entry is located.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Quite a few tests will use a real device tree and need it updated with the
binman metadata. Add a helper function for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current test for the 'entry' module is a bit convoluted since it has
to import the module multiple times. It also relies on ordering, in that
test1EntryNoImportLib() must run before test2EntryImportLib() if they are
running in the same Python process.
This is unreliable since neither the ordering of tests nor the process
that they run in is defined.
Fix this by always reloading the entry in these two tests. Also add a
check that the expected value of have_importlib is obtained.
This corrects a code-coverage problem in the 'entry' module on some
systems.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A feature of CBFS is that it allows files to be positioned at particular
offset (as with binman in general). This is useful to support
execute-in-place (XIP) code, since this may not be relocatable.
Add a new cbfs-offset property to control this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When there is lots of open space in a CBFS it is normally padded with
'empty' files so that sequentially scanning the CBFS can skip from one to
the next without a break.
Add support for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
An Integrated Firmware Image is used to hold various binaries used for
booting with Apollolake and some later devices. Add support for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for putting CBFSs (Coreboot Filesystems) in an image. This
allows binman to produce firmware images used by coreboot to boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Coreboot uses a simple flash-based filesystem called Coreboot Filesystem
(CBFS) to organise files used during boot. This allows files to be named
and their position in the flash to be set. It has special features for
dealing with x86 devices which typically memory-map their SPI flash to the
top of 32-bit address space and need a 'boot block' ending there.
Create a library to help create and read CBFS files. This includes a
writer class, a reader class and associated other helpers. Only a subset
of features are currently supported.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This tool has quite a few arguments and options, so put the functionality
in a function so that we call it from one place and hopefully get it
right.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tools like ifwitool may not be available in the PATH, but are available in
the build. These tools may be needed by tests, so allow tests to use the
--toolpath flag.
Also use this flag with travis.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch solves the following warnings:
arch/arm/mach-stm32mp/psci.c:
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_set_state’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_arch_cpu_entry’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_features’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_version’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_affinity_info’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_migrate_info_type’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_cpu_on’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_cpu_off’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_system_reset’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_system_off’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Starting libvirt v5.3.0 with QEMU 4.0.0 use of PCI is automatic
and thus storage is connected via PCI, which is not visible to
U-Boot out-of-the-box.
Refactor to do "pci enum" followed by "virtio scan" to see PCI
connected storage, and allow bootloader to load kernel and
initramfs images.
Tested with Fedora/RISCV using releases: libvirt 5.4.0 & 5.5.0,
QEMU 4.0.0 and U-Boot 2019.07 RC4.
Signed-off-by: David Abdurachmanov <david.abdurachmanov@sifive.com>
The rproc uclass driver can either be built with SPL_REMOTEPROC
or REMOTEPROC, but the function prototypes in remoteproc.h are
defined only when CONFIG_REMOTEPROC is defined. This can cause
build issues in SPL if CONFIG_REMOTEPROC is not selected.
Fix this by replacing the existing precompiler macro usage with
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED.
Fixes: ddf56bc7e3 ("drivers: Introduce a simplified remoteproc framework")
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Increment conf id to avoid to have two same conf name
into one configuration description.
Signed-off-by: Mickaël Tansorier <mickael.tansorier@smile.fr>
With Sphinx documentation moving from Documentation directory
to doc directory, we missed updating .gitignore for the Sphinx
build output directory.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Support load of the U-Boot image from raw SATA disk sector. This is
equivalent to load from MMC raw sector.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
kernel-doc fails to parse function definitions like the one below
efi_status_t efi_create_event(uint32_t type, efi_uintn_t notify_tpl,
void (EFIAPI *notify_function) (
struct efi_event *event,
void *context),
void *notify_context, efi_guid_t *group,
struct efi_event **event)
{
due to the "EFIAPI" attribute preceding the function name.
cf. https://lkml.org/lkml/2018/9/3/1185
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Recent versions of sphinx will emit messages like:
doc/sphinx/kerneldoc.py:103:
RemovedInSphinx20Warning: app.warning() is now deprecated.
Use sphinx.util.logging instead.
Switch to sphinx.util.logging to make this unsightly message go away.
Alas, that interface was only added in version 1.6, so we have to add a
version check to keep things working with older sphinxes.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Rebased for U-Boot
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add support for A/B boot process on AM57xx based boards:
1. Define 'slot_suffix' variable (using 'ab_select' command)
2. Extend 'emmc_android_boot' boot command (add commands for A/B boot
process)
'ab_select' command is used to decide which slot should be used for
booting up. A/B metadata resides in 'misc' partition.
To activate the A/B boot process, the following config options must be
set:
CONFIG_ANDROID_AB=y
CONFIG_CMD_AB_SELECT=y
For successful A/B boot, the corresponding A/B infrastructure must be
involved on Android side [1] (including mounting system as root), and
disk must be partitioned accordingly.
When A/B boot is enabled, there are some known limitations currently
exist (not related to A/B patches, need to be implemented later):
1. The 'Verified Boot' sequence is not supported
2. dev path to system partition (system_a or system_b) is passed via
'bootargs' as 'root=' argument like 'root=/dev/mmcblk1p12', but
further we'll need to rework it with respect to dm-verity
requirements [2]
In case when A/B partitions are not present in system (and A/B boot is
enabled), boot up process will be terminated and next message will be
shown:
"boot_a(b) partition not found"
[1] https://source.android.com/devices/tech/ota/ab
[2] https://source.android.com/devices/tech/ota/ab/ab_implement#kernel
Signed-off-by: Ruslan Trofymenko <ruslan.trofymenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Strachan <astrachan@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For A/B system update support the Android boot process requires to send
'androidboot.slot_suffix' parameter as a command line argument. This
patch implementes 'ab_select' command which allows us to obtain current
slot by processing the A/B metadata.
The patch was extracted from commit [1] with one modification: the
separator for specifying the name of metadata partition was changed
from ';' to '#', because ';' is used for commands separation.
[1] https://android-review.googlesource.com/c/platform/external/u-boot/+/729880/2
Signed-off-by: Ruslan Trofymenko <ruslan.trofymenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Strachan <astrachan@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These have been reported by Simon in [1] and fixed in [2].
However, since [1] has already been pushed to u-boot/master, the
improvements incorporated in [2] are now extracted and resubmitted.
The changes are in the area of coding style and best practices:
* s/field/fieldp/, s/size/sizep/, to convey that the variables return
an output to the caller
* s/err_1/err_read_fail/, s/err_2/err_too_small/, to be more descriptive
* Made sure 'static int do_bcb_load' appears on the same line
* Placed a `/*` on top of multi-line comment
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1104244/#2200259
[2] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/cover/1128661/
("[v4,0/4] Add 'bcb' command to read/modify/write Android BCB")
Fixes: db7b7a05b2 ("cmd: Add 'bcb' command to read/modify/write BCB fields")
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Quote from https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1104244/#2210814:
----------8<-----------
strncmp() is chosen for the sake of paranoid/defensive programming.
Indeed, strncmp() is not really needed when comparing a variable
with a string literal. We expect strcmp() to behave safely even if the
string variable is not NUL-terminated.
In the same scenario, Linux v5.2-rc7 uses both strcmp() and strncmp(),
but the frequency of strcmp() is higher:
$ git --version
git version 2.22.0
$ (Linux 5.2-rc7) git grep -En 'strncmp\([^"]*"[[:alnum:]]+"' | wc -l
1066
$ (Linux 5.2-rc7) git grep -En 'strcmp\([^"]*"[[:alnum:]]+"' | wc -l
1968
A quick "strcmp vs strncmp" object size test shows that strcmp()
generates smaller memory footprint (gcc-8, x86_64):
$ (U-Boot) size cmd/bcb-strncmp.o cmd/bcb-strcmp.o
text data bss dec hex filename
3373 400 2048 5821 16bd cmd/bcb-strncmp.o
3314 400 2048 5762 1682 cmd/bcb-strcmp.o
So, overall, I agree to use strcmp() whenever variables are compared
with string literals.
----------8<-----------
Fixes: db7b7a05b2 ("cmd: Add 'bcb' command to read/modify/write BCB fields")
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Fix warning V1037 reported by PVS-Studio Static Analyzer:
Two or more case-branches perform the same actions. Check lines: 49, 53
Fixes: db7b7a05b2 ("cmd: Add 'bcb' command to read/modify/write BCB fields")
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
This allows to use any available compression format with Android boot image
Since not all available compression formats have a magic number we should
explicitly specify type of compression.
For this purpose using uImage format becomes very useful, as this format is
well-known by the community and mkimage tool is already available.
Usage example:
mkimage -A ARM64 -T kernel -C lzma -d Image.lzma out/kernel
At this moment only -C option is handled, but specifying -A and -T options
are recommended for compatibility reasons in the future.
Kernel that compressed with LZ4 can be already used without wrapping into
the uImage, but I recommend wrapping it into the uImage in order to avoid
situations when by some mistake legacy LZ4 is used, that is interpreted as
raw Image and causes CPU to enter Exception Handler without providing any
meaningful explanation to the user.
Signed-off-by: Roman Stratiienko <roman.stratiienko@globallogic.com>
If there is only one menu item available, prompting user to enter
choice makes little sense and just causes unnecessary boot delay. This
change makes menu_get_choice return the only one item when there is no
other choices.
Signed-off-by: Leon Yu <leoyu@nvidia.com>
Cc: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
This sub-command serves for getting the partition index from
partition name. Also it can be used to test the existence of specified
partition.
Use case:
For example, in most CI environments this U-Boot command for automatic
testing of Linux rootfs is used:
=> setenv bootpart 1:f
where 0xf is "userdata" partition. But the number of "userdata"
partition can be changed any time, when partition table is changed.
So it would be nice to get rid of that 0xf magic number and use
partition name instead, like this:
=> part number mmc 1 userdata part_num
=> setenv bootpart 1:${part_num}
Signed-off-by: Ruslan Trofymenko <ruslan.trofymenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Strachan <astrachan@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
This also merges README.N1213 contents into the new nds32.rst file.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This converts README.AX25 and README.ae350 plain text documentation
to reST format, merges them into one ax25-ae350 doc, and adds it to
Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts QEMU x86 board specific information from README.x86,
converts plain text documentation to reST format and adds it to
Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts coreboot board specific information from README.x86,
converts plain text documentation to reST format and adds it to
Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts Google Chromebook Samus board specific information from
README.x86, converts plain text documentation to reST format and
adds it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts Google Chromebook Link board specific information from
README.x86, converts plain text documentation to reST format and
adds it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts Intel Galileo board specific information from
README.x86, converts plain text documentation to reST format and
adds it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts Intel Edison board specific information from
README.x86, converts plain text documentation to reST format and
adds it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
This extracts Intel Cougar Canyon 2 board specific information from
README.x86, converts plain text documentation to reST format and
adds it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts Intel Cherry Hill board specific information from
README.x86, converts plain text documentation to reST format and
adds it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts Intel Bay Trail based board specific information from
README.x86, converts plain text documentation to reST format and
adds them to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts Intel Crown Bay board specific information from
README.x86, converts plain text documentation to reST format and
adds it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add index.rst for board. More docs will be added later.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add index.rst for architecture specific info. More docs will be
added later.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add index.rst for driver model. More docs will be added later.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glkpk@gmx.de>
This updates the index.rst to add top-level description about
U-Boot documentation. Words are taken from Linux kernel docs
and modified for U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Currently the Sphinx doc only contains API descriptions of several
U-Boot subsystems. For future extension, group these existing docs
into an API sub-directory.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Sometimes when debugging tests it is useful to keep the input and output
directories so they can be examined later. Add an option for this and
update the binman tests to support it. This affects both the test class
and the tearDown() function called after each test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the -v flag is ignored with tests, so that (for example) -v2
does not have any effect. Update binman to pass this flag through to tests
so that they work just like running binman normally, except in a few
special cases where we are actually testing behaviour with different
levels of verbosity.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We currenty support using the ELF file in U-Boot proper and SPL, but not
TPL. Add this as it is useful both with sandbox and for CBFS to allow
adding TPL as a 'stage'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The -D option enables debug mode, but we only need to add -D to the
command line once. Drop the duplicate code. Also drop the comment about
enabling debugging since this can be done with -D.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add utility functions to compress and decompress using lz4 and lzma
algorithms. In the latter case these use the legacy lzma support favoured
by coreboot's CBFS.
No tests are provided as these functions will be tested by the CBFS
tests in a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present text entries use an indirect method to specify the text to use,
with a label pointing to the text itself.
Allow the text to be directly written into the node. This is more
convenient in cases where the text is constant.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this function always sets both the offset and the size of
entries. But in some cases we want to set only one or the other, for
example with the forthcoming ifwi entry, where we only set the offset.
Update the function to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present having a descriptor means that there is an ME (Intel
Management Engine) entry as well. The descriptor provides the ME location
and assumes that it is present.
For some SoCs this is not true. Before providing the location of a
potentially non-existent entry, check if it is present.
Update the comment in the ME entry also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present binman requires that the Intel descriptor has an explicit
offset. Generally this is 0 since the descriptor is at the start of the
image. Add a default to handle this, so users don't need to specify the
offset.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Code coverage tests fail on binman due to dist-packages being dropped from
the python path on Ubuntu 16.04. Add them in so that we can find the
elffile module, which is required by binman.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function which decodes an ELF file, working out where in memory each
part of the data should be written.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to create an ELF file for testing purposes, with just the
right attributes used by the test. Add a function to handle this, along
with a test that it works correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If tests are skipped we should ideally exit with an error, since there may
be a missing dependency. However at present this is not desirable since it
breaks travis tests. For now, just report the skips.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FD is a bit confusing so write this out in full. Also avoid splitting the
string so that people can grep for the error message more easily.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes tools used by binman may not be in the normal PATH search path,
such as when the tool is built by the U-Boot build itself (e.g. mkimage).
Provide a way to specify an additional search path for tools. The flag
can be used multiple times.
Update the help to describe this option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If kwargs contains raise_on_error then this function generates an error
due to a duplicate argument. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some Intel SoCs from about 2016 boot using an internal microcontroller via
an 'IFWI' image. This is a special format which can hold firmware images.
In U-Boot's case it holds u-boot-tpl.bin.
Add this tool, taken from coreboot, so that we can build bootable images
on apollolake SoCs.
This tool itself has no tests. Some amount of coverage will be provided by
the binman tests that use it, so enable building the tool on sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.10-rc1 (2)
* Implement the EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE event.
* Address errors of type -Werror=address-of-packed-member when building
with GCC9.1
* Fix an error when adding memory add addres 0x00000000.
* Rework some code comments for Sphinx compliance.
Backport and squash below Linux v5.2 commits:
Commit id * Summary line
da3e1c57caf93e [1] soc: renesas: r8a77970-sysc: Remove non-existent CR7 power domain
b5eb730e031aca [1] soc: renesas: r8a77970-sysc: Correct names of A2DP/A2CN power domains
3961d355dfb512 dt-bindings: power: r8a77965: Remove non-existent A3IR power domain
(*) Patch id mismatch between Linux and U-Boot commit
[1] Dropped changes in drivers/soc/renesas/r8a77970-sysc.c,
since the file doesn't exist in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
In spite of the summary line, U-Boot commits [1-2] seem to have
aligned the U-Boot PFC tables to Linux v5.1 rather than to v5.0, since
they also imported the Linux 5.1 commits listed in [3].
What current commit tries to accomplish is to align the Gen2 and Gen3
pinctrl tables to Linux v5.2. Importing these updates in two steps
as done before (i.e. separately for Gen2 and Gen3) is somewhat difficult
due to Linux commits like [5-6] which atomically update both Gen2/3
platforms and whose breakdown would not be easily possible.
The detailed list of Linux commits squashed into this U-Boot patch is
shown in [4]. The second column in [4] depicts the patch id mismatch
between the original Linux and the resulted U-Boot commit. The
exclamation mark means that manual conflict resolution was involved
during cherry picking Linux commit into U-Boot repository (this is
mainly caused by dropped changes in files like pfc-r8a7795-es1.c and
pfc-r8a77980.c which are missing in U-Boot).
This patch has been applied on top of v2019.07-rc4-155-g8754656680b6 and
boot-tested on:
- H3-ES2.0-Salvator-X
- M3-ES1.1-Salvator-XS
- M3N-ES1.1-ULCB
[1] 8719ca8113 ("pinctrl: renesas: Synchronize Gen3 tables with Linux 5.0")
[2] a6a743df24 ("pinctrl: renesas: Synchronize Gen2 tables with Linux 5.0")
[3] Linux 5.1 commits already contained in [1-2]:
79dbbdbeccc6784 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77965: Add DRIF pins, groups and functions
729257d674bc2e6 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77965: Add TMU pins, groups and functions
b9fd50488b4939c pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a7792: Fix vin1_data18_b pin group
a4b0350047f1b10 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a7791: Fix scifb2_data_c pin group
fdbbd6b74c9278f pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Add DRIF pins, groups and functions
16978e7d40f73be pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Add TMU pins, groups and functions
86c045c2e4201e9 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77965: Replace DU_DOTCLKIN2 by DU_DOTCLKIN3
b8ba194ca5f4ca2 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a7791: Fix VIN1 versioned groups
81c585c96b7dd47 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77970: Deduplicate VIN[01] pin definitions
08b7e2112a9b19c pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a7796: Deduplicate VIN5 pin definitions
99fdb920f5534d1 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a7795: Deduplicate VIN5 pin definitions
85ccae133bde425 Revert "pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Add support for pull-up only pins"
f7d8b568e204d29 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: GP6_9 does not have pull-down capability
5219aa33caec2f7 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77995: Fix MOD_SEL bit numbering
3e3eebeacad79bd pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Fix MOD_SEL bit numbering
7219a4b64520873 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Fix MOD_SEL0 bit2 when using RX2, TX2 and SCK2
699c7d1346fbef6 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Fix MOD_SEL0 bit3 when using TX0
[4] Linux 5.2 commits backported and squashed into this U-Boot patch
Linux commit id Linux commit summary line
9925e8795726801 pinctrl: sh-pfc: Validate pins/marks in pin groups at build time
f83f97684a737f6 pinctrl: sh-pfc: Make pinmux_cfg_reg.var_field_width[] variable-length
5e8588c86d71e78 pinctrl: sh-pfc: Validate fixed-size field widths at build time
1c5c1101755c5ed pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77970: Rename IOCTRLx registers
3df892fdbfe6919 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Rename IOCTRLx registers
dcd24e098d8df8b pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a7796: Move CANFD pin groups and functions
2cee6cb290ab30f pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Move CANFD pin groups and functions
d92ee9cf8ec8d7f ! pinctrl: sh-pfc: rcar-gen3: Retain TDSELCTRL register across suspend/resume
efca8da0c5fcc7f ! pinctrl: sh-pfc: Absorb enum IDs in PINMUX_CFG_REG() macro
69f7be1c6314fb0 ! pinctrl: sh-pfc: Absorb enum IDs in PINMUX_CFG_REG_VAR() macro
19b593a1cf068ef ! pinctrl: sh-pfc: Absorb enum IDs in PINMUX_DATA_REG() macro
c481c8178420b8c pinctrl: sh-pfc: Validate enum IDs for regs with fixed-width fields
fa4d36712f20e24 ! pinctrl: sh-pfc: Validate enum IDs for regs with variable-width fields
360328c7dc15f48 pinctrl: sh-pfc: Improve PINMUX_IPSR_PHYS() documentation
943ff71281c6ce4 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Fix MOD_SEL0 bit16 when using NFALE and NFRB_N
e167d723e1a472d pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Fix MOD_SEL1 bit31 when using SIM0_D
e87882eb9be10b2 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Fix MOD_SEL1 bit30 when using SSI_SCK2 and SSI_WS2
5671f8e0270ad5e ! pinctrl: sh-pfc: rcar-gen3: Remove HDMI CEC pins, groups, and functions
662dc924a05e9df ! pinctrl: sh-pfc: rcar-gen3: Remove CC5_OSCOUT pin
624a7a12cc0cc77 ! pinctrl: sh-pfc: rcar-gen3: Rename RTS{0,1,3,4}# pin function definitions
a040f3dec8eb7b1 pinctrl: sh-pfc: rcar-gen3: Rename SEL_ADG_{A,B,C} to SEL_ADG{A,B,C}
e551122cdb7fcb9 pinctrl: sh-pfc: rcar-gen3: Rename SEL_NDFC to SEL_NDF
baaa2effc684e49 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77970: Fix spacing
f05603fa6aa3043 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a7796: Remove placeholder I2C pin data
0a042b355e60269 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77965: Add I2C{0,3,5} pins, groups and functions
[5] efca8da0c5fcc7 ("pinctrl: sh-pfc: Absorb enum IDs in PINMUX_CFG_REG() macro")
[6] 69f7be1c6314fb ("pinctrl: sh-pfc: Absorb enum IDs in PINMUX_CFG_REG_VAR() macro")
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Update "dma-ranges" DT property of all PCIe controllers in the system
with the up-to-date DRAM layout. This allows the PCIe controller take
full advantage of all the available DRAM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The fdt_pci_dma_ranges() cannot work on e.g. ARM, since the DT entries
endianness is not adjusted at all. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The generic code in common/spl/spl.c allows TPL/SPL banners to be
silenced by unsetting CONFIG_TPL_BANNER_PRINT or CONFIG_SPL_BANNER_PRINT
respectively. However, arch/arm/mach-rockchip/tpl.c prints this banner
unconditionally.
Fix the rockchip-specific tpl.c so that the TPL banner depends on
CONFIG_TPL_BANNER_PRINT in the same way as the generic code.
Signed-off-by: <chris@arachsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
If CONFIG_DEBUG_UART is set but CONFIG_TPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT is not, the
serial output should be available in SPL and full U-Boot, but not built
in TPL. However, the rockchip tpl.c instead fails to compile with
undefined references to the debug UART.
Instead, initialise the debug UART and print the TPL banner only if both
CONFIG_DEBUG_UART and CONFIG_TPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT are set.
Signed-off-by: <chris@arachsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
mt35xu512aba and mt35xu02g suports Single I/O and OCTAL I/O
also enable use of SPI_NOR_4B_OPCODES.
These flashes are tested on LX2160ARDB and LS1028ARDB respectively
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
[jagan: suffix 'ba' on part name and update commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
For STM32 QSPI driver, "st,stm32-qspi" compatible string was first
introduced in U-boot. But later in kernel side, "st,stm32f469-qspi"
was used.
To simplify, align U-boot QSPI compatible string with kernel one.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
For STM32 QSPI driver, "st,stm32-qspi" compatible string was first
introduced in U-boot. But later in kernel side, "st,stm32f469-qspi"
was used.
To simplify, align U-boot QSPI compatible string with kernel one.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This patch introduces support of Cortex-M4 remote processor for STM32
MCU and MPU families.
Signed-off-by: Loic Pallardy <loic.pallardy@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabien Dessenne <fabien.dessenne@st.com>
The current implementation supports only binary file load.
Add helpers to support ELF32 format (sanity check, and load).
Note that since an ELF32 image is built for the remote processor, the
load function uses the device_to_virt ops to translate the addresses.
Implement a basic translation for sandbox_testproc.
Add related tests. Test result:
=> ut dm remoteproc_elf
Test: dm_test_remoteproc_elf: remoteproc.c
Test: dm_test_remoteproc_elf: remoteproc.c (flat tree)
Failures: 0
Signed-off-by: Loic Pallardy <loic.pallardy@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabien Dessenne <fabien.dessenne@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Add the following functions to translate DMA address to CPU address:
- dev_translate_dma_address()
- ofnode_translate_dma_address()
- of_translate_dma_address()
- fdt_translate_dma_address()
These functions work the same way as xxx_translate_address(), with the
difference that the translation relies on the "dma-ranges" property
instead of the "ranges" property.
Add related test. Test report:
=> ut dm fdt_translation
Test: dm_test_fdt_translation: test-fdt.c
Test: dm_test_fdt_translation: test-fdt.c (flat tree)
Failures: 0
Signed-off-by: Fabien Dessenne <fabien.dessenne@st.com>
- rk3399 lpddr4 support
- rk3399-rock960 board support improvement
- Eliminate pyelftools dependency by make_fit_atf.py
- clean up rockchip dts to use -u-boot.dtsi
- use ARM arch/generic timer instead of rk_timer
- clean up Kconfig options for board support
Pin configuration of the FPGA devicetree block should be done
after core configuration in the arria10 fpga driver. This fix
corrects the check of status, and ensures that the fpga pin mux
is configured on correct configuration of the core fpga image.
Signed-off-by: Dalon Westergreen <dalon.westergreen@intel.com>
This adds separate kconfig options for drivers/sysreset and
drivers/firmware.
Up to now, CONFIG_SPL_DRIVERS_MISC_SUPPORT added drivers/misc to SPL
build but also added drivers/firmware and drivers/sysreset at the same
time.
Since that is confusing, this patch uses CONFIG_SPL_SYSRESET for
drivers/sysreset and adds CONFIG_SPL_FIRMWARE for
drivers/firmware (and accordingly for the TPL options).
CONFIG_SPL_DRIVERS_MISC_SUPPORT stays for including drivers/misc into
the SPL build (and accordingly for TPL) since there are boards using
non-DM (non UCLASS_MISC) files from drivers/misc. Such boards don't
have CONFIG_SPL_MISC enabled, so cannot use this to include
drivers/misc into the SPL build.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
This moves sysreset support for socfgpa from ad-hoc code in mach-socfpga
to a UCLASS_SYSRESET based dm driver.
A side effect is that gen5 and a10 can now select between cold and warm
reset.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
This adds a define for the bit in rstmgr's ctrl regiser that issues
a cold reset (we had a define for the warm reset bit only) in preparation
for a proper sysrese driver.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Series changes: 2
- separate this patch to the register descriptions from the actual
sysreset driver patch
This driver uses bss from SPL board_init_f(). Change it to move all the
data from bss to a common struct allocated on the stack (64 byte).
In addition to saving 28 bytes of bss, the code even gets 264 bytes
smaller.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
This fixes 3 boards that don't use CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS from
socfpga_common.h. They need to enable reset manager compatibility
mode unless all peripheral drivers in Linux support reset handling.
Fixes: commit 4b2e32efa4 ("arm: socfpga: gen5: deassert peripheral reset by default")
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@aries-embedded.de>
This patch fix mmc driver abort caused by below patch:
3d296365e4 mmc: sdhci: Add support for sdhci-caps-mask
After the patch sdhci_setup_cfg() access to host->mmc->dev,
so we have to do init before make the call to the function()
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
make_fit_atf.py no longer requires pyelftools, and nothing else in the
rockchip build requires it either, so remove references to installing it
from the documentation.
Signed-off-by: Chris Webb <chris@arachsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
make_fit_aft.py depends on the non-standard library pyelftools to pull
out PT_LOAD segments from ELF files. However, this is as easy to do
manually, without imposing the extra dependency on users.
Structures in the ELF file are unpacked into variables named to exactly
match the ELF spec to ensure the destructuring code is reasonably
self-documenting.
Signed-off-by: Chris Webb <chris@arachsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
SPL/TPL share the same secure_timer_init(), update to use
one copy source code and update to use CONFIG_ROCKCHIP_STIMER_BASE
as base address and rename to function name to rockchip_stimer_init().
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rockchip SoCs have similar boot process, prefer to use TPL for DRAM
init and back to bootrom, and SPL as Trust ATF/U-Boot loader. TPL
common board is a basic TPL board init which can be shared for most
of SoCs to avoid copy-pase for different SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The SoC related init will move to SPL and keep TPL clean,
so that we can reuse the common TPL board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We have convert all SoC to use DM timer or ARM arch/generic
timer, we can remove this rk_timer now.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We prefer to use ARM arch timer instead of rockchip timer, so that
we are using the same timer for SPL, U-Boot and Kernel, which will
make things simple and easy to track to boot time.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We prefer to use ARM arch timer instead of rockchip timer, so that
we are using the same timer for SPL, U-Boot and Kernel, which will
make things simple and easy to track to boot time.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We prefer to use ARM arch timer instead of rockchip timer, so that
we are using the same timer for SPL, U-Boot and Kernel, which will
make things simple and easy to track the boot time.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We prefer to use ARM arch timer instead of rockchip timer, so that
we are using the same timer for SPL, U-Boot and Kernel, which will
make things simple and easy to track to boot time.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We share the same default SPL boot order for all rk3288 boards,
use dts instead of hard code in board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The fdt interfaces are actuall depends on OF_LIBFDT instead
of OF_CONTROL, some boards may enable OF_CONTROL while disable
OF_LIBFDT.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The rk3288-firefly board have different setting for sdmmc
io, sync then from kernel mainline:
6fbc7275c7a9 Linux 5.2-rc7
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Some rk3288 boards are using raw image of u-boot.bin, and now
it's much bigger than default 200KB, update CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN
to 600KB.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add arch_cpu_init() in SPL for soc related init, and
move configure_l2ctlr() into it.
The arch_cpu_init() only need to run once, so no need
to run in TPL.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We needs SPL LIBCOMMON and LIBGENERIC for all boards,
so we can enable them by default and no need to define
in each board.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We needs SPL LIBCOMMON and LIBGENERIC for all boards,
so we can enable them by default and no need to define
in each board.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We needs SPL LIBCOMMON and LIBGENERIC for all boards,
so we can enable them by default and no need to define
in each board.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We needs SPL LIBCOMMON and LIBGENERIC for all boards,
so we can enable them by default and no need to define
in each board.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rockchip SoCs have different ROCKCHIP_BOOT_MODE_REG value,
move it to SoC's own Kconfig, and add address for rk3128 and
rk3328 so that all SoCs have available address.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Each SoC have its config setting and its Kconfig, move
the specific setting to its own Kconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Each SoC have its config setting and its Kconfig, move
the specific setting to its own Kconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Each SoC have its config setting and its Kconfig, move
the specific setting to its own Kconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Each SoC have its config setting and its Kconfig, move
the specific setting to its own Kconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use LPDDR4-100 sdram timings dtsi for RockPI-4 board.
All these timings are processed during TPL stage of rock-pi-4 board,
bootchain. This make TPL would replace rockchip in house rkbin in
current bootchain.
Bootchain after and before this change:
TPL -> SPL -> U-Boot proper
rkbin -> SPL -> U-Boot proper
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use DDR3-1866 2GB ddr timings dtsi for 1GB NanoPi Neo4 board.
Since sdram rk3399 support dynamic stride and rank detection it
can able to detect 1GB ddr eventough the timings are meant for
dual channel, 2GB size.
Bootchain after and before this change are:
TPL -> SPL -> U-Boot proper
rkbin -> SPL -> U-Boot proper
This certainly fix the second channel data training initialization
since we have dynamic rank, stride where second channel capabilities
are clear or memset to 0.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use LPDDR4-100 sdram timings dtsi for Rockpro64 board.
All these timings are processed during TPL stage of rockpro64 board,
bootchain. This make TPL would replace rockchip in house rkbin in
current bootchain.
Bootchain after and before this change:
TPL -> SPL -> U-Boot proper
rkbin -> SPL -> U-Boot proper
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add sdram timings for LPDDR4-100 via rk3399-sdram-lpddr4-100.dtsi file.
all timings are dumped from rkbin/bin/rk33/rk3399_ddr_800MHz_v1.20.bin
Associated LPDDR4 board -u-boot.dtsi can include this to make these
timings available during SPL or TPL stages.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Due to foot-print issues, we have LPDDR4 code can be
marked as CONFIG_RAM_RK3399_LPDDR4.
So, enable it for Rock-PI-4 board.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Due to foot-print issues, we have LPDDR4 code can be
marked as CONFIG_RAM_RK3399_LPDDR4.
So, enable it for Rockpro64 board.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Unlike rest of dram type chips, LPDDR4 initialization start
with at board selected frequency (say 50MHz) and then it
switches into 400MHz and 800MHz simultaneously to make the
proper sequence work on each channel with associated training.
The lpddr4 set rate sequnce will follow by setting lpddr4
- dq out
- ca odt
- MR3
- MR12
- MR14
registers sets in sequential order.
Here is sameple log about LPDDR4-100 init sequence in Rockpro64:
Channel 0: LPDDR4, 50MHz
BW=32 Col=10 Bk=8 CS0 Row=15 CS1 Row=15 CS=2 Die BW=16 Size=2048MB
Channel 1: LPDDR4, 50MHz
BW=32 Col=10 Bk=8 CS0 Row=15 CS1 Row=15 CS=2 Die BW=16 Size=2048MB
256B stride
channel 0 training pass
channel 1 training pass
change freq to 400 MHz 0, 1
channel 0 training pass
channel 1 training pass
change freq to 800 MHz 1, 0
This patch add support to this init sequence via lpddr4 set rate
by taking sdram timing parameters from 400, 800 .inc files.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
(Fix travis error, use one ret instead of ret[2] in set_ctrl)
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
DDR set rate can be even required for lpddr4 and we
need to keep the lpddr4 code to compile only for relevant
boards which do support lpddr4.
For this requirement, and for code readability handle
data training via sdram_rk3399_ops with .set_rate and
same will update in future while supporting lpddr4 code.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
LPDDR4 initialization start with at board selected frequency
and then it switches into 400MHz and 800MHz simultaneously to
make the proper sequence work on each channel with associated
training.
So, add LPDDR4-800 timings inc file in driver area so-that
these timings will take during LPDDR4 initialization phase.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
LPDDR4 initialization start with at board selected frequency
and then it switches into 400MHz and 800MHz simultaneously to
make the proper sequence work on each channel with associated
training.
So, add LPDDR4-400 timings inc file in driver area so-that
these timings will take during LPDDR4 initialization phase.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Like data training in other sdram types, mr detection need
to taken care for lpddr4 with looped rank and associated
channel to make sure the proper configuration held.
Once the mr detection successful for active and configured
rank with channel number, the same can later reused during
actual LPDDR4 initialization.
So, add code to support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
data training can be even required for lpddr4 and we
need to keep the lpddr4 code to compile only for relevant
boards which do support lpddr4.
For this requirement, and for code readability handle
data training via sdram_rk3399_ops and same will update
in future while supporting lpddr4 code.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
data training is using chan_info as first argument with
channel number as second argument instead of that use
dram_info as first argument so-that we can get the
chan_info at data training definition.
This was the argument handling is meaningful, readable
and it would help to add similar data training for
lpddr4 in future.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The mode_sel on lpddr4 value is depending on IO settings
of rd_vref.
Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
CTL 145, 146, 159, 160 registers are used to configure
soc odt on rk3399.
These soc odt values are updated from CS0_MR22_VAL and
CS1_MR22_VAL and for lpddr4 these values ORed with
tsel_rd_select_n.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
tsel contrl clock drives are required to configure PHY
929, 939 controls drive settings.
Add support for these control clock for all dramtype
sdrams.
Thse control clock drives are configure via tsel_ckcs_select_p
and tsel_ckcs_select_n variables.
tsel_ckcs_select_n is PHY_DRV_ODT_34_3 value where as
tsel_ckcs_select_p is retrived from IO settings for lpddr4
and rest uses PHY_DRV_ODT_34_3.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Now we have IO settings available for all supported sdram
frequencies, so retrieve these IO settings and make used
for LPDDR4 ds odt configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Add IO settings for dram ctl and phy.
IO settings are useful for configuring ctl, phy odt, vref,
mr5, mode select and other needed input output operations
for lpddr4 or any other dramtype sdram.
Right now, this patch added IO setting for all supported
sdram frequencies.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The hardware for LPDDR4 with
- CLK0P/N connect to lower 16-bits
- CLK1P/N connect to higher 16-bits
and usually dfi dram clk is configured via CLK1P/N, so
disabling dfi dram clk will disable the CLK1P/N as well.
So, add patch to not to disable dfi dram clk for lpddr4,
with rank 1.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
tsel write ca_p and ca_n values need to write on PHY 544, 672
and 800 to configure ds odt.
Configure the same PHY register for lpddr4 would require a mask
value of (300 << 8).
Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Assign desired cs_map values for lpddr4 during set memory map.
Initial cs_map values is based on the sdram parameters, so
the same will adjusted based dramtype as LPDDR4.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
PHY_898, PHY_919 would require to configure PHY LP4 boot
pll control and ca for lpddr4.
So, configure the same in pctl_cfg for LPDDR4.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
It is possible in lpddr4 dram, where both the channels would
start at same time with ZQ Cal Start. If it uses ZQ Call start
then it will use RZQ.
For example LPDDR4 366 Dual-Die, Quad-Channel Package, RZQ maybe
connect to both channel. If ZQ Cal Start at the same time,
it will use the same RZQ.
It is not a problem of using RZQ in both the channels, but can not
use at the same time.
So, to avoid this, we have an option of dram tINIT3 value for
increasing the frequency for channel 1.
This patch increase the available tINIT3 with existing running
dram frequency.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
lpddr4 has PLL bypass mode during phy initialization phase,
which does all pll configurations.
So no need to wait explicitly during pctl config.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
mode_sel assignment is based on dram type.
In phy_io_config, already have vref setting based
on the dram type, so move this mode_sel assignment
on vref setting area.
No functionality change.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add rank_mask based on the rank number for lpddr4.
This would keep the wdql data training loop based on the
desired rank mask value instead of looping for all values.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add rank_mask based on the rank number for lpddr4.
This would keep the ca data training loop based on the
desired rank mask value instead of looping for all values.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Supporting LPDDR4 code support in RK3399 would increases
the size of SPL/TPL.
So add kconfig entry for RK3399 LPDDR4 code so-that
the boards have LPDDR4 can enable them via defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Some dramtypes like lpddr4 initialization would required to
configure phy IO even after pctl_cfg and after set_ds_odt.
For those cases the set_ds_odt would be an initial call to
setup the phy.
To satisfy all the cases, trigger phy IO from set_ds_odt.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add DdrMode structure with associated bit fields.
These would help to reconfigure sdram capabilities during
lpddr4 setup related configs.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add DdrTimingC0 structure with associated bit fields.
These would help to reconfigure sdram capabilities during
lpddr4 setup related configs.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use dram config variable name as sys_reg2 instead of sys_reg
since the final variable value is to written into a pmugrf
register named as sys_reg2.
This reflect the both variable and associated register
names are same and also help to add next sys_reg's to
add it in future.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This would help to debug the sdram base parameters while
debugging existing chip or while supporting new sdram type.
It require explicit enablement of CONFIG_RAM_ROCKCHIP_DEBUG
for showing the debug prints.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Right now the rk3399 sdram driver assume that the board
has configured with 2 channels, so any possibility to
enable single channel on the same driver will encounter
channel #1 data training failure.
Log:
U-Boot TPL board init
sdram_init: data training failed
rk3399_dmc_init DRAM init failed -5
So, add an algorithm that can capable to compute the active
or configured rank with associated channel like
a) do rank loop to compute the active rank, with associated
channel numbers
b) then, succeed the data training only for configured channel
c) preserve the rank for given channel
d) do channel loop for setting the active channel
e) if given rank is zero or inactive on the specific channel,
clear the timings for the associated channel
f) finally, return error if number of channels is zero
Tested in NanoPI-NEO4 since it support single channel sdram
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
(add PI_READ_GATE_TRAINING for LPDDR3 to support rk3399-evb case)
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This patch enables DM I2C for DHCOM i.MX6 PDK2 boards and
removes non DM I2C code. The I2C EEPROM with ethaddr (MAC)
is defined in the device tree. Use UCLASS_I2C_EEPROM
to find the device by fixed hardware path and read the ethaddr.
Tested with DHCOM i.MX6dl and DHCOM i.MX6q.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Zenz <lzenz@dh-electronics.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
For a single binary approach for imx6 quad/dual/duallite/solo it
is necessary to enable CONFIG_SATA for quad/dual. On the other hand
on imx6 duallite/sole SATA is not available.
Therefore sata_remove() is skipped according to a blacklist scheme.
Adding further imx derivates is probably not recessary as they are
usually not pin-compatible and therefore a different board with its
own configuration.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Zenz <lzenz@dh-electronics.com>
It turned out that after a reset the boot process from the spi bootflash is
disturbed by other spi slave devices connected to DHCOM SPI1, which uses the
same spi interface with a different SS line.
Therefore the pad pull ups are enabled.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Zenz <lzenz@dh-electronics.com>
The Apalis iMX8 was missing the interactive part should a customer have
bricked his module and want to re-create the configuration block. Fix
this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
The Colibri iMX8X target got re-named late in the cycle which we forgot
to reflect here. Furthermore, it was missing the interactive part should
a customer have bricked his module and want to re-create the
configuration block. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Make the interactive Wi-Fi/BT handling generic by pulling it out of the
Colibri iMX6ULL interactive part to be re-used for Apalis iMX8 and
Colibri iMX8X.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
If the module is in serial downloader mode, we do no longer read the
environment from eMMC. Therefor, the eMMC is unitialized when trying
to read the config block. Use mmc_init to initialize the selected
MMC device before using it.
Note: In case the MMC has already been initialized, the mmc_init
detects that and returns immediately.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
According to iMX6DQ RM, the minor field (low 8 bits) in DIGPROG is not
aligned on silicon revision 1.3. So update get_cpu_rev to correct the
revision.
0x00630002 Silicon revision 1.2
0x00630005 Silicon revision 1.3
0x00630006 Silicon revision 1.6
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This patch fixes not enabled uart2 (and hence serial console) on i.MX53
devices. After following commit 1d255904c3 ("ARM: dts: imx: imx53:
Synchronize iMX53 DT with Linux") from the uart2 compatible the
'fsl,imx7d-uart' has been removed (which was correct).
However, the root cause of the problem was the commit 98d62e618b ("arm:
imx: add i.MX53 Beckhoff CX9020 Embedded PC") which introduced this
compatible.
Moreover, without this patch all i.MX53 UARTs are not usable as neither
'fsl,imx53-uart' nor 'fsl,imx21-uart' are in compatible IDs in
drivers/serial/serial_mxc.c file.
The fix is to add 'fsl,imx53-uart' and 'fsl,imx21-uart' as compatibles
for the aforementioned serial driver (those are also defined in the Linux
kernel).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch disables support for running EFI applications on HSC|DDC boards.
As a result - considerable size reduction (~14%) has been observed (for
for u-boot-dtb.imx 475KiB to 407KiB).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Configure fitImage for U-Boot with a device tree for imx6 quad/dual
and duallite/solo. This enables to support the imx6 derivates
quad/dual/duallite/solo with a single binary.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Zenz <lzenz@dh-electronics.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This device tree adds support for DHCOM iMX6 duallite and solo
deriviates.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Zenz <lzenz@dh-electronics.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
To use the device tree definitions imx6q-dhcom-som.dtsi for all imx6 derivatives rename
it to imx6qdl-dhcom.dtsi. We omit the '-som', because it simplifies further mainlinening
of already existing device trees.
To reuse board level common stuff imx6qdl-dhcom-pdk2.dtsi is created and included by
imx6q-dhcom-pdk2.dts.
Signed-off-by Ludwig Zenz <lzenz@dh-electronics.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
1. Introduce androidboot wrapper for booting AOSP.
2. Add partitions_android env var for simplifying the process of
writing new gpt table from U-boot shell/fastboot.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
The gpio command currently uses equal bank names "GPIO0_"
for all existing gpio banks, i. e.:
U-Boot# gpio status -a
Bank GPIO0_:
GPIO0_0: input: 0 [ ]
GPIO0_1: output: 1 [x] dbg1.gpios
...
Bank GPIO0_:
GPIO0_0: input: 0 [ ]
GPIO0_1: input: 0 [ ]
...
So the command is broken, it is not possible to address
a desired bank. Add gpio aliases to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
imx6ul-isiot-mmc.dts was removed in uboot version v2018.03 and from then
onwards IMX6UL isiot uses imx6ul-isiot-emmc.dts for mmc, so remove
unnecessary check for mmc.
Signed-off-by: Shyam Saini <shyam.saini@amarulasolutions.com>
We never really added a sensible DFU configuration for platforms
based on eMMC. Most of the things one might want to do can also be done
with UMS or fastboot, so drop the DFU configuration.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Secure boot is not enabled in mx6sxsabresd imximage.cfg, add support
for it.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Enable CONFIG_ARMV7_BOOT_SEC_DEFAULT by default to avoid a kernel
crash when booting NXP linux kernels in non-secure world,
when job ring device allocation is done by CAAM hw accelerator driver:
caam 30900000.caam: job rings = 3, qi = 0
caam_jr 30901000.jr0: failed to flush job ring 0
caam_jr: probe of 30901000.jr0 failed with error -5
caam_jr 30902000.jr1: failed to flush job ring 1
caam_jr: probe of 30902000.jr1 failed with error -5
caam_jr 30903000.jr2: failed to flush job ring 2
caam_jr: probe of 30903000.jr2 failed with error -5
caam algorithms registered in /proc/crypto
Job Ring Device allocation for transform failed
caam 30900000.caam: caam pkc algorithms registered in /proc/crypto
Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000010
pgd = c0004000
[00000010] *pgd=00000000
Internal error: Oops: 5 [#1] PREEMPT SMP ARM
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 1 Comm: swapper/0 Tainted:
Hardware name: Freescale i.MX7 Dual (Device Tree)
task: ec0d8000 task.stack: ec0ce000
PC is at caam_sm_startup+0x3f8/0x4f4
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
The DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC shall be set unconditionally as this driver is going
to be re-used in both early SPL and U-Boot proper's pre-reloc.
For i.MX based devices it is crucial to have available the serial console
before relocation (otherwise the board may hand).
The device definition may be provided either via device tree description or
with U_BOOT_DEVICE(mxc_serial) definition. In the latter case the device
will not bind in U-Boot proper when DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC is not set.
The !CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(OF_CONTROL) #if check was set as a "workaround" for
DM problem described in following commit 4687919684
("serial: Remove DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC flag in various drivers").
Let's look on this check more thoroughly - we add this flag if the board
doesn't support OF_CONTROL. This is a bit strange as the serial_mxc.c can
be used with CONFIG_DM_SERIAL but without corresponding device tree
description (OF_CONTROL). In such case the aforementioned
U_BOOT_DEVICE(mxc_serial) definition is used.
Other boards/SoCs have this flag set unconditionally for serial driver.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Add DM and DT probing support to iMX watchdog driver. This should
allow boards to move over to this driver, enable SYSRESET_WATCHDOG
to handle cpu_reset() if required.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(WDT) to permit use of WDT in SPL without DM,
while the full U-Boot can use rich DM/DT WDT driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
Before the wide DM/DTS adoption in the U-Boot proper, the display5
has been using only DM_SERIAL to provide serial console in
pre-relocation.
After moving to full DM/DTS adoption in the U-Boot proper the
U_BOOT_DEVICE definition is not needed anymore, as it has been
replaced with udevice creation from provided DTS description.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This file setups UART5 based serial to be used as pre-relocation
console in the U-Boot proper.
On purpose pinux configuration is omitted here as it has been already
done in SPL. For early pre-relocation code we only need the serial
device from DTS.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This commit ports from Linux kernel - tag: v5.1 - the device tree
description for display5 board.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Porting more DTS code from Linux kernel for display5 board required
increase of pre-relocation malloc pool size in U-Boot proper.
The early malloc memory is necessary for handling parsing and setup of
e.g. serial port device (and all its ancestors in DT tree).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
After commit 14453fbfad ("Convert CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_* to Kconfig")
and commit abe66b1b5d ("Convert CONFIG_ENV_SPI_* to Kconfig") ,which
moved some SPI related CONFIG_* defines to Kconfig the display5 board has
become unbootable as the SPI CS check condition had wrong value.
This commit fixes this check and allows proper SPI NOR flash operation in
SPL.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This commit just corrects spelling of 'accessed' word in the EEPROM
comment.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Some comments are not needed anymore after Kconfig automated conversion.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
SPL on Engicam i.Core M6 boards enabled DM, so it would require some
malloc() pool before relocation in order to load U-Boot proper properly.
So, enable SPL malloc() pool of 0x2000 size similarly like what we have
used for icore mmc defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Shyam Saini <shyam.saini@amarulasolutions.com>
This function sets the polarity of the PWR signal which is not used on
the opos6uldev board. Remove it.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sébastien Szymanski <sebastien.szymanski@armadeus.com>
This commit updates the doc/README.falcon regarding Falcon boot on
NOR flash memories.
This code is used by MCCMON6 board - so for more details please refer to
configs/mccmon6_nor_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This option will provide the offset in the parallel NOR flash memory to,
which the falcon boot data is stored.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This commit makes the CMD_SPL_NAND_OFS only visible when we use NAND
memory.
Before this change it was present when only CMD_SPL was enabled (and
would stay when board with other falcon boot medium is used).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
mccmon6 works in 10/100 MiB Ethernet environment, so disabling 1GiB support
improves robustness of the network after power up (as one don't need to
wait for autoneg).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
On i.MX7ULP B0, the DDR clock target is increased from 320Mhz to 380Mhz.
We update DDR clock relevant settings to approach the target. But since the
limitation on LCDIF pix clock for HDMI output
(refer "mx7ulp_evk: Change APLL and its PFD0 frequencies"), we set DDR
clock to 352.8Mhz (25.2Mhz * 14) by using the clock path:
APLL PFD0 -> DDR CLK -> NIC0 -> NIC1 -> LCDIF clock
To reduce the impact to entire system, the NIC0_DIV and NIC1_DIV are kept,
so the divider 14 is calculated as:
14 = (NIC0_DIV + 1) * (NIC1_DIV + 1) * (LCDIF_PCC_DIV + 1)
NIC0_DIV: 1
NIC1_DIV: 0
LCDIF_PCC_DIV: 6
APLL and APLL PFD0 settings:
PFD0 FRAC: 27
APLL MULT: 22
APLL NUM: 1
APLL DENOM: 20
This patch applies the new settings for both DCD and plugin.
There is no DDR script change on this new frequency.
Overnight memtester is passed.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Due to the APLL out glitch issue, the APLLCFG PLLS bit must
be set to select SCG1 APLL PFD for generating system clock to align
with the design.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
To support HDMI display on EVK board, the LCDIF pix clock must be
25.2Mhz. Since the its PCC divider range is from 1-8, the max rate
of LCDIF PCC source clock is 201.6Mhz. This limits the source clock
must from NIC1 bus clock or NIC1 clock, other sources from APLL PFDs
are higher than this max rate.
The NIC1 bus clock and NIC1 clock are from DDRCLK whose parent source
is APLL PFD0, so we must change the APLL PFD0 and have impact to DDRCLK,
NIC1 and NIC1 bus.
Eventually, this requests to set the APLL PFD0 frequency to 302.4Mhz
(25.2 * 12), with settings:
PFD0 FRAC: 32
APLL MULT: 22
APLL NUM: 2
APLL DENOM: 5
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Fancy Fang <chen.fang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Update LPDDR3 script with the changes below:
-Update the precharge command to CMD=01 at the DDR initialization phase
-remove unimplemented registers
Write data bit delay --refer to the DDR_TRIM bits in
IOMUXC1_DDR_SW_PAD_CTL_PAD_DDRn
Test:
One EVK board passes overnight stress test.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
For the current APLL setting, as we want the APLL PFD0 to meet DDR clock 320Mhz requirement.
We set MULT to 20, NUM to 4 and DENOM to 2, to get final 22 multiplier. But according to the RM,
the NUM should always be less than the DENOM. So our setting violates the rule.
Actually the ROM has already set the MULT to 22 and leave NUM/DENOM in default value. The calculated APLL PFD0 clock
is 318.9888Mhz, which also meet the DDR requirement.
To fix the issue, we remove the PLL settings in DCD to use default value from ROM, and only set the PFD0 FRAC.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
If no CONFIG_OPTEE_LOAD_ADDR is provided i.e. you are not loading OPTEE
into memory in u-boot, then just set the non-existent CONFIG option to
zero, elsewise stringify(CONFIG_OPTEE_LOAD_ADDR) will return
"CONFIG_OPTEE_LOAD_ADDR" - which looks weird in the u-boot environment.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
In the Mbed Linux OS bootflow OP-TEE runs before u-boot and provides a DTB
overlay at 0x83100000.
This overlay should subsequently be merged into the main DTB before handing
over to the kernel.
This patch defines fdtovaddr at 0x83100000.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
This commit enables CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT_OVERLAY a requirement to perform a
merge of an OPTEE provided DTB overlay into our main kernel DTB image.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
In order to switch on DTB overlay support in WaRP7 BL33 we first need to
switch on LIBFDT support. Do that now.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Reusing the loadaddr to load the boot script breaks some of the logic we
want to have around the bootscript/FIT load addresses. Making a dedicated
bootscript address allows us to differentiate the bootscript load address
from the Linux Kernel or OPTEE load address, thus ensuring that no matter
what the load sequence the bootscript and Kernel/OPTEE binary load
addresses do not conflict.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
When obtaining the bootscript from a FIT image we need to specify the name
of the bootscript as defined inside of the FIT.
This patch makes a define that appends a "bootscr" parameter to the source
command when compiling up in FIT mode on warp7.
An environment variable is supplied to enable others to use a different
name than "bootscr" as the image name of the boot script in their FIT.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
This patch switches on FIT verification of boot.scr. After this commit your
boot.scr must be in the FIT format.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
BD71837 and BD71847 is PMIC intended for powering single-core,
dual-core, and quad-core SoC’s such as NXP-i.MX 8M. BD71847
is used for example on NXP imx8mm EVK.
Add regulator driver for ROHM BD71837 and BD71847 PMICs.
BD71837 contains 8 bucks and 7 LDOS. BD71847 is reduced
version containing 6 bucks and 6 LDOs. Voltages for DVS
bucks (1-4 on BD71837, 1 and 2 on BD71847) can be adjusted
when regulators are enabled. For other bucks and LDOs we may
have over- or undershooting if voltage is adjusted when
regulator is enabled. Thus this is prevented by default.
BD718x7 has a quirk which may leave power output disabled
after reset if enable/disable state was controlled by SW.
Thus the SW control is only allowed for BD71837 bucks
3 and 4 by default. The impact of this limitation must be
evaluated board-by board and restrictions may need to be
modified. (Linux driver get's these limitations from DT and we
may want to implement same on u-Boot driver).
Signed-off-by: Matti Vaittinen <matti.vaittinen@fi.rohmeurope.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 32ce6179fb ("optee: Add lib entries for sharing OPTEE code across
ports") adds code into lib/optee but neglects to update MAINTAINERS to make
me buggable for questions and maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Suggested-by: Jens Wiklander <jens.wiklander@linaro.org>
When booting in BL33 mode i.e. with u-boot loaded by OP-TEE we get the
following print-out.
Board: WARP7 in secure mode OPTEE DRAM 0xa0000000-0xa0000000
This is incorrect the right range is 0x9e000000-0xa0000000. This patch
fixes the defines on the warp7_bl33_defconfig file to tidy up the output.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Commit c7b3a7ee53 ("optee: adjust dependencies and default values for
dram") makes the TZDRAM defines for OPTEE show up for all configs as a
side-effect. While not harmful its not what we really want.
This patch makes the following defines contingent on CONFIG_OPTEE=y
CONFIG_OPTEE_TZDRAM_BASE
CONFIG_OPTEE_TZDRAM_SIZE
Rightly, if you don't have CONFIG_OPTEE=y you don't care about the above
two defines.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Cc: Rui Miguel Silva <rui.silva@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Rui Miguel Silva <rui.silva@linaro.org>
The code responsible for setting proper values in the MUX registers
(in the mxs_pinctrl_set_state()) has been ported from Linux kernel
- SHA1: 17bb763e7eaf tag v5.1.11 from linux-stable.
As the pinctrl node in the imx28.dtsi file has gpio pins nodes as subnodes,
it was necessary to use 'dm_scan_fdt_dev()' (as a .bind method) to also
make them 'visible' by the DM's "gpio_mxs" driver.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch adds support for DM/DTS in the mxs_gpio.c driver.
Information regarding per gpio controller pin number is passed via DTS.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Those properties are U-Boot specific as the mxs gpio Linux driver (up to
version v5.1.11) is not supporting them.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The fec_mxc.c driver can be reused by i.MX28 when DM_ETH is enabled.
One only needs to add proper compatible and dependency on FEC_MXC in the
Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch copies from the Linux kernel stable (tag v5.1.11)
SHA1: 17bb763e7eaf i.MX28 related device tree files.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Since the board uses SPL_OF_CONTROL now, we don't need to
explicitly initialize the MMC driver, but we still need to
pinmux the corresponding pins. This patch removes the
initialization code and leave just the muxing behind.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
With the spl code correctly returning either MMC1 or MMC2,
this board can not boot either from internal eMMC (MMC1) or
the uSD card on the baseboard (MMC2) using the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Currently, when the spl_boot_device checks the boot device, it
will only return MMC1 when it's either sd or eMMC regardless
of whether or not it's MMC1 or MMC2. This is a problem when
booting from MMC2 if MMC isn't being manually configured like in
the DM_SPL case with SPL_OF_CONTROL.
This patch will check the register and return either MMC1 or MMC2.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Writing/updating boot image in nand device is not
straight forward in i.MX6 platform and it requires
boot control block(BCB) to be configured.
It becomes difficult to use uboot 'nand' command to
write BCB since it requires platform specific attributes
need to be taken care of.
It is even difficult to use existing msx-nand.c driver by
incorporating BCB attributes like mxs_dma_desc does
because it requires change in mtd and nand command.
So, cmd_nandbcb implemented in arch/arm/mach-imx
BCB contains two data structures, Firmware Configuration Block(FCB)
and Discovered Bad Block Table(DBBT). FCB has nand timings,
DBBT search area, page address of firmware.
On summary, nandbcb update will
- erase the entire partition
- create BCB by creating 2 FCB/DBBT block followed by
1 FW block based on partition size and erasesize.
- fill FCB/DBBT structures
- write FW/SPL on FW1
- write FCB/DBBT in first 2 blocks
for nand boot, up on reset bootrom look for FCB structure in
first block's if FCB found the nand timings are loaded for
further reads. once FCB read done, DTTB will load and finally
firmware will be loaded which is boot image.
Refer section "NAND Boot" from doc/imx/common/imx6.txt for more usage
information.
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Kubushyn <ksi@koi8.net>
Signed-off-by: Shyam Saini <shyam.saini@amarulasolutions.com>
This patch provides code to implement the CCF clock tree in sandbox. It
uses all the introduced primitives; some generic ones are reused, some
sandbox specific were developed.
In that way (after introducing the real CCF tree in sandbox) the recently
added to clk-uclass.c: clk_get_by_id() and clk_get_parent_rate() are tested
in their natural work environment.
Usage (sandbox_defconfig and sandbox_flattree_defconfig):
./u-boot --fdt arch/sandbox/dts/test.dtb --command "ut dm clk_ccf"
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The generic mux clock code for CCF requires reading the clock multiplexer
value from HW registers. As sandbox by design has readl() as no-op it was
necessary to provide this value in the other way.
The new field in the mux structure (accessible only when sandbox is run)
has been introduced for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The generic divider clock code for CCF requires reading the divider value
from HW registers. As sandbox by design has readl() as no-op it was
necessary to provide this value in the other way.
The new field in the divider structure (accessible only when sandbox is
run) has been introduced for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This patch adds the 'osc' fixed clock to facilitate the CCF testing in
the sandbox U-Boot. It is a starting point for building CCF hierarchy of
clocks.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
If the CLK_GET_RATE_NOCACHE flag is set - the clk_get_parent_rate()
provides recalculated clock value without considering the cache setting.
This may be necessary for some clocks tightly coupled with power domains
(i.e. imx8), and prevents from reading invalid cached values.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This patch brings the files from Linux kernel (linux-stable/linux-5.1.y
SHA1: 5752b50477da)to provide clocks support as it is used on the Linux
kernel with Common Clock Framework [CCF] setup.
The directory structure has been preserved. The ported code only supports
reading information from PLL, MUX, Divider, etc and enabling/disabling
the clocks USDHCx/ECSPIx depending on used bus. Moreover, it is agnostic
to the alias numbering as the information about the clock is read from the
device tree.
One needs to pay attention to the comments indicating necessary for U-Boot's
driver model changes.
If needed, the code can be extended to support the "set" part of the clock
management.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This commit adds the clk_get_by_id() function, which is responsible
for getting the udevice with matching clk->id. Such approach allows
re-usage of inherit DM list relationship for the same class (UCLASS_CLK).
As a result - we don't need any other external list - it is just enough
to look for UCLASS_CLK related udevices.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This commit adds the clk_get_parent_rate() function, which is responsible
for getting the rate of parent clock.
Unfortunately, u-boot's DM support for getting parent is different
(the parent relationship is in udevice) than the one in Common Clock
Framework [CCF] in Linux.
To alleviate this problem - the clk_get_parent_rate() function has been
introduced to clk-uclass.c.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This commit adds the clk_get_parent() function, which is responsible
for getting the parent's struct clock pointer.
U-Boot's DM support for getting parent is different (the parent
relationship is in udevice) than the one in Common Clock Framework [CCF]
in Linux. To obtain the pointer to struct clk of parent the
pdev->uclass_priv field is read via dev_get_clk_ptr() wrapper.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Up till now the fixed rate clock ('osc') has been added to UCLASS_CLK
without declaring struct clk. As a result it was only accessible by
iterating the udevice's uclass list.
This is a problem for clock code, which operates on pointers to struct
clk (like clk_get_rate()), not udevices.
After this change struct clk is accessible from udevice and udevice from
struct clk.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This commit extends the struct clk to provide information regarding the
flags related to this devices.
Those flags are clk device agnostic and indicate generic features
(like e.g. CLK_GET_RATE_NOCACHE - the need to always recalculate the rate).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This commit extends the struct clk to provide information regarding the
clock rate.
As a result the clock tree traversal is performed at most once, and further
reads are using the cached value.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This check requires the struct clk passed to .get_rate() to be always
cleared out as any clock with valid ID causes -EINVAL return value.
The return code of fixed clocks shall always be returned.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
There is no UCLASS_CLOCK uclass defined. Instead we do use the UCLASS_CLK.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This patch describes the design decisions considerations and taken approach
for porting in a separate documentation entry.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Macpaul have left Andestech for a while, and this mail address
macpaul@andestech.com can not received mail anymore.
It might encounter account creation problem in this switching
to gitlab about nds32 tree.
So change the nds32 maintainer as Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Cc: KC Lin <kclin@andestech.com>
Due changes in DT bindings, we now embed DTB from Linux-5.3 (or
higher) in OpenSBI FW_PAYLOAD along with payload u-boot.bin. This
patch updates SiFive FU540 README to reflect the changes in build
and boot steps.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <Alistair.Francis@wdc.com>
This patch extends SiFive FU540 board support to setup ethaddr
env variable based on board serialnum read from OTP.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The GEMGXL clock driver is now directly part of Cadence MACB
ethernet driver in upstream Linux kernel. There is no separate
GEMGXL clock driver in upstream Linux kernel hence we drop
GEMGXL clock driver from U-Boot as well.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The DT bindings of SiFive clock driver in upstream Linux has
changes. As-per latest DT bindings, the clock driver takes two
parent clocks and compatible string has also changed.
This patch sync-up SiFive clock driver implementation as-per
upstream Linux so that we now use latest DT bindings.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The location and license header of DT bindings header for SiFive
clock driver has changed in upstream Linux hence this patch.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Now that SiFive clock driver is merged in upstream Linux, we
sync-up WRPLL library used by SiFive clock driver with upstream
Linux sources.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To match SiFive clock driver with latest Linux, we factor-out PLL
library as separate module under drivers/clk/analogbits.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add stride computation for the sdram which support
single channel a
This configuration available in NanoPi NEO4 and the
same can work with existing rk3399-sdram-ddr3-1866.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
stride value from sdram timings can be computed dynamically
based on the determined capacity for the given channel.
Right now these stride values are taken as part of sdram timings
via dtsi, but it possible to use same timings dtsi for given
frequency even though the configured board sdram do support
single channel with different size by dynamically detect the
stride value.
Example, NanoPi NEO4 do have DDR3-1866, but with single channel
and 1GB size with dynamic stride detection it is possible to
use existing rk3399-sdram-ddr3-1866.dtsi whose stride,
number of channels and capacity it support is d efferent.
So, add initial support to calculate the stride value for
2 channels sdram, which is available by default on existing
boards.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add code to print the channel stride, this would help to
print the stride of associated channel.
Here is sample print on LPDDR4, 50MHz.
256B stride
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add code to get the channel capacity, this would help to
print the capacity of specific channel.
Here is sample print on LPDDR4, 50MHz channel 0
BW=32 Col=10 Bk=8 CS0 Row=15 CS1 Row=15 CS=2 Die BW=16 Size=2048MB
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add sdram ddr info print support, this would help to
observe the sdram base parameters.
Here is sample print on LPDDR4, 50MHz channel 0
BW=32 Col=10 Bk=8 CS0 Row=15 CS1 Row=15 CS=2 Die BW=16
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add sdram driver to handle debug across rockchip SoCs.
This would help to improve code debugging feature for
sdram drivers in rockchip family, whoever wants to
debug the driver should call these core debug code on
their respective platform sdram drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Right now sdram drivers in rockchip SoC are built based
on the SoC configs which may not be an adequate solutions
while adding common or debug driver.
So, add meaningful Kconfig options start with rk3399.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add support for pctl start for both channel 0, 1 control
and phy registers.
This would also handle pwrup_srefresh_exit init based
on the channel number.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add pwrup_srefresh_exit to be part of dram_info so-that
the it can help to support pwrup_srefresh_exit in individual
channels while starting pctl in future.
No functionality change.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add rank_mask based on the rank number, this would keep
the wdql data training loop based on the desired rank mask
value instead of looping for all values.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add rank_mask based on the rank number, this would keep
the ca data training loop based on the desired rank mask
value instead of looping for all values.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Clear the PI_175 interrupts before processing actual
data training in all relevant calls.
This would help to clear interrupt from previous training.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
data trainings calls like ca, wl, rg, rl, wdql have proper
return types with -EIO and the return type missed to handle
in data_training function.
This patch, add proper return type checks along with useful
debug statement on each data training calls.
Incidentally this would help to prevent the sdram initialization
hang for single channel dram and when the code is trying to
initialize second channel with proper return type of relevant
data training call might failed.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
- CHECK: spaces preferred around that '*'
- CHECK: spaces preferred around that '/'
- CHECK: space preferred before that '|'
- WARNING: macros should not use a trailing semicolon
- CHECK: Unnecessary parentheses around 'fbdiv <= min_fbdiv'
- CHECK: Unnecessary parentheses around 'parent->id == SCLK_MAC'
- CHECK: Unnecessary parentheses around 'parent->dev == clk->dev'
- WARNING: line over 80 characters
- CHECK: Prefer kernel type 'u8' over 'uint8_t'
- Add proper macro definitions arrangements
Note: there are still line over 80 characters and other warnings but
fixing those making code look unreadable, so I kept it as it is.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
dramtype enum numbers as common across all dram controllers
in rockchip, so move the eneum values in common header.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Move common sdram structures like sdram_cap_info, sdram_base_params
into sdram_common header, this would help to reuse the same
from another controllers like px30.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Most of the ddr parameters are common in rk3399_base_params
structure and which would reuse it in another controller like
px30 in future.
So, rename the structure from rk3399_base_params into
sdram_base_params.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Group common ddr attributes like
- rank
- col
- bk
- bw
- dbw
- row_3_4
- cs0_row
- cs1_row
- ddrconfig
into a common cap_info structure for more code readability and extend
if possible based on the new features.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rename variable name of struct rk3399_sdram_params
from sdram_params with params for more code readability.
No functionality change.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
- Add proper spaces in data training, rk3399_dmc_init, pctl_cfg
- Order include files
- Move macro after include files
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Fix checkpatch warninigs on sdram_rk3399.c like
- Avoid CamelCase
- Unnecessary parentheses
- Alignment should match open parenthesis
- multiple blank lines
- misspelled
- spaces preferred around that '>>'
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
RK3399 use sdhci for eMMC and DW MMC for SD Card, and
spl will only try to boot from SDMMC if we don't specify
other boot device for spl-boot-order. So add sdhci and sdmmc
for spl-boot-order here.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
As the Rock960 doesn't have an onboard wired ethernet interface
it's useful to have some common USB wired ethernet devices added
to enable testing.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Remove RK3399 compatible strings as this driver is no longer
used on that SoC.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Configure USB2 PHY register based on "phy_type" property and
handle all the quirks that are relevant for Rockchip RK3399 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add compatible string for RK3399 and enable it by default on
Rockchip platforms with USB3 support.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The "simple" OF glue layer for the Designware USB3 core enables
all refernced clocks. These need to be need to be implemented
otherwise the driver fails to probe. A dummy implementation
that simply returns success is sufficient since the RK3399 comes
out of reset with all clock gates open.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The inline functions net_read_u32() and net_copy_u32() have been created to
copy unaligned u32. But this is not obvious to the compiler. GCC 9.1
introduces a check -Werror=address-of-packed-member which leads to a build
error on Travis CI:
net/bootp.c: In function ‘dhcp_send_request_packet’:
net/bootp.c:1011:27: error: taking address of packed member of
‘struct bootp_hdr’ may result in an unaligned pointer value
[-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
1011 | net_copy_u32(&bp->bp_id, &bp_offer->bp_id);
Change the type of the function parameters to void * to avoid the build
error.
Reported-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
include/net.h currently has no maintainer.
Assign include/net.h to the maintainer of the NET subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The designware eth driver registers an mdio bus during probe, but if no
PHY is found, this bus is never removed although probe failes and the
driver is shown as not probed in the dm tree.
This later leads to errors when e.g. the mii or mdio commands try to
use available mdio buses because the mdio bus is still registered but
all corresponding data structures are invalid because probe failed.
Fix this by unregistering the mdio bus on probe failure (just as it is
unregistered in the .remove callback, too).
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Calling 'mdio read ...' currently leads to a data abort when no mdio
bus is found.
To fix this, check if 'bus' is a valid pointer before accessing it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Adds a test using a makeshift MDIO MUX. The test is based on the existing
MDIO test. It uses the last emulated PHY register to verify MUX selection.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Adds a short bindings document describing the expected structure of a MDIO
MUX dts node. This is based on Linux binding and the example is in fact
copied from there.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Adds a class for MDIO MUXes, which control access to a series of
downstream child MDIOs.
MDIO MUX drivers are required to implement a select function used to switch
between child buses.
MUX children are registered as MDIO buses and they can be used just like
regular MDIOs.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Added a comment on the limitations of phy_find_by_mask API when scanning
MDIO buses with multiple PHYs present. Added short descriptions to the
other APIs in phy.h for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Current code fails to probe some C45 PHYs that also respond to C22 reads.
This is the case for PHYs like Aquantia AQR112, Marvell 88X2242 (as
previously posted on the u-boot list).
If the PHY ID reads all 0s just ignore it and try the next devad.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
- Various FS/disk related fixes with security implications.
- Proper fix for the pci_ep test.
- Assorted bugfixes
- Some MediaTek updates.
- 'env erase' support.
barno was mistakely readed from the target structure,
resulting in undefined behavious depending on the previous memory
content. fix that.
Fixes: bb41333782 ("pci_ep: add pci endpoint sandbox driver")
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
[trini: Drop unused bar_idx]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Removed one of the defconfig(obsoleted) file
and unused CONFIG_MMC_SPI definition to avoid confusion
about if this board using non-DM stuff or not.
uCP1020 is completely DM free board, tested and runs well.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Zhadan <oleks@arcturusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Durrant <mdurrant@arcturusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some storage devices have multiple hw partitions and both address from
zero, for example eMMC.
However currently block cache invalidation only applies to block
write/erase.
This can cause a problem that data of current hw partition is cached
before switching to another hw partition. And the following read
operation of the latter hw partition will get wrong data when reading
from the addresses that have been cached previously.
To solve this problem, invalidate block cache after a successful
select_hwpart operation.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The timer0 node has its two clocks written in reversed order. The timer0
is used as the tick timer which causes a problem that the time a delay
function used is 4 times longer.
This patch reverses these two clocks to solve this issue.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
We don't need a full checkout of Chrome OS to build U-Boot with
Chromium OS verified boot. Update the instructions accordingly and fix a
typo which joins the output directory and defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch sets CNTVOFF of ARM CP15 timer to zero to make sure the virtual
counter is fully usable for linux kernel.
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
In ext4fs_read_file in ext4fs.c, a memset can overwrite the bounds of
the destination memory region. This patch adds a check to disallow
this.
Signed-off-by: Paul Emge <paulemge@forallsecure.com>
This patch checks for 0 in several ext4 headers and gracefully
fails instead of raising a divide-by-0 exception.
Signed-off-by: Paul Emge <paulemge@forallsecure.com>
in ext4fs_read_file, it is possible for a broken/malicious file
system to cause a memcpy of a negative number of bytes, which
overflows all memory. This patch fixes the issue by checking for
a negative length.
Signed-off-by: Paul Emge <paulemge@forallsecure.com>
ext_cache_read doesn't null cache->buf, after freeing, which results
in a later function double-freeing it. This patch fixes
ext_cache_read to call ext_cache_fini instead of free.
Signed-off-by: Paul Emge <paulemge@forallsecure.com>
part_get_info_extended and print_partition_extended can recurse infinitely
while parsing a self-referential filesystem or one with a silly number of
extended partitions. This patch adds a limit to the number of recursive
partitions.
Signed-off-by: Paul Emge <paulemge@forallsecure.com>
libvirt v.5.3.0 with QEMU 4.0.0 or above uses PCI automatically and
thus devices (network, storage, etc) are connected via PCI.
Signed-off-by: David Abdurachmanov <david.abdurachmanov@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If U-Boot is loaded and started from TF-A (you need to change
SYS_TEXT_BASE to 0x60000000), it will hang up at flash initialization.
If secure mode is off (default, or -machine virt,secure=off) at qemu,
it will provide dtb with two flash memory banks:
flash@0 {
bank-width = <0x4>;
reg = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x4000000 0x0 0x4000000 0x0 0x4000000>;
compatible = "cfi-flash";
};
If secure mode is on, on the other hand, qemu provides dtb with 1 bank:
flash@0 {
bank-width = <0x4>;
reg = <0x0 0x4000000 0x0 0x4000000>;
compatible = "cfi-flash";
};
As a result, flash_init()/flash_get_size() will eventually fail.
With this patch applied, relevant CONFIG values are modified.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Currently, CONFIG_TFABOOT is located in armv8/fsl-layerscape Kconfig,
but it will be also useful for other targets if some additional
configuration are necessary.
So move it to arch/arm/Kconfig.
Please note that CONFIG_TFABOOT still depends on
CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORT_TFABOOT and so the menu won't come up
if any target doesn't need its own customization for TF-A boot.
This will maintain the compatibility.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Cc: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Cc: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Cc: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Ma <peng.ma@nxp.com>
Cc: Yuantian Tang <andy.tang@nxp.com>
Cc: Pankit Garg <pankit.garg@nxp.com>
At the moment mkenvimage has two separate read paths: One to read from
a potential pipe, while dynamically increasing the buffer size, and a
second one using mmap(2), using the input file's size. This is
problematic for two reasons:
- The "pipe" path will be chosen if the input filename is missing or
"-". Any named, but non-regular file will use the other path, which
typically will cause mmap() to fail:
$ mkenvimage -s 256 -o out <(echo "foo=bar")
- There is no reason to have *two* ways of reading a file, since the
"pipe way" will always work, even for regular files.
Fix this (and simplify the code on the way) by always using the method
of dynamically resizing the buffer. The existing distinction between
the two cases will merely be used to use the open() syscall or not.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
It is perfectly fine for the read(2) syscall to return with less than
the requested number of bytes read (short read, see the "RETURN VALUE"
section of the man page). This typically happens with slow input
(keyboard, network) or with complex pipes.
So far mkenvimage expects the exact number of requested bytes to be
read, assuming an end-of-file condition otherwise. This wrong behaviour
can be easily shown with:
$ (echo "foo=bar"; sleep 1; echo "bar=baz") | mkenvimage -s 256 -o out -
The second line will be missing from the output.
Correct this by checking for any positive, non-zero return value.
This fixes a problem with a complex pipe in one of my scripts, where
the environment consist of two parts.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
sgdisk 0.8.10.2 from AOSP doesn't support short options, failing with
errors like this:
sgdisk: invalid option -- 'U'
Test fails due to that error. Let's use long options to make the test
work with any sgdisk version.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
this adds erase environment for mmc storage
squashed fixes:
- add CONFIG_CMD_ERASEENV
- env: erase redundant offset if defined
- changes mentioned by Simon
- fix whitespaces around errmsg
Suggested-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
this patch adds basic changes for adding a erase-subcommand to env
with this command the environment stored on non-volatile storage written
by saveenv can be cleared.
Signed-off-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
squashed fixes
- start message with "Erasing"
- mark erase-function as optional
- env: separate eraseenv from saveenv
Suggested-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
The autocompletion did not work if CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT was enabled
because U-Boot was comparing the prompt string with CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT .
While this works if CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT is disabled, this no longer
works if it's enabled because user can override the PS1 . Fix this by
checking prompt string against the current PS1 value.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Drivers need to be able to enable regulators that may be implemented as
GPIO regulators. Example: fsl_esdhc enables the vqmmc supply which is
commonly implemented as a GPIO regulator in order to switch between I/O
voltage levels.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schwermer <sven@svenschwermer.de>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
In preparation of being able to enable/disable GPIO regulators, the
code that will be shared among the two kinds to regulators is factored
out into its own source files.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schwermer <sven@svenschwermer.de>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
When a crash occurs in thumb mode the crash dump is incorrect. This is due
to the usage of a non-existing configuration variable CONFIG_ARM_THUMB in
the definition of macro thumb_mode(regs).
Use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(SYS_THUMB_BUILD) to detect that the code has been
compiled for thumb mode. Remove ARM_THUMB from config_whitelist.txt.
With the patch crash dumps indicate thumb mode correctly.
On a system with thumb mode:
=> exception unaligned
data abort
pc : [<8f7a2b52>] lr : [<8f7ab1ef>]
reloc pc : [<1780cb52>] lr : [<178151ef>]
sp : 8ed8c3f8 ip : 8f7a2b4d fp : 00000002
r10: 8f7f8228 r9 : 8ed95ea8 r8 : 8ed99488
r7 : 8f7ab141 r6 : 00000000 r5 : 8ed8c3f9 r4 : 8f7f6390
r3 : 8ed9948c r2 : 00000001 r1 : 00000000 r0 : 8f7f6390
Flags: nzCv IRQs off FIQs off Mode SVC_32 (T)
Code: 8f7e 466d f105 0501 (e9d5) 6700
The Flags line has '(T)' and in the Code line the output is in u16 groups.
On a system without thumb mode:
=> exception breakpoint
prefetch abort
pc : [<7ff5a5c8>] lr : [<7ff675ec>]
reloc pc : [<0000e5c8>] lr : [<0001b5ec>]
sp : 7ee0ad80 ip : 7ff5a5cc fp : 7ff674cc
r10: 00000002 r9 : 7ef0bed8 r8 : 7ffd6214
r7 : 7ef0e080 r6 : 00000000 r5 : 7ffd4090 r4 : 00000000
r3 : 7ef0e084 r2 : 00000001 r1 : 00000000 r0 : 7ffd4090
Flags: nzCv IRQs off FIQs off Mode SVC_32
Code: e1a0500d e2855001 e1c560d0 e3a00001 (e12fff1e)
The Flags line does not show '(T)' and in the Code line the output is in
u32 groups.
Reported-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
JOURNAL is optional for EXT4 (and EXT3) filesystems, so add support for
skipping it. This fixes corrupting EXT4 volumes without JOURNAL after
using uboot's 'ext4write' command.
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The block count entry in the EXT4 filesystem disk structures uses
standard 512-bytes units for most of the typical files. The only
exception are HUGE files, which use the filesystem block size, but those
are not supported by uboot's EXT4 implementation anyway. This patch fixes
the EXT4 code to use proper unit count for inode block count. This fixes
errors reported by fsck.ext4 on disks with non-standard (i.e. 4KiB, in
case of new flash drives) PHYSICAL block size after using 'ext4write'
uboot's command.
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Add an implementation of the ds3231 driver that uses the driver
model i2c APIs.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
There are multiple other openssl engines used by HSMs that can be used to
sign FIT images instead of forcing users to use pkcs11 type of service.
Relax engine selection so that other openssl engines can be specified and
use generic key id definition formula.
Signed-off-by: Vesa Jääskeläinen <vesa.jaaskelainen@vaisala.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This brings in a small update to our Travis-CI config file and
introduces a GitLab CI file. Currently they have the same functionality
and the plan currently is to migrate away from Travis-CI.
To better allow for parallelization of the world build job split things
into 32bit ARM (687 boards), 64bit ARM (215), PowerPC (311 boards) and
everything else (167 boards).
While the 32bit ARM job is heavier than I would like, there is not a
natural split that would reduce it in half or so without requiring the
sort of hard to maintain splits we have to do in Travis CI.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Migrate all of the logic in our current .travis.yml file to a GitLab CI
config file. Notable changes are that this will run the jobs on runners
with the "all" tag. The timeout for a job needs to be configured higher
than normal as we no longer split building the world up into a large
number of small jobs but instead perform one big build job. We make use
of stages so that we build and run all of the QEMU + test.py tests first
in order to increase the chance that any problems will be found before
starting the final big build.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
mt25qu512a is rebranded after its spinoff from STM, so it is
different only in term of extended jedec ID, initial JEDEC id
is same as that of n25q512a.In order to avoid any confussion
with respect to name new entry is added.
This flash is tested for Single I/O mode on LS1046FRWY although
it also support QUAD I/O.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This patch adds SiFive SPI driver. The driver is 100% DM driver
and it determines input clock using clk framework.
The SiFive SPI block is found on SiFive FU540 SOC and is used to
access flash and MMC devices on SiFive Unleashed board.
This driver implementation is inspired from the Linux SiFive SPI
driver available in Linux-5.2 or higher and SiFive FSBL sources.
Signed-off-by: Bhargav Shah <bhargavshah1988@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Most DM based SPI host controller drivers use SPI_XFER_BEGIN and
SPI_XFER_END flags to enable/disable slave chip select.
This patch extends MMC SPI driver to pass SPI_XFER_BEGIN flag when
MMC command is send at start and pass SPI_XFER_END flag using a
dummy transfer (of bitlen = 0) at the end of MMC command.
Suggested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Tested-by: Sagar Kadam <sagar.kadam@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
During QSPI reads, current is_controller_busy function sporadically
fails with -ETIMEDOUT due to fixed number of 5 test loops. Using
timer functions to wait 1000 us instead will fix this.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Schaefer <thomas.schaefer@kontron.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When slave drivers don't set the max_read_size, the spi-mem should directly
use data.nbytes and not limit to any size. But current logic will limit to
the max_write_size.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
In order to boot u-boot in the aspeed machine we need to run at least
qemu 3059c2f5a813 (v4.0.0-1592-g3059c2f5a813), which is not in a
released tag.
This should be changed to v4.1.0 when it is released.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Tests in test/py/tests/test_env.py like this fail without CONFIG_HUSH_PARSER:
=> => printenv test_env_0
## Error: "test_env_0" not defined
=> .=> setenv test_env_0
=> => echo $test_env_0
$test_env_0
=> F
We also want a mac address so the ethernet device works in qemu.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
The aspeed board does not have an upstream MMC driver.
As CONFIG_MMC defaults on, the board would fail to build due to the
CONFIG_DM_MMC migration:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_MMC. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_MMC before the v2019.04 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
Change the defconfig to disable MMC until a driver is submitted.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
This will allow for downloading and applying overlays from an MMC/SD
boot media based on the overlay_files ENV variable containing a list
of overlay files.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
This will allow for downloading and applying overlays from an MMC/SD
boot media based on the overlay_files ENV variable containing a list
of overlay files.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The TI AM654x EVM base board and the associated daughtercards have on-
board I2C-based EEPROMs containing board configuration data. Use the
board detection infrastructure introduced earlier to do the following:
1) Parse the AM654x EVM base board EEPROM and populate items like board
name and MAC addresses into the TI common EEPROM data structure
residing in SRAM scratch space
2) Check for presence of daughter card(s) by probing the associated
presence signals via an I2C-based GPIO expander. Then, if such a
card is found, parse the data such as additional Ethernet MAC
addresses from its on-board EEPROM and populate into U-Boot
accordingly
3) Dynamically create an U-Boot ENV variable called overlay_files
containing a list of daugherboard-specific DTB overlays based on
daughercards found.
This patch adds support for the AM654x base board ("AM6-COMPROCEVM")
as well as for the IDK ("AM6-IDKAPPEVM"), OLDI LCD ("OLDI-LCD1EVM")
PCIe/USB3.0 ("SER-PCIEUSBEVM"), 2 Lane PCIe/USB2.0 ("SER-PCIE2LEVM"),
and general purpuse ("AM6-GPAPPEVM") daughtercards.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The AM654x EVM based on the TI K3 family of SoCs has an updated board
detection EEPROM structure that contains a TLV record of dedicated MAC
addresses rather than a range of MAC addresses as it was used on earlier
platforms such as DRA7. Add a basic function that allows us setting up
Ethernet MAC addresses into the U-Boot environment based on the MAC
address record contained in the common TI EEPROM structure.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The AM654x EVM based on the TI K3 family of SoCs have an updated board
detection EEPROM structure, now comprising variable-sized TLV-type
records, containing a superset of what is already being provided on
earlier platforms such as DRA7. Add basic support for parsing the new
data structures contained on the base board into the common TI EEPROM
structure while also providing infrastructure that can be used later on
to parse data from additional EEPROMs such as the ones that are used on
daughtercards for this platform.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The board detection scheme employed on various TI EVMs makes use of
SRAM scratch space to share data read from an on-board EEPROM between
the different bootloading stages. Map the associated definition that's
used to locate this data into the SRAM scratch space we use on AM654x.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The malloc pool used before relocation is getting tight leading to
out of memory errors doing certain DM-related calls. Since we are
running the A53 SPL out of DDR let's just go ahead and bump its size
as used in U-Boot proper as well as SPL (via Kconfig default value)
from 8KB to 32KB.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
The malloc pool used before relocation is getting tight leading to
out of memory errors doing certain DM-related calls. Since we are
running the A53 SPL out of DDR let's just go ahead and bump its size
as used in U-Boot proper as well as SPL (via Kconfig default value)
from 8KB to 32KB.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Enable GPIO driver for PCA953X-compatible I2C-based I/O expander
which includes support for the TCA9554/PCA9554-type expander found
on the AM654 EVM base board.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Enable GPIO driver for PCA953X-compatible I2C-based I/O expander
which includes support for the TCA9554/PCA9554-type expander found
on the AM654 EVM base board.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The AM654 base board has a TCA9554/PCA9554-type GPIO expander on the
wkup_i2c0 bus at address 0x38 that is used to detect the presence of
daughter cards. Add a respective DTS description of this expander
to enable its use.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Enable I2C via driver model as well as the associated set of U-Boot
commands to allow us interacting with various I2C slave devices.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Enable I2C via driver model as well as the associated set of U-Boot
commands to allow us interacting with various I2C slave devices.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
To enable the use of an EEPROM-based board detection scheme we need to
be able to access the I2C bus associated with the EEPROMs across all
3 stages of U-Boot: R5 SPL, A53 SPL, and A53 U-Boot (proper). So go
ahead and add/update the wkup_i2c0 peripheral module DTS definitions
and its associated pinmux node accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Only U-Boot specifc DT properties or overrides, must be in -u-boot.dtsi.
Pinctrl nodes does not belong here. Now that pinctrl nodes are in kernel
DT, there is no reason to be keep these in -u-boot.dtsi. Move them to
proper places so that it would ease copying DT entries from kernel DT.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
There is no need for to include this header here, so drop it.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
K3 devices have I2C IP that is same as OMAP2+ family. Allow driver to be
compiled for ARCH_K3.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Add instructions for flashing boot images to the eMMC with a
layout of the address where each image needs to be flashed.
Also add instructions to flash filesystem partition in user
partition and boot kernel from the rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Enable all the relevant configs that enables support for loading
sysfw via MMC.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the System Firmware (SYSFW) loader framework to load and start
the SYSFW as part of the AM654 early initialization sequence. While
at it also initialize the WKUP_UART0 pinmux as it is used by SYSFW
to print diagnostic messages.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Switch to using the full malloc scheme in post-relocation SPL to allow
better utilization of available memory for example by allowing memory
to get freed. Initially allocate a 16MB-sized region in DDR starting
at address 0x84000000 for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
In order to be able to use more advanced driver functionality which often
relies on having BSS initialized during early boot prior to relocation
several things need to be in place:
1) Memory needs to be available for BSS to use. For this, we locate BSS
at the top of the MCU SRAM area, with the stack starting right below
it,
2) We need to move the initialization of BSS prior to entering
board_init_f(). We will do this with a separate commit by turning on
the respective CONFIG option.
In this commit we also clean up the assignment of the initial SP address
as part of the refactoring, taking into account the pre-decrement post-
increment nature in which the SP is used on ARM.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Introduce a framework that allows loading the System Firmware (SYSFW)
binary as well as the associated configuration data from an image tree
blob named "sysfw.itb" from an FS-based MMC boot media or from an MMC
RAW mode partition or sector.
To simplify the handling of and loading from the different boot media
we tap into the existing U-Boot SPL framework usually used for loading
U-Boot by building on an earlier commit that exposes some of that
functionality.
Note that this initial implementation only supports FS and RAW-based
eMMC/SD card boot.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The current U-Boot SPL image loader infrastructure is very powerful,
able to initialize and load from a variety of boot media however it
is strongly geared towards loading specific types of images in a very
specific way. To address the need being able to use this infrastructure
to load arbitrary image files go ahead and refactor it as follows:
- Refactor existing spl_mmc_load_image function into superset function,
accepting additional arguments such as filenames and media load offset
(same concept can also be applied toother spl_XXX_load_image functions)
- Extend the loader function to "remember" their peripheral initialization
status so that the init is only done once during the boot process,
- Extend the FIT image loading function to allow skipping the parsing/
processing of the FIT contents (so that this can be done separately
in a more customized fashion)
- Populate the SPL_LOAD_IMAGE_METHOD() list with a trampoline function,
invoking the newly refactored superset functions in a way to maintain
compatibility with the existing behavior
This refactoring initially covers MMC/SD card loading (RAW and FS-based).
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow
setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing
so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without
having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure.
To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS
to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(),
if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using
CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory
actually available prior to board_init_f().
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
We would like to use the driver even without power domains being
specified for cases such as during early boot when the required power
domains have already gotten enabled by the SoC's boot ROM and such
explicit initialization is not needed and possible.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add Support for creating a GPT partition for the filesystem in eMMC.
The filesystem is created in the user partition (partition 0).
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Add a platform specific set_control_reg() callback to help switch to
UHS speed modes.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The HOST_CONTROL2 register is a part of SDHC v3.00 and not just specific
to arasan/zynq controllers. Add the same to sdhci.h.
Also create a common API to set UHS timings in HOST_CONTROL2.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support in the driver for handling phy specific registers.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With changes in the driver requiring phy related properties,
add the same for the SD card node to prevent breaking boot with
the driver update.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The am654_sdhci driver needs to switch the clock off
before disabling its phy dll and needs to re-enable
the clock before enabling the phy again.
Therefore, make the sdhci_set_clock() function accessible
in the am654_sdhci driver.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add Support for masking some bits in the capabilities
register of a host controller.
Also remove the redundant readl() into caps1.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In device nodes with more than one entry in the reg property,
it is sometimes useful to regmap only of the entries. Add an
API regmap_init_mem_index() to facilitate this.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The host controller works perfectly well without having to add any
quirks. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Sync the sdhci0 node from kernel. This changes the compatible that is
required to be there in the driver. Change the same for the SD card node
which is not yet supported in kernel. This also syncs the main_pmx0 node
as a side effect.
Also change the name of the driver to match the compatible in kernel.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The device path structure is packed. So no assumption on the alignment is
possible. Copy the file name in efi_file_from_path() to assure there is no
unaligned access.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In packed structures GUIDs are not aligned. Avoid a build error with
GCC 9.1 by using const void * as argument for guidcmp().
Reported-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When building with GCC 9.1 an error occurs:
disk/part_efi.c: In function ‘gpt_verify_partitions’:
disk/part_efi.c:737:49: error: taking address of packed member of
‘struct _gpt_entry’ may result in an unaligned pointer value
[-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
737 | gpt_convert_efi_name_to_char(efi_str, gpt_e[i].partition_name,
| ~~~~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
make[1]: *** [scripts/Makefile.build:279: disk/part_efi.o] Error 1
make: *** [Makefile:1594: disk] Error 2
Adjust gpt_convert_efi_name_to_char() to accept unaligned strings.
Reported-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Change comment for struct efi_pool_allocation to match Sphinx style.
Describe all structure fields.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add missing parameter descriptions.
Remove an invalid link.
Correct the formatting of a function comment.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
scripts/kernel-doc pointed out some errors in the function comments in
efi_boottime.c.
Add missing and remove superfluous parameter descriptions.
Escape * in a function description.
Add empty lines for readability.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We currently have some inconsistent use of efi_add_memory_map()
throughout the code. In particular the return value of efi_add_memory_map()
is not interpreted the same way by various users in the codebase.
This patch does the following:
- Changes efi_add_memory_map() to return efi_status_t.
- Adds a method description to efi_add_memory_map().
- Changes efi_add_memory_map() to return EFI_SUCCESS
- Returns non-zero for error in efi_add_memory_map()
- Updates efi_allocate_pages() to new efi_add_memory_map()
- Updates efi_free_pages() to new efi_add_memory_map()
- Updates efi_carve_out_dt_rsv() to new efi_add_memory_map()
- Updates efi_add_runtime_mmio() to new efi_add_memory_map()
Fixes: 5d00995c36 ("efi_loader: Implement memory allocation and map")
Fixes: 74c16acce3 ("efi_loader: Don't allocate from memory holes")
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <pure.logic@nexus-software.ie>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Provide a unit test for SetVirtualAddressMap() and ConvertPointer().
As ConvertPointer() is not implemented yet this will spit out some
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Implement the EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE event.
This requires allocating the event and the event list from runtime data.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
efi_set_virtual_address_map_runtime() must be of type __efi_runtime.
Fixes: ee8ebaaaae ("efi_loader: split off detaching SetVirtualAddress()")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Boot services are not available after calling ExitBootServices(). So we
should not try to close an event here.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
We should use predefined constants instead of magic numbers.
Move some constant definitions from include/pe.h to
include/asm-generic/pe.h.
Use these constants in crt0_*_efi.S.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_APPLICATION is already defined in
include/asm-generic/pe.h which is included in include/pe.h. We should
not define it twice.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
So far USB was not enabled for the Allwinner H6 boards, as the PHY
driver was not ready and the clock gates were missing. Since this is now
fixed, let's add the PHY and the OHCI/EHCI drivers to the build, for
all existing H6 boards.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com> # Pine-H64
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The USB PHY used in the Allwinner H6 SoC has some pecularities (as usual),
which require a small addition to the USB PHY driver:
In this case the second PHY is PHY3, not PHY1, so we need to skip number
1 and 2 in the code. Just use the respective code from Linux for that.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com> # Pine-H64
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
To enable USB support in U-Boot, add the required clock and reset gates
to the H6 clock driver. Once enabled, the generic EHCI/OCHI drivers will
pick them up from there automatically.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com> # Pine-H64
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The Allwinner H6 pin controller is not really special, at least not when
it comes to normal GPIO operation.
Add the H6 compatible strings to the list of recognised strings, to make
GPIOs work for H6 boards.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com> # Pine-H64
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Probably for no particular reason SUNXI_GPIO was still defined the "old
way", in header files only.
Introduce SUNXI_GPIO to the Kconfig file in drivers/gpio to remove
another line from our dreadful config_whitelist.txt.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com> # Pine-H64
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add some basic line delay values to be used with DDR3 DRAM chips on
some H6 TV boxes.
Taken from a register dump after boot0 initialised the DRAM.
Put them as the default delay values for DDR3 DRAM until we know better.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add a routine to program the timing parameters for DDR3-1333 DRAM chips
connected to the H6 DRAM controller.
The values were gathered from doing back-calculations from a register
dump, trying to match them up with the official JEDEC DDDR3 spec.
If in doubt, the register dump values were taken for now, but the JEDEC
recommendation were added as a comment.
Many thanks to Jernej for contributing fixes!
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
At the moment the H6 DRAM driver only supports LPDDR3 DRAM.
Extend the driver to cover DDR3 DRAM as well.
The changes are partly motivated by looking at the ZynqMP register
documentation, partly by looking at register dumps after boot0/libdram
has initialised the controller.
Many thanks to Jernej for contributing some fixes!
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Currently the H6 DRAM driver only supports one kind of LPDDR3 DRAM.
Split the timing parameters for this LPDDR3 configuration into a
separate file, to allow selecting an alternative later at compile time
(as the sunxi-dw driver does).
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The DRAM controller manual suggests to first program the PHY
initialisation parameters to the PHY_PIR register, and then set bit 0 to
trigger the initialisation. This is also used in boot0.
Follow this recommendation by setting bit 0 in a separate step.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Using memcpy() is, however tempting, not a good idea: It depends on the
specific implementation of memcpy, also lacks barriers. In this
particular case the first registers were written using 64-bit writes,
and the last register using four separate single-byte writes.
Replace the memcpy with a proper loop using the writel() accessor.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Macb can be used with Xilinx PCS/PMA PHY in fpga which is a 1000-baseX
phy(lpa 0x41e0). This patch adds checks for LPA_1000XFULL and
LPA_1000XHALF bits.
Signed-off-by: Radu Pirea <radu_nicolae.pirea@upb.ro>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
If macb is gem and is gigabit capable, lpa value is not read from
the right register(MII_LPA) and is read from MII_STAT1000. This patch
fixes reading of the lpa value.
Signed-off-by: Radu Pirea <radu_nicolae.pirea@upb.ro>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Add new driver for the TI AM65x SoC Gigabit Ethernet Switch subsystem (CPSW
NUSS). It has two ports and provides Ethernet packet communication for the
device and can be configured as an Ethernet switch. CPSW NUSS features: the
Reduced Gigabit Media Independent Interface (RGMII), Reduced Media
Independent Interface (RMII), and the Management Data Input/Output (MDIO)
interface for physical layer device (PHY) management. The TI AM65x SoC has
integrated two-port Gigabit Ethernet Switch subsystem into device MCU
domain named MCU_CPSW0. One Ethernet port (port 1) with selectable RGMII
and RMII interfaces and an internal Communications Port Programming
Interface (CPPI) port (Host port 0).
Host Port 0 CPPI Packet Streaming Interface interface supports 8 TX
channels and on RX channels operating by TI am654 NAVSS Unified DMA
Peripheral Root Complex (UDMA-P) controller.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Use phys_addr_t for mdio_base address to avoid build
warnings on arm64 and dra7. Cast it to uintprt_t before
assigning to regs.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This patch is to use block layer to read from mmc in cortina
Signed-off-by: Yinbo Zhu <yinbo.zhu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Because all MSCC SoC use the same MDIO bus, put the implementation in
one common file(mscc_miim) and make all the other MSCC network drivers to
use these functions.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Adds UCLASS_MDIO DM class supporting MDIO buses that are probed as
stand-alone devices. Useful in particular for systems that support
DM_ETH and have a stand-alone MDIO hardware block shared by multiple
Ethernet interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
When serdes configuration was written in hardware there was a delay
of 100ms to be sure that configuration was written. But the delay is not
needed because already the function serdes_write it is checking that the
operation finished.
Therefore remove the mdelay. This improves the speed of configuring the
network driver.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The code block reading the DT property for the clock output control was
before the phy's DT node pointer was set, so it could never work. Move
it after the node pointer is set.
Also store the unsigned 32-bit property into an unsigned value, not a
signed value, as the former will cause a problem if value overflows.
For instance, if one were to add 0xffffffff as a code to mean the clock
output should be turned off.
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Janine Hagemann <j.hagemann@phytec.de>
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
When not using DM_ETH, these PHY settings are programmed with default
values hardcoded into the driver. When using DM_ETH, they should come
from the device tree. However, if the device tree does not have the
properties, the driver will silent use -1. Which is entirely out of
range, programs nonsense into the PHY's registers, and does not work.
Change this to use the same defaults as non-DM_ETH if the device tree is
lacking the properties.
As an alternative, the kernel driver for the phy will display an error
message and fail if the device tree is lacking.
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Janine Hagemann <j.hagemann@phytec.de>
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
These are standard across gigabit phys. These mostly extend the
auto-negotiation information with gigabit fields.
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Share the code that prints out a register field with the function that
prints out the "special" fields.
There were two arrays the register dump list, one with reg number and
name, another with a pointer to the field table and the table size.
These two arrays had have each entry match what register is referred to.
Combine them into just one table. Now they can't not match and there is
just one table.
Add some missing consts to pointers to string literals.
The dump code was ignoring the regno field in the description table and
assuming register 0 was at index 0, etc. Have it use the field.
Change reg > max+1 into reg >= max, which doesn't fail if max+1 could
overflow, besides just making more sense.
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
- mmc spi driver model support
- drop mmc_spi command
- enhanced Strobe mmc HS400 support
- minor mmc bug/fixes and optimization
- omap hsmmc and mvbeu update
- sdhci card detect support
The Beelink X2 is an STB based on the Allwinner H3 SoC with a uSD slot,
2 USB ports( 1 * USB-2 Host, 1 USB OTG), a 10/100M ethernet port using the
SoC's integrated PHY, Wifi via an sdio wifi chip, HDMI, an IR receiver, a
dual colour LED and an optical S/PDIF connector.
Linux commit details about the sun8i-h3-beelink-x2.dts sync:
"ARM: dts: sun8i: h3: Add ethernet0 alias to Beelink X2"
(sha1: cc4bddade114b696ab27c1a77cfc7040151306da)
Signed-off-by: Marcus Cooper <codekipper@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The choice of the SPL_TEXT_BASE is not really a decision that should be
specified by each board's defconfig, as this setting is actually
dictated by the SoC's memory map and the BootROM behaviour.
To make this obvious and reduce the clutter in the defconfig files,
let's specify the SoC constraints in the Kconfig stanza.
This allows us to remove these lines from the defconfig files again.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Flash system partition with fastboot will earse the partition firstly
The 600ms timeout will fail on some SD Card. Enlarge it to 5s to make
it works for most of sdcard
Cc: guoyin.chen <guoyin.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Implement set_enhanced_strobe hook for fsl_esdhc_imx,
,in esdhc_set_timing and esdhc_change_pinstate, also handle HS400_ES.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
eMMC 5.1+ supports HS400 Enhances Strobe mode without the need for
tuning procedure.
The flow is as following:
- set HS_TIMIMG (Highspeed)
- Host change freq to <= 52Mhz
- set the bus width to Enhanced strobe and DDR8Bit(CMD6),
EXT_CSD[183] = 0x86 instead of 0x80
- set HS_TIMING to 0x3 (HS400)
- Host change freq to <= 200Mhz
- Host select HS400 enhanced strobe complete
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Should use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED not IS_ENABLED for clock and regulator drivers,
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED will check the CONFIG_SPL_CLK and CONFIG_SPL_DM_REGULATOR
when building SPL.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The mmc_spi command was added to manually setup MMC over SPI bus
using command. This was required by the legacy non-DM MMC_SPI driver.
With DM based MMC_SPI driver in-place, we can now use all general
storge commands and mmc command for MMC over SPI bus hence we remove
the mmc_spi command all it's references.
Suggested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The MMC mode and width are fixed for MMC SPI host hence we skip
sd_select_mode_and_width() and mmc_select_mode_and_width() for
MMC SPI host.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Accessing the boot partition had been error prone with HS200 and HS400 and
was disabled. The driver first switched to a lesser mode and then switched
the partition access. It was mostly due to a bad handling of the switch and
has been fixed, so let's remove this 'feature'
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
The switch operation can sometimes make the bus unreliable, in that case
the send_status parameter should be false to indicate not to poll using
CMD13. If polling on dat0 is possible, we should use it to detect the end
of the operation.
At the end of the operation it is safe to use CMD13 to get the status of
the card. It is important to do so because the operation may have failed.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
The e-MMC spec allows the e-MMC to specify a timeout for the partition
switch command. It can take up to 2550 ms. There is no lower limit to this
value in the spec, but do as the the linux driver does and force it to be
at least 300ms.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Starting with rev 4.5, the eMMC can define a generic timeout for the
SWITCH command.
Following Linux Kernel code, the timeout also changed from 1000 -> 500
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Using the DAT0 line as a rdy/busy line is an alternative to reading the
status register of the card. It especially useful in situation where the
bus is not in a good shape, like when modes are switched.
This is also how the linux driver behaves.
Note of warning: As per the specification, while polling on DAT0 the CLK
must not turned off: "[...] Without a clock edge the Device (unless
previously disconnected by a deselect command (CMD7)) will force the DAT0
line down, forever. [...]"
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
mmc_send_status() is currently used to poll the card until it is ready, not
actually returning the status of the card.
Make it return the status and add another function to poll the card.
Also remove the 'extern' declaration in the mmc-private.h header to comply
with the coding standard.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
This reverts commit 318a7a576b.
The last and only user of this callback had been the omap_hsmmc driver.
It is not used anymore. Removing the callback.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
This is not required. The MMC core sends CMD0 right after the
initialization and it serves the same purpose.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
It sometimes happen that the PSTATE register does not indicate that the
bus is ready when it really is. This usually happens after a mode switch.
In that case it makes sense to reset the FSM handling the CMD and DATA
Also reset the FSMs if the STATE register cannot be cleared. This also
sometimes happens after a mode switch.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
This patch reads card detect properties from device tree &
added mmc capability macros in mmc.h.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Removed MMC_CAP_NONREMOVABLE, MMC_CAP_NEEDS_POLL macros from
mvebu_mmc.h to avoid redefining of these macros when compiled with
mvebu based configs.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
- syscon: add support for power off
- stm32mp1: add op-tee config
- stm32mp1: add specific commands: stboard and stm32key
- add stm32 mailbox driver
- solve many stm32 warnings when building with W=1
- update stm32 gpio driver
Since we have limited resources in SPL, it is the best interest
to keep the SPL as small as possible and that includes the DTB.
There are a few items in the device tree that can be removed,
because these boards don't use them.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
add gpio-hog support. GPIO hogging is a mechanism
providing automatic GPIO request and configuration
as part of the gpio-controller's driver probe function.
for more infos see:
doc/device-tree-bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com> (zcu102)
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
The MMC card-detect pin was incorrectly defined which was fixed.
This patch resync's the dts and removes the u-boot specific fix.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
With a recent update to the pinctrl-single driver and the fact
that the da850evm has both DM and OF_CONTROL working in both SPL
and U-Boot, some of the manual pinmuxing can be setup to only
be activated when either the driver doesn't have DM for it, or
when CONFIG_PINMUX isn't available (only during SPL). If the
code ever shrinks enough to support PINCTRL in SPL, a lot of this
can go away. This also remove some manual pinmuxing not needed
by SPL to give SPL a little more breathing room.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The TI Davinci (da850/l138/am1808) use pinctrl-single,bits for
pinmuxing peripherals. This patch allosw the pinctrl-single
driver to parse the pinctrl-single,bits options and correctly
setup devices.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The USE_TINY_PRINTF symbol only changes things within SPL and TPL
builds, so make it depend on that support. Next, make it default as
within these cases we should rarely have need of more advanced print
formats outside of the debug context.
To do this, in a few cases we need to correct our Kconfig dependencies
as we had cases of non-SPL targets select'ing this symbol. Finally, in
the case of a few boards we really do need the full printf
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add SPL_DM_REGULATOR configs for palmas/lp873x/lp87565. These were missing
and the Makefile already assumes them to be defined. Add the corresponding
SPL config options. This enables the regulator support in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Add SPL_PMIC configs for palmas/lp873x/lp87565. These were missing
and the Makefile already assumes them to be defined. Add the corresponding
SPL config options. This enables the pmics in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
This converts LEGO MINDSTORMS EV3 to the driver model. MMC, SERIAL, SPI
and SPI_FLASH are converted.
The device tree contains only the minimal nodes required by U-Boot
since the size of U-Boot is limited to 256K on this device.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <david@lechnology.com>
This commit addresses the following warning, when _NOT_ USB_MUSB_HOST:
[...]
CC drivers/usb/gadget/f_mass_storage.o
CC drivers/usb/musb-new/omap2430.o
CC drivers/usb/gadget/f_fastboot.o
CC env/common.o
CC env/env.o
/src/etinker/software/u-boot-master/drivers/usb/musb-new/omap2430.c: In function ‘omap2430_musb_probe’:
/src/etinker/software/u-boot-master/drivers/usb/musb-new/omap2430.c:239:6: warning: assignment to ‘int’ from ‘struct musb *’ makes integer from pointer without a cast [-Wint-conversion]
ret = musb_register(&platdata->plat,
^
LD drivers/usb/host/built-in.o
CC drivers/usb/gadget/f_sdp.o
CC fs/ext4/ext4fs.o
[...]
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
This addresses the following warning message:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_USB. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_USB before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
As USB support for older OMAP3 SoC's improves, OMAP3 EVM can be
readily adapted. There is some additional 'gpio-hog' support
needed to fully setup USB in a similar manner to Linux.
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
add m41t11 support in ds1307 driver. changes:
- add compatible string for m41t11
- check if RTC clock is running, if not
enable the clock
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
When MMC_TINY is enabled, support for only one MMC device
is provided. Boards that register more than one device,
will just write over mmc_static keeping only the last one
registered.
This commit prevents this, keeping only the first MMC
device created. A debug warning message is added, if nothing
else, as a hint/documentation for developers.
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel@collabora.com>
The SPL_MMC_TINY implements feature-reduced MMC support
on SPL, and as such, it's more consistent and convenient
to find it as part of the SPL configuration.
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel@collabora.com>
Add sub-command 'env info' to display environment information:
- env_valid : is environment valid
- env_ready : is environment imported into hash table
- env_use_default : is default environment using
This command can be optionally used for evaluation in scripts:
[-d] : evaluate whether default environment is used
[-p] : evaluate whether environment can be persisted
The result of multiple evaluations will be combined with AND.
Signed-off-by: Leo Ruan <tingquan.ruan@cn.bosch.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Jonas <mark.jonas@de.bosch.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Do not enable by default]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
`if (!strncmp(dev->name, name, strlen(name)))` might find out
the wrong device, it might find out `dram_pll_ref_sel`, when name is
`dram_pll`. So use strcmp to avoid such issue.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
As compatible string "st,stm32-gpio" is no more used, .ofmatch
callback becomes useless, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Since pinctrl_stm32 driver update, each gpio bank is now binded
by pinctrl driver. The compatible string "st,stm32-gpio" becomes
useless, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Update .bind callback in order to bind all pinctrl subnodes
with "gpio-controller" property to gpio_stm32 driver.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
As this driver is used on stm32f4/f7/h7 and stm32mp1
SoCs, rename it with a more generic name.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c: In function 'stm32_spi_write_txfifo':
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c:116:20: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (priv->tx_len >= sizeof(u32) &&
^~
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c:122:27: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
} else if (priv->tx_len >= sizeof(u16) &&
^~
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c: In function 'stm32_spi_read_rxfifo':
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c:150:21: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
(priv->rx_len >= sizeof(u32) || (sr & SPI_SR_RXWNE))) {
^~
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c:156:21: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
(priv->rx_len >= sizeof(u16) ||
^~
drivers/core/simple-bus.c:15:12: warning: no previous prototype for 'simple_bus_translate' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
fdt_addr_t simple_bus_translate(struct udevice *dev, fdt_addr_t addr)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c: In function 'stm32_spi_set_speed':
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c:335:10: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
div > STM32_MBR_DIV_MAX)
^
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c:344:19: warning: comparison of unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Wtype-limits]
if ((mbrdiv - 1) < 0)
^
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c: In function 'stm32_spi_probe':
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c:531:16: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(priv->cs_gpios); i++) {
^
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
cmd/pinmux.c: In function 'do_dev':
cmd/pinmux.c:26:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
if (ret) {
^
cmd/pinmux.c:30:2: note: here
case 1:
^~~~
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves warnings detected by setting W=1 when building.
Warnings type detected:
- [-Wtype-limits]
- [-Wsign-compare]
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves warnings detected by setting W=1 when building.
Warnings type detected:
- [-Wsign-compare]
- [-Wtype-limits]
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
warning: comparison of unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Wtype-limits]
if (*idx < 0)
^
drivers/pinctrl/pinctrl_stm32.c: At top level:
warning: no previous prototype for 'stm32_pinctrl_probe' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
int stm32_pinctrl_probe(struct udevice *dev)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Patrice CHOTARD <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/ram/stm32mp1/stm32mp1_ram.c: In function 'stm32mp1_ddr_clk_enable':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
for (idx = 0; idx < ARRAY_SIZE(clkname); idx++) {
^
drivers/ram/stm32mp1/stm32mp1_ram.c: In function 'stm32mp1_ddr_setup':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
for (idx = 0; idx < ARRAY_SIZE(param); idx++) {
^
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
warning: no previous prototype for 'fuse_read' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
int fuse_read(u32 bank, u32 word, u32 *val)
^~~~~~~~~
CC cmd/sf.o
warning: no previous prototype for 'fuse_prog' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
int fuse_prog(u32 bank, u32 word, u32 val)
^~~~~~~~~
warning: no previous prototype for 'fuse_sense' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
int fuse_sense(u32 bank, u32 word, u32 *val)
^~~~~~~~~~
warning: no previous prototype for 'fuse_override' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
int fuse_override(u32 bank, u32 word, u32 val)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/power/regulator/stm32-vrefbuf.c: In function 'stm32_vrefbuf_set_value':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (uV == stm32_vrefbuf_voltages[i]) {
^~
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/clk/clk_stm32mp1.c: In function 'stm32mp1_clk_get_parent':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(stm32mp1_clks); i++)
^
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/i2c/stm32f7_i2c.c: In function 'stm32_i2c_compute_solutions':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (scldel < scldel_min)
^
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (((sdadel >= sdadel_min) &&
^~
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
(sdadel <= sdadel_max)) &&
^~
drivers/i2c/stm32f7_i2c.c: In function 'stm32_i2c_choose_solution':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (clk_error < clk_error_prev) {
^
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/gpio/stm32_gpio.c: In function 'stm32_offset_to_index':
: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (idx == offset)
^~
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/adc/stm32-adc-core.c: In function 'stm32h7_adc_clk_sel':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(stm32h7_adc_ckmodes_spec); i++) {
^
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(stm32h7_adc_ckmodes_spec); i++) {
^
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/adc/stm32-adc.c: In function 'stm32_adc_chan_of_init':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (num_channels > adc->cfg->max_channels) {
^
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
arch/arm/mach-stm32mp/bsec.c: In function 'stm32mp_bsec_read':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (offset >= STM32_BSEC_OTP_OFFSET) {
^~
arch/arm/mach-stm32mp/bsec.c: In function 'stm32mp_bsec_write':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (offset >= STM32_BSEC_OTP_OFFSET) {
^~
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves warnings detected by setting W=1 when building.
Warnings type detected:
- [-Wmissing-prototypes]
- [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/serial/serial_stm32.c: In function 'stm32_serial_probe':
warning: comparison of unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Wtype-limits]
if (plat->clock_rate < 0) {
^
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
warning: no previous prototype for 'board_quiesce_devices' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
void board_quiesce_devices(void)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
arch/arm/mach-stm32mp/cpu.c:378:16: warning: comparison between signed
and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (instance > ARRAY_SIZE(serial_addr))
^
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add support of Trusted boot chain with OP-TEE
- reserved 32MB at the end of the DDR for OP-TEE
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Change config not directly linked to CONFIG_DISTRO_DEFAULTS.
Allow to deactivate CONFIG_SYS_MTDPARTS_RUNTIME when
CONFIG_MTDPARTS_DEFAULT is defined in defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Adds support for SYSRESET_POWER_OFF = PMIC power off used by command
power off and introduced by commit 751fed426f ("sysreset: Add a way
to find the last reset").
The driver use SYSRESET_POWER for the PMIC-level power cycle, with restart.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Synchronize device tree with v5.2-rc4 label and
update the associated u-boot dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Tested-by: Pierre-Jean Texier <pjtexier@koncepto.io>
Prevent USB enumeration and avoid unnecessary delay in bootcmd_pxe
as Ethernet device is not attached to USB.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
For boot from flash, check presence of default environment to force
save env.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Tested-by: Pierre-Jean Texier <pjtexier@koncepto.io>
U-Boot should disable nodes in device tree if needed according
ETZPC status in ft_system_setup().
ETZPC itself use an array on addresses to do the match between the status
bits and the node.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Gaignard <benjamin.gaignard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add "st,package" entry. Possibles values are:
-STM32MP_PKG_AA for LFBGA448 (18*18) package
-STM32MP_PKG_AB for LFBGA354 (16*16) package
-STM32MP_PKG_AC for TFBGA361 (12*12) package
-STM32MP_PKG_AD for TFBGA257 (10*10) package
see Linux commit 966d9b928f626a54a0c27c0fdae1e3dfe9bab416
for v5.2-rc1
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
U-Boot activates regulators by reading the "regulator-boot-on"
property in DT; it is requested by M4 early Boot feature.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Deactivate WATCHDOG by default in u-boot to avoid issue to boot kernel
and rootfs without the needed daemon to reload it.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Tested-by: Pierre-Jean Texier <pjtexier@koncepto.io>
The new type sysreset 'POWER_OFF', introduced by
commit 751fed426f ("sysreset: Add a way to find the last reset")
is only supported for "syscon-poweroff" compatible.
For details see Linux binding:
./Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-poweroff.txt
This patch removes the support of POWER_OFF for "syscon-reboot"
and keeps only the COLD reset (for command reset support)
and it introduces the compatible "syscon-poweroff"
for the POWER_OFF case.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
- Sandbox improvements including .dts refactor
- Minor tracing and PCI improvements
- Various other minor fixes
- Conversion of patman, dtoc and binman to support Python 3
- SPL SATA enhancements to allow booting from RAW SATA device
needed for Clearfog (Baruch)
- Enable SATA booting on Clearfog (Baruch)
- Misc changes to Turris Omnia (Marek)
- Enable CMD_BOOTZ and increase SYS_BOOTM_LEN on crs305-1g-4s
(Luka)
- Enable FIT support for db-xc3-24g4xg (Chris)
- Enable DM_SPI on Keymile Kirkwood board with necessary changes
for this (Pascal)
- Set 38x and 39x AVS on lower frequency (Baruch)
UniPhier SoC updates for v2019.10
- import DT updates from Linux
- add UniPhier SPI controller driver
- make U-Boot image for 64bit SoCs position independent
- tidy up various init code for next generation SoCs
- misc cleanups
The board_early_init_f() inits clock before initing pinmux. However,
the clock configuration code might need to adjust PMIC settings of a
PMIC on I2C bus (e.g. board/ti/am335x/board.c does that). If the I2C
bus pin muxing is not configured before attempting to communicate
with the PMIC, the communication will silently fail and the prcm_init()
may configure fast enough CPU clock that the default voltage provided
by the PMIC would be insufficient and the platform would become
unstable.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Rename:
- doc/{README.avb2 => android/avb2.txt}
- doc/{README.android-fastboot => android/fastboot.txt}
Add a new file documenting the 'bcb' command:
- doc/android/bcb.txt
The new directory structure has been reviewed by Simon in
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1101107/#2176031 .
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
'Bootloader Control Block' (BCB) is a well established term/acronym in
the Android namespace which refers to a location in a dedicated raw
(i.e. FS-unaware) flash (e.g. eMMC) partition, usually called "misc",
which is used as media for exchanging messages between Android userspace
(particularly recovery [1]) and an Android-capable bootloader.
On higher level, this allows implementing a subset of Android Bootloader
Requirements [2], amongst which is the Android-specific bootloader
flow [3]. Regardless how the latter is implemented in U-Boot ([3] being
the most memorable example), reading/writing/dumping the BCB fields in
the development process from inside the U-Boot is a convenient feature.
Hence, make it available to the users.
Some usage examples of the new command recorded on R-Car H3ULCB-KF
('>>>' is an overlay on top of the original console output):
=> bcb
bcb - Load/set/clear/test/dump/store Android BCB fields
Usage:
bcb load <dev> <part> - load BCB from mmc <dev>:<part>
bcb set <field> <val> - set BCB <field> to <val>
bcb clear [<field>] - clear BCB <field> or all fields
bcb test <field> <op> <val> - test BCB <field> against <val>
bcb dump <field> - dump BCB <field>
bcb store - store BCB back to mmc
Legend:
<dev> - MMC device index containing the BCB partition
<part> - MMC partition index or name containing the BCB
<field> - one of {command,status,recovery,stage,reserved}
<op> - the binary operator used in 'bcb test':
'=' returns true if <val> matches the string stored in <field>
'~' returns true if <val> matches a subset of <field>'s string
<val> - string/text provided as input to bcb {set,test}
NOTE: any ':' character in <val> will be replaced by line feed
during 'bcb set' and used as separator by upper layers
=> bcb dump command
Error: Please, load BCB first!
>>> Users must specify mmc device and partition before any other call
=> bcb load 1 misc
=> bcb load 1 1
>>> The two calls are equivalent (assuming "misc" has index 1)
=> bcb dump command
00000000: 62 6f 6f 74 6f 6e 63 65 2d 73 68 65 6c 6c 00 72 bootonce-shell.r
00000010: 79 00 72 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 y.r.............
>>> The output is in binary/string format for convenience
>>> The output size matches the size of inspected BCB field
>>> (32 bytes in case of 'command')
=> bcb test command = bootonce-shell && echo true
true
=> bcb test command = bootonce-shell- && echo true
=> bcb test command = bootonce-shel && echo true
>>> The '=' operator returns 'true' on perfect match
=> bcb test command ~ bootonce-shel && echo true
true
=> bcb test command ~ bootonce-shell && echo true
true
>>> The '~' operator returns 'true' on substring match
=> bcb set command recovery
=> bcb dump command
00000000: 72 65 63 6f 76 65 72 79 00 73 68 65 6c 6c 00 72 recovery.shell.r
00000010: 79 00 72 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 y.r.............
>>> The new value is NULL-terminated and stored in the BCB field
=> bcb set recovery "msg1:msg2:msg3"
=> bcb dump recovery
00000040: 6d 73 67 31 0a 6d 73 67 32 0a 6d 73 67 33 00 00 msg1.msg2.msg3..
00000050: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
00000060: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
>>> --- snip ---
>>> Every ':' is replaced by line-feed '\n' (0xA). The latter is used
>>> as separator between individual commands by Android userspace
=> bcb store
>>> Flush/store the BCB structure to MMC
[1] https://android.googlesource.com/platform/bootable/recovery
[2] https://source.android.com/devices/bootloader
[3] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/746835/
("[U-Boot,5/6] Initial support for the Android Bootloader flow")
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Perform the following updates:
- Relocate the commit id from the file to the description of U-Boot
commit. The AOSP commit is c784ce50e8c10eaf70e1f97e24e8324aef45faf5.
This is done to avoid stale references in the file itself. The
reasoning is in https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1098056/#2170209.
- Minimize the diff to AOSP, to decrease the effort of the next AOSP
backports. The background can be found in:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1080394/#2168454.
- Guard the static_assert() calls by #ifndef __UBOOT__ ... #endif,
to avoid compilation failures of files including the header.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When we have a FIT image being used by SPL by default that means the
most common case is that we'll never run into a legacy image. Disable
legacy image support by default in that case to reclaim space.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The name CONFIG_LEGACY_IMAGE_FORMAT reads slightly better along with
allowing us to avoid a rather nasty Kbuild/Kconfig issue down the line
with CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY). In a few places outside of
cmd/ switch to using CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() to test what is set.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The TPM specification says that the EXPECT_DATA bit is not valid until
the VALID bit is set. Wait for that bit to be set. Fixes problems with
Ifineon SPI TPM.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kapl <rka@sysgo.com>
Overload the weak function board_boot_order() so that besides choosing
the main boot device, we can fallback on USB boot by returning in the
BootROM, eg. if the NOR flash is empty while it was the primary boot
medium.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The _main call is not supposed to return at all: don't link the
branch.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Implement the weak board_return_to_bootrom() function so that when
enabling the spl_bootrom.c driver, one can make use of usbboot on
spear platforms. All necessary information to return to the BootROM
are stored in the BootROM's stack. The SPL stack pointer is reset so
we save the BootROM's stack pointer into the SPL .data section.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There is no reason to do the few spear-related initialization, in a
different procedure than 'reset'. Spare one branching and get a linear
code flow by removing this indirection.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The link register is stored in R14. ARM assembly code allows to use
the 'lr' name to reference it instead of 'r14' which is not very
meaningful. Do the substitution to ease the reading.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Quoting ARM "RealView Compilation Tools Assembler Guide v4.0":
PUSH and POP are synonyms for STMDB and LDM (or LDMIA), with
the base register sp (r13), and the adjusted address written
back to the base register.
PUSH and POP are the preferred mnemonic in these cases.
Let's follow this recommandation to ease the reading and substitute
LDMIA/STMDB operations with PUSH/POP mnemonics.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Before cleaning a bit further the spear/start.S file, apply a few
cosmetic changes: capital letters, comment indentation and small
rewriting.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This comment describes the board state at the moment where we enter
the SPL. The description is entirely wrong; re-write it to fit the
reality.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
SPL BSS lies in SRAM and is actually initialized to 0 by the SPL in
arch/arm/lib/crt0.S:_main(), which is called by cpu_init_crit.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
It is clearly stated that board_init_f should *not* call
board_init_r. Indeed, board_init_f should return. The code will
continue through arch/arm/lib/crt0.S which will do more setup before
calling board_init_r.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add a dummy PCI endpoint for sandbox.
Supporting only a single function, it allows setting
and reading header configuration.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add Cadence PCIe endpoint driver supporting configuration
of header, bars and MSI for device.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce new UCLASS_PCI_EP class for handling PCI endpoint
devices, allowing to set various attributes of the PCI endpoint
device, such as:
* configuration space header
* BAR definitions
* outband memory mapping
* start/stop PCI link
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reduce Auto Voltage Scaling VDD limit when core frequency is lower than
1600MHz. This reduces core voltage level from 1.25V to 1.15V, which
saves power.
The code is taken from Marvell's U-Boot 2013.01 revision 18.06.
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
KM Kirkwood boards now implement the driver model for its SPI flash
interface. Therefore, the old board specific claim and release functions
can be deleted. The preprocessor definition CONFIG_SYS_KW_SPI_MPP is yet
unused as well. All its appearances and dependencies are removed in the
kirkwood_spi driver, header files and finally the configuration whitelist.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The corresponding configurations are selected in the common Kconfig file.
This is easier than changing every affected board default configuration
file. The default configuration for the PORTL2 board, however, still needs
some modifications to correctly use the driver model.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In order to migrate the SPI flash interface to the driver model, the SPI
configuration needs to be added in the KM Kirkwood device tree file.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
As the SPI NOR and NAND devices share the same hardware pins, the MPP
configuration has to be changed when claiming/releasing the bus. The
current configuration is saved when claiming and restored when releasing.
Furthermore, a general-purpose output is used to switch the chip-select
signal. This is now also implemented for the DM part of the kirkwood_spi
driver.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The weak functions, known from the legacy code, are added to the DM part
as well. For this purpose, the release operation first needs to be
implemented. KM Kirkwood boards will overwrite those weak functions to
change the MPP configuration when claiming/releasing the bus, because the
hardware pins are shared between the SPI NOR and NAND devices.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
As preparation for the upcoming transferring of configurations from header
files to Kconfig, a common Kconfig file for all KM boards was created. For
the moment, it only sources the other three, more specific, Kconfig files.
Therefore, the architecture Kconfig files now include the common Kconfig
file. Also, the configuration selection for KM boards was moved from the
architecture Kconfig files to the board specific Kconfig files.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Cc: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This change enables CMD_BOOTZ and increases SYS_BOOTM_LEN to
make it easier to work with kernel images.
Signed-off-by: Luka Kovacic <me@lukakovacic.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Rescue mode bootcmd currently only appends the "omniarescue" parameter
to the bootargs variable. We do not want the user to be able to change
rescue mode bootargs. Therefore change this so that bootcmd sets the
bootargs variable in an absolute way (adding console device information
and the omniarescue paramterer).
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We always want to enumerate PCIe devices, because withouth this they
won't work in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
If SCSI and USB boot options are both available, try to boot from SCSI
first.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is not needed here since Omnia is using DM_PCI now.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The U-Boot partition is 1 MiB and environment is 64 KiB. It does not
make sense to have environment at 0xc0000 when it could be at 0xf0000
and we can have more space for U-Boot binary.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The board code reads MAC addresses from the ATSHA204A cryptochip.
For compatibility reasons the ethernet adapters on this SOC are not
enumerated in register address order. But when Omnia was first
manufactured this was done differently.
Change setting of MAC addresses to conform to the description on the
stickers sticked on actual Omnias.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Set default value for the ethact variable to the WAN port.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Document the main U-Boot image offset when booting from SATA disk on the
Clearfog board.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
See the offset of U-Boot in raw SATA disk to the same value as the MMC
offset. That is 0x140 sectors from the beginning of the SPL, which is
0x141 sectors from the beginning of the device (after the MBR sector).
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add the required Kconfig and macro definitions to allow boot from SATA
on Armada 38x systems.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
SPL does not initialize mbus_dram_info. Don't change the ahci mbus
settings of the ROM. This allows the ahci to work in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Allow the code to build when FS_FAT is not enabled, and thus
spl_load_image_fat() is not provided.
A subsequent patch should add alternative raw access U-Boot main image
load method.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The init_sata() routine is only present when DM_SCSI is not enabled.
Don't call init_sata() when DM_SCSI is enabled. The code will fall back
to scsi_scan() in this case.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add sensible defaults for the FAT partition selection and the main
U-Boot image file name. This allows spl_sata to build when the board
headers does not select them explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Correct the debug output for the trace buffer size to accommodate trace
buffers exceeding 2GiB.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no good reason to limit the trace buffer to 2GiB on a 64bit
system. Adjust the types of the relevant parameters.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adds dm_pci_flr API that issues a Function Level reset on a PCI-e function,
if FLR is supported.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This test is built on top of the existing swap_case driver. It adds EA
capability structure support to swap_case and uses that to map BARs.
BAR1 works as it used to, swapping upper/lower case. BARs 2,4 map to a
couple of magic values.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Makes dm_pci_map_bar API available for integrated PCI devices that
support Enhanced Allocation instead of the original PCI BAR mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The comment now indicates that the input argument bar is a register offset,
not a BAR index.
It also mentions which BARs are supported for type 0/1 and that the
function can return 0 on error.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Up to now we had hard coded values for the call depth up to which trace
records are created: 200 for early tracing, 15 thereafter. UEFI
applications reach a call depth of 80 or above.
Provide customizing settings for the call trace depth limit and the early
call trace depth limit. Use the old values as defaults.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
An UEFI application may change the value of the register that gd lives in.
But some of our functions like get_ticks() access this register. So we
have to set the gd register to the U-Boot value when entering a trace
point and set it back to the application value when exiting the trace
point.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Compiling with TRACE but without TRACE_EARLY results in an error
aarch64-linux-gnu-ld.bfd:
common/built-in.o:(.rodata.init_sequence_f+0x10):
undefined reference to `trace_early_init'
trace_early_init() should not be called if CONFIG_TRACE_EARLY is not
defined.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add documentation for the pre-reloc property in SPL and TPL device-tree:
- u-boot,dm-pre-proper
- u-boot,dm-pre-reloc
- u-boot,dm-spl
- u-boot,dm-tpl
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This add missing parts for previous commit 06f94461a9
("fdt: Allow indicating a node is for U-Boot proper only")
At present it is not possible to specify that a node should be used before
relocation (in U-Boot proper) without it also ending up in SPL and TPL
device trees. Add a new "u-boot,dm-pre-proper" boolean property for this.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a test to check the management of the U-boot relocation properties
for device tree SPL generation (fdtgrep result) and platdata:
- 'dm-pre-proper' and 'dm-tpl' not included in SPL
- 'dm-pre-reloc' and 'dm-spl' included in SPL
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Free the memory allocated to store the test FDT upon test completion to
avoid leaking the memory. We don't bother cleaning up on test failure
since the code is broken in that case and should be fixed, in which case
the leak would also go away.
Reported-by: Tom Rini <tom.rini@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
By default LPUART driver with compatible string "fsl,ls1021a-lpuart"
support big-endian mode.On NXP SoC like LS1028A LPUART IP is
little-endian,Added support to Fetch LPUART IP Endianness from lpuart
device-tree node.
Signed-off-by: Vabhav Sharma <vabhav.sharma@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In general we should avoid calling malloc() and free() repeatedly in
U-Boot lest we turn it into tianocore. In SPL this can make SPI flash
unusable since free() is often a nop and allocation space is limited.
In any case, these seems no need for malloc() since the number of bytes
is very small, perhaps less than 8.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: d13f5b254a (spi: Extend the core to ease integration of SPI
memory controllers)
Generally block devices are not enabled in TPL, but in case they are,
add a Kconfig option for the block cache. This allows the setting (default
off) to be found with CONFIG_IS_ENABLED().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If bootstage is enabled in TPL it lacks a record count and so does not
build. Fix this by adding a new Kconfig option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This struct is not defined in this header file. Add a forward declaration
so that it can be included in any context.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Since the SPI nor conversion, 'sf probe' does not work on sandbox. Fix
this by using the expected compatible string in the flash node.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: cd35365762 (mtd: sf_probe: remove spi-flash compatible)
When cross-compiling, sometimes sdl-config must come from a different path
from the default. Add a way to override it, by adding SDL_CONFIG to the
environment before building U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We normally want to load U-Boot from SPL, but if a board wants to do
something else, it is currently not possible since the standard loader
has the top priority. Lower it to allow other SPL_LOAD_IMAGE_METHOD()
declarations to override it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It doesn't make a lot of sense to hang on sandbox when hang() is called,
since the only way out is Ctrl-C. In fact, Ctrl-C does not work if the
terminal is in raw mode, which it will be if the command-line has not been
reached yet. In that case, Ctrl-Z / kill -9 must be used, which is not
very friendly.
Avoid all of this by quiting when hang() is called.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present 'sf probe' does not work since it cannot find SPI bus 0. Add
an alias to correct this, now that we no-longer have the --spi_sf option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present sandbox and sandbox64 have duplicated nodes. This is hard to
maintain since changes in one need to be manually added to the other.
Create a common file to solve this problem.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Various nodes have been added and adjusted with sandbox. Move these
changes over to sandbox64.dts to keep these in sync.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This script attempts to create a git commit which removes a single board.
It is quite fallible and everything it does needs checking. But it can
help speed up the process.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
We need slightly different commands to run code coverage with Python 3.
Update the RunTestCoverage() function to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A few minor changes have been made including one new entry. Update the
documentation with:
$ binman -E >tools/binman/README.entries
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These files are text files so should be read as such, so that
string-equality assertions work as expected.
With this binman tests work correctly on Python 2 and Python 3:
PYTHONPATH=/tmp/b/sandbox_spl/scripts/dtc/pylibfdt \
python ./tools/binman/binman -t
Change first line of binman.py to end "python3":
PYTHONPATH=~/cosarm/dtc/pylibfdt:tools/patman \
python3 ./tools/binman/binman -t
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code reads a binary value and then uses it as a string to look up
another value. Add conversions to make this work as expected on Python 3.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This needs special care to ensure that the bytes type is used for
binary data. Add conversion code to deal with strings and bytes
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With Python 3 we want to use the 'bytes' type instead of 'str'. Adjust the
code accordingly so that it works on both Python 2 and Python 3.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code works OK in Python 2 but Python 3 complains. Adjust it to avoid
deleting elements from a dict while iterating through it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While reading files in binary mode is the norm, sometimes we want to use
text mode. Add an optional parameter to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The only change needed is to update get_value() to support the 'bytes'
type correctly with Python 3.
With this the dtoc unit tests pass with both Python 2 and 3:
PYTHONPATH=/tmp/b/sandbox_spl/scripts/dtc/pylibfdt python \
./tools/dtoc/dtoc -t
PYTHONPATH=~/cosarm/dtc/pylibfdt:tools/patman python3 \
./tools/dtoc/dtoc -t
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since we are now using the bytes type in Python 3, the conversion in
fdt32_to_cpu() is not necessary, so drop it.
Also use 'int' instead of 'long' to convert the integer value, since
'long' is not present in Python 3.
With this, test_fdt passes with both Python 2 and 3:
PYTHONPATH=/tmp/b/sandbox_spl/scripts/dtc/pylibfdt python \
./tools/dtoc/test_fdt -t
PYTHONPATH=~/cosarm/dtc/pylibfdt:tools/patman python3 \
./tools/dtoc/test_fdt -t
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a simple unit test for one of the cases of this function, so that any
fault can be seen directly, rather than appearing through the failure of
another test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this test does not check the upper 32 bits of the returned
value. Add some additional tests to cover this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The .dtb files are binary so we should open them as binary files. This
allows Python 3 to use the correct 'bytes' type.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this class to work correctly on Python 3 and to pass its unit
tests. The only required change is to deal with a difference in the
behaviour of sorting with a None value.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In Python 3 bytes and str are separate types. Use bytes to ensure that
the code functions correctly with Python 3.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The difference between the bytes and str types in Python 3 requires a
number of minor changes to this function. Update it to handle the input
data using the 'bytes' type. Create two useful helper functions which can
be used by other modules too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This method does not actually use any members of the Prop class. Move it
out of the class so that it is easier to add unit tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the order of struct field emitted by this tool depends on the
internal workings of a Python dictionary. Sort the fields to remove this
uncertainty, so that tests are deterministic.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update a few things in this tool so that they support Python 3:
- print statements
- iteritems()
- xrange()
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Change the code so that it works on both Python 2 and Python 3. This works
by using unicode instead of latin1 for the test input, and ensuring that
the output is converted to a string rather than a unicode object on
Python 2.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The unicode type does not exist in Python 3 and when displaying strings
they do not have the 'u' prefix. Adjusts the settings unit tests to deal
with this difference, by converting the comparison value to a string, thus
dropping the 'u'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We use sets to produce the list of To and Cc lines for a series. This does
not result in stable ordering of the recipients. Sort each list to ensure
that the output is repeatable. This is necessary for tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Create helper functions in the tools module to deal with the differences
between unicode in Python 2 (where we use the 'unicode' type) and Python 3
(where we use the 'str' type).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The method of multiplying a character by a number works well for creating
a repeated string in Python 2. But in Python 3 we need to use bytes()
instead, to avoid unicode problems, since 'bytes' is no-longer just an
alias of 'str'.
Create a function to handle this detail and call it from the relevant
places in binman.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The lz4 utility inserts binary data in its output which cannot always be
converted to unicode (nor should it be). Fix this by using the new binary
mode for program output.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present cros_subprocess and the tools library use a string to obtain
stdout from a program. This works fine on Python 2. With Python 3 we end
up with unicode errors in some cases. Fix this by providing a binary mode,
which returns the data as bytes() instead of a string.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present some files are opened in text mode despite containing binary
data. This works on Python 2 but not always on Python 3, due to unicode
problems. BC&D are not my favourite people. Adjust the affected open()
statements to use binary mode.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Python 3 requires this, and Python 2 allows it. Convert the code over to
ensure compatibility with Python 3.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Python 3 requires this, and Python 2 allows it. Convert the code over to
ensure compatibility with Python 3.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
An unfortunate new feature in Python 3.5 causes binman to print errors for
non-existent tests, when the test filter is used. Work around this by
detecting the unwanted tests and removing them from the result.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this function uses lists and strings. This does not work so
well with Python 3, and testing against '' does not work for a bytearray.
Update the code to fix these issues.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The base of DRAM will be changed for the next generation SoC.
The addresses needed for booting the kernel should be shifted
according to the DRAM base.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The base of DRAM will be changed for the next generation SoC.
Set the base address to the 'dram_base' environment variable, which
will be useful for scripting.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The base of DRAM will be changed for the next generation SoC.
To support it along with existing SoCs in the single defconfig,
set 'loadaddr' at boot-time by adding the offset to the DRAM base.
CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR is still hard-coded for compilation, but the
value from environment variable 'loadaddr' should be used.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The base address of DRAM was 0x80000000 for all the ARM SoCs of this
family in the past. It will be changed to 0x20000000 for a planned new
SoC. To support multiple SoCs by the single uniphier_v8_defconfig, the
base must be run-time determined.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Currently, mem_map is hard-coded, and it worked well until the last
SoC. For a planned new SoC, the addresses of peripherals and DRAM
will be changed. Set it up run-time.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Currently, dram_init() code relies on the fact the DRAM size
configuration exists in the SG_MEMCONF register.
This will no longer be true for a planned new SoC, which will
replace SG_MEMCONF with a different register.
Refactor the hook in a more generic way.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Until the last SoC, the register addresses have been hard-coded because
they are always constant. For a planned new SoC, the register bases
will be completely changed. I insist on supporting multiple SoCs/boards
by a single defconfig (uniphier_v8_defconfig) since duplicating similar
defconfig files is a maintenance burden. The base addresses must be
fixed-up at run-time somehow.
Previously, the board init code identified the SoC by reading out the
SG_REVISION register. This is much easier than parsing DT.
You cannot do it any more because the base address of SG will be
changed. The SG_REVISION register exists to read out the SoC ID, but
you never know its address before identifying the SoC. Oh well.
So, the possible solution is to parse the DT, and find out the node
with "*-soc-glue" compatible string. Then, sg_base is set to the value
of the "reg" property. The sc_base is set up likewise.
It is worth noting a pit-fall. Having sc_base and sg_base in the global
scope will make the life easier, but the global variables are poorly
supported before the relocation. In fact, the .bss section overwraps
with DT. Allocating them in the .bss section would break DT. So, I gave
dummy initializers to assign them in the .data section.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The SC_* macros represent the address of SysCtrl registers.
For a planned new SoC, its base address will be changed.
Turn the SC_* macros into the offset from the base address.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The SG_* macros represent the address of SoC-glue registers.
For a planned new SoC, its base address will be changed.
Turn the SG_* macros into the offset from the base address.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The planned new SoC does not have SBC (System Bus Controller) block.
Make boot_is_swapped() an optional hook.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
If CONFIG_MICRO_SUPPORT_CARD is enabled, U-Boot initialize SBC
(System Bus Controller), which may not be really necessary.
Check the "socionext,uniphier-system-bus" node in DT run-time.
If and only if it is found and its "status" property is okay,
initialize the SBC block.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
If CONFIG_MICRO_SUPPORT_CARD is enabled, U-Boot tries to get access
to the devices on the support card, which may not actually exist.
Check the DT and search for the on-board devices run-time. If the
nodes are not found in DT, then disable the code.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This file calls readl(), so needs to include <linux/io.h>.
Currently, it relies on someone else including it.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Now that 64-bit SoCs of this SoC family no longer support SPL,
this Makefile can be slightly simpler.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The .boot_device_fixup() is only called by SPL.
Now that 64-bit SoCs of this SoC family no longer support SPL,
debug-uart-ld20.c is never compiled.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
[ Linux commit aa38571246c6ac279ebebd141157297bcb959d76 ]
The memory regions specified by /memreserve/ are passed to
early_init_dt_reserve_memory_arch() with nomap=false, so it is
not suitable for reserving memory for Trusted Firmware-A etc.
Use the more robust /reserved-memory node with the no-map property
to prevent the kernel from mapping it.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
For a planned new SoC in this SoC family, the base address of the
DRAM will be changed from 0x80000000 to 0x20000000.
The PIE support will be useful to maintain multiple similar SoCs
whose DRAM addresses differ.
Now CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE is not important. I just set it to 0
to ensure CONFIG_POSITION_INDEPENDENT is working.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
By default, CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_BSS_OFFSET was made invisible by not
giving a prompt to it.
The only way to define it is to hard-code an extra entry in SoC/board
Kconfig, like arch/arm/mach-tegra/tegra{186,210}/Kconfig.
Add a prompt to it in order to allow defconfig files to specify the
value of CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_BSS_OFFSET.
With this, CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_BSS_OFFSET would become always visible.
So, we need a new bool option to turn it off by default.
I move the 'default 524288' to the common place. This value is not too
big, but is big enough to avoid the overwrap of DT in most platforms.
If 512KB is not a suitable choice for your platform, you can change it
from your defconfig or menuconfig etc.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
First set of u-boot-atmel features and fixes for 2019.10 cycle
This includes the Atmel QSPI driver and support for the at91 boards.
This is the port of the driver from Linux, mostly done by Tudor Ambarus.
The previous pcf2127 RTC chip could not read and set the correct time.
When reading the data of internal registers, the read address was the
value of register plus 1. This is because this chip requires the host
to send a stop signal after setting the register address and before
reading the register data.
This patch sets the register address using dm_i2c_write and reads
the register data using the original dm_i2c_xfer in order to generate
a stop signal after the register address is set, and fixes the bug of
the original read and write time.
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The spi-nor flash resides on spi bus 1. Update the CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS
and CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND accordingly.
Based on original work by Wenyou Yang.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
[tudor.ambarus@microchip.com: amend the commit message.]
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Use the qspi memory layout defined in at91-sama5_common - it aligns
with the 8 Mbyte flash (sst26vf064b-104i/sn) available in sama5d27_som1_ek.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Use the same memory layout as we use for the NAND boot on the other boards.
QSPI flashes are present on the following boards:
sama5d2_xplained RevB: 32 Mbyte flash (mx25l3273fm2i-08g)
sama5d2_xplained RevC: 8 Mbyte flash (sst26vf064b-104i/sn)
sama5d27_som1_ek: 8 Mbyte flash (sst26vf064b-104i/sn)
sama5d2_ptc_ek: 8 Mbyte flash (sst26vf064b-104i/sn)
The 8 Mbyte limit is enough to cope with the memory layout used in the NAND
boot. rootfs exceeds the 8 Mbyte limit and will stay in eMMC in the
sama5d2_xplained case. The final scope is to use a single memory layout for
all boot medias.
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@microchip.com>
[tudor.ambarus@microchip.com: change memory layout, add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Fix the following:
- use "jedec,spi-nor" binding, we use jedec compatible flashes
- set bus width to 4, we use quad capable flashes
- differentiate bewteen data and clk and cs pins
- drop partions as we don't use them in u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@microchip.com>
[tudor.ambarus@microchip.com: use "jedec,spi-nor", edit commit message]
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
We have a macronix spi-nor flash on sama5d2_xplained RevB and
a sst spi-nor flash on RevC. Select the rest for testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Backport the driver from linux v5.1-rc5 and adapt it for u-boot.
Tested on sama5d2_xplained Rev B with mx25l25635e spi-nor flash.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Prior to starting a new transfer, conditionally wait for bus to not
be busy.
Reinitialise controller as otherwise operation is not stable.
For reference, see linux kernel
commit 9656eeebf3f1 ("i2c: Revert i2c: xiic: Do not reset controller before every transfer")
hs: Fixed DOS line endings
added missing '\n'
Fixed git commit description style
Signed-off-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
Comparison should be against the actual message length, not loop index.
len is used for stopping while loop, pos is position in message.
stop should be sent when entire message is sent, not when
len and pos meet.
hs: fixed DOS line endings
Signed-off-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
Get clock rate from clock DM if CONFIG_CLK is enabled.
Otherwise, uses IC_CLK define.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Before calling __dw_i2c_set_bus_speed(),
the I2C could already be set as ether enable or disable,
we should restore the original setting instead of enable i2c anyway.
This patch fix a bug happened in init function:
__dw_i2c_init(){
/* Disable i2c */
...
__dw_i2c_set_bus_speed(i2c_base, NULL, speed);
writel(slaveaddr, &i2c_base->ic_sar);
/* Enable i2c */
}
In this case, enable i2c inside __dw_i2c_set_bus_speed() function
will cause ic_sar write fail.
Signed-off-by: Jun Chen <ptchentw@gmail.com>
The motivation is to use the UBI atomic volume rename functionality to
allow double copy software updates on UBI. To that end the SPL is
configured to always load the same volume name (e.g. "u-boot"),
whereas a software updater always installs into the secondary volume
"u-boot_r". After successful installation, these two volume names are
switched.
This extension is protected by #ifdefs as it will somewhat slow down
loading of volumes by id. This is because the code needs to disable
the optimization of ignoring all volume ids which are not
to-be-loaded, since these can only be resolved after attaching.
This adds two vtbl related functions from Linux, which are taken from
the same kernel version as the current main U-Boot UBI code (Linux 4.2
64291f7db5bd8).
Signed-off-by: Hamish Guthrie <hamish.guthrie@kistler.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Klotzbuecher <markus.klotzbuecher@kistler.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org>
Migrate the ubispl configuration for the omap3_igep00x0 and
am335x_igep003x boards to KConfig. Both boards were built with
SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH=0 and found to be equal before and after.
Signed-off-by: Markus Klotzbuecher <markus.klotzbuecher@kistler.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org>
Cc: Javier Martínez Canillas <javier@dowhile0.org>
Cc: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@gmail.com>
- drop CONFIG_ prefix from kconfig entry
- fix small compilation issue with CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
Signed-off-by: Markus Klotzbuecher <markus.klotzbuecher@kistler.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org>
Enable the extended ENV options for AT91 and OMAP2PLUS in order to be
able to use CONFIG_ENV_UBI_* on these architectures.
As this change also makes the configs ENV_SIZE, ENV_SECT_SIZE,
ENV_OFFSET visible to AT91 and OMAP2PLUS, migrate users of these to
KConfig.
This migration was run using an extended moveconfig.py which evaluates
expressions such as "(512 << 10)". See patch ("moveconfig: expand
simple expressions").
All modified boards were built with SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH=0 before and
after the change and successfully confirmed that the identical binary
is generated (the only exception was igep00x0, which does not define
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI in the original board header. Once that is
defined, the test passes too).
hs: rebased patch to:
68b90e57bc: "configs: tinker-rk3288 disable CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT"
Signed-off-by: Markus Klotzbuecher <markus.klotzbuecher@kistler.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce the KConfig option CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND for defining
the name of the UBI volume used to store the redundant environment.
Signed-off-by: Markus Klotzbuecher <markus.klotzbuecher@kistler.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org>
hs: get rid of stm32mp1* build errors
Add support for expanding simple expressions and sizes such as
"(4 * 1024)", "(512 << 10)" or "(SZ_256K)".
This can help to significantly reduce the number of "suspicious"
moves, such as
'CONFIG_ENV_SIZE="(64 << 10)"' was removed by savedefconfig.
If the expansion fails, it falls back to the original string.
Signed-off-by: Markus Klotzbuecher <markus.klotzbuecher@kistler.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.10-rc1
Fix a possible overflow for GUID partition tables.
For some runtime services we only have implementations valid at boottime.
So we replace them when leaving boottime. Move this from
SetVirtualAddressMap() to ExitBootServices() as SetVirtualAddressMap() is
not called by all operating systems. Adjust the Python tests accordingly.
Bump the supported UEFI specification version to 2.8.
The watchdog of mediatek chips is enabled by bootrom before u-boot is
running. Previously we choose to enable the wdt driver only to disable the
watchdog hardware.
Now wdt service is enabled by default. The function arch_misc_init which is
only used to disable wdt is no longer needed.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The initr_watchdog is currently placed before initr_serial. The
initr_watchdog calls printf and printf finally calls ops->putc of a serial
driver.
However, gd->cur_serial_dev points to a udevice allocated in board_f. The
gd->cur_serial_dev->driver->ops->putc points the the code region before
relocation.
Some serial drivers call WATCHDOG_RESET() in ops->putc. When DM is enabled
for watchdog, watchdog_reset() is called. watchdog_reset() calls get_timer
to get current timer.
On some platforms the timer driver is also a DM driver. initr_watchdog is
placed right after initr_dm, which means the timer driver hasn't been
initialized. So dm_timer_init() is called. To create a new udevice, calloc
is called.
However start from ops->putc, u-boot execution flow is redirected into the
memory region before relocation (board_f). In board_f, dlmalloc hasn't
been initialized. The call to calloc will fail, and this will cause DM to
print out an error message, and it will call printf again, causing
recursive error outputs.
This patch places initr_watchdog after initr_serial to solve this issue.
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Tested-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
One of the SD-CARD slots on the Wandboard Quad B1 is MMC 2. Enable it as a
boot device.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
set_pwm() will always fail with -ENOSYS if pwm_ops set_invert() is
not implemented, leaving the backlight dark. Fix this by returning
no error if set_invert() is not implemented and no polarity change
is requested.
Fixes: 57e7775413 ("video: backlight: Parse PWM polarity cell")
Signed-off-by: Marc Dietrich <marvin24@gmx.de>
Linux can be called with a command line parameter efi=novamap, cf.
commit 4e46c2a95621 ("efi/arm/arm64: Allow SetVirtualAddressMap() to be
omitted"). In this case SetVirtualAddressMap() is not called after
ExitBootServices().
OpenBSD 32bit does not call SetVirtualAddressMap() either.
Runtime services must be set to an implementation supported at runtime
in ExitBootServices().
Reported-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Suggested-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We are implementing UEFI variable RuntimeServicesSupported and set the
unimplemented runtime functions return EFI_UNSUPPORTED as described in UEFI
specification 2.8. So let's also advertise this specification version in
our system table.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
The runtime services SetVirtualAddress() and ConvertPointer() become
unavailable after SetVirtualAddress(). Other runtime services become
unavailable after ExitBootServices.
Move the update of SetVirtualAddress() and ConvertPointer() to
efi_relocate_runtime_table().
Use functions with the correct signature when detaching.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Provide a unit test for the variable services at runtime.
Currently we expect EFI_UNSUPPORTED to be returned as the runtime
implementation is still missing.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Unimplemented runtime services should always return EFI_UNSUPPORTED as
described in the UEFI 2.8 spec.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Our variable services are only provided at boottime. Therefore when
leaving boottime the variable function are replaced by dummy functions
returning EFI_UNSUPPORTED. Move this patching of the runtime table to the
variable services implementation. Executed it in ExitBootServices().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The detaching of the runtime will have to move to ExitBootServices() to
encompass operating system that do not call SetVirtualAddressMap().
This patch changes the logic for the relocation of the pointers in the
runtime table such that the relocation becomes independent of the entries
in the detach list.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Some entries in the system table are set to NULL in ExitBootServices(). We
had them in the runtime detach list to avoid relocation of NULL. Let's
instead assign the pointers dynamically in efi_initialize_system_table() to
avoid the relocation entry.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Let's keep similar things together.
Move efi_query_variable_info() to lib/efi_loader/efi_variable.c
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The current short description has a typo. Let it stand out clear that we
provide unit tests.
Improve the description of the CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST configuration option.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
In part_get_info_efi() we use the output of print_efiname() to set
info->name[]. The size of info->name is PART_NAME_LEN = 32 but
print_efiname() returns a string with a maximum length of
PARTNAME_SZ + 1 = 37.
Use snprintf() instead of sprintf() to avoid buffer overflow.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
With commit 06985289d4 ("watchdog: Implement generic watchdog_reset()
version") the init sequence has changed in arch_misc_init(), resulting
in a re-appearance of the d-cache issue on MT7688 boards (e.g. gardena).
When this happens, the first (or sometimes later ones as well) TFTP
command hangs and does not complete correctly. This leads to the
assumption that the d-cache is not in a clean state once the ethernet
driver is called (d-cache is used here for the buffers). The old work-
around with the cache flush somehow does not work any more now with
the new code change.
Unfortunately adding CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_CLEAR_ON_INIT also did not fix
this issue. With v2019.07-rc3 it shows again. The time of accessing
the data seems to be very important here. It needs to be "very late"
in the boot process.
Testing has shown, that copying a 64KiB area in DDR at a very late
bootup time, directly before calling into the prompt, fixes this issue.
Flushing of the complete d-cache does not seem to necessary, as this
copy alone seems to fix this problem.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
dwc3-generic has been broken since MISC uclass has been modified to scan DT
sub-nodes after bind.
Fixing it by a using the no-op uclass.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This uclass is intended for devices that do not need any features from the
uclass, including binding children.
This will typically be used by devices that are used to bind child devices
but do not use dm_scan_fdt_dev() to do it. That is for example the case of
several USB wrappers that have 2 child devices (1 for device and 1 for
host) but bind only one at a any given time.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The EHCI iMX6 driver is only partly converted to DT probing and
still uses a tremendous amount of hard-coded addresses. Worse,
the driver uses hard-coded SoC-model-specific base addresses, which
are derived from values protected by SoC-specific macros, hence the
driver is also compiled for a specific SoC model. Even worse, the
driver depends on specific sequential indexing of the controllers,
from which it derives offsets in the PHY and ANATOP register sets.
However, when the driver is probed from DT, the indexing is not
correct. In fact, each controller has index 0. This patch derives
the index for DT probing case from the controller base addresses,
which is not the way this should be done, however it is the least
intrusive approach, favorable this close to release.
The necessary steps to convert this driver fully to DT probing are
described inside the patch, however this should be done in the next
release and depends on iMX clock driver patches.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Abel Vesa <abel.vesa@nxp.com>
Cc: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Ludwig Zenz <lzenz@dh-electronics.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Commit b238e4b00c ("rockchip: Cleanup of make_fit_atf.py.") set
firmware = "atf_1";
loadables = "uboot","atf_1","atf_2";
Actually it should be:
firmware = "atf_1";
loadables = "uboot","atf_2","atf_3";
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable unique MAC address generation for boards usins SoCs having
a known functional and valid unique serial number.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add support for generating an unique MAC address using the SoC internal
serial number from the Secure Monitor interface.
The algorithm generates an unicast locally administered 6bytes minus 2bits
address using an crc16 of the serial for the top 16bits with the lower 2 bits
masked to setup the unicast locally administered property and a crc24 for
the lower 24bits.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The Secure Monitor interface permits retrieving the SoC Serial Number,
add a function to retrieve it.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Unlike the BayLibre repos Khadas' repo defaults to using native gcc,
so specify the CROSS_COMPILE setting matching the prescribed toolchain.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
After the conversion to DM the U-Boot proper binary name
is 'u-boot-dtb.img', so adjust it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
After the transition to DM, only the mx6dl/solo wandboard
is supported.
Add FIT image support so that all the wandboard variants
can be supported, like it was prior to the DM conversion.
Successfully booted Linux on mx6q/solo/qp wandboards.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Place dtbs under SoC level rather than board level.
imx6q-novena.dtb and imx6dl-wandboard-revb1.dtb were
placed under the board config option, so move them
to SoC level.
This also aligns with the kernel dts Makefile format.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The raw u-boot.bin for tinker board has been about 450KB without
debug option, and 550KB with all debug on, and the default value is 200KB,
which is not enough for run raw u-boot.bin.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We need to update TEXT BASE for TPL/SPL/U-Boot;
SPL no need relocate STACK after enable TPL, so remove it;
Don't enable pinctrl names so that SPL can get pinctrl dts;
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
rockchip pinctrl driver has update to use dts, so we need
to add the pinctrl config in SPL for sdmmc.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Migrate all the "u-boot,dm-pre-reloc" tag from rk3288-tinker.dts
into rk3288-tinker-u-boot.dtsi.
When both board level and soc level '-u-boot.dtsi' files exist,
we need to include the soc level 'rk3288-u-boot.dtsi' manually.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
More boards other than vyasa needs TPL, so enable the TPL configs
at chip level instead of board level.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The pointer to struct atf_image_info in
bl31_params_mem.bl31_params.bl31_image_info is not initialized before
being dereferenced. This can cause U-Boot to crash right before jumping
to the BL31 ATF binary.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Fixes: bcc1726a7b ("spl: add support to booting with ATF")
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
There is a regression seen on Poplar platform, which doesn't even show
a U-Boot version banner on booting. It turns out that due to landing
of commit 3a7c45f6a7 ("simple-bus: add DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC flag to
simple-bus driver"), we need to increase SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN from its
default size 0x400, as pre-relocation requires more memory there. Let's
increase SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to 0x4000 to fix the regression.
Thanks to Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de> for reporting, and Bin Meng
<bmeng.cn@gmail.com> for trouble shooting.
Reported-by: Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de>
Move the sg_set_pinsel macro to arch/arm/mach-uniphier/arm32/debug_ll.S
since it is not used anywhere else.
Move the C functions sg_set_{pinsel,iectrl} to debug-uart.c since they
are not used anywhere else.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
debug_uart_init() is called from spl_board_init(), which is only
compiled for SPL. For U-boot proper, _debug_uart_init() is unreachable,
so dropped by the dead code elimination.
Now that 64-bit SoCs of this SoC family no longer support SPL,
debug-uart-ld20.c is never compiled.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This file calls readl(), so needs to include <linux/io.h>.
Currently, it relies on someone else including it.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
ConvertPointer() must be EFIAPI. The first parameter should be of type
efi_uint_t. Use the same parameter name as the UEFI specification.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
STM32 MCU fixes/cleanup:
- Fix SPL console for STM32F769 Discovery
- Fix Memory Protection Unit size for STM32F4 series
- Cleanup DT for STM32F746 Discovery
The MPU region dedicated for SDRAM for STM32F4 SoCs family
was set to 16MB, but STM32F429 Evaluation board have 32MB of SDRAM.
When kernel starts, only first 16MB of SDRAM are configured with XN
(eXecute Never) bit disabled, whereas kernel is using 32MB.
To avoid such situation in the future, extend this MPU region to 512MB
as for STM32F7/H7.
It fixes the following user land exception on STM32F429 Evaluation
board :
[ 1.713002] VFS: Mounted root (ext4 filesystem) readonly on device 179:2.
[ 1.722605] devtmpfs: mounted
[ 1.733057] Freeing unused kernel memory: 72K
[ 1.737622] This architecture does not have kernel memory protection.
[ 1.744070] Run /sbin/init as init process
[ 1.906850]
[ 1.906850] Unhandled exception: IPSR = 00000004 LR = fffffffd
[ 1.914282] CPU: 0 PID: 1 Comm: init Not tainted 5.1.0-00002-gcf9ca5719954 #6
[ 1.921433] Hardware name: STM32 (Device Tree Support)
[ 1.926601] PC is at 0x1a00b64
[ 1.929642] LR is at (null)
[ 1.932669] pc : [<01a00b64>] lr : [<00000000>] psr: 01000000
[ 1.938993] sp : 01a5cfb0 ip : 00000000 fp : 00000000
[ 1.944269] r10: 01a43b00 r9 : 00000000 r8 : 00000000
[ 1.949564] r7 : 00000000 r6 : 00000000 r5 : 00000000 r4 : 00000000
[ 1.956168] r3 : 00000000 r2 : 00000000 r1 : 00000000 r0 : 00000000
[ 1.962701] xPSR: 01000000
[ 1.965506] CPU: 0 PID: 1 Comm: init Not tainted 5.1.0-00002-gcf9ca5719954 #6
[ 1.972658] Hardware name: STM32 (Device Tree Support)
[ 1.978132] [<0000c009>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<0000b24f>] (show_stack+0xb/0xc)
[ 1.986024] [<0000b24f>] (show_stack) from [<0000b947>] (__invalid_entry+0x4b/0x4c)
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
As in stm32f7-u-boot.dtsi these nodes already have "u-bootdm-pre-reloc"
property, no need to add them again in stm32f746-disco-u-boot.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Default value (4000ms) of PHY_ANEG_TIMEOUT for Micrel KSZ9031 contoller
isn't sufficient to finish auto-negotiation, which sometimes leads to
timeout errors:
Apalis iMX6 # dhcp
FEC Waiting for PHY auto negotiation to complete......... TIMEOUT !
Increase the auto-negotiation time-out to 15000ms.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Enable DM Video support on iMX53 M53Menlo and fix minor details
to restore previous behavior of the system.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Enable DM block and DM MMC and DM USB support on iMX53 M53Menlo .
Convert board code to match the DM support. This also enables DM
pincontrol to configure the SDHI pins.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Enable DM GPIO support on iMX53 M53Menlo and fix up board code where
applicable. Enable MALLOC_F to let the GPIO controllers bind early on.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Import iMX53 M53Menlo device tree from Linux next-20190607 3f310e51ceb1 .
Enable DT control in full U-Boot . Add U-Boot extras into separate DTSi,
the GPIO controllers need to be inited early, otherwise m53_set_clock()
won't be able to detect the correct CPU clock frequency by reading the
GPIO.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Synchronize iMX53 device tree from Linux next-20190607 3f310e51ceb1 ,
this is needed to get NFC, UART, USBOTG DT nodes.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Since the pico-pi uses the distroboot,
this commit remove the 'script' variable (cf boot_scripts).
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Jean Texier <pjtexier@koncepto.io>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
According to hab.c code we have to notify the ROM code if the MMU is
enabled or not. This is achieved by setting the "pu_irom_mmu_enabled"
to 0x1.
The current address in hab.c code is wrong for i.MX6SL, according to ROM
map file the correct address is 0x00901c60.
As we are writing in the wrong address the ROM code is not flushing the
caches when needed, and the following HAB event is observed in certain
scenarios:
--------- HAB Event 1 -----------------
event data:
0xdb 0x00 0x14 0x41 0x33 0x18 0xc0 0x00
0xca 0x00 0x0c 0x00 0x01 0xc5 0x00 0x00
0x00 0x00 0x07 0xe4
STS = HAB_FAILURE (0x33)
RSN = HAB_INV_SIGNATURE (0x18)
CTX = HAB_CTX_COMMAND (0xC0)
ENG = HAB_ENG_ANY (0x00)
Update MX6SL_PU_IROM_MMU_EN_VAR to address this issue.
Reported-by: Frank Zhang <frank.zhang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
After the conversion to DM the U-Boot binary is called u-boot-dtb.imx,
so fix the README file accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joris Offouga <offougajoris@gmail.com>
- new board: rk3328 rock64
- rk3328 SPL support
- rk3399 spl/tpl board init cleanup
- use environment to get ATF binary for rk3399
- build u-boot.itb target by default for rockchip
- rk3399 board init fix after pinctrl patch set merged
In case someone detects a PDA and u-boot sets the 'pda' variable,
and the user does a saveenv, the pda is set in env, and if the
screen is removed, u-boot will still have in the env the 'pda'
variable, even if no screen is attached.
In order to fix this, we have to reset the 'pda' variable,
such that it's not just set if the screen is detected, but also unset
if no screen is detected.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
The new common rockchip pinctrl driver does not support explicit
requests for a particular pinctrl function. As a result, the
board_init() function bails out early before enabling the boot-on
regulators. Fix this by simply removing the request for pwm0, pwm2
and pwm3. The generic DM code already does the necessary
configuration if necessary.
Reported-by: Levin Du <djw@t-chip.com.cn>
Signed-of-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Now, we have spl_board_init which has TPL banner prints.
So mark the 'U-Boot TPL board init' print into debug.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
u-boot,dm-pre-reloc for uart0, uart2 indeed u-boot specific
properties. Move them into rk3399-u-boot.dtsi so the boards
which enabled these node will available during SPL.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Now, we have spl_board_init with preloader_console_init that
indeed show SPL banner.
So mark the 'U-Boot SPL board init' print into debug.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Support common spl_board_init by moving code from puma
board file into, common rk3399-board-spl.c.
Part of the code has sysreset-gpio, regulators_enable_boot_on
but right now only puma board is using this with relevant
config options rest remains common for all targets.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
preloader_console_init is used for printing SPL boot banner that
usually called from spl_board_init.
The current spl_board_init in evb and rock960 is enabling explicit
pinctrl, debug uart prior to calling preloader_console_init which
eventually not required since board_init_f is already enabled
debug uart.
So, drop those explicit enablement calls from spl_board_init of
evb, rock960.
Tested this by enabling CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and adding
u-boot,dm-pre-reloc property for uart node.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add u-boot.itb BUILD_TARGET for Rockchip platform when SPL_LOAD_FIT
is being used.
This can get rid of building itb explicitly with 'make u-boot.itb'
so, from now all required images will build just by make.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Right now puma rk3399 board need to copy bl31-rk3399.bin and
rk3399m0.bin into u-boot source directory to make use of building
u-boot.itb.
So, add environment variable
- BL31 for bl31.bin (instead of bl31-rk3399.bin to compatible with other
platform BL31 env)
- PMUM0 for rk3399m0.bin
If the builds are not exporting BL31, PMUM0 env, the fit_spl_atf.sh will
notify with warning about which document to refer for more information
like this:
WARNING: BL31 file bl31.bin NOT found, resulting binary is non-functional
Please read Building section in doc/README.rockchip
WARNING: PMUM0 file rk3399m0.bin NOT found, resulting binary is non-functional
Please read Building section in doc/README.rockchip
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Right now rockchip platform need to copy bl31.elf into u-boot
source directory to make use of building u-boot.itb.
So, add environment variable BL31 like Allwinner SoC so-that the
bl31.elf would available via BL31.
If the builds are not exporting BL31 env, the make_fit_atf.py
explicitly create dummy bl31.elf in u-boot root directory to
satisfy travis builds and it will show the warning on console as
WARNING: BL31 file bl31.elf NOT found, resulting binary is non-functional
WARNING: Please read Building section in doc/README.rockchip
Note, that the dummy bl31 files were created during not exporting
BL31 case would be removed via clean target in Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Currently rockchip platform is using explicit 'make u-boot.itb' for
building u-boot.itb but if we enable CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET as 'u-boot.itb'
then the resulting u-boot.itb directly will create by make.
But, that indeed make travis build fail since it require python-pyelftools
host package.
So add pyelftools install entry as 'pip install pyelftools', this would
create pyelftools on travis host which are required to build rk3399 itb.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rockchip platform has its python script that would generate various
bl31_*bin for creating u-boot.itb file by taking bl31.elf as input.
These bl31_*.bin files are generated in u-boot root directory and
have no rule to clean it up. so add support for it by adding in
command entry of clean target in Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
binman tools for creating single image build will create image.map
at the end, which has information about binman image node details.
current u-boot, is unable to clean this image.map so add a command
entry in clean target in Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The ROCK64 is a credit card size SBC based on Rockchip RK3328
Quad-Core ARM Cortex A53.
This series allow building u-boot SPL and u-boot.itb for Rock64
board. The proprietary TPL is stil required for deploy:
./tools/mkimage -n rk3328 -T rksd \
-d ./rkbin/bin/rk33/rk3328_ddr_333MHz_v1.16.bin idbloader.img
cat ./spl/u-boot-spl.bin >> idbloader.img
dd if=idbloader.img of=/dev/sdcard seek=64 conv=notrunc
dd if=u-boot.itb of=/dev/sdcard seek=16384 conv=notrunc
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
rk3328-rock64.dts has been taken from Linux kernel commit
cff6d1d6f88b ("arm64: dts: rockchip: enable HS200 for eMMC on rock64")
with minor modifications (drop nodes not known by rk3328.dtsi).
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
rk3328 SPL is locate at dram, so do not have strict size limit,
suppose to enable storage media controller driver, load ATF and
U-Boot, then boot into ATF.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
[cherry picked from 4ebe3968b6 with minor modifications]
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The fsl_esdhc driver was for Freescale eSDHC on MPC83XX/MPC85XX
initially. The later QoriQ series PowerPC processors (which were
evolutions of MPC83XX/MPC85XX), QorIQ series ARM processors, and
i.MX series processors were using this driver for their eSDHCs too.
For the two series processors, the eSDHCs are becoming more and
more different. We should have split it into two drivers, like them
(sdhci-of-esdhc.c/sdhci-esdhc-imx.c) in linux kernel.
This patch is just to create a fsl_esdhc_imx driver which is a copy
of fsl_esdhc driver for i.MX processors. We will convert i.MX processors
to use fsl_esdhc_imx, and clean up the two drivers separately in the
future patches.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Steffen Dirkwinkel <s.dirkwinkel@beckhoff.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
The default timeout value had been left in order to leave some traces
about default setup of watchdog done by firmware.
For better understanding and compiler burden, replace it with a comment.
Suggested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This breaks Intel Edison to work. It gets laggish and unable to boot kernel.
Reverts commit 665cb18ea6 for now
till better solution will be proposed.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.07-rc5 (3)
This pull request provides error fixes for the graphical output protocol,
the text output protocol, and the extended text input protocol.
Setting the boot device for the bootefi command is now not only supported
by the 'load' command but also for the file system specific commands like
'fatload'.
- Assorted small fixes
- Bugfix RSA handling code to reject images with unknown padding.
- Some boards disabled unused features to turn off DM warnings.
When build SPL_OF_PLATDATA on i.MX6, meet issue the fdtdec_get_int
not defined, however fdtdec.c will use fdtdec_get_int, so let's
compile fdtdec_common.c when OF_LIBFDT selected.
Since there is also SPL_OF_LIBFDT, so need to use
CONFIG_$(SPL_TPL_)OF_LIBFDT.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
commit b7598a43f2 ("[PATCH] Avoid assigning PCI resources from
zero address") only moved the bus lower address to 0x1000 if the
given bus start address is zero. The comment said 0x1000 is a
reasonable starting value, hence we'd better apply the same
adjustment when the given bus start address is below 0x1000.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
IDE devices are no longer automatically probed by u-boot, so it should
be done by the distro boot command before attempting to boot from IDE
(just like scsi and nvme)
Signed-off-by: Joshua Watt <JPEWhacker@gmail.com>
blk_get_device_by_str was skipping part_init when hw partition 0 was
selected because it is the default. However, this caused issues when
switching to a non-zero partition and then back to partition zero, as
stale data from the wrong partition was returned.
Remove this optimization and call part_init regardless of the selected
partition.
Signed-off-by: Robert Hancock <hancock@sedsystems.ca>
Misspelling of SPDX-License-Identifier is rather fatal than other
general typos, so must be fixed.
This file spells SPDX-Licence-Identifier.
^
I also moved it to the very top of the file with // comment style.
Detected by grepping the source tree:
$ git grep --not -e SPDX-License-Identifier --and -e SPDX-
board/armltd/vexpress64/pcie.c: * SPDX-Licence-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Liviu Dudau <liviu.dudau@foss.arm.com>
Extra "not DM" controllers support is disabled.
u-boot BSP still good enough to upgrade and run images.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Zhadan <oleks@arcturusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Durrant <mdurrant@arcturusnetworks.com>
Previously we would store NULL in info->padding and jump to an illegal
instruction if an unknown value for "padding" was specified in the
device tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Doyle <pdoyle@irobot.com>
efi_status_t and int are of different size. Use separate variables for
return codes of different type.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
fatload command can be used to load the EFI payload since EFI system
partition is always a FAT partition. Call into EFI code from do_load()
to set the device path from which the last binary was loaded. An EFI
application like grub2 can’t find its configuration file without the
device path set.
Since device path is now set in do_load() there is no need to set it
in do_load_wrapper() for the load command.
Signed-off-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <ykaukab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL.Delete() fails, always close the handle and return
EFI_WARN_DELETE_FAILURE.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If no matching package list is found in ListPackageLists(), return
EFI_NOT_FOUND.
If we do not support a package type, we will not find a matching package
list. Remove the unreachable EFI_PRINTF() statements.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.QueryMode() must allocate a buffer for the
mode information structure.
Adjust the unit test to free the buffer.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.SetMode() is called with an invalid mode,
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.Blt() is called with an invalid value of
BltOperation return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If flash_write fails, whilst we propagate this up to our caller, we need
to avoid swapping in the new file (if we're on a filesystem) in this
case.
Fixes: dbc3432379 ("tools: env: Implement atomic replace for filesystem")
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Commit ad7061ed74 ("doc: Move device tree bindings documentation to
doc/device-tree-bindings") moved all device tree binding documentation
to doc/device-tree-bindings directory.
The current U-Boot project still have two documentation directories:
- doc/
- Documentation/
Move all documentation and sphinx files to doc directory so all content
can be in a common place.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
The driver was using milliseconds and programming it into a register
which takes ticks of the watchdog clock, which runs at 1MHz. This meant
we were off by 1000 with the desired value.
When 06985289d4 ("watchdog: Implement generic watchdog_reset()
version") was added the aspeed board would leave the watchdog running,
causing it to bite before u-boot was done.
Discovered by booting in qemu:
$ qemu-system-arm -M ast2500-evb -drive file=test.img,format=raw,if=mtd -nographic -no-reboot -d cpu_reset
U-Boot 2019.07-rc3-00091-g2253e40caef5 (Jun 06 2019 - 16:53:23 +0930)
Model: Aspeed BMC
DRAM: 496 MiB
WDT: Started with servicing (60s timeout)
MMC:
In: serial@1e784000
Out: serial@1e784000
Err: serial@1e784000
Watchdog timer expired.
Fixes: 06985289d4 ("watchdog: Implement generic watchdog_reset() version")
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
- Update STM32MP entry in MAINTAINERS
- Handle correctly binding for g-tx-fifo-size for USB DWC2 driver
- Fix trusted STM32MP1 defconfig with correct ethernet driver
T2080 integrated 4 PCIe controllers, which is compatible with
the PCI Express™ Base Specification, Revision 3.0, and this
patch is to add DT node for each PCIe controller.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
- LS1046AFRWY support
- USB errata fix and secure boot defconfig support for LS1028A
- Enabled SDHC and SATA for LX2160
- LS1046A serdes fixes
- other minor fixes
Allow device mode in DWC2 driver when device tree select the dr_mode
"peripheral" or "otg".
The device mode is not allowed when dr_mode = "host" in device tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Remove the override for usbotg_hs on g-tx-fifo-size as the correct
binding, used in the kernel device tree, is now supported in dwc2
device driver.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Manage g-tx-fifo-size as a array as specify in the binding.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Uboot prompt must not be available while running
secure boot. TO ensure this bootdelay must be set
to -2.
Signed-off-by: Udit Agarwal <udit.agarwal@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
During SD boot, MC firmware and DPC are copied from SD card to DDR.
Size reserved between MC and DPC firmware on DDR is 1MB.
If the size of MC firmware(load address 0x80000000) is more than 1 MB
then part of MC firmware will be overwritten by DPC firmware (load
address 0x80100000).
Fix: Update the MC/DPL/DPC firmware's DDR address as per their
respective addresses in SD card.
Signed-off-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
During SD boot, MC firmware and DPC are copied from SD card to DDR.
Size reserved between MC and DPC firmware on DDR is 1MB.
If the size of MC firmware(load address 0x80000000) is more than 1 MB
then part of MC firmware will be overwritten by DPC firmware (load
address 0x80100000).
Fix: Update the MC/DPL/DPC firmware's DDR address as per their
respective addresses in SD card.
Signed-off-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
LS1028A includes an integrated PCI bus with 11 PCI functions residing on
bus 0. ECAM plus the device register space takes up 256MB of address
space.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Layerscape began to use two eSDHC controllers, for example,
LS1012A. They are same IP block with same reference clock.
This patch is to add clock support for the second eSDHC.
Signed-off-by: Yinbo Zhu <yinbo.zhu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
With this setting enabled, the on-board QSPI cannot be
properly flashed. There are no error messages, but the simple
write / read / compare tests fail.
This is already disabled in the qspi and tfa defconfigs for the
LS1046ARDB platform.
Signed-off-by: Maciej Pijanowski <maciej.pijanowski@3mdeb.com>
Cc: piotr.krol@3mdeb.com
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
As per LS1046A hardware manual, SGMII.9 and SGMII.10 present on
lane D and lane C respectively for 0x3363 protocol.
So fix serdes1 settings for ls1046a.
Signed-off-by: Maciej Pijanowski <maciej.pijanowski@3mdeb.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Fixes a link error on layerscape platform, linking fails with CONFIG_PCI
set and CONFIG_PCI_LAYERSCAPE unset.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Update qspi clock configuration in TFABOOT in case
of all boot sources except qspi boot source.
Signed-off-by: Pankit Garg <pankit.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
This patch is to fixed the reg read to "0" for armv7
architecture.
Signed-off-by: Peng Ma <peng.ma@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Flushing L3 cache may need variable time depending upon cache line
allocation.
Coming up with a proper timeout value would be best handled by
simulations under multiple scenarios in your actual system.
>From the purely HN-F point of view, the flush would take ~15 cycles for
a clean line, and ~22 cycles for a dirty line. For the dirty line case,
there are many variables outside the HN-F that will increase the
duration per line. For example, a *DBIDResp from the SN-F/SBSX,
memory controller latency, SN-F/SBSX RetryAck responses, CCN ring
congestion, CCN ring hops, etc, etc. The worst-case timeout would
have to factor in all of these variables plus the HN-F cycles for
every line in the L3, and assuming all lines are dirty
In case if L3 is not flushed properly, system behaviour will be
erratic, so remove timeout and add loop to check status of L3 cache.
System will stuck in while loop if there is some issue in L3 cache
flushing.
Signed-off-by: Udit Kumar <udit.kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Aggarwal <meenakshi.aggarwal@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Default environment variable is more complete. Also scans for efi
binaries for example.
Signed-off-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <ykaukab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
fsl-mc lazyapply command applies dpl from efi_exit_boot_services().
Status of fsl-mc node in working fdt is updated at this stage.
However, an efi application like grub may already have copied the fdt.
So the updates to fdt done at efi_exit_boot_services() may not be
visible to the OS. Fix it by updating fdt earlier if fsl-mc lazyapply
command is used.
Signed-off-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <ykaukab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
u-boot is trying to make CONFIG_BLK as a hard requirement
for DM_MMC. But now it's still not.
config BLK
bool "Support block devices"
depends on DM
default y if DM_MMC
When fsl_esdhc driver was reworked for DM_MMC support, DM_MMC
without CONFIG_BLK enabled wasn't considered. This patch is to
fix probe issue without CONFIG_BLK enabled.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yinbo Zhu <yinbo.zhu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Layerscape began to use two eSDHC controllers, for example,
LS1028A. They are same IP block with same reference clock.
This patch is to add clock support for the second eSDHC.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yinbo Zhu <yinbo.zhu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Rx Compliance tests may fail intermittently at high jitter
frequencies using default register values.
So program register USB_PHY_RX_OVRD_IN_HI in certain sequence
to make the Rx compliance test pass.
Signed-off-by: Yinbo Zhu <yinbo.zhu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Enable workaround for USB erratum A-008997. Here PCSTXSWINGFULL
registers has been moved to DSCR as compared to other Layerscape SoCs
where it was in SCFG.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
when compiling dts file using DTC_FLAG='-@', the device tree compiler
reports these warnings:
Warning (alias_paths): /aliases: aliases property name must include
only lowercase and '-'
Fixed the node aliases to silence these warnings.
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Bansal <pankaj.bansal@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
U-Boot code currently only applies this restriction to HS200 mode,
extend this to HS400 mode as well.
Currently U-Boot code not support accessing boot partition in HS200/400
mode. This needs more check.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.07-rc5 (2)
This pull request provides bug fixes for the UEFI sub-system. The most
relevant one concerns the allocation of memory at address 0. It is
needed for booting Linux on several boards via bootefi, e.g. the Asus
TinkerBoard.
An undefined reference bug in disk/part.c related to a division is
resolved.
The setexpr shell command calls cmd_get_data_size() which is only built
when CMD_DATA_SIZE is defined. We need to define CMD_DATA_SIZE if
CONFIG_CMD_SETEXPR is selected or the build will fail if no other
command selecting this option is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
In order to migrate this symbol to Kconfig introduce a new symbol to
guard it, CONFIG_SYS_CUSTOM_LDSCRIPT. When that is set we can then
provide the exact final location o the script.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A number of boards set CONFIG_SYS_LDSCRIPT and then end up using one of
the default searched LDSCRIPT paths. Remove these customizations.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The non-CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK SPL used on some PowerPC platforms have a
choice between CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT, CONFIG_SPL_MMC_BOOT and
CONFIG_SPL_SPI_BOOT. Migrate this to Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This tool has just been added but it seems I forgot to add it to
the ignore list. So to prevent the built binary being marked as
unversioned, add it to the ignore list.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Convert CONFIG_IP_DEFRAG to Kconfig, update defconfigs, headers
and whitelist. This patch is a follow-up on a patch by Christian
Gmeiner with the added config/header/whitelist updates.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The SetAttribute() service and the Reset() service of the simple text
output protocol must update the attribute value in the mode information.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Correct the check of the mode number in SetMode() service of the simple
text output protocol.
Clear the screen in SetMode().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This variable is defined in UEFI specification 2.8, section 8.1.
Its value should be updated whenever we add any usable runtime services
function.
Currently we only support SetVirtualAddress() for all systems and
ResetSystem() for some.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER if the variable name has zero length or the
variable has runtime access but not boottime access.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When compiling with FTRACE=1 an error
ld.bfd: disk/built-in.o: in function `lba512_muldiv':
disk/part.c:114: undefined reference to `__udivmoddi4
occurred.
Use '>> 11' instead of '/ 2048' to avoid the division.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The UEFI specification does not specify if the characters that have to be
replaced by underscore in function StrToFat() of the Unicode collation
protocol are those forbidden in FAT long names or those in FAT short names.
EDK2 and UEFI SCT assume it is those forbidden in FAT 8.3 short names.
Adjust the list of forbidden characters.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
It must be possible to allocate memory at address 0 with AllocatePages().
Move a NULL pointer check.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If an image already has been started, return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER when
StartImage() is called for the same handle again.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Change my email address, too many mails
gets to my private mail, created specific email
account just for developmement.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
This provides an SPL_SIZE_LIMIT that makes the build check that the SPL
binary loaded from flash fits into the SRAM (64 KiB) and leaves enough
room for global data, heap and stack (512 bytes assumed stack usage).
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Currently getvar_has_slot() invocation for "boot" and "system"
partitions always returns affirmative response regardless the fact of
existence of these partitions, which leads to impossibility to flash them
on old non-A/B AOSP setups, where _a/_b suffixes aren't used:
$ fastboot flash boot boot.img
Sending 'boot__a' (11301 KB) OKAY [ 0.451s]
Writing 'boot__a' FAILED (remote: 'cannot find partition')
fastboot: error: Command failed
Although partition layout is:
-> part list mmc 0
Partition Map for MMC device 0 -- Partition Type: EFI
Part Start LBA End LBA Name
Attributes
Type GUID
Partition GUID
1 0x00000800 0x000107ff "boot"
attrs: 0x0000000000000000
type: ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
guid: ea2e2470-db4a-d646-b828-10167f736d63
2 0x00010800 0x000127ff "environment"
attrs: 0x0000000000000000
type: ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
guid: 10a819d2-6004-3d48-bd87-114e2a796db9
3 0x00012800 0x0001a7ff "recovery"
attrs: 0x0000000000000000
type: ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
guid: 9ea116e4-8a34-0c48-8cf5-2fe9480f56cd
4 0x0001a800 0x0031a7ff "system"
attrs: 0x0000000000000000
......
This patch adds checks of existence for requested partitions
on eMMC/NAND.
Fixes: f73a7df984 ("net: fastboot: Merge AOSP UDP fastboot")
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Extract fastboot_*_get_part_info() usage for MMC and NAND into
getvar_get_part_info() function, as it will be needed further in other
functions. This way we can avoid code duplication and mess with
preprocessor directives across all points of usage.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
In commit [1] fastboot tool was changed w.r.t. new A/B specification [2],
and now we should report slot names in "a" format instead of "_a".
Latter is now considered legacy and we shouldn't rely on that anymore.
Due to this one can observe next error with recent fastboot tool:
$ fastboot flash boot boot.img
Sending 'boot__a' (11301 KB)
OKAY [ 0.451s]
Writing 'boot__a'
FAILED (remote: 'cannot find partition')
fastboot: error: Command failed
Let's use new slot format in order to fix double underscores "__" and to
be in sync with AOSP master.
[1] 8091947847
[2] https://source.android.com/devices/tech/ota/ab/ab_implement#partitions
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
The SPL DFU uses dfu_alt_info_N variable name to determine the DFU
configuration, where N is the name of the media (e.g. ram). It does
not use the plain dfu_alt_info. Print the name of the missing env
variable in case of a failure instead of printing dfu_alt_info,
which is just the name of the parameter passed to spl_dfu_cmd().
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Mark LPC32XX_SSP as DEPRECATED, this so the resulting build shows
warning for deprecated configuration enabled and associated code
will remove in v2019.07 release.
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.aribaud@3adev.fr>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Acked-by: Sylvain Lemieux <slemieux@tycoint.com>
[trini: Switch to DEPRECATED]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Mark SOFT_SPI as DEPRECATED, this so the resulting build shows
warning for deprecated configuration enabled and associated code
will remove in v2019.07 release.
Cc: Vasily Khoruzhick <anarsoul@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
[trini: Switch to DEPRECATED]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Mark SH_SPI as DEPRECATED, this so the resulting build shows
warning for a deprecated configuration enabled and associated code
will remove in v2019.07 release.
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
[trini: Switch to DEPRECATED]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have a warning text for non dm converted spi drivers, but the plan is
to mark all these respective drivers with CONFIG_DEPRECATED.
So, trigger a warning saying that these driver configurations and
associated code will remove in v2019.07 (earlier plan is to remove it
from v2019.04)
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
If configured target has deprecated configs enabled, trigger a warning
about this.
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
[trini: Change from BROKEN to DEPRECATED]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a new option, CONFIG_DEPRECATED, for code that relies on deprecated
functionality and has not been converted past the deadline for
conversion.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
In order to use CMD_SF / CMD_SPI / ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH we need to have
the SPI (or SPI_FLASH/DM_SPI_FLASH, for CMD_SF) enabled. Express this
in the Kconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
- pinctrl: meson-gx: fix GPIO_TEST_N and GPIOCLK_ groups
- pinctrl: meson-gxbb: add hdmi related pins to fix HDMI on GXBB
- pinctrl: meson: add support for getting pinmux status
- pinctrl: meson-g12a: add support for drive-strength-microamp property
Provide a defconfig file for the Raspberry Pi 3 Model B+. It is based on
the Raspberry Pi 3 file, just changing the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Updating the bcm283x device tree sources adds the device trees for
- Raspberry Pi 3 Model A+
- Raspberry Pi 3 Model B+
- Raspberry Pi Compute Module IO board rev1
- Raspberry Pi Compute Module 3 IO board V3.0
- Raspberry Pi Zero
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
This patch is to fix the following compilation error when
disabling CONFIG_USB for Rpi3:
include/config_distro_bootcmd.h:242:2: error: expected ‘}’
before ‘BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES_references_USB_without_CONFIG_CMD_USB’
BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES_references_USB_without_CONFIG_CMD_USB
Signed-off-by: Ajay Kaher <akaher@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
drive-strength-microamp is a new feature needed for G12A SoC.
the default DS setting after boot is usually 500uA and it is not enough for
many functions. We need to be able to set the drive strength to reliably
enable things like MMC, I2C, etc ...
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
In order to support the "pinmux status" command, use the common functions
to get the pins count and names, and add the AXG specific function to get
the current function from registers.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
In order to support the "pinmux status" command, use the common functions
to get the pins count and names, and add the GX specific function to get
the current function from registers.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Maxime Jourdan <mjourdan@baylibre.com>
In order to support the "pinmux status" command, add common function
to get pins count and pin name.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The GPIO_TEST_N was in the wrong pmx group table, move it back with the AO
groups, GPIODV_18 was missing, add it back, and finally the GPIOCLK_*
group names were missing.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
- Add Ethernet support for STM32MP1
- Add saveenv support for STM32MP1
- Add STM32MP1 Avenger96 board support
- Add SPI driver suport for STM32MP1
- Add watchdog support for STM32MP1
- Update power supply check via USB TYPE-C for STM32MP1 discovery board
As explained in include/configs/imx6_spl.h. the i.MX6 SPL
size limit is 68KB (4KB header + 64KB max size).
Provide such limit for all i.MX6 boards that use SPL
to detect SPL size overflow in build time.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The i.mx6 SPL binary cannot be bigger then 68K, while with the current
defconfig for sabreauto it's only about 56K as soon as USB support gets
added the size will overflows.
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
All i.mx6 boards seems to have moved to DM_USB, however gadget support
for mx6 is still pre-DM as CI_UDC isn't converted yet. To make this work
the usb otg controller used for gadgets needs to be usb number 0.
Add an alias for this directly in the main u-boot mx6qdl dtsi so it
doesn't need to be done for each board separately.
This fixes regressions wrt. usb gadget functionality in several boards
that have gadget functions enabled in their config, but no usb0 alias in
their device-tree.
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Sabre Auto boards currently hang with:
```
U-Boot 2019.07-rc3-00057-gc41940c406 (Jun 03 2019 - 14:42:41 +0200)
CPU: Freescale i.MX6QP rev1.0 996 MHz (running at 792 MHz)
CPU: Automotive temperature grade (-40C to 125C)Reset cause: WDOG
Model: Freescale i.MX6 Quad Plus SABRE Automotive Board
Board: MX6Q-Sabreauto revA
I2C: ready
DRAM: 2 GiB
Video device 'ipu@2400000' cannot allocate frame buffer memory -ensure the device is set up before relocation
Error binding driver 'ipuv3_video': -28
Video device 'ipu@2800000' cannot allocate frame buffer memory -ensure the device is set up before relocation
Error binding driver 'ipuv3_video': -28
Some drivers failed to bind
Error binding driver 'generic_simple_bus': -28
Some drivers failed to bind
initcall sequence 8ffe00b8 failed at call 1780e93b (err=-28)
```
Set SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to reserve_video to work.
This is similar to the change Peng Fan did for mx6sabresd (9002e735e7)
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Staticize 'spl_dram_init' and 'i2c_pad_info1' to fix the
following sparse warnings:
board/freescale/imx8mq_evk/spl.c:30:6: warning: symbol 'spl_dram_init' was not declared. Should it be static?
board/freescale/imx8mq_evk/spl.c:41:22: warning: symbol 'i2c_pad_info1' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Without this definition, fsl_esdhc will access reserved registers
on i.MX chips, so define ARCH_MXC to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
This commit is necessary to be able to re-use the pinctrl code in early
SPL to properly configure pins.
The problem is that those "static" structures (without explicit
initialization) are placed in the SDRAM area, which corresponds to
u-boot proper (not even SPL).
Hence, when one wants to configure pins before relocation via DTS/DM,
the board hangs (imx6q SoC powered one) as only OCRAM area is available
(0x009xxxxx).
This commit prevents from this issue by moving the imx6_pinctrl_soc_info
structure to data section (from BSS).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
We should not access reserved register on i.MX8, otherwise met SERROR
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Enable DM block and DM MMC support on iMX6SX VINING|2000 .
Convert board code to match the DM support. This disables
USB mass storage support due to missing DM USB, however
that will be re-enabled in subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Silvio Fricke <silvio.fricke@softing.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add imx dts files to the MAINTAINERS file list, so that i.MX
devicetree related patches can be properly sent to the i.MX folks.
Reported-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add DM support and support for probing the iMX PCI driver from DT.
The legacy non-DM support is retained, however shall be removed once
DM PCI is the only option remaining.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Pass the driver private data around the driver as much as possible, instead
of having it as a static global variable. This is done in preparation for
the DM conversion, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The driver limits the config space base to 32bit, however it can be
64bit on 64bit iMX hardware too. Remove that limitation. This patch
has no impact on the iMX6, which is the only SoC currently supported
by this driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The DM iMX PCI driver has DM_FLAG_OS_PREPARE set and will call
imx_pcie_remove() from the .remove callback. Do not call it from
the architecture code again.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
After the conversion to DM there is no need to have mmc initialization
code inside U-Boot proper.
Remove the unneeded code.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Currently the mx6qsabresd board does not boot:
U-Boot SPL 2019.07-rc2 (May 16 2019 - 14:28:55 -0300)
Trying to boot from MMC1
spl: could not find mmc device 0. error: -19
SPL: failed to boot from all boot devices
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
The reason for the boot failure is that that the SPL
size got greater than the 68KB limit (4KB header + 64KB max
size) as explained in include/configs/imx6_spl.h.
Remove the CONFIG_SPL_DM option, so that the SPL binary could
fit into the allowed size and the board can boot again.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Remove such unneeded custom config options because the
provided default values are good enough.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Remove such unneeded custom config options because the
provided default values are good enough.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
1. Replace usage of "/dev/mmcblk*p*" with a proper UUID of rootfs
partition. This fixes the issue, when MMC controllers are probed in
a different order in U-boot and Linux kernel.
2. Fix legacy USB command (both sdboot and usbboot can be used now).
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
1. Replace usage of "/dev/mmcblk*p*" with a proper UUID of rootfs
partition. This fixes the issue, when MMC controllers are probed in
a different order in U-boot and Linux kernel.
2. Fix legacy USB command (both sdboot and usbboot can be used now).
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Replace usage of "/dev/mmcblk*p*" with a proper UUID of rootfs
partition. This fixes the issue, when MMC controllers are probed in
a different order in U-boot and Linux kernel.
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Replace usage of "/dev/mmcblk*p*" with a proper UUID of rootfs
partition. This fixes the issue, when MMC controllers are probed in
a different order in U-boot and Linux kernel.
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Replace usage of "/dev/mmcblk*p*" with a proper UUID of rootfs
partition. This fixes the issue, when MMC controllers are probed in
a different order in U-boot and Linux kernel.
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
This commit adds initial support for the Toradex Apalis iMX8QM 4GB WB IT
V1.0B module. Unlike the V1.0A early access samples exclusively booting
from SD card, they are now strapped to boot from eFuses which are
factory fused to properly boot from their on-module eMMC. U-Boot
supports either booting from the on-module eMMC or may be used for
recovery purpose using the universal update utility (uuu) aka mfgtools
3.0.
Functionality wise the following is known to be working:
- eMMC, 8-bit and 4-bit MMC/SD card slots
- Gigabit Ethernet
- GPIOs
- I2C
Unfortunately, there is no USB functionality for the i.MX 8QM as of yet.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
CPU frequency reporting failed with the following error message being
printed:
sc_pm_get_clock_rate: resource:507 clk:2: res:3
Could not read CPU frequency: -22
CPU: NXP i.MX8QM RevB A53 at 0 MHz
Fix this by differentiating between the A35 as found on the i.MX 8QXP
and the A53 as found on the i.MX 8QM SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Trying to bring up uSDHC2 the following error message was observed:
MMC: imx8_clk_set_rate(Invalid clk ID #60)
imx8_clk_set_rate(Invalid clk ID #60)
usdhc@5b030000 - probe failed: -22
This commit fixes this by properly setting resp. clocks.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
pico-dwarf-imx6ul_defconfig does not have an entry in MAINTAINERS file,
so add it to avoid a build warning.
Reported-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Enable DM Video support on iMX6Q Novena and fix minor details
to restore previous behavior of the system.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Enable DM block, DM MMC and DM SATA support on iMX6Q Novena
convert board code to match the DM support.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
If PMIC is not probed successfully, it is still OK to boot
with default configuration although power is not optimized.
Default voltage of SW1A/SW1B is 1.1V/1.0V for PC32PF3000A1EP
on pico according to table 42 of spec of PF3000 ver 9.0.
Default mode of SW1A/SW1B is APS as expected(table 47).
Signed-off-by: Jun Nie <jun.nie@linaro.org>
Add default configuration to run u-boot as BL33 in the boot flow case
of ATF(ARM Trusted Firmware) -> OPTEE -> U-boot.
Signed-off-by: Jun Nie <jun.nie@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Add boot option to boot from fitimage to support verified boot.
The boot script plain text file should be packed into fit blob as
image with name of bootscr.
Signed-off-by: Jun Nie <jun.nie@linaro.org>
Subtracts CONFIG_OPTEE_TZDRAM_SIZE from the available DRAM size so that
the OPTEE memory is not override during u-boot relocation.
Note the OPTEE live in the end part of DRAM and OPTEE boot process will
itself subtract the DRAM region it lives in from the memory map passed
to Linux.
Signed-off-by: Jun Nie <jun.nie@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Correct uart clock root ID. Incorrect ID may result the
clock is gated because rate value 0 is returned in
imx_get_uartclk()
The ID can be ignored if CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT is not enabled
because init_clk_uart() will enable all uart clocks in that case.
Signed-off-by: Jun Nie <jun.nie@linaro.org>
Skip secure related initialization in arch_cpu_init if low level
init is skipped. Because these should be done in early stage
firmware, such as ARM trusted firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jun Nie <jun.nie@linaro.org>
Share configs in mx7 to skip low level init if we are in the case where
OPTEE is loaded already (maybe by ARM Trusted Firmware) and that most of
the low level initialization is already done and that we may/should skip
it doing them here.
Fix the definition detection with size detection to decide whether to skip
it.
Signed-off-by: Jun Nie <jun.nie@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
in mxc_spi_probe() plat and mxcs pointer are created:
struct mxc_spi_slave *plat = bus->platdata;
struct mxc_spi_slave *mxcs = dev_get_platdata(bus);
which have the same value. Remove plat pointer.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
in case CONFIG_MULTI_DTB_FIT is set and u-boot-dtb.imx
image is build, currently u-boot-dtb.bin is used for
generating the u-boot-dtb.imx binary, which is wrong, as
it contains only a dtb blob not the fit.blob
Use instead the u-boot-fit-dtb.bin for generating
u-boot-dtb.imx which contains the fit.blob.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The spl.c source was entirely conditioned by CONFIG_SPL_BUILD.
Change this moving CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to be used in the Makefile,
which is slightly cleaner and more readable.
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel@collabora.com>
Commit 22191ac353 ("drivers/crypto/fsl: assign job-rings to
non-TrustZone") breaks HABv4 encrypted boot support in the
following i.MX devices:
- i.MX6UL
- i.MX7S
- i.MX7D
- i.MX7ULP
For preparing a HABv4 encrypted boot image it's necessary to
encapsulate the generated DEK in a blob. In devices listed
above the blob generation function takes into consideration
the Job Ring TrustZone ownership configuration (JROWN_NS)
and can be only decapsulated by the same configuration.
The ROM code expects DEK blobs encapsulated by the Secure World
environments which commonly have JROWN_NS = 0.
As U-Boot is running in Secure World we must have JROWN_NS = 0
so the blobs generated by dek_blob tool can be decapsulated
by the ROM code.
Job-rings assignment is now handled in OP-TEE OS, this commit can
be safely reverted.
https://github.com/OP-TEE/optee_os/pull/2986
This reverts commit 22191ac353.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
The information about pressed key is relevant in performing correct
update and recovery scenarios via USB pendrive.
This commit modifies envs to provide it.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This commit updates envs responsible for using USB pendrive as a
SWUpdate based tool for recovery and update.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Commit 3a7c45f6a7 ("simple-bus: add DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC flag to
simple-bus driver") causes some i.MX boards that were converted
to DM, such as warp7, to fail to boot.
As explained by Lukas Auer:
"With the patch, U-Boot probes the drivers for devices under simple-bus
device tree nodes in the pre-relocation device model. The default value
of CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN (0x400) leaves U-Boot with not enough memory to
do this, causing it to hang."
Fix this problem by providing a convenient default value for
CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN.
Reported-by: Pierre-Jean Texier <pjtexier@koncepto.io>
Suggested-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Pierre-Jean Texier <pjtexier@koncepto.io>
Tested-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
In certain i.MX devices the encrypted boot image is failing to boot.
According to AN12056 "Encrypted Boot on HABv4 and CAAM Enabled Devices"
it's necessary to pad CSF to 0x2000 and append DEK blob.
In this case the total image size in boot data structure must cover the
entire binary otherwise the dek_blob won't be copied to memory and image
won't be decrypted.
Increase CSF_SIZE to 0x4000 to avoid such issue when booting encrypted
boot images.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Since recovery boot on mmc can get the mmcpart and mmcroot
dynamically, drop the static definitions and handle it
properly.
Tested-by: Shyam Saini <shyam.saini@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Extend size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation, from 0x400
(default one) to 0x2000 (CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN=0x2000),
as adding of DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC flag to simple-bus driver introduced a
regression on multiple boards, because of more intensive usage of malloc()
pool and therefore a broken boot as the size of pool isn't sufficient.
Fixes: 3a7c45f6a7 ("simple-bus: add DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC flag to simple-bus")
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add device tree to Makefile to avoid newly introduced error:
Device Tree Source is not correctly specified.
Please define 'CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE'
or build with 'DEVICE_TREE=<device_tree>' argument
make[1]: *** [dts/Makefile:28: arch/arm/dts/imx6-apalis.dtb] Error 1
make: *** [Makefile:1009: dts/dt.dtb] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
The code that sets a regulator by looking up the voltage in a table had
an off by one error. vsel_mask is a bitmask, not the number of table
entries, so a vsel_mask value of 0x7 indicates there are 8, not 7,
entries in the table.
Cc: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
Add common plugin codes to call ROM's hwcnfg_setup and generate IVT2
header.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This commit adds initial support for the Toradex Colibri iMX8QXP 2GB WB
IT V1.0B module. Unlike the V1.0A early access samples exclusively
booting from SD card, they are now strapped to boot from eFuses which
are factory fused to properly boot from their on-module eMMC. U-Boot
supports either booting from the on-module eMMC or may be used for
recovery purpose using the universal update utility (uuu) aka mfgtools
3.0.
Functionality wise the following is known to be working:
- eMMC and MMC/SD card
- Ethernet
- GPIOs
- I2C
Unfortunately, there is no USB functionality for the i.MX 8QXP as of
yet.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Building with Travis CI complained and stopped with the following error:
+cc1: fatal error: opening output file spl/u-boot-spl.cfgout: No such
file or directory
+compilation terminated.
This fixes commit caceb739ea ("imx: build flash.bin for i.MX8") which
took SPL being enabled on i.MX8 for granted.
Reported-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The board file uses the processor type to determine what dtb file
is set. Unfortunately, if the user wants to manually set this,
it get gets overwritten upon boot. This patch adds a check to
see if the value is already set and only changes it if the value
is empty.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Up to now we have only been using a flag queued for events. But this does
not satisfy the requirements of the UEFI spec. Events must be notified in
the sequence of decreasing TPL level and within a TPL level in the sequence
of signaling.
Implement a queue for signaled events.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If any member of the event group is signaled, all members must be set to
signaled and their notification functions have to be queued.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
ExitBootServices() has to stop timer related activity before calling the
events of the EFI_EVENT_GROUP_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES event group. But our
current implementation was stopping all other events.
All events have to observe the task priority level.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If an event is already in the signaled state, SignalEvent should not queue
the notification function but simply return EFI_SUCCESS.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In a following patch efi_signal_event() will only queue an event if it is
not signaled.
Set the is_signaled status to false before signaling the event.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Now, we have few driver are fully converted into dm and few
are partially converted.
So, update the migration status accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The comment before the transmission loop in conjunction with the
definition of SPI_TIMEOUT as 1000 implies that the loop is supposed to
have a timeout value of 1000 ms. But since there is no mdelay(1) or
similar in the loop body, the loop just runs 1000 times, without regard
for the time elapsed.
To correct this, use the standard get_timer functionality to properly
time out the loop after 1000 ms.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Decreasing the bit length and increasing the write data pointer should
be done when there are more than 32 bit of data, not 16 bit.
This did not produce incorrect behavior, because the only time where the
two checks produce different outcomes is the case of 16 < bitlen < 32,
and in this case the subsequent transmission is the last one regardless,
hence the additional bit length decrease and write data pointer increase
has no effect anyway.
Still, the correct check is the check for "bitlen > 32", so correct this
behavior.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Minize the time the adapter is disabled (via SPI_MODE_EN
clearing/setting) to just the character length setting, and only set up
the temporary data writing variable right before we need it, so there is
a more clear distinction between setting up the SPI adapter, and setting
up the data to be written.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Instead of having a table right before the code implementing the length
setting for documentation, have inline comments for the if branches
actually implementing the length setting described table's entries
(which is readable thanks to the set_char_len function).
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The variable "char_size" holds the number of bits to be transferred in
the current loop iteration. A better name would be "xfer_bitlen", which
we rename this variable to.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Introduce the to_prescale_mod and set_char_len inline functions to make
the code more readable.
Note that the added "if (bitlen > 16)" check does not change the
semantics of the current code, and hence only preserves the current
error (this will be fixed in a later patch in the series).
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The transmission loop starts with setting some variables, which are only
used inside the loop. Reduce the scope to the loop to make the
declaration and initialization of these variables coincide.
In the case of char_size this also always initializes the variable
immediately with the final value actually used in the loop (instead of
the placeholder value 32).
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
We do nothing in the loop if the "not empty" event was not detected. To
simplify the logic, check if this is the case, and skip the execution of
the loop early to reduce the nesting level and flag checking.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Get rid of the is_read variable, and just keep the state of the "not
empty" and "not full" events in two boolean variables within the loop
body.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Instead of having a nested if block, just have two branches within the
overarching if block to eliminate one nesting level.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Accesses to the register map are currently done by directly reading and
writing the structure.
Switch to the appropriate IO accessors instead.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Replace pre-processor defines with proper enums, and use the BIT macro
where applicable.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Replace the function name with a "%s" format string and the __func__
variable in debug statements (as proposed by checkpatch).
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
There are three variables that have camel-case names, which is not the
preferred naming style.
Give those variables more compliant names instead.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
There are some comments on the same line as the code they document. Put
comments above the code lines they document, so the line length is not
unnecessarily increased.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The function signatures in the driver are quite long as is. Use short
type names (uint etc.) to make them more readable.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
With the recent SPI changes, the ids8313 board won't compile anymore.
Until further information from the manufacturer, disable SPI support, so
that the board will at least compile again.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The bulk of these changes are an effort to unify Tegra186 builds with
builds of prior 64-bit Tegra generations. On top of that there are
various improvements that allow data (such as the MAC address and boot
arguments) to be passed through from early firmware to the kernel on
boot.
When introduced this limit was an int but was then changed to hex
without noting as much in the prompt nor changing existing users. Put
this back to an int.
Reported-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Fixes: 2577015dc5 ("spl: add overall SPL size check")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Include Heinrich's series to move the i.MX board size check function
to be more widely available.
- Include Simon Goldschmidt's patch to make it possible to have a more
accurate SPL size check applied.
This adds a size check for SPL that can dynamically check generated
SPL binaries (including devicetree) for a size limit that ensures
this image plus global data, heap and stack fit in initial SRAM.
Since some of these sizes are not available to make, a new host tool
'spl_size_limit' is added that dumps the resulting maximum size for
an SPL binary to stdout. This tool is used in toplevel Makefile to
implement the size check on SPL binaries.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
The SPL image for the Tinker Board has to fit into 32 KiB. This includes
up to 2 KiB for the file header.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
A new configuration variable CONFIG_SPL_SIZE_LIMIT is introduced to define
the board specific maximum size for the SPL file.
Use Makefile function size_check() to implement the test.
Depending on the size of CONFIG_SPL_SIZE_LIMIT an error like the following
is thrown:
spl/u-boot-spl.bin exceeds file size limit:
limit: 30720 bytes
actual: 33426 bytes
excess: 2706 bytes
make: *** [Makefile:1663: spl/u-boot-spl.bin] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We currently have duplicate definitions for BOARD_SIZE_CHECK in Makefile
and arch/arm/mach-imx/Makefile.
Move the board size check from arch/arm/mach-imx/Makefile to Makefile.
Depending on the value of CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT an error like an error
like the following is thrown:
u-boot-dtb.imx exceeds file size limit:
limit: 503696 bytes
actual: 509720 bytes
excess: 6024 bytes
make: *** [Makefile:1051: u-boot-dtb.imx] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Carve out function size_check from macro BOARD_SIZE_CHECK. This will allow
us to reuse the function for other file size checks.
Depending on the value of CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT an error like the
following is thrown:
u-boot-dtb.img exceeds file size limit:
limit: 409516 bytes
actual: 444346 bytes
excess: 34830 bytes
make: *** [Makefile:1212: u-boot-dtb.img] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In the UEFI context GUIDs are expected to be rendered in upper case.
The patch uses the formerly unused bit 1 of the parameter str_format
of function uuid_bin_to_str() to indicate if we need upper or lower case
output.
Function uuid_string() in vsprint.c is adjusted to correctly set the bit
depending on the print format code.
%pUb: 01020304-0506-0708-090a-0b0c0d0e0f10
%pUB: 01020304-0506-0708-090A-0B0C0D0E0F10
%pUl: 04030201-0605-0807-090a-0b0c0d0e0f10
%pUL: 04030201-0605-0807-090A-0B0C0D0E0F10
Up to this point only a diagnostic message in mount_ubifs() using '%pUB' is
concerned by the change. Further patches are needed to adjust the UEFI
subsystem.
A unit test is provided inside the ut_print command.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This allows to enable Ethernet and use driver for
Synopsys Ethernet QoS device
Signed-off-by: Christophe Roullier <christophe.roullier@st.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Synopsys GMAC 4.20 is used. And Phy mode for eval and disco is RMII
with PHY Realtek RTL8211 (RGMII)
We also support some other PHY config on stm32mp157c
PHY_MODE (MII,GMII, RMII, RGMII) and in normal,
PHY wo crystal (25Mhz and 50Mhz), No 125Mhz from PHY config
Signed-off-by: Christophe Roullier <christophe.roullier@st.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Called to configure Ethernet PHY interface selection and
configure clock selection in RCC Ethernet clock tree.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Roullier <christophe.roullier@st.com>
ETHCK_K is the identifier the kernel clock for ETH in kernel
binding, selected by ETHKSELR / gated by ETHCKEN = BIT(7).
U-Boot driver need to use the same identifier, so change ETHCK
to ETHCK_K.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Christophe Roullier <christophe.roullier@st.com>
Add 2 new checks:
- detect when USB TYPE-C cable is not plugged correctly.
In this case, GND and VBUS pins are connected but not CC1
and CC2 pins.
- detect is an USB Type-C charger supplies more than 3 Amps
which is not compliant with the USB Type-C specification
In these 2 situations, stop the boot process and let red led
blinks forever.
V cc1 | V cc2 | power supply | red led | console message
range (Volts) |range (Volts)| (Amps) | blinks |
--------------|-------------|--------------|---------|-----------------------------------
> 2.15 | < 0.2 | > 3 | for ever| USB TYPE-C charger not compliant with specification
[2.15 - 1.23[ | < 0.2 | 3 | NO | NO
[1.23 - 0.66[ | < 0.2 | 1.5 | 3 times | WARNING 1.5A power supply detected
[0.66 - 0] | < 0.2 | 0.5 | 2 times | WARNING 500mA power supply detected
< 0.2 | < 0.2 | | for ever| ERROR USB TYPE-C connection in unattached mode
> 0.2 | > 0.2 | | for ever| ERROR USB TYPE-C connection in unattached mode
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This allows to enable WATCHDOG and WDT flags to
be able to reset the watchdog and to support watchdog driver
model.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This patch adds independent watchdog support for stm32mp157c
in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To make adding new entry easier, sort Kconfig entries in
alphabetical order.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Update env_get_location() to be able to save environment into
NOR (SPI_FLASH).
Series-cc: pde, cke, pch, uboot-stm32
Cover-letter:
Add saveenv support for STM32MP1
This series adds saveenv support for STM32MP1 on several boot
devices. STM32MP1 is able to boot on eMMC, sdcard and NOR
(NAND support is not fully supported).
On eMMC and sdcard, environment is saved in EXT4 partition
On NOR, environment is saved in a dedicated partition
On NAND, environment is saved in a UBI volume.
This series:
- enables NAND and NOR support on ev1 board
- enables ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH, ENV_IS_IN_UBI, ENV_IS_IN_EXT4
flags
- fixes get_mtdparts()
- allows to override interface, device and partition for ext4
environment
- updates rule to set ENV_IS_NOWHERE value
- introduce ENV_IS_IN_DEVICE
END
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add all relative flags needed by ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH
Reserved a 256KB partition in NOR to save the U-Boot
environment.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
When ENV_IS_IN_UBI is enable, get_mtdparts is called before relocation.
During first get_mtdparts() call, mtdparts is not available in environment,
it can be retrieved by calling board_mtdparts_default(), but following
env_set() do nothing as we are before relocation. Finally mtdparts is
still not available in environment.
At second get_mtdparts() call, use_defaults is false, but mtdparts is still
not in environment and is NULL.
Remove use_defaults bool, only mtdparts criteria is useful.
Fixes: commit 5ffcd50612 ("mtd: Use default mtdparts/mtids when not defined
in the environment")
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
In case of several environment location support, env_get_location
is needed to select the correct location depending of the boot
device .
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Enable ENV_IS_IN_EXT4 and all relative flags to be able to
load/save environment in EXT4 partition.
This will allows to load/save environment on both sdcard and eMMC.
As for stm32mp15, bootfs has not the same partition number on sdcard
and on eMMC, we use "auto" key which allows to find the first
partition in device with bootable flag which is partition 4 on sdcard
and partition 2 on eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Introduce ENV_IS_IN_DEVICE to test if one the
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_ is defined and support the command
saveenv even if CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE is activated
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Allow U-Boot to get default environment for some boot mode
(USB for example), and to select storage location when it is
booting from flash device;
ENVL_NOWHERE is present in env_locations with other one.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This allows to :
- select the current device to save the environment file
- select the correct EXT4 boot device instance
and partition to save the environment file.
For EXT4, device is mmc, device instance is 0 for sdcard or 1 for eMMC.
The partition is set to "auto" to select the first partition with
bootable flag.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
For platform which can boot on different device, this allows
to override interface, device and partition from board code.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This patch configure the default value for mtdids and mtparts
dynamically according the presence of nor and nand in
the board device tree
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add the necessary configuration to have NAND and NOR support on ev1 board
for BASIC boot (with SPL) or for TRUSTED boot (with TF-A).
STM32MP> nand info
Device 0: nand0, sector size 256 KiB
Page size 4096 b
OOB size 224 b
Erase size 262144 b
subpagesize 4096 b
options 0x00184200
bbt options 0x00060000
STM32MP> sf probe
SF: Detected mx66l51235l with page size 256 Bytes, erase size 64 KiB, total 64 MiB
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Without newline, the error message appears for non prgrammed OTP boards
looks messsy. Hence add it to look more clean.
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add support for Avenger96 board from Arrow Electronics based on STM32MP157
MPU. This board is one of the Consumer Edition (CE) boards of the 96Boards
family and has the following features:
SoC: STM32MP157AAC
PMIC: STPMIC1A
RAM: 1024 Mbyte @ 533MHz
Storage: eMMC v4.51: 8 Gbyte
microSD Socket: UHS-1 v3.01
Ethernet Port: 10/100/1000 Mbit/s, IEEE 802.3 Compliant
Wireless: WiFi 5 GHz & 2.4GHz IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac
Bluetooth®v4.2 (BR/EDR/BLE)
USB: 2x Type A (USB 2.0) Host and 1x Micro B (USB 2.0) OTG
Display: HDMI: WXGA (1366x768)@ 60 fps, HDMI 1.4
LED: 4x User LED, 1x WiFi LED, 1x BT LED
More information about this board can be found in 96Boards website:
https://www.96boards.org/product/avenger96/
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
By default the configuration of the PMC is to have an external crystal
connected that requires driving on both XIN and XOUT pins.
The bypass configuration means that only XIN will be used, the SoC will not
do any driving, and the XIN needs to be provided with a proper signal.
This is the MOSCXTBY bit in the PMC main clock generator register.
The SPL needs to properly initialize the PMC registers before switching
to external clock signal and raising the clock to the cruise speed.
Also created Kconfig for this specific configuration.
By default this is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.07-rc4-2
Support for managing the non-volatile attribute of UEFI variables
is added though we do not have a backend for persistence yet.
Error messages for changes of UEFI variables are provided.
UEFI boottime service implementations are corrected.
Add an "ethernet" alias that points to the default network interface,
which is the built-in EQoS on Jetson TX2.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Recent versions of DTC have checks for PCI host bridge device tree nodes
that are named something other than "pci" or "pcie". Fix all occurrences
of such nodes for Tegra boards to avoid potential warnings from DTC.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
If early firmware initialized the display hardware and the display
controllers are scanning out a framebuffer (e.g. a splash screen), make
sure to pass information about the memory location of that framebuffer
to the kernel before booting to avoid the kernel from using that memory
for the buddy allocator.
This same mechanism can also be used in the kernel to set up early SMMU
mappings and avoid SMMU faults caused by the display controller reading
from memory for which it has no mapping.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
If early firmware initialized the display hardware and the display
controllers are scanning out a framebuffer (e.g. a splash screen), make
sure to pass information about the memory location of that framebuffer
to the kernel before booting to avoid the kernel from using that memory
for the buddy allocator.
This same mechanism can also be used in the kernel to set up early SMMU
mappings and avoid SMMU faults caused by the display controller reading
from memory for which it has no mapping.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Pass the ethernet MAC address to the kernel upon boot. This passes both
the local-mac-address property (as passed to U-Boot from cboot) and the
currently set MAC address via the mac-address property. The latter will
only be set if it is different from the address that was already passed
via the local-mac-address property.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Pass the ethernet MAC address to the kernel upon boot. This passes both
the local-mac-address property (as passed to U-Boot from cboot) and the
currently set MAC address via the mac-address property. The latter will
only be set if it is different from the address that was already passed
via the local-mac-address property.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Note that U-Boot is always chainloaded from cboot starting with L4T
release 28. cboot always loads U-Boot to a fixed address, so making
the builds position independent isn't strictly necessary. However,
position independent builds can be convenient because if U-Boot is
ever loaded to an address different from its link address, it will
still be able to boot.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Read the boot arguments passed by cboot via the /chosen/bootargs
property and store it in the cbootargs environment variable.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
This function will attempt to look up an Ethernet address in the DTB
that was passed in from cboot. It does so by first trying to locate the
default Ethernet device for the board (identified by the "ethernet"
alias) and if found, reads the "local-mac-address" property. If the
"ethernet" alias does not exist, or if it points to a device tree node
that doesn't exist, or if the device tree node that it points to does
not have a "local-mac-address" property or if the value is invalid, it
will fall back to the legacy mechanism of looking for the MAC address
stored in the "nvidia,ethernet-mac" or "nvidia,ether-mac" properties of
the "/chosen" node.
The MAC address is then written to the default Ethernet device for the
board (again identified by the "ethernet" alias) in U-Boot's control
DTB. This allows the device driver for that device to read the MAC
address from the standard location in device tree.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
This is easier to deal with and works just as well for this simple
function.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Tegra186 build are currently dealt with in very special ways, which is
because Tegra186 is fundamentally different in many respects. It is no
longer necessary to do many of the low-level programming because early
boot firmware will already have taken care of it.
Unfortunately, separating Tegra186 builds from the rest in this way
makes it difficult to share code with prior generations of Tegra. With
all of the low-level programming code behind Kconfig guards, the build
for Tegra186 can again be unified.
As a side-effect, and partial reason for this change, other Tegra SoC
generations can now make use of the code that deals with taking over a
boot from earlier bootloaders. This used to be nvtboot, but has been
replaced by cboot nowadays. Rename the files and functions related to
this to avoid confusion. The implemented protocols are unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Commit 86cf1c8285 ("configs: Migrate CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS") reduced
the number of DRAM banks supported by U-Boot from 1026 to 8 on P2771-000
boards.
However, as explained in commit a9819b9e33 ("ARM: tegra: p2771-000:
increase max DRAM bank count"), the platform can have a large number of
unusable chunks of memory (up to 1024), so a total of 1026 DRAM banks
are needed to describe the worst-case situation.
In practice the number of DRAM banks needed will typically be much
lower, but we should be prepared to properly deal with the worst case.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Resetting the USB device controller on boot is only necessary if the SoC
actually has a UDC controller and U-Boot enables support for it. All the
Tegra boards support UDC via the ChipIdea UDC driver, so make the UDC on
boot workaround depend on the ChipIdea UDC driver.
This prevents a crash on Tegra186 which does not have the ChipIdea UDC.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Some devices may restrict access to the PMC to TrustZone software only.
Non-TZ software can detect this and use SMC calls to the firmware that
runs in the TrustZone to perform accesses to PMC registers.
Note that this also fixes reset_cpu() and the enterrcm command on
Tegra186 where they were previously trying to access the PMC at a wrong
physical address.
Based on work by Kalyani Chidambaram <kalyanic@nvidia.com> and Tom
Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Boards may not support all the boot target devices in the default list
for Tegra devices. Allow a board to override the list and default to the
standard list only if the board hasn't specified one itself.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
The save_boot_params() function takes as its first four arguments the
first four registers. On 32-bit ARM these are r0, r1, r2 and r3, all of
which are 32 bits wide. However, on 64-bit ARM thene registers are x0,
x1, x2 and x3, all of which are 64 bits wide. In order to allow reusing
the save_boot_params() implementation on 64-bit ARM, change it to take
unsigned long parameters rather than the fixed size 32-bit integers.
This ensures that the correct values are passed.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Powergate code is not relevant on all Tegra SoC generations, so guard it
with a Kconfig symbol that can be selected by the generations that need
it.
This is in preparation for unifying Tegra186 code with the code used on
older generations.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Pin controller code is not relevant on all Tegra SoC generations, so
guard it with a Kconfig symbol that can be selected by the generations
that need it.
This is in preparation for unifying Tegra186 code with the code used on
older generations.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Memory controller code is not relevant on all Tegra SoC generations, so
guard it with a Kconfig symbol that can be selected by the generations
that need it.
This is in preparation for unifying Tegra186 code with the code used on
older generations.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
The GP pad control code is not relevant on all Tegra SoC generations, so
guard it with a Kconfig symbol that can be selected by the generations
that need it.
This is in preparation for unifying Tegra186 code with the code used on
older generations.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Clock code is not relevant on all Tegra SoC generations, so guard it
with a Kconfig symbol that can be selected by the generations that need
it.
This is in preparation for unifying Tegra186 code with the code used on
older generations.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
There's no need to replicate the pmu.h header file for every Tegra SoC
generation. Use a single header that is shared across generations.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
pll_c is not a valid parent for the disp1 clock, so trying to set it
will fail. Given that display is not used in U-Boot, remove the init
table entry so that disp1 will keep its default parent (clk_m).
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
On Tegra210 the parents for the disp1 and disp2 clocks are slightly
different from earlier chips. Only pll_p, pll_d_out0, pll_d2_out0 and
clk_m are valid parents (technically pll_d_out is as well, but U-Boot
doesn't know anything about it). Fix up the type name and the mux
definition.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
This function can be used to set the local MAC address for the default
Ethernet interface in its device tree node. The default interface is
identified by the "ethernet" alias.
One case where this is useful is for devices that store their MAC
address in a custom location. Once extracted, board code can store the
MAC address in U-Boot's control DTB so that it will automatically be
used by the Ethernet uclass.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
current implementation for checking if "led list"
command is called checks only if "l" is passed to the
led command. This prevents switching leds with name
which starts also with a "l". So check for passing
"list".
While at it, also fix a typo in led command usage.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This is required for proper operation of the 8-bit data transfers.
This fixes transient errors seen on BeagleBone Black.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
This adds a define for CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT in the legoev3 config.
On the EV3, U-Boot is loaded into RAM by another bootloader, so we
don't need the lowlevel init in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <david@lechnology.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
The MAC address is located at at the last 64K of SPI Flash, and
it's 6 bytes long. This patch corrects both the length and
starting byte of the MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The commong initialization code manually initializes the GPIO
even when OF_CONTROL does it, so we can reduce the code size a
bit by not doing it manually when we have device tree support.
Using the omap3_logic board (dm3730), the sizes shrunk:
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
561066 28596 116880 706542 ac7ee u-boot
55245 1605 1888 58738 e572 spl/u-boot-spl
After
text data bss dec hex filename
560898 28548 116872 706318 ac70e u-boot
55121 1557 1888 58566 e4c6 spl/u-boot-spl
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
With ipam390 support removed in we can remove the reference to the
linker script since that case will never be true.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
U-Boot README recommends initializing SDRAM in board_init_f(). DA850
was doing it as part of board_init_r() (through call to spl_board_init()
which calls arch_cpu_init() which calls da850_ddr_setup())
This worked fine till commit 15b8c75058 ("davinci:
da850evm/omapl138-lcdk: Move BSS to SDRAM because SRAM is full") moved
BSS to SDRAM.
Functions like mmc_initialize() called in board_init_r() assume BSS is
available. Since SDRAM was not initialized when arch/arm/lib/crt0.S tried
to initialize BSS to 0, BSS is not initialized correctly.
Fix this by simply calling arch_cpu_init() from board_init_f(). Also move
preloader_console_init() there to help debug issues with board_init_r().
With this spl_board_init() is no longer needed, we remove it.
Tested using MMC/SD boot on OMAP-L138 LCDK board.
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #da850evm
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Tested-by: Peter Howard <phoward@gme.net.au> #omapl138_lcdk
commit 21af33ed03 ("ARM: davinci: omapl138_lcdk: Enable DM_MMC")
wanted to enable DM_MMC only for U-Boot and not for SPL.
But CONFIG_DM_MMC is defined for SPL build too. Because of this
MMC device was not getting registered for SPL causing MMC/SD
boot breakage.
Instead use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(DM_MMC) which will remain false until
CONFIG_SPL_DM_MMC is defined.
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #da850evm
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Tested-by: Peter Howard <phoward@gme.net.au> #omapl138_lcdk
- Support Microchip MPFS Icicle board.
- Enable e1000 and nvme support for qemu.
- Enable PCI host ECAM generic driver for qemu.
- Increase the environment size to 128kB for qemu.
Some boards don't have such a regulator, and don't need one to enable
HDMI display. Make it optional, fixing hdmi display for those boards.
Also surround the regulator code with a config check on DM_REGULATOR.
Reported-by: Mohammad Rasim <mohammad.rasim96@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Jourdan <mjourdan@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mohammad Rasim <mohammad.rasim96@gmail.com>
This patch adds Microchip MPFS Icicle board support.
For now, NS16550 serial driver is only enabled.
The Microchip MPFS Icicle defconfig by default builds
U-Boot for M-Mode with SMP support.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
The existing default size of 4kB is too small as the default environment
has already nearly that size and defining a single additional environment
variable can exceed the available space.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Merker <merker@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With this option, -nv, at "setenv -e" command, a variable will be defined
as non-volatile.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The attribute, EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE, should be encoded as "nv" flag
in U-Boot variable if specified.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Extend the driver to build with DM_VIDEO enabled. DTS files
must additionally include 'u-boot,dm-pre-reloc' property in
soc and child nodes to enable driver binding to mxsfb device.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Refactor video_hw_init() function, and introduce an independent function
for the common procedure of initialization.
Currently video_hw_init() is only in charge of parsing configuration from
env("videomode") and filling struct GraphicPanel, and new
mxs_probe_common() does hw specific initialization (invocation of
mxs_lcd_init() etc.)
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Provide directly framebuffer address instead of pointer to
GraphicDevice struct, which will let to re-use this function in
DM_VIDEO configurations.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Enable CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK by default for DM_VIDEO enabled
configurations, where env("splashimage") is used for showing Toradex
boot logo.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Currently for CONFIG_DM_VIDEO=y setting splashimage env variable doesn't
have any effect. Introduce a common function for both dm-video/lcd stacks,
that checks env("splashimage") and invokes bmp_display() accordingly.
For additional details please check discussion [1].
[1] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2019-May/371002.html
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
When the memory map is changed signal events of the
EFI_EVENT_GROUP_MEMORY_MAP_CHANGE event group.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Error message will alert a user that setting/deleting a variable failed.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If a user defines BootNext but not BootOrder and loading from BootNext
fails, you will see only a message like this:
BootOrder not defined
This may confuse a user. Adding an error message will be helpful.
An example output looks like this:
=> efidebug boot add 0001 label1 scsi 0:1 "\path1\file1.efi" "--option foo"
=> efidebug boot add 0002 label2 scsi 0:1 "\path2\file2.efi" "--option bar"
=> efidebug boot add 0003 label3 scsi 0:1 "\path3\file3.efi" "--option no"
=> efidebug boot order 0001 0002
=> efidebug boot next 0003
=> bootefi bootmgr
Loading from Boot0003 'label3' failed
Loading from BootNext failed, falling back to BootOrder
Loading from Boot0001 'label1' failed
Loading from Boot0002 'label2' failed
EFI boot manager: Cannot load any image
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Adjust messages.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The EnableCursor() service of the simple text output protocol must update
the the CursorVisible field of the output mode.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In the UEFI Stall() boottime service we need access to usec_to_tick().
Export the function.
Remove redundant implementation in arch/arm/mach-rockchip/rk_timer.c.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If DisconnectController() is called and no driver is managing
ControllerHandle, return EFI_SUCCESS.
UEFI SCT II 2017, 3.3.12 DisconnectController(), 5.1.3.12.4 - 5.1.3.12.6
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This allows SPL to load the main U-Boot image from MMC once DM_MMC is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Dennis Gilmore <dennis@ausil.us>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.07-rc4
Corrections for boottime services for protocols and for the SetTime()
service are provided.
Error messages for the 'setenv -e' and 'bootefi bootmgr' commands are
added.
Provide a unit test that checks that the open protocol information is
correctly updated when opening and closing protocols.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
CloseProtocol() must delete all open protocol information records relating
to import parameters not only one.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When a protocol is opened the open protocol information must be updated.
The key fields of the open protocol information records are ImageHandle,
ControllerHandle, and Attributes.
Consider the Attributes field when determining if an open protocol
information record has to be updated or a new one has to be created.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The UEFI specification requires that when a protocol is opened via
HandleProtocol() the agent handle is the image handle of the EFI firmware
(see chapter on EFI_BOOT_SERVICES.OpenProtocol()).
Let efi_handle_protocol() pass efi_root as agent handle to
efi_open_protocol().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Alex reported the following:
"
I'm doing some MDIO work on a freescale/NXP platform and I bumped into
errors with this command:
=> mdio r emdio#3 5 3
Reading from bus emdio#3
"Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x8600000e
elr: ffffffff862b8000 lr : 000000008200cce4 (reloc)
...
mdio list does not list any PHYs currently because ethernet is using DM
and the interfaces are not probed at this time. The PHY does exist
on the bus though.
The above scenario works with this commit reverted:
e55047ec51 cmd: mdio: Switch to generic
helpers when accessing the registers
The current code using generic helpers only works for PHYs that have
been registered and show up in bus->phymap and crashes for arbitrary
IDs. I find it useful to allow reading from other addresses over MDIO
too, certainly helpful for people debugging MDIO on various boards.
"
Fix this by reverting to use the raw MDIO bus operations in case there
is no PHY probed based on DT at the specified address.
This restores the old behavior for these PHYs, which means that the
newly introduced MMD-over-C22 helpers won't be available for them, but
at least they will be accessible again without crashing the system.
Fixes: commit e55047ec51 ("cmd: mdio: Switch to generic helpers when accessing the registers")
Reported-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
At present the link speed change callback is a nop. According to
macb device tree bindings, an optional "tx_clk" is used to clock
the ethernet controller's TX_CLK under different link speed.
In 10/100 MII mode, transmit logic must be clocked from a free
running clock generated by the external PHY. In gigabit GMII mode,
the controller, not the external PHY, must generate the 125 MHz
transmit clock towards the PHY.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Tested-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Add the standard Ethernet device tree bindings (imported from v5.0 of
the Linux kernel) and implement support for reading the MAC address for
Ethernet devices in the Ethernet uclass. If the "mac-address" property
exists, the MAC address will be parsed from that. If that property does
not exist, the "local-mac-address" property will be tried as fallback.
MAC addresses from device tree take precedence over the ones stored in
a network interface card's ROM.
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
In order for the device to use the proper MAC address, which can have
been configured in the environment prior to the device being registered,
ensure that the MAC address is written after the device has been probed.
For devices that are registered before the network stack is initialized,
this is already done during eth_initialize(). If the Ethernet device is
on a bus that is not initialized on early boot, such as PCI, the device
is not available at the time eth_initialize() is called, so we need the
MAC address programming to also happen after probe.
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
The GetTime() and the SetTime() runtime services are not obligatory. So
let's make them customizable.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If SetTime() is meant to set daylight saving time it will be called with
Time.Daylight == EFI_TIME_ADJUST_DAYLIGHT | EFI_TIME_IN_DAYLIGHT.
Return 0 from GetTime() if time is not in daylight because we cannot
determine if we are in a time zone with daylight saving time.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
To let a board implement the runtime version of SetTime() we have to
provide the definition of the weak function in an include.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The UEFI spec prescribes that we check that the timestamp passed to
SetTime() is checked for validity.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When uninstalling a protocol the following steps are needed:
* request all drivers to disconnect
* close protocol for all non-drivers
* check if any open instance of the protocol exists on the handle and
return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED in this case
* remove the protocol interface
By tort we tested for remaining open protocol instances already after
requesting drivers to disconnect.
With this correction the UEFI SCT II tests for UninstallProtocolInterface()
and ReinstallProtocolInterface are passed.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When trying to open a protocol exclusively attached drivers have to be
removed. This removes entries in the open protocol information linked list
over which we are looping. As additionally child controllers may have been
removed the only safe thing to do is to restart the loop over the linked
list when a driver is removed.
By observing the return code of DisconnectController() we can eliminate a
loop.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In LocateProtocol() implement searching by the registration key returned by
RegisterNotifyProtocol().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The code to check if a registration key is a valid key returned by
RegisterProtocolNotify() can be reused. So let us factor it out into a new
function efi_check_register_notify_event().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If a user defines BootNext but not BootOrder and loading from BootNext
fails, you will see only a message like this:
BootOrder not defined
This may confuse a user. Adding an error message will be helpful.
An example output looks like this:
=> efidebug boot add 0001 label1 scsi 0:1 "\path1\file1.efi" "--option foo"
=> efidebug boot add 0002 label2 scsi 0:1 "\path2\file2.efi" "--option bar"
=> efidebug boot add 0003 label3 scsi 0:1 "\path3\file3.efi" "--option no"
=> efidebug boot order 0001 0002
=> efidebug boot next 0003
=> bootefi bootmgr
Loading from Boot0003 'label3' failed
Loading from BootNext failed, falling back to BootOrder
Loading from Boot0001 'label1' failed
Loading from Boot0002 'label2' failed
EFI boot manager: Cannot load any image
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Adjust messages.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Error message will alert a user that setting/deleting a variable failed.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When a protocol is installed the handle should be queued for the
registration key of each registered event. LocateHandle() should return the
first handle from the queue for the registration key and delete it from the
queue.
Implement the queueing.
Correct the selftest.
With the patch the UEFI SCT tests for LocateHandle() are passed without
failure.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
- some fix for rk3399-puma;
- rockchip script make_fit_atf.py cleanup
- Enable TPL for rk3399 orangepi and nanopi4;
- add support for rk3399 boards: Nanopi NEO4, Rockpro64, Rock PI 4;
- Sync DT with Linux 5.2-rc1 for G12A
- Add USB clock support that was introduced in 5.2-rc1 bindings
- Add currently in-review for Linux eMMC & USB DT for G12A in -u-boot.dtsi
- Fix PHY routing to external PHY when chainloading from a misconfigred bootloader
- Remove useless PHY GPIO reset from q200 board file
- Enable USB support for Amlogic U200 reference board
Now the Amlogic G12A DT and drivers are present, enable full USB
on the U200 Reference Design board.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
When using External PHY, reset the mux to use the external PHY in case U-Boot
was chainloaded from a misconfigured bootloader.
Fixes: 33e3378091 ("ARM: meson: rework soc arch file to prepare for new SoC")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The following DT nodes in the process on review for Linux 5.3,
until Linux 5.3 is tagged, add the missing DT nodes in u-boot specific
DTSI files that will be dropped when the v5.3-rc1 DT is synced again.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The G12A PCIE PLL clock was introduced in Linux 5.2-rc1, and is needed
for USB to operate, add basic support for it and associated gates.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
This patch add documentation for TPL build and flashing steps
for rk3399 boards.
Add full boot log for future reference.
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add initial support for Rock PI 4 board.
Specification
- Rockchip RK3399
- LPDDR4
- eMMC
- SD card slot
- RTL8211E 1Gbps
- HDMI In/Out, DP, MIPI DSI/CSI
- PCIe M.2
- USB 2.0, USB-3.0
- USB C Type
Commit details of rk3399-rock-pi-4.dts sync from Linux 5.1-rc2:
"arm64: dts: rockchip: add ROCK Pi 4 DTS support"
(sha1: 1b5715c602fda7b812af0e190eddcce2812e5417)
Signed-off-by: Akash Gajjar <akash@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add initial support for Rockpro64 board.
Specification
- Rockchip RK3399
- 2/4GB Dual-Channel LPDDR3
- SD card slot
- eMMC socket
- 128Mb SPI Flash
- Gigabit ethernet
- PCIe 4X slot
- WiFI/BT module socket
- HDMI In/Out, DP, MIPI DSI/CSI, eDP
- USB 3.0, 2.0
- USB Type C power and data
- GPIO expansion ports
- DC 12V/2A
Commit details of rk3399-rockpro64.dts sync from Linux 5.1-rc2:
"arm64: dts: rockchip: rockpro64 dts add usb regulator"
(sha1: 6db644c79c8d45d73b56bc389aebd85fc3679beb)
'Akash' has sent an initial patch before, so I keep him as board
maintainer and I'm co-maintainer based on our conversation.
Signed-off-by: Akash Gajjar <akash@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This patch cleans up make_fit_atf.py in the following way:
* Fix all issues reported by pylint
* Move copyright notice from file-to-generate to script
* Fix of-by-one bugs in loadables property
* Remove commented-out (dead) code.
Besides the bugfix no intended changes.
Tested on RK3399-Q7 with TF-A v2.1 as BL31.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Muellner <christoph.muellner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This patch adds the rate for UART1 and UART3 the same way
as already implemented for UART0 and UART2.
This is required for boards, which have their console output
on these UARTs.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Muellner <christoph.muellner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The RK3399 SPL does not use a pinctrl driver to setup the UART pins.
Instead it works based on config macros, which set the base address
of the actual UART block.
Currently the RK3399 SPL support UART0 and UART2.
This patch adds UART3 in the same way as UART0.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Muellner <christoph.muellner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Both the SPL_LOAD_FIT and SPL_LOAD_FIT_FULL have the same description.
Adjust the description to make it clear which one is which.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Contrary to fat12/16, fat32 can have root directory at any location
and its size can be expanded.
Without this patch, root directory won't grow properly and so we will
eventually fail to add files under root directory. Please note that this
can happen even if you delete many files as deleted directory entries
are not reclaimed but just marked as "deleted" under the current
implementation.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When a long name directory entry is created, multiple directory entries
may be occupied across a directory cluster boundary. Since only one
directory cluster is cached in a directory iterator, a first cluster must
be written back to device before switching over a second cluster.
Without this patch, some added files may be lost even if you don't see
any failures on write operation.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
With the commit below, fat now correctly handles a file read under
a non-cluster-aligned root directory of fat12/16.
Write operation should be fixed in the same manner.
Fixes: commit 9b18358dc0 ("fs: fat: fix reading non-cluster-aligned
root directory")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Cc: Anssi Hannula <anssi.hannula@bitwise.fi>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Compiling the display command leads to an error
undefined reference to `display_set'
No implementation of display_set() exists in U-Boot.
Eliminate the `display` command as well as the accompanying files.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For bcm7445 and bcm7260, this patch enables CONFIG_DM_MMC and updates
the bcmstb SDHCI driver to use the new driver model. This allows
removal of SDHCI configuration handling from bcmstb.c, and eliminates
a board removal compile warning.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Fitzsimmons <fitzsim@fitzsim.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This board still doesn't select CONFIG_DM and seems to be umaintained.
As it makes progress on modernizing several DaVinci drivers more
difficult and the maintainer has not expressed interest in updating
it, this patch proposes to remove it.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
This board still doesn't select CONFIG_DM and seems to be umaintained.
As it makes progress on modernizing several DaVinci drivers more
difficult and the maintainer has not expressed interest in updating
it, this patch proposes to remove it.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
This board still doesn't select CONFIG_DM and seems to be umaintained.
As it makes progress on modernizing several DaVinci drivers more
difficult and the maintainer has not expressed interest in updating
it, this patch proposes to remove it.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
This board still doesn't select CONFIG_DM and seems to be umaintained.
As it makes progress on modernizing several DaVinci drivers more
difficult and the maintainer has not expressed interest in updating
it, this patch proposes to remove it.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
This board still doesn't select CONFIG_DM and seems to be umaintained.
As it makes progress on modernizing several DaVinci drivers more
difficult and the maintainer has not expressed interest in updating
it, this patch proposes to remove it.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This board still doesn't select CONFIG_DM and seems to be umaintained.
As it makes progress on modernizing several DaVinci drivers more
difficult and the maintainer has not expressed interest in updating
it, this patch proposes to remove it.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
This board still doesn't select CONFIG_DM and seems to be umaintained.
As it makes progress on modernizing several DaVinci drivers more
difficult and the maintainer has not expressed interest in updating
it, this patch proposes to remove it.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
This board still doesn't select CONFIG_DM and seems to be umaintained.
As it makes progress on modernizing several DaVinci drivers more
difficult and the maintainer has not expressed interest in updating
it, this patch proposes to remove it.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
The first memory location of ${dtbaddr} may be still valid after a warm
restart of the machine and 'fdt addr ${dtbaddr}' doesn't recognize that
the cfgscript didn't run properly and fallback mechanism with copying
the internal fdt ${fdtcontroladdr} to ${dtbaddr} doesn't catch this.
To get sure that we have proper failsafe behaviour we simply zero the
first memory location of ${dtbaddr} for getting sure that the fdt is
invalid if cfgscript didn't run.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
fat_itr_root() allocates fatbuf so we free it on the exit path, if
the function fails we should not free it, check the return value
and skip freeing if the function fails.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
NAND: BUG at drivers/mtd/nand/raw/nand_base.c:4361/nand_scan_tail()!
This board has a NAND flash enabled, and it requires the HW PMECC in order
to correctly probe this flash.
In the NAND flash configuration , this is selected by the GENERATE_PMECC_HEADER
which is not needed for mmc configuration.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Several drivers used by the ControlCenterDC board were converted to DM
upstream. But the board had not been using these drivers yet.
Update the board's config file to reflect these changes and use the DM
version of these drivers. No further device tree updates are necessary,
since the devices in question are already present in the device tree.
This especially fixes the three compile warnings about CONFIG_DM_MMC,
CONFIG_DM_USB, and CONFIG_AHCI for the ControlCenterDC board.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch enables CONFIG_BLK and CONFIG_DM_MMC on helios4 to remove
these compile warnings:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_MMC. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_MMC before the v2019.04 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_USB. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_USB before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Dennis Gilmore <dgilmore@redhat.com>
- Gen3 PCIe driver + enablement on Salvator-X platforms.
- Gen3 recovery SPL used to reload ATF/OpTee/U-Boot instead of minimon.
- SDHI HS400 fixes ported from latest BSP and datasheet.
Move the main symbol for Freescale Fman Ethernet controller option to
Kconfig. Also migrate the CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_xxx macros and
rename the SPIFLASH one to follow the same format as all of the others.
To do this fully we need to migrate CONFIG_QC, do so.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.07-rc3 (3)
Several bug fixes for the UEFI sub-system are provided.
The SetTime() boottime service is implemented.
Enable sound output. With this, 'sound play 1000 400' emits a simple beep.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Add a short note about how to boot U-Boot on Nyan-big using tegrarcm.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Add a sound driver for tegra devices. This connects the audio hub, I2S
controller and audio codec to allow sound output.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Add a driver which supports transmitting digital sound to an audio codec.
This uses fixed parameters as a device-tree binding is not currently
defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Jon Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Add a driver for the audio hub. This is modelled as a misc device which
supports writing audio data from I2S.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Jon Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
This function enables a peripheral clock and then immediately sets its
divider. Add a delay to allow the clock to settle first. This matches the
delay in other places which do a similar thing.
Without this, the I2S device on Nyan does not init properly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
The first clock type appears to have and incorrect setting for out of the
mux outputs. It should be CLK_M, not OSC. Fix it and its only user.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
If a variable already exists, efi_set_variable() should not change
the variable's attributes. This patch enforces it.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The current efi_st_variable() doesn't support EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE
attiribute for now, and so should return an error.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Fix typos is commit message.
Add TODO comment.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Change comments for struct efi_open_protocol_info_item and
struct efi_handler to Sphinx format.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Since commit 226cddbe32 ("efi_loader: check device path in
InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces") iPXE fails to access the network.
LocateDevicePath() returns EFI_SUCCESS even if a shorter path is found as a
partial match. It returns the remaining path. So to be sure that we found a
complete match we need to check that the remaining path refers to an end
node.
Provide debug output if a device path has already been installed.
Fixes: 226cddbe32 ("efi_loader: check device path in
InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
According to the UEFI spec 2.8 the GetTime() runtime service should return
EFI_UNSUPPORTED if the real time clock is not available.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Implement the SetTime() runtime service.
Extend the real time clock selftest to check setting the clock.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Enable CONFIG_USE_PREBOOT on for the gardena mt7688 platforms, so that
this feature can be used here.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
With commit 06985289d4 ("watchdog: Implement generic watchdog_reset()
version") the init sequence has changed in arch_misc_init(), resulting
in a re-appearance of the d-cache issue on MT7688 boards (e.g. gardena).
When this happens, the first (or sometimes later ones as well) TFTP
command hangs and does not complete correctly. This leads to the
assumption that the d-cache is not in a clean state once the ethernet
driver is called (d-cache is used here for the buffers). The old work-
around with the cache flush somehow does not work any more now with
the new code change.
To fix this issue, this patch now removes the old workaround and selects
CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_CLEAR_ON_INIT for ARCH_MTMIPS. With this option the
complete malloc area is initialized with zeros (cache lines are touched).
Testing has shown that this also fixes the issue on the MT7688 boards.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Suggested-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This patch enables the "wdt" command, which is quite useful for watchdog
testing.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Finding bitstream from cff-file is no longer valid after bitstream is built
into FIT image and loaded by generic firmware loader. Remove cff-file
as this is legacy implementation from A10 downstream.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
This patches move dspi bus-related operations into more
proper location, to avoid the driver to declares them as externs.
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
This patch removes CONFIG_SYS_DSPI_XX options from
include/configs "m68k" .h board files, since CTAR
registers are now set with default values in the cf_spi
driver initialization, and configurable by devicetree.
Note, these options cannot be totally removed from the
whitelist, since still used from boards using fsl_dspi.c
(mostly arm-based boards).
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
This patch adds devicetree support to the mcfuart.c driver
and removes non DM code.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
This patch adds CONFIG_DM_SPI for all m68k boards using
the cf_spi.c driver (DSPI module).
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Enable DT usage for all m68k boards. To provide a
working single binary, the dts has been kept as embedded.
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
This patch adds basic dts files for all the m68k boards.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
[trini: Add CONFIG_TARGET_M5329EVB dtbs and update M5329EVB defconfigs]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch adds a basic group of devicetrees, one for each
cpu family, including actually just uart and dspi devices,
since these are the drivers supporting devicetree (support
added in this patch-set).
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
On SoCFPGA A10 systems, it can rarely happen that a reboot from Linux
will result in stale data in PL310 L2 cache controller. Even if the L2
cache controller is disabled via the CTRL register CTRL_EN bit, those
data can interfere with operation of devices using DMA, like e.g. the
DWMMC controller. This can in turn cause e.g. SPL to fail reading data
from SD/MMC.
The obvious solution here would be to fully reset the L2 cache controller
via the reset manager MPUMODRST L2 bit, however this causes bus hang even
if executed entirely from L1 I-cache to avoid generating any bus traffic
through the L2 cache controller.
This patch thus configures and enables the L2 cache controller very early
in the SPL boot process, clears the L2 cache and disables the L2 cache
controller again.
The reason for doing it in SPL is because we need to avoid accessing any
of the potentially stale data in the L2 cache, and we are certain any of
the stale data will be below the OCRAM address range. To further reduce
bus traffic during the L2 cache invalidation, we enable L1 I-cache and
run the invalidation code entirely out of the L1 I-cache.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Cc: Dalon Westergreen <dwesterg@gmail.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
commit 1b898ffc04 ("gpio: dwapb_gpio: convert to livetree") introduced
a bug in that dev->node of the gpio chip was accidentally set to the
of_node of its bank subnode.
What it meant to do was assign subdev->node, not dev->node.
While this doesn't affect too many use cases, iterating over the gpio
chip's properties doesn't work any more after that, so fix this.
Fixes: commit 1b898ffc04 ("gpio: dwapb_gpio: convert to livetree")
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
This patch is to support Freescale sata driver with dts initialized.
Also resolved the following problems.
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_SCSI. Please update
the storage controller to use CONFIG_DM_SCSI before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
Signed-off-by: Peng Ma <peng.ma@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
adopt 32 bit addr in fsl_esdhc for CONFIG_PPC.
So adopt 32 bit address for CONFIG_PPC.
Signed-off-by: Yinbo Zhu <yinbo.zhu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
CONFIG_PMECC_CAP has a higher priority than its ONFI detected
parameter and will overwrite it when defined. As per commit
49ad40298c, CONFIG_PMECC_CAP has a default value of 2 if not
otherwise stated. This results in the overwriting of the ONFI ECC
bits value. The following errors are seen when booting the kernel
from the nand flash:
Loading Environment from NAND... PMECC: Too many errors
NAND read from offset 140000 failed -74
*** Warning - some problems detected reading environment; recovered successfully
*** Warning - bad CRC, using default environment
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
Net: eth0: ethernet@f8008000
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
NAND read: device 0 offset 0x180000, size 0x80000
PMECC: Too many errors
NAND read from offset 180000 failed -74
0 bytes read: ERROR
NAND read: device 0 offset 0x200000, size 0x600000
PMECC: Too many errors
NAND read from offset 200000 failed -74
0 bytes read: ERROR
Bad Linux ARM zImage magic!
Fix it by setting the right value for ECC bits.
Fixes: 49ad40298c ("ARM: at91: Convert SPL_GENERATE_ATMEL_PMECC_HEADER to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Add command tuning for DDR interactive mode, used during
board bring-up or with CubeMX DDR tools to execute software
tuning for the DDR configuration:
- software read DQS Gating (replace the built-in one)
- Bit de-skew
- Eye Training or DQS training
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add command tests for DDR interactive mode, used during
board bring-up or with CubeMX DDR tools to verify the
DDR configuration.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This debug mode is used by CubeMX DDR tuning tools
or manualy for tests during board bring-up.
It is simple console used to change DDR parameters and check
initialization.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Manage power supply configuration for board using stpmic1
with LPDDR2 or with LPDDR3:
+ VDD_DDR1 = 1.8V with BUCK3 (bypass if possible)
+ VDD_DDR2 = 1.2V with BUCK2
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Force alignment of the size of parameters array with
the expected value in the binding, that allows compilation
error when the array size change.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Update DDR configuration with the latest update:
- PUBL_regs: DXnGCR[0]= according to ddr_width to disable Byte
lane 2/3 in 16bit
- fix LPDDR2/3 timing_calc to step RL/WL in relaxed
timings mode
- remove LPDDR3 RL3 (optional) support vs MR0[7]
because MR0[7] can't be read instead always apply
worse RL/WL for LPDDR3 when freq < 166MHz)
- change MR3 to 48ohm drive for LPDDR2/3
- change default ZPROG[7:4] = 0x1 for LPDDR2/3 ,
'0' is not allowed even when ODT not used
- use DQSTRN for LPDDR2/3 (it was not set in PIR)
- LPDDR3: set dqsge/dwsgx gate extension to 2,2
like LPDDR2
-DDRCTRL.dfitmg0:
+ for LPDDR3 tphy_wrlat = WL (as LPDDR2)
+ improvement for relaxed mode vs RL/Wl at corner case.
For example @533MHz RL/WL (relaxed) = 9/5 for LPDDR2/3
and correction to MR2 accordingly
- DDR_PCFGQOS1_1: port1 timeout relaxed from 0x00 to 0x40,
for LTDC.
- DDR_PCFGWQOS0_0: change vpr level from
11 to 12 in order to include the CPU on
the variable priority queue.
- DDR_SCHED: fix to consider 13 levels (13 levels - 1 = 0xC)
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Component Notification DDR controller errata (3.00a):9001313030
Synchronization Time Waited After De-assertion of presetn is
128 pclk Cycles.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
For STM32MP, the watchdog is based on DM and the function watchod_reset
call the function uclass_get_device(UCLASS_WDT) to found the driver
associated IWDG2.
As this reset is not mandatory in debug putc (the uart fifo will be
empty after some us), we can simplify the code by removing this call.
And this patch avoid issue when putc is called before initialization
of DM core, before the parsing of the device tree parsing and each
node bound to driver; that also avoid memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Solve compilation issue when cli_simple.o is used in SPL
and CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT is not defined.
env/built-in.o:(.data.env_htab+0xc): undefined reference to `env_flags_validate'
u-boot/scripts/Makefile.spl:384: recipe for target 'spl/u-boot-spl' failed
make[2]: *** [spl/u-boot-spl] Error 1
u-boot/Makefile:1649: recipe for target 'spl/u-boot-spl' failed
make[1]: *** [spl/u-boot-spl] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add the needed configurations for bootstage and
activate bootstage command.
BOOTSTAGE_REPORT is not activated by default.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
In initf_bootstage() we call bootstage_mark_name() which ends up calling
timer_get_us() before timer_init(); that cause crash for stm32mp1.
This patch solve the issue without changing the initialization sequence.
See also commit 97d20f69f5 ("Enable CONFIG_TIMER_EARLY with bootstage")
for other solution when DM is activated for TIMER.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
To get more information from STM32 Header about the generated binary,
we will add a new byte with the following field:
replace padding byte 255 with 0x00 for "U-Boot"
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This avoids useless loops inside the I2C timing algorithm.
Actually, we support only one possible solution per prescaler value.
So after finding a solution with a prescaler, the algorithm can
switch directly to the next prescaler value.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Le Bayon <nicolas.le.bayon@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick DELAUNAY <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Use SGI0 interruption and TAMP_BACKUP_MAGIC_NUMBER
to synchronize the core1 boot sequence requested by
core0 in psci_cpu_on():
- a initial interruption is needed in ROM code after
RCC_MP_GRSTCSETR_MPUP1RST (psci_cpu_off)
- the ROM code set to 0 the 2 registers
+ TAMP_BACKUP_BRANCH_ADDRESS
+ TAMP_BACKUP_MAGIC_NUMBER
when magic is not egual to
BOOT_API_A7_CORE0_MAGIC_NUMBER
This patch solve issue for cpu1 restart in kernel.
echo 0 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu1/online
echo 1 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu1/online
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch moves the the config SYS_MALLOC_LEN to
Kconfig as it is already done for zynq arch in
commit 01aa5b8f05 ("Kconfig: Move config
SYS_MALLOC_LEN to Kconfig for zynq")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
PowerPC supports 32 bit address.
So adopt 32 bit addr in fsl_esdhc for CONFIG_PPC.
Signed-off-by: Yinbo Zhu <yinbo.zhu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Changes from rc2 tag
- Support PCIe Gen4 driver of the Mobiveil IP
- NXP LS1028A SoC and platform support
- Few SPI related config updates
- Distinguish the ecc val by chassis version and move the ecc addr to dts
- sp805 watchdog support
sp805 is watchdog on some NXP layerscape SoCs, adding
it's driver. Configs CONFIG_WDT_SP805, CONFIG_WDT, CONFIG_CMD_WDT
needs to be enabled to use it.
Signed-off-by: Zhao Qiang <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
ENVL_NOWHERE is dependent on CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE and not on
CONFIG_CHAIN_OF_TRUST so return ENVL_NOWHERE when CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
is enabled
Signed-off-by: Udit Agarwal <udit.agarwal@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
esbc_validate command will not be executed if “load” command for its
header fails and will further execute the source command for bootscript,
without its validation and boot process continues.
To halt the boot process in case secure boot header is not loaded
successfully, esbc_validate command is invoked separately after “load”
command. The secure boot validation of the bootscript header will fail
(if header is not loaded) and halts the boot process, which prevent source
command from execution.
Signed-off-by: Vinitha V Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Udit Agarwal <udit.agarwal@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add the infrastructure for Layerscape SoCs PCIe Gen4 controller
to update device tree nodes to convey SMMU stream IDs in the
device tree.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add PCIe Gen4 driver for the NXP Layerscape SoCs. This PCIe
controller is based on the Mobiveil IP, which is compatible
with the PCI Express™ Base Specification, Revision 4.0.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Bao Xiaowei <Xiaowei.Bao@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
The lx2160a have up to 6 PCIe controllers and have different
address and size of PCIe region.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Change to use PCIe address macro to determine if precompile the PCIe
MMU table entry.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Update mtd-id for QSPI nor due to change introduced in mtd/spi in
linux 5.0. commit 84d043185dbe
("spi: Add a driver for the Freescale/NXP QuadSPI controller")
This modification is only for linux kernel version >= 5.0. To use
bootargs for kernel < 5.0, use the following bootargs
CONFIG_BOOTARGS="console=ttyS0,115200 root=/dev/ram0
earlycon=uart8250,mmio,0x21c0500
mtdparts=1550000.quadspi:2m(uboot),14m(free)"
CONFIG_MTDPARTS_DEFAULT="mtdparts=1550000.quadspi:2m(uboot),14m(free)"
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
It was returning an int, which doesn't work if the u32 it is reading,
or the default value, will overflow a signed int.
While it could be made to work, when using a C standard/compiler where
casting negative signed values to unsigned has a defined behavior,
combined with careful casting, it seems obvious one is meant to use
ofnode_read_s32_default() with signed values.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
The 'done' files created by buildman may end up being empty if buildman
runs out of disk space while writing them. At present buildman dies with
an exception when using -s to check the build status. Fix this.
Seriesl-cc: trini
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add ofnode_get_addr_size_index function to fetch the address
and size of the reg space based on index.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When using fdt_fixup_mtdparts() offset and length cell sizes
are limited to 4 bytes (1 cell). However if the mtd device is
bigger then 4GiB, then #address-cells and #size-cells are
8 bytes (2 cells) [1].
This patch read #size-cells and uses either fdt32_t or
fdt64_t cell size. The default is fdt32_t.
[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partition.txt
Signed-off-by: Stefan Mavrodiev <stefan@olimex.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot already defines the {upper,lower}_32_bits() macros that have the
same purpose. Use the existing macros instead of defining new APIs.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Some libraries build by U-Boot may include stdint.h. This is not used by
U-Boot itself and causes conflicts with the types defined in
linux/types.h. To work around this, add an empty file with this name so
that it will be used in preference to the compiler version.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases it is necessary to read the keyboard in early phases of
U-Boot. The cros_ec keyboard is kept in the misc directory. Update the
config to allow this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since Gen3 SDHI has an internal DS signal AC-spec violation in HS400 mode,
CRC-error may occur in read command in HS400 mode. This phoenomenon occurs
at low/high temperature.
To fix this, after completion of HS400 tuning, enable manual calibration.
However, Gen3 M3 Ver.1.2 or earlier and H3 1.x does not support HS400.
These SoC forcibly use HS200 mode by SoC attribute.
The DT adjustment of the tuning parameters is not supported until the
DT property names become clear.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Adapted from a patch by Takeshi Saito <takeshi.saito.xv@renesas.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Pull DRAM layout configuration code into rcar-common.c instead of
having it in multiple copies across board files. This poses no
change for Salvator-X/XS, ULCB and Ebisu boards, however it adds
a bit of extra code for Draak and Eagle boards, which now gain
the capability of being passed in the DRAM layout by the ATF.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Eugeniu Rosca <roscaeugeniu@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Build an SPL which can be started via SCIF download mode on R-Car Gen3
and allows loading and executing U-Boot uImage with the next stage code.
This is also useful for starting e.g. ATF BL2, which inits the hardware
and returns to the U-Boot SPL, which can then load e.g. U-Boot proper.
The H3, M3-W, M3-N SoCs have plenty of SRAM for storing the U-Boot SPL
while the payload, e.g. ATF BL2, executes, so there is no problem here.
However, E3 and D3 have much less SRAM, hence the loader uses a trick
where it copies itself beyond the area used by BL2 and executes from
there. That area is 32kiB large and not enough to hold U-Boot SPL, BSS,
stack and malloc area, so the later two are placed at +0x4000 offset
from start of SRAM, another area not used by ATF BL2. To make things
even more complicated, the SCIF loader cannot load to the upper 32kiB
of the SRAM directly, hence the copying approach.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add driver for the Renesas RCar PCIe controller present on Gen3 SoCs.
The PCIe on Gen3 is used both to connect external PCIe peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
- update for using splashfile instead of location->name
when loading the splash image from a FIT
- updates for loading internal and external splash data from FIT
- DM_GPIO/DM_VIDEO migration for mx53 cx9020 board
- fix boot issue on mx6sabresd board after DM_VIDEO migration
- increase the max preallocated framebuffer BPP to 32 in ipuv3
driver to prepare for configurations with higher color depth
- allow to use vidconsole_put_string() in board code for text
output on LCD displays
The gdsys gazerbeam board is based on a Freescale MPC8308 SOC.
It boots from NOR-Flash, kernel and rootfs are stored on
SD-Card.
On board peripherals include:
- 2x 10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet (optional)
Signed-off-by: Dirk Eibach <dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Add a U-Boot specific dts file, which encapsulates the needed
modifications to the Gazerbeam Linux device tree.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The single channel detection in the gazerbeam board driver was not
implemented correctly.
Fix the detection.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Replace the boolean parameter of io_check_status that controls whether
the status is printed or not with a documenting enum.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
More recent versions of IHS FPGAs feature a different memory layout.
Add a Kconfig option to differentiate between the legacy layout, and the
new layout (which is used on the upcoming "Gazerbeam" and later boards).
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Future gdsys boards will switch from the legacy drivers in board/gdsys/common
to DM-based drivers.
Define a Kconfig option that disables the legacy drivers.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The "manual" RAM configuration should not be used if the DM RAM driver
is active, hence, disable the code if the CONFIG_MPC83XX_SDRAM config
variable is defined.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Move CONFIG_SYS_FPGA0_BASE, CONFIG_SYS_FPGA0_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_FPGA1_BASE, and
CONFIG_SYS_FPGA1_SIZE to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Since the gpio output status on MPC8xxx cannot be read back, it has to
be buffered locally.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Eibach <dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The ppc4xx architecture was removed, and with it several old gdsys 44x
boards, but some "debris" from these purged boards was left over.
This patch removes these remnants (mostly entries in Makefiles, some now
superfluous data structures and some now obsolete config variables from
the whitelist).
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The initialization sequence in the newest release notes of the 88e1518
phy omits two commands.
Remove them from the sequence.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Eibach <dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>
For the DM case, use the proper parameter for the regmap_init_mem call
(which is the ofnode, not the udevice).
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For the DM case, use the proper parameter for the regmap_init_mem call
(which is the ofnode, not the udevice).
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Make the gdsys_rxaui_ctrl polarity setting function return the old
state to comply with the API requirements.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Since the IHS I2C driver want upstream, the surrounding infrastructure
has changed quite a bit (notably, the fpgamap driver was replaced with a
regmap driver).
Update the driver to work with these changes.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Use the new hex2bin function in the binop command instead of converting
the data manually.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the binop command was introduced, the environment API was changed.
Use the new API to make the command work again.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some DM drivers have hardcoded clk_enable calls when handling
clocks (for example the fsl_esdhc driver).
To work with these drivers, add an enable method to the MCP83xx clock
driver (which does nothing, because the clocks are always enabled).
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
To support OF_EMBED, the MPC83xx architecture has to define the "_end"
symbol to correctly access the appended DT.
Fortunately, MPC8xx already defines the symbol, and the linker script is
quite similar to that of MPC83xx, so copy this approach for MPC83xx.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Lots of stuff in processor.h was taken verbatim from the Linux kernel.
It was never synced, so most of it was removed or changed in the kernel
since it was imported.
Remove all the stuff that is unused in the current U-Boot sources;
should anybody feel the need to re-sync with the kernel, they can do it
later on.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Not that the Kconfig conversion of a lot of variables is done, we can
factor out the common include files for the keymile boards again (which
now contain hardly any #ifdef logic at all).
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
CONFIG_SYS_APP1_BASE, CONFIG_SYS_APP2_BASE, CONFIG_SYS_APP1_SIZE, and
CONFIG_SYS_APP2_SIZE are no longer used in the keymile config files
(they were used for setting values, which were converted to Kconfig
earlier in the series).
Remove them from the configs and the whitelist.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
For a lot of inline assembly calls in the mpc8xxx and mpc83xx
directories, we already have convenient pre-defined helper functions,
but they're not used, resulting in hard-to-read code.
Use these helper functions where ever possible and useful.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
ppcDWstore/ppcDWload are hardly used by any board, but since they're
implemented in start.S, they're always present in every U-Boot image,
even if they're not needed.
Re-implement these fuctions in C with inline assembly, so that the
compiler can decide when to actually include them.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The fsl-esdhc driver can be used for the SDHC functionality on MPC83xx,
but it needs some additional definitions.
Add a clock.h file, so we can use the driver for MPC83xx.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Except for one counter example, CONFIG_SYS_LBC_LBCR always has a value
of either 0x00040000 or 0x00000000.
CONFIG_SYS_LBC_MRTPR always has the value 0x20000000.
CONFIG_SYS_LBC_LSDMR_{1,2,4,5} are not set for any mpc83xx board.
CONFIG_SYS_LBC_LSRT is set by one board (to 0x32000000).
To simplify the configuration files, hardcode the setting of these
values for mpc83xx.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE is set to the same value as
CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE on all existing boards. Just use
CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE instead.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
CONFIG_SYS_DDR_BASE is specific to mpc83xx an is always set to the same
value as CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE. Just use CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE instead.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The MPC85xx GPIO driver was converted to handle a broader range of SoCs.
Prepare the MPC83xx code for usage of this driver.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Replace the hard-coded CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_CLK value for the FDT fixup
with the previously introduced get_serial_clock function
This will make it possible to activate DM for serial devices on MPC83xx
later on.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
DM serial drivers on PowerPC determine their clock frequency via the
get_serial_clock function. This function is not Implemented yet for
MPC83xx.
This patch Implements the function so that DM serial drivers work on
MPC83xx.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Migrate the BR/OR settings to Kconfig. These must be known at compile
time, so cannot be configured via DT.
Configuration of this crucial variable should still be somewhat
comfortable. Hence, make its fields configurable in Kconfig, and
assemble the final value from these.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The MPC8349EMDS configuration was the basis for the sbc8349, so it also
contains its SDRAM option.
Since
* the SDRAM has to be soldered onto the board,
* the sbc8349 never used the support, and
* the support never worked (see previous patch fixing it),
we can assume that the support on the sbc8349 is an artifact created by
copying the MPC8349EMDS config wholesome.
Hence, instead of creating a separate sbc8349 config that supports
SDRAM, we can remove the SDRAM option for this board.
Should it be needed in the future, it can be copied from the new
MPC8349EMDS_SDRAM board.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Re-format all BR,OR #define lines into single lines. This makes them
harder to read, but accessible to semi-automatic replacement.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
We want to normalize all BR/OR config lines as much as possible.
The TQM834x board uses CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH in a OR definition,
which we want to remove. But CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH is also used
outside of the config file.
Replace these usages with the definition of the variable, so we can
remove the variable in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
All BR/OR option lines should have the same layout to make them easier
to migrate to Kconfig. This includes using the same option macros
everywhere.
The normalize the lines,
* replace function macros with their results, and
* replace hardcoded hex values with standard macros
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The LBLAW_* values determine the window configuration of the memory
controller. Hence, they must be known at compile time, and cannot be
implemented in the DT mechanism.
Configuration of this crucial variable should still be somewhat
comfortable. Hence, make its fields configurable in Kconfig, and
assemble the final value from these.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The BATs (block address translation registers) determine the initial
memory window mappings. Hence, they must be known at compile time and
cannot be implemented in the DT mechanism.
Configuration of this crucial variable should still be somewhat
comfortable. Hence, make its fields configurable in Kconfig, and
assemble the final value from these.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The MPC83xx DM timer driver disables arch.pciexp*_clk, and uses
clk_get_rate instead. But the legacy MPC83xx PCIe driver still uses
arch.pciexp*_clk for the clock.
Hence, read the PCIe clock from the registers in the legacy MPC83xx PCIe
driver.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The HRCW (hardware reset configuration word) is a constant that must be
hard-coded into the boot loader image. So, it must be available at
compile time, and cannot be migrated to the DT mechanism, but has to be
kept in Kconfig.
Configuration of this crucial variable should still be somewhat
comfortable. Hence, make its fields configurable in Kconfig, and
assemble the final value from these.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
MPC83xx uses CONFIG_83XX_CLKIN instead of CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ to set the
system clock. To migrate the architecture, we can replace
CONFIG_83XX_CLKIN with CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ.
To do this
* replace all occurrences of CONFIG_83XX_CLKIN with CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ
* set CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ to the old value of CONFIG_83XX_CLKIN in all
MPC83xx config files
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ is the standard way to set the system clock
frequency. On MPC83xx, CONFIG_83XX_CLKIN is used for this purpose.
Hence, the obvious way is to replace CONFIG_83XX_CLKIN with
CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ.
A few MPC83xx boards use the CONFIG_83XX_CLKIN variable for computing
CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_CLK. This makes it harder to replace
CONFIG_83XX_CLKIN.
But the value of the multiplicator can be read from the SPMR register.
Hence, replace the static calculations with a call to a new get_bus_freq
function, as other architectures do.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The MPC83xx include files contain some settings of the PCI subsystem.
Migrate these to Kconfig until a proper DM PCI driver exists.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
CONFIG_MPC837XERDB is unused, and TARGET_MPC837XERDB could replace it.
Hence, get rid of CONFIG_MPC837XERDB.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
CONFIG_MPC837XEMDS is unused, and TARGET_MPC837XEMDS could replace it.
Hence, get rid of CONFIG_MPC837XEMDS.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
CONFIG_MPC8315ERDB is unused, and TARGET_MPC8315ERDB could replace it.
Hence, get rid of CONFIG_MPC8315ERDB.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
CONFIG_MPC8313ERDB is unused, and
TARGET_MPC8313ERDB_NAND/TARGET_MPC8313ERDB_NOR Kconfig could replace it.
Hence, get rid of CONFIG_MPC8313ERDB.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Use the proper CONFIG_TARGET_MPC8349ITX Kconfig option to replace the
CONFIG_MPC8349ITX ad-hoc config option.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Use the proper CONFIG_TARGET_MPC832XEMDS Kconfig option to replace the
CONFIG_MPC832XEMDS ad-hoc config option.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The ve8313 has the option of either configuring the eLBC (enhanced local system bus) such that
* NOR flash is the first memory bank, and NAND flash is the second memory bank, or
* NAND flash is the first memory bank, and NOR flash is the second memory bank,
by using CONFIG_SYS_NOR_{BR,OR}_PRELIM and
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_{BR,OR}_PRELIM for defining
CONFIG_SYS_{BR,OR}{0,1}_PRELIM.
After Kconfig migration, replacing some lines in the defconfig will have
the same effect.
Hence, we will not create distinct ve8313_{NOR,NAND} configs for such a
small change.
Instead, fix the current default (NOR first, NAND second), and unroll
the CONFIG_SYS_NAND_{BR,OR}_PRELIM options. This will ease the Kconfig
migration
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The mpc8315erdb has the option of either configuring the eLBC (enhanced
local system bus) such that
* NOR flash is the first memory bank, and NAND flash is the second
memory bank, or
* NAND flash is the first memory bank, and NOR flash is the second
memory bank,
by using CONFIG_SYS_NOR_{BR,OR}_PRELIM and
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_{BR,OR}_PRELIM for defining
CONFIG_SYS_{BR,OR}{0,1}_PRELIM.
After Kconfig migration, replacing some lines in the defconfig will have
the same effect.
Hence, we will not create distinct ve8313_{NOR,NAND} configs for such a small change.
Instead, fix the current default (NOR first, NAND second), and unroll
the CONFIG_SYS_NAND_{BR,OR}_PRELIM options. This will ease the Kconfig
migration.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The MPC8349EMDS config file contains config options to enable SDRAM
support. To keep this ability after the Kconfig migration, create a new
MPC8349EMDS_SDRAM board that enables the SDRAM support and remove the
SDRAM support from the original board.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
NanoPi M1 plus have a 10/100/1000M ethernet with external phy.
Phy power is controlled by PD6.
Add the required configuration for it.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Vadot <manu@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
SPL_TEXT_BASE was moved into Kconfig, which previously part of
include/configs before this teres_i support gets merged.
Fix it by explicitly define in defconfig like other boards does.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
SPL_TEXT_BASE has been moved to Kconfig with commit:
f89d6133ee configs: move CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE to Kconfig
But Beelink GS1 config file has been introduced in the
same time without this modification.
Fix this by settings the CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
Suggested-by: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>
Signed-off-by: Clément Péron <peron.clem@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Some H6 boards have a watchdog which didn't make the SoC
reboot properly.
Reason is still unknown but several people have test it.
Chen-Yu Tsai :
Pine H64 = H6 V200-AWIN H6448BA 7782 => OK
OrangePi Lite 2 = H6 V200-AWIN H8068BA 61C2 => KO
Martin Ayotte :
Pine H64 = H8069BA 6892 => OK
OrangePi 3 = HA047BA 69W2 => KO
OrangePi One Plus = H7310BA 6842 => KO
OrangePi Lite2 = H6448BA 6662 => KO
Clément Péron:
Beelink GS1 = H6 V200-AWIN H7309BA 6842 => KO
After the series of result, Icenowy try to reach Allwinner about this
issue but they seems not interested to investigate it.
As we don't have the ARIS coproc to do power management and watchdogis
the only solution to reset the board.
So, Change from watchdog to R_watchdog to allow a reboot on all H6
boards.
Signed-off-by: Clément Péron <peron.clem@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The LSDMR_* macros are used to configure the system bus on MPC83xx.
A few of the possible LSDMR_* macros were never defined in the
respective include files. This renders the SDRAM support on the
MPC8349EMDS unusable, because it uses these undefined macros.
To make the SDRAM option work, introduce these macros into the proper
config file.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
vme8349.h contains two separate boards: The vme8349 itself, and the
caddy2 board. The caddy2 board is chosen by setting certain config
variables. Create a proper config file for the caddy2 board to make
Kconfig migration easier.
Furthermore, simplify the vme8349 and caddy2 configs by keeping only the
options necessary for each board.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
CONFIG_TARGET_VME8349 can replace CONFIG_VME8349. Hence, replace
CONFIG_VME8349 with CONFIG_TARGET_VME8349, and remove CONFIG_VME8349.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
MPC8313ERDB has the option of either enabling NOR or NAND boot in its
config file (by commenting out certain #ifdefs). To keep this ability
after migrating options to Kconfig, we introduce two MPC8313ERDB
configs: one for NOR, and one for NAND.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The kmeter1, and kmcoge5ne boards also build from the same config
file with #ifdef logic.
Create a separate include config for each board with the #ifdef logic
resolved as needed.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Simplify the keymile config files once more by unrolling the
km/km83xx-common.h, and resolve the #ifdef logic as needed.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The kmsupx5, tuge1, kmopti2, and kmtepr2 boards all build from the same
include config file with lots of #ifdef logic.
To ease Kconfig migration, create new config include files for these
boards, and resolve the #ifdef logic as needed.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
To further simplify config include files, unroll the km/km8309-common.h
and km/km8321-common.h include files.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
We want to unroll several include files, while keeping include
statements consistent.
To make it easier to not break the include statements, move the include
files to the main configs directory. All three include files moved will
be unrolled, so they won't pollute the directory for long.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The kmtegr1, kmvect1, and suvd3 boards all use the same config include
file with lots of #ifdefs in it.
The Kconfig migation will become easier if we get rid of these #ifdefs
first.
Hence, create distinct config include files for these boards, and unwind
the #ifdef logic in these config files to only include the options
necessary for each board.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Pull the vidconsole_put_string() function from DM tests, make it
available to e.g. boards that want to display information on the
LCD on boot.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
The IPUv3 can handle 1920x1080x32bpp displays , set the max preallocated
framebuffer BPP to 32 to cater for all eventualities.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Meet the following boot hang.
"
U-Boot SPL 2019.04-00661-gdc80a012e4 (Apr 25 2019 - 10:31:57 +0800)
Trying to boot from MMC1
U-Boot 2019.04-00661-gdc80a012e4 (Apr 25 2019 - 10:31:57 +0800)
CPU: Freescale i.MX6Q rev1.5 996 MHz (running at 792 MHz)
CPU: Automotive temperature grade (-40C to 125C)Reset cause: POR
Model: Freescale i.MX6 Quad SABRE Smart Device Board
Board: MX6-SabreSD
I2C: ready
DRAM: 1 GiB
Video device 'ipu@2400000' cannot allocate frame buffer memory -ensure the device is set up before relocation
Error binding driver 'ipuv3_video': -28
Video device 'ipu@2800000' cannot allocate frame buffer memory -ensure the device is set up before relocation
Error binding driver 'ipuv3_video': -28
Some drivers failed to bind
Error binding driver 'generic_simple_bus': -28
Some drivers failed to bind
initcall sequence 4ffe4500 failed at call 1780dfb7 (err=-28)
"
1. fdtdec_get_alias_seq will use "video" as base, however in alias node,
we use ipux, so add new alias for U-Boot dts.
2. DM_VIDEO is enabled, however reserve_video is called before
relocation, so to make DM_VIDEO work before relocation, need to
set SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3. defconfig is updated with savedefconfig
Note: I do not have a video panel to test, but with this patch, U-Boot
boots up again, below log.
"
U-Boot SPL 2019.04-00662-g0b62453bff (Apr 25 2019 - 10:36:31 +0800)
Trying to boot from MMC1
U-Boot 2019.04-00662-g0b62453bff (Apr 25 2019 - 10:36:31 +0800)
CPU: Freescale i.MX6Q rev1.5 996 MHz (running at 792 MHz)
CPU: Automotive temperature grade (-40C to 125C) at 34C
Reset cause: POR
Model: Freescale i.MX6 Quad SABRE Smart Device Board
Board: MX6-SabreSD
I2C: ready
DRAM: 1 GiB
PMIC: PFUZE100 ID=0x10
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0, FSL_SDHC: 1, FSL_SDHC: 3
Loading Environment from MMC... *** Warning - bad CRC, using default environment
PCI: pcie phy link never came up
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
Net: FEC [PRIME]
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
"
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
There are several includes in mx53cx9020.c which are not required
anymore.
Acked-by: Patrick Bruenn <p.bruenn@beckhoff.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Dirkwinkel <s.dirkwinkel@beckhoff.com>
Enable DM_VIDEO in config and don't overwrite console so it can be set
from environment
Acked-by: Patrick Bruenn <p.bruenn@beckhoff.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Dirkwinkel <s.dirkwinkel@beckhoff.com>
The ipu node in imx53 is needed for DM_VIDEO. We also need to set
u-boot,dm-pre-reloc to initialize before relocation.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Dirkwinkel <s.dirkwinkel@beckhoff.com>
Switch to DM_GPIO and add gpio_request where necessary.
This is needed for DM_VIDEO and fixes an issue with sd card detection
which was introduced by the combination of these commits:
commit 7a0425dd96 ("mmc: fsl_esdhc: make get_cd work well in dm_mmc_ops")
commit 7e04b4c751 ("dm: arm: imx: migrate cx9020 to CONFIG_DM_MMC")
Acked-by: Patrick Bruenn <p.bruenn@beckhoff.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Dirkwinkel <s.dirkwinkel@beckhoff.com>
The FIT image could contain the splash data in 3 different structure:
- The splash data is embedded in FIT image (internal)
In this case, the property 'data' presents in FIT image header. And
internal information 'start' and 'end' represent the location and
size of splash data inside of FIT image.
- The splash data is external with absolute position in FIT image
This case is made by 'mkimage -p [pos]'. The splash data is stored
at the absolute position. Instead the property 'data', the properties
'data-position' and 'data-size' are used to specify the location and
size of the splash data.
- the splash data is external with relative offset in FIT image
This case is made by 'mkimage -E'. The splash data is placed after
the FIT image header with 4 byte alignment. Instead the property
'data', the properties 'data-offset' and 'data-size' are used to
specify the location and size of the splash data.
Currently, the splash only support to load external data with relative
offset from FIT image. This commit make it possible to load the splash
data embedded in FIT image or the external data with absolute position
This inspiration comes from Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>, see
common/spl_fit.c
Signed-off-by: Leo Ruan <tingquan.ruan@cn.bosch.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Jonas <mark.jonas@de.bosch.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The splash image could be loaded from different sources (e.g. sf, mmc)
with different formats (e.g. raw, file-system). These sources are
structured by a board dependent object 'splash_location'. To decide
where is the splash image loaded, following environment variables are
used to select the splash source and file:
- 'splashsource' is used to select the splash source by setting its
value to specified name of splash location.
- 'splashfile' specify the name of splash image file
But, when loads the splash image from FIT, the name of splash image
within FIT is specified by splash location name. Due to the splash
location name is already used for the splash source, its name may
conflicts with the name of splash image.
To solve the conflict, the environment variable 'splashfile' is used
to specify the splash image in FIT, and keeps the splash location
name for the splash source.
Signed-off-by: Leo Ruan <tingquan.ruan@cn.bosch.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Jonas <mark.jonas@de.bosch.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
Without this U-Boot specific property, booting on Armada XP theadorable
fails in SPL. All nodes in the "internal-regs" (simple-bus) DT node are
not scanned, so the UART node is missing (and others).
I'm not adding this property in an *u-boot.dtsi file, since there is
none matching the generic rules for all files including this dtsi
file. So to not miss any of the boards using this dtsi file, I'm
adding it to this file directly, which makes the Linux merge a less
easy unforunately.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 72a89e0da5, which
causes the imx53 HSC to hang as the eMMC is not working properly anymore.
The exact error message:
MMC write: dev # 0, block # 2, count 927 ... mmc write failed
0 blocks written: ERROR
imx53 is not using the DDR mode.
Debugging of pre_div and div generation showed that those values are
generated in a way, which is not matching the ones from working setup.
As the original patch was performing code refactoring, let's revert this
change, so all imx53 boards would work again.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This is causing unexpected size growth in the normal case and is likely
to have been mis-applied by myself.
This reverts commit 3eaf6dcd93.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.07-rc3 (2)
Minor patches to improve UEFI specification compliance are provided.
To allow running the UEFI self compliance tests an outdated version of
the Unicode collation protocol has been added as a configuration option
(disabled by default).
- Convert SYS_[DI]CACHE_OFF to Kconfig, introduce SPL variant.
- Various bcm96* fixes.
- Import include/android_bootloader_message.h from AOSP
- Assorted other small fixes.
NVMe was turned on in qemu-x86 but somehow we missed it for 64-bit.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When dma_addr_t is u32 in 64-bit, there are some warnings when
building NVME driver. Fix it by doing an additional (long) cast.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
coreboot makes it possible to add own entries into coreboot's
table at a per mainboard basis. As there might be some custom
ones it makes sense to provide a way to process them.
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Do not write to address indicated by NULL pointer.
UEFI SCT II 2.6 (2017), 3.6.5 GetNextMonotonicCount(), 5.1.5.5.1
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Not checking the parameters may lead reading or writing from NULL.
Implement the parameter checks prescribed in the UEFI spec.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
According to the UEFI spec InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces() must check
if a device path has already been installed. In this case it must return
EFI_ALREADY_STARTED.
Cf. UEFI SCT II 2.6 A (2017),
3.3.16 InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces(), 5.1.3.16.1.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In EFI 1.10 a version of the Unicode collation protocol using ISO 639-2
language codes existed. This protocol is not part of the UEFI specification
any longer. Unfortunately it is required to run the UEFI Self Certification
Test (SCT) II, version 2.6, 2017. So we implement it here for the sole
purpose of running the SCT. It can be removed once a compliant SCT is
available.
The configuration option defaults to no.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Most of Rob's original patch is already merged. Only the deprecated
protocol is missing. Rebase it and make it configurable.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Rename variables to make it clear they refer to the Unicode collation
protocol identified by the EFI_UNICODE_PROTOCOL2_GUID.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Check buffer pointers are not NULL as required by the UEFI 2.7 spec.
Return EFI_UNSUPPORTED instead of EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER when trying to
transmit with non-zero header_size.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
UEFI spec 2.7 erratum A leaves it undefined if Attributes should be set if
GetVariable() returns EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
UEFI spec 2.8 defines that Attributes should be set if the return value is
either EFI_SUCCESS or EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
Set Attributes if the return value is EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The current prompt text for FIT external offset is identical to
SYS_TEXT_BASE which might confuse the users. Provided more accurate
description for the prompt text.
Signed-off-by: Ibai Erkiaga <ibai.erkiaga-elorza@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This takes the latest changes from AOSP from the file
bootloader_message/include/bootloader_message/bootloader_message.h
in the repository
https://android.googlesource.com/platform/bootable/recovery
and re-licensed them to BSD-3 for U-Boot.
Minimum local changes have been applied (convert C++ to C comments and
adding #ifndef __UBOOT__ block to skip all the function declarations).
Signed-off-by: Alex Deymo <deymo@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Add an option to open files in read-only mode in mmap_fdt so
that fit_check_sign can be used to inspect files on read-only
filesystems.
For example, this is useful when a key is shipped in a read-only
rootfs or squashfs.
Signed-off-by: Luca Boccassi <luca.boccassi@microsoft.com>
Configuration option CONFIG_CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST is useful for the
development of the UEFI sub-system. For production it is not needed.
Remove CONFIG_CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST from bcm968580xref_ram_defconfig.
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Configuration option CONFIG_CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST is useful for the
development of the UEFI sub-system. For production it is not needed.
Remove CONFIG_CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST from bcm963158_ram_defconfig.
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Set the spl_image->fdt_addr pointer both for simple fitImage configuration
as well as full fitImage configuration, to let spl_perform_fixups() access
the DT and perform modifications to it if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board define the flag CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DRIVER_ECC_LAYOUT
but it's a mistake. It's a workaround for an issue in nand core.
This issue was fixed by the commit 5f626e7849 ("mtd: nand: raw:
Fix CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DRIVER_ECC_LAYOUT behavior"). Now, this flag
break the nand on this board, so we simply remove it.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
This board define the flag CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DRIVER_ECC_LAYOUT
but it's a mistake. It's a workaround for an issue in nand core.
This issue was fixed by the commit 5f626e7849 ("mtd: nand: raw:
Fix CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DRIVER_ECC_LAYOUT behavior"). Now, this flag
break the nand on this board, so we simply remove it.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
This board define the flag CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DRIVER_ECC_LAYOUT
but it's a mistake. It's a workaround for an issue in nand core.
This issue was fixed by the commit 5f626e7849 ("mtd: nand: raw:
Fix CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DRIVER_ECC_LAYOUT behavior"). Now, this flag
break the nand on this board, so we simply remove it.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
The watchdog should use a clock at 50 Mhz, so
instead of using the clock osc (200 Mhz), we
define a reference clock at 50Mhz and use it
for both watchdog.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The watchdog should use a clock at 50 Mhz, so
instead of using the clock osc (200 Mhz), we
define a reference clock at 50Mhz and use it
for both watchdog.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The function bcm6345_wdt_start use the argument timeout
as tick but it should be used as milliseconds.
A clock is added as requirement for this driver.
The frequency of the clock is then used to convert the
millisecond to ticks in the function bcm6345_wdt_start.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Prioritize external dtb if its passed via EXT_DTB
than the dtb that was built in the tree. With this
patch it appends the specified external dtb to
the u-boot image.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While converting CONFIG_SYS_[DI]CACHE_OFF to Kconfig, there are instances
where these configuration items are conditional on SPL. This commit adds SPL
variants of these configuration items, uses CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(), and updates
the configurations as required.
Acked-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <trevor@toganlabs.com>
[trini: Make the default depend on the setting for full U-Boot, update
more zynq hardware]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_SYS_[DI]CACHE_OFF had been partially converted to Kconfig
parameters; only for the ARC architecture. This patch turns these two
parameters into Kconfig items everywhere else they are found.
All of the include/configs/* and defconfig changes in this patch are
for arm machines only. The Kconfig changes for arc, nds32, riscv,
and xtensa have been included since these symbols are found in code
under arch/{arc,nds32,riscv,xtensa}, however, no currently-defined
include/configs/* or defconfigs for these architectures exist which
include these symbols.
These results have been confirmed with tools/moveconfig.py.
Acked-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@snopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <trevor@toganlabs.com>
[trini: Re-migrate for a few more boards]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Eventually these configuration items will be converted to Kconfig,
therefore there's little point in leaving commented-out versions of
them in include/configs.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <trevor@toganlabs.com>
This config is the only config that uses:
#define CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF 1
in its #define.
Remove the superfluous "1" so this cache #define is like all the others.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <trevor@toganlabs.com>
According to De Morgan's Law[1]:
!(A && B) = !A || !B
!(A || B) = !A && !B
There are 5 places in the code where we find:
#if !(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF))
and 4 places in the code where we find:
#if (!defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) || !defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF))
In words, the construct:
!defined(CONFIG_SYS_[DI]CACHE_OFF)
means:
"is the [DI]CACHE on?"
and the construct:
defined(CONFIG_SYS_[DI]CACHE_OFF)
means:
"is the [DI]CACHE off?"
Therefore
!(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF))
means:
"the opposite of 'are they both off?'"
in other words:
"are either or both on?"
and:
(!defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) || !defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF)
means:
"are either or both on?"
As a result, I've converted the 4 instances of '(!A || !B)' to '!(A && B)' for
consistency.
[1] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/De_Morgan%27s_laws
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <trevor@toganlabs.com>
These options only apply when not using DM_I2C. When using device
trees, the dt will enable and control the speeds of the I2C
controller(s) and these configuration options have no effect.
So disable them in DM_I2C mode. Otherwise they show up as decoys, and
make it look like one is enabling I2C controllers and setting the speed
when really it's doing nothing.
However, a system using a SPL build will not use DM_I2C in the SPL, even
if DM_I2C is enabled for the main u-boot. And so the SPL might use the
kconfig based I2C speed controls while the main u-boot does not.
Cc: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
When using DM_I2C the speed value supplied to setup_i2c() is not used,
so this code required CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C[12]_SPEED to be defined to
compile, but did not actually use them.
Change this so we no longer need to define an unused macro to compile in
DM_I2C mode. Also make it more clear that they do not control the bus
speed. Otherwise it is quite easy to mistakenly believe they are used
to set the bus speed.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
This is an old driver that supports both device mapped and non-mapped
mode, and covers a wide range of hardware. It's hard to change without
risking breaking something. I have to tried to be exceedingly detailed
in this patch, so please excuse the length of the commit essay that
follows.
In device mapped mode the I2C xfer function does not handle plain read,
and some other, transfers correctly.
What it can't handle are transactions that:
Start with a read, or,
Have a write followed by a read, or,
Have more than one read in a row.
The common I2C/SMBUS read register and write register transactions
always start with a write, followed by a write or a read, and then end.
These work, so the bug is not apparent for most I2C slaves that only use
these common xfer forms.
The existing xfer loop initializes by sending the chip address in write
mode after it deals with bus arbitration and master setup. When
processing each message, if the next message will be a read, it sends a
repeated start followed by the chip address in read mode after the
current message.
Obviously, this does not work if the first message is a read, as the
chip is always addressed in write mode initially by i2c_init_transfer().
A write following a read does not work because the repeated start is
only sent when the next message is a read. There is no logic to send it
when the current message is a read and next is write. It should be sent
every time the bus changes direction.
The ability to use a plain read was added to this driver in
commit 2feec4eafd ("imx: mxc_i2c: tweak the i2c transfer method"),
but this applied only the non-DM code path.
This patch fixes the DM code path. The xfer function will call
i2c_init_transfer() with an alen of -1 to avoid sending the chip
address. The same way the non-DM code achieves this. The xfer
function's message loop will send the address and mode before each
message if the bus changes direction, and on the first message.
When reading data, the master hardware is one byte ahead of what we
receive. I.e., reading a byte from the data register returns a byte
*already received* by the master, and causes the master to start the RX
of the *next* byte. Therefor, before we read the final byte of a
message, we must tell the master what to do next. I add a "last" flag
to i2c_read_data() to tell it if the message is to be followed by a stop
or a repeated start. When last == true it acts exactly as before.
The non-DM code can only create an xfer where the read, if any, is the
final message of the xfer. And so the only callsite of i2c_read_data()
in the non-DM code has the "last" parameter as true. Therefore, this
change has no effect on the non-DM code. As all other changes are in
the DM xfer function, which is not even compiled in non-DM code, I am
confident that this patch has no effect on boards not using I2C_DM.
This greatly reduces the range of hardware that could be affected.
For DM boards, I have verified every transaction the "i2c" command can
create on a scope and they are all exactly as they are supposed to be.
I also tested write->read->write, which isn't possible with the i2c
command, and it works as well. I didn't fix multiple reads in a row, as
it's a lot more invasive and obviously no one has every wanted them
since they've never worked. It didn't seem like the extra complexity
was justified to support something no one uses.
Cc: Nandor Han <nandor.han@ge.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Breno Matheus Lima <brenomatheus@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
It is not very clear how these work in relation to the exact I2C xfers
they produce. In paticular, the address length is somewhat overloaded
in the read method. Clearly document the existing behavior. Maybe this
will help the next person who needs to work on this driver and not break
non-DM boards.
Cc: Nandor Han <nandor.han@ge.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Breno Matheus Lima <brenomatheus@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
Arndale board has an Asix AX88760 USB 2.0 Hub and Fast Ethernet combo.
The appropriate driver for it is USB_ETHER_ASIX.
The mistake probably came from misinterpretation of commit e9954b867c
("usb: eth: add ASIX AX88179 DRIVER") which was tested on RECS5250 COM
module. This module indeed has Exynos5250 and some similarities with
Arndale 5250 board but the USB/Ethernet chip used there is apparently
different.
Fixes: f58ad98a62 ("usb: net: migrate USB Ethernet adapters to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
The CONFIG_DM_I2C_COMPAT was introduced in
include/configs/exynos5-common.h in commit 189d80166b ("exynos5:
enable dm i2c") and then it propagated up to configs/arndale_defconfig.
However since beginning the Arndale board (Exynos5250) was not using
I2C.
In fact, the Arndale board is not configuring its PMIC (S5M8767) which
uses I2C bus. This setting can be thus safely removed to fix build
warning:
This board uses CONFIG_DM_I2C_COMPAT. Please remove
(possibly in a subsequent patch in your series)
before sending patches to the mailing list.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
The CONFIG_POWER and CONFIG_POWER_I2C were introduced in
include/configs/exynos5-common.h in commit 19bd3aaa59 ("exynos5: fix
build break by adding CONFIG_POWER") and then it propagated up to
include/configs/arndale.h. However before that commit, there was no
build break at all on Arndale and SMDK5250 boards. It seems the commit
fixed nothing and just added unused defines.
In fact, the Arndale board is not configuring its PMIC (S5M8767) which
uses I2C bus.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
STM32 MCUs update:
_ Add MPU region for SPI NOR memory mapped region
_ Add missing QSPI flash compatible for STM32 F7 boards
_ Update spi-tx-bus-width and spi-rx-bus-width properties
_ Add QSPI support for STM32F469 Discovery board
Enable the green led on SPL completion.
Red led has no pulldown and it will be lighted by default when the
board starts up.
If the PMIC is not configured to enable LDO2, the leds will not light.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
The 2 CAN transceivers have a STBDY pin which must be low in order to
operate.
This pin is tied to PB25.
Set it to 0 in bootstrap.
At a later time, this needs to be controlled by Linux power management
system, or requested by some driver as a gpio and tied to 0 during
CAN link up.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Some periphs on the board need to be reset by holding their reset GPIO down
for a specific time period.
On a warm reset, the periphs are not being reset by any reset pin and may be
in a wrong state.
Reset them in the SPL to make sure we are booting into the correct state
machine of the specific board periphs (KSZ eth switch, USB hub, HSIC eth,
Ethercat)
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
This patch enables the "wdt" command, which is quite useful for watchdog
testing.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
In mt7629-rfb.dts, the phy-handle is a reference to the node phy0, not the
node itself:
phy-handle = <&phy0>;
phy0: ethernet-phy@0 {
reg = <0>;
}
However the driver used ofnode_find_subnode("phy-handle") to read the node.
It will always fail.
This patch replaces ofnode_find_subnode with dev_read_phandle_with_args to
make sure the node can be read correctly.
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This version of the RTL-8168 is present on some development boards and
is compatible with this driver. Add support for identifying this version
of the chip so that U-Boot won't complain about it being unknown.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Implement this callback that allows the MAC address to be set for the
Ethernet card. This is necessary in order for the device to be able to
receive packets for the MAC address that U-Boot advertises.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Commit d397f7c45b ("net: phy: micrel: Separate KSZ9000 drivers from
KSZ8000 drivers") separated the KSZ8xxx and KSZ90x1 drivers and warns
that you shouldn't select both of them due to a device ID clash between
the KSZ9021 and the KS8721, asserting that "it is highly unlikely for a
system to contain both a KSZ8000 and a KSZ9000 PHY". Unfortunately
boards like the SAMA5D3xEK do contain both types of PHY, but fortunately
the Linux Micrel PHY driver provides a solution by using different PHY
ID and mask values to distinguish these chips.
This commit contains the following changes:
- The PHY ID and mask values for the KSZ9021 and the KS8721 now match
those used by the Linux driver.
- The warnings about not enabling both drivers have been removed.
- The description for PHY_MICREL_KSZ8XXX has been corrected (these are
10/100 PHYs, not GbE PHYs).
- PHY_MICREL_KSZ9021 and PHY_MICREL_KSZ9031 no longer select PHY_GIGE
since this is selected by PHY_MICREL_KSZ90X1.
- All of the relevant defconfig files have been updated now that
PHY_MICREL_KSZ8XXX does not default to 'Y'.
Signed-off-by: James Byrne <james.byrne@origamienergy.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Pull out the u-boot,dm-pre-reloc from socfpga_arria10_socdk_sdmmc_handoff.dtsi
into separate dtsi header file to make it easier to patch in custom handoff
dtsi files, without having to manually add the U-Boot bits. Shuffle the include
clauses in the A10 DT files to make it obvious what gets included where without
having to follow confusing long chain of includes, i.e. board DT file includes
everything it needs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Re-add support for Aries Embedded MCV SoM, which is CycloneV based
and the associated MCVEVK and MCVEVP baseboard. The board can boot
from eMMC. Ethernet and USB is supported.
The Aries Embedded boards have been removed with commit 03b54997d5
("board/aries: Remove"). I will now take care of them.
The device-tree files are from mainline Linux commit e93c9c99a629
("Linux v5.1)".
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@aries-embedded.de>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
CC: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
The stratix 10 reset manager ad-hoc code in arch/arm contains an unused
function 'reset_deassert_peripherals_handoff' that has been added from
the beginning. As this is probably a result of copying the gen5 reset
manager and this function has never been used, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
commit c5de2b7eae ("arm: socfpga: implement proper peripheral reset")
has removed the call to 'reset_deassert_peripherals_handoff()' from
socfpga gen5 SPL since the reset driver now handles resets. However,
commit c1d4b464c8 ("ARM: socfpga: Disable bridges in SPL unless booting from FPGA")
has re-added this ad-hoc reset code, so that all peripherals were now
again enabled instead of letting the drivers enable them by request.
While at it, remove this function for gen5 as it should not be used.
Fixes: commit c1d4b464c8 ("ARM: socfpga: Disable bridges in SPL unless booting from FPGA")
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.07-rc3
The development target for the UEFI sub-system is EBBR compliance. We have
already implemented some further protocols to enable running the UEFI Shell
and the UEFI SCT test suite.
As some boards are severely memory constrained make some of these extras
customizable.
Provide bug fixes. The most prominent ones let us pass the UEFI SCT memory
allocation tests.
Describe that efi_install_fdt() defaults to using the device tree
indicated by environment variable fdtcontroladdr.
ACPI tables and device trees are mutually exclusive.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The device path to text protocol renders ACPI device nodes incorrectly.
Use capital hexadecimal numbers as shown in the UEFI spec examples.
Always output the optional UID. This matches what UEFI SCT expects and
saves us an `if`.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
UEFI SCT uses this call sequence to determine the current TPL level inside
notification functions:
OldTpl = BS->RaiseTPL(TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
BS->RestoreTPL(OldTpl);
In RestoreTPL() we trigger the notification function of queued events. If
we do not mark the event as non-queued before calling the notification
function, this results in an infinite recursive call sequence.
Mark the event as non-queued before entering the notification function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If AllocatePages() is called with AllocateAddress, the UEFI spec requires
to return EFI_NOT_FOUND in case the memory page does not exist.
The UEFI SCT II 2017 spec additionally requires to return EFI_NOT_FOUND if
the page is already allocated.
Check that *Memory refers to an unallocated page.
UEFI SCT II (2017): AllocatePages(), 5.1.2.1.9 - 5.1.2.1.10
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
According to the UEFI AllocatePages() has to return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES if
sufficient memory is not available.
Change the return value.
UEFI SCT II (2017): 3.2.1 AllocatePages(), 5.1.2.1.8
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When we call FreePages() we essentially add memory to our memory map. We
shouldn't do this for memory that does not exit.
Check if the memory that is to be freed via FreePages() or FreePool() is in
our memory map and is not EFI_CONVENTIONAL_MEMORY.
This check is mandated by the UEFI specification.
Cf. UEFI SCT II (2017), 3.2.2 FreePages(), 5.1.2.1 - 5.1.2.2
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
According to the UEFI specification UninstallProtocolInteface() has to
return EFI_NOT_FOUND if the interface is not found.
Correct the return value.
Cf. UEFI SCT II spec (2017), 3.3.2 UninstallProtocolInterface(), 5.1.3.2.4
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
A parameter check in LocateDevicePath() does not match the requirements of
the UEFI spec.
If device is NULL, only return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER if a matching handle
is found.
Cf. UEFI SCT II specification (2017)3.3.7 LocateDevicePath(), 5.1.3.7.3
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The device path to text protocol is not needed for EBBR compliance. So
let's make it a customizable option.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The Unicode collation protocol is not needed for EBBR compliance. So let's
make it a customizable option.
The Unicode capitalization table is only needed by this protocol. So let it
depend on the Unicode collation protocol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Use if/endif for dependencies to give structure to the configuration menu.
Sort important settings to the top.
Abbreviate the short description of EFI_LOADER_HII.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Assign include/charset.h to EFI PAYLOAD.
The functions defined in this include are used by the UEFI sub-system.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Correct the description of utf8_utf16_strnlen() and utf8_utf16_strlen() to
reflect that they return u16 count and not byte count.
For these functions and utf16_utf8_strnlen() describe the handling of
invalid code sequences.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Convert 'gpio_dwapb_bind' to iterate over subnodes using livetree
functions (inspired from mt7621_gpio.c).
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Convert 'socfpga_reset_probe' to use 'dev_read_u32_default'
instead of 'fdtdec_get_int'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Convert 'altera_uart_ofdata_to_platdata' to use 'dev_read_u32_default'
instead of 'fdtdec_get_int' and get rid of DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Convert 'dw_spi_ofdata_to_platdata' to use 'dev_read_u32_default'
instead of 'fdtdec_get_int' and get rid of DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Convert 'cadence_spi_ofdata_to_platdata' to use dev_read_* functions to
read driver parameters and 'dev_read_first_subnode'/'ofnode_read_*' to
read flash (child node) parameters.
Tested on socfpga_socrates (socfpga gen5).
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Increasing Malloc pool size up to 0x15000 is required to support FAT in SPL
. The result of calculation is come from default max cluster(0x10000) +
others(0x2000) + additional memory for headroom(0x3000).
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Update the default configuration file to enable the necessary functionality
the get the kit working.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Add support for loading FPGA bitstream to get DDR up running before
U-Boot is loaded into DDR. Boot device initialization, generic firmware
loader and SPL FAT support are required for this whole mechanism to work.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Update the default configuration file to enable the necessary functionality
to get the SoCFPGA loadfs driver support. This would enable the
implementation of programming bitstream into FPGA from MMC.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Add FPGA driver to support program FPGA with FPGA bitstream loading from
filesystem. The driver are designed based on generic firmware loader
framework. The driver can handle FPGA program operation from loading FPGA
bitstream in flash to memory and then to program FPGA.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Current watchdog reset is misplaced after for-loop status polling, so
this poses a risk that watchdog can't be reset timely if polling taking
longer than watchdog timeout. This patch moving the watchdog reset
into polling to ensure the watchdog can be reset timely.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Ensure all the debug messages are always prefix with "FPGA: " and comment
beginning with uppercase letter.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
This patch adds description on properties about file name used for both
peripheral bitstream and core bitstream.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
There are no longer any references to this in the code so this can be
removed.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
There is no check for CONFIG_CRC32 so the #define in image.h does
nothing. Remove it.
Reported-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
There is no 'config CRC32' remove the select that was attempting to use
it.
Reported-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
There is no 'config CRC32', remove the select that was attempting to use
it.
Reported-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
CONFIG_GPIO does not exist. There is one hit for it in tegra_gpio.c but
it is a variable name.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_GPIO does not exist. sysreset_gpio.c uses the DM gpio APIs so the
correct option to select is DM_GPIO.
Reported-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Minor fixes (ata memory leak, implement feedback on ohci-da8xx
changes, avb test fix, mmc test fix, spelling fixes, make FIT really
optional, fit-dtb blob cleanups, TI K3 workflow improvements, bootz
can boot barebox on 32bit ARM).
There is one case where 400ms is not sufficient for loading the
system firmware:
- System firmware is not signed with rsa degenerate key.
- ROM loading the sysfw directly from SPI flash which is in memory
mapped mode.
The above scenario is definitely not desired in production use cases
as it effects boot time. But still keeping this support as this is
a valid boot scenario.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
TI's K3 boot architecture mandates a x509 certificate for every boot image.
While signing the image K3 ROM allows for two types of keys based on which
the boot image gets loaded in different ways:
- Degenerate RSA keys: This generates a signature which is equal to the digest.
When ROM sees this, it does a DMA for copying the images,
which significantly improves the boot time.
- Any other key: Does a memcpy to load the image. This is introduced as a
fallback for DMA copy.
Add a script for generating boot images with the above options. Default
generates image using rsa degenerate key in order to improve boot time.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Support for compressed fit-dtb.blob was added in:
commit 95f4bbd581 ("lib: fdt: Allow LZO and GZIP DT compression in
U-Boot")
When building compressed (lzop, gzip) fit-dtb.blob images, the
compression tool may embed the time or umask in the image.
Work around this by manually setting the time of the source file using
SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH and a hard-coded 0600 umask.
With gzip, this could be accomplished by using -n/--no-name, but lzop
has no current workaround:
https://bugs.debian.org/896520
This is essentially the same fix applied to multi-dtb fit SPL images in:
commit 8664ab7deb ("Set time and umask on multi-dtb fit images to
ensure reproducibile builds.")
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@reproducible-builds.org>
Support for compressed fit-dtb.blob was added in:
commit 95f4bbd581 ("lib: fdt: Allow LZO and GZIP DT compression in
U-Boot")
Adjust Makefile to also clean compressed blobs.
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@reproducible-builds.org>
Support for compressed fit-dtb.blob was added in:
commit 95f4bbd581 ("lib: fdt: Allow LZO and GZIP DT compression in
U-Boot")
Adjust .gitignore to also exclude compressed blobs.
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@reproducible-builds.org>
For chainboot configurations or test environments, this patch allows
booting barebox images by using command bootz.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Fritz <chf.fritz@googlemail.com>
Fix test_mmc_dev(), test_mmc_rescan(), test_mmc_info() not to use the
same configuration data that test_mmc_rd() does. Doing so causes the
following issues:
* The new code uncondtionally expects certain keys to exist in the
configuration data. These keys do not exist in existing configuration
data since they were not previously required, and there was no
notification re: a requirement to add these new keys. This causes test
failures due to thrown exceptions when accessing the non-existent keys.
* The new tests logically operate on different objects. test_mmc_rd()
operates on ranges of sectors on an MMC device (which may be the entire
set of sectors of a device, or a part of a device), whereas all the new
tests operate solely on entire devices. These are separate things, and
it's entirely likely that the user will wish to runs the two types of
tests on different sets of data; see the example configuration data that
this commit adds. Ideally, the new tests would have been added to a
separate Python file, since they aren' closely related to the existing
tests.
FIXME: Marek, can you please replace the "???" in this patch with some
reasonable looking data? Thanks.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Fixes: 4ffec8cdf5 ("test/py: mmc: Add 'mmc info' test")
Fixes: ce4b2cafa7 ("test/py: mmc: Add 'mmc rescan' test")
Fixes: 86dfd152c9 ("test/py: mmc: Add 'mmc dev' test")
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This function merely relocates the fdt blob, so don't let it alter
it by adding reservations that didn't exist before.
Instead, if the memory used for the fdt blob has been reserved
before calling this function, ensure the relocated memory is
marked as reserved instead.
Reported-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reported-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Due to some mistakes in the source code, it was not possible to really
turn FIT support off. This commit fixes the problem by means of the
following changes:
- Enclose "bootm_host_load_image" and "bootm_host_load_images" between
checks for CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE, in common/bootm.c.
- Enclose the declaration of "bootm_host_load_images" between checks for
CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE, in common/bootm.h.
- Condition the compilation and linking of fit_common.o fit_image.o
image-host.o common/image-fit.o to CONFIG_FIT=y, in tools/Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Carlos Santos <casantos@datacom.ind.br>
[fabio: adapt for 2016.07]
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
[Ricardo: fix conditional compilation and linking of the files mentioned above
for 2016.07]
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Martincoski <ricardo.martincoski@gmail.com>
[Jörg: adapt for 2019.01]
Signed-off-by: Jörg Krause <joerg.krause@embedded.rocks>
[Retrieved from:
https://git.buildroot.net/buildroot/tree/package/uboot-tools/0003-Make-FIT-support-really-optional.patch]
Signed-off-by: Fabrice Fontaine <fontaine.fabrice@gmail.com>
Fix test_avb_persistent_values() pytest, which was failing because of
wrong size value provided from tee sandbox driver.
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
malloc(..) and memalign(..) are both allocating memory and as a result
we leak the memory allocated with malloc(..).
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Per feedback from Marek, he suggested better handling and
to enable DM_FLAG_OS_PREPARE, this patch re-orders some of
the error checking, and errors returns the error code right
away and also sets DM_FLAG_OS_PREPARE.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
As much of the watchdog system has been migrated to DM now, formalize a
deadline for migration.
Please note that the old CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG macro should be removed
completely at some point.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Improvements and new features:
- split more rockchip pinctrl_core feature into per SoC
- enable TPL for evb-rk3399 board
- enable TPL/SPL for evb-px5 board
- enable TPL and OP-TEE support for evb-rk3229
- update fix in arm common assembly start code for rockchip header file
- update default SPL_FIT_GENERATOR for rockchip
- rk3399 boards update to use '-u-boot.dtsi'
- add new rk3399 boards: Nanopi M4, Nanopc T4
- enable sound for chromebook_minnie
Since rockchip have an individual doc/README.rockchip, it would
be better to update the same instead of maintaining it separately
in board files.
So, add the documentation for rk3399
- procedure to build for Rockchip miniloader and
U-Boot SPL options
- procedure to boot from SD for Rockchip miniloader and
U-Boot SPL options
- procedure to build ATF, PMU M0 firmware for puma boards
- add boot logs of each option, so-that it would help for future
boards porting
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add initial support for Nanopc T4 board.
Specification
- Rockchip RK3399
- Dual-Channel 4GB LPDDR3-1866
- SD card slot
- 16GB eMMC
- RTL8211E 1Gbps
- AP6356S WiFI/BT
- HDMI In/Out, DP, MIPI DSI/CSI, eDP
- USB 3.0, 2.0
- USB Type C power and data
- GPIO expansion ports
- DC 12V/2A
Commit details of rk3399-nanopc-t4.dts sync from Linux 5.1-rc2:
"arm64: dts: rockchip: Add NanoPC-T4 IR receiver"
(sha1: 95658e21b1707ad7844f873db2fdaa295109a5a3)
Tested-by: Daniel Gröber <dxld@darkboxed.org>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Attaching GPIO functionality to SDMMC0_DET pin (which
does in Linux base dts) make dwmmc driver "fail to detect
the card".
Card did not respond to voltage select!
It may be because the existing driver can't support gpio
card detection. So, change the pinctrl functionality from
RK_FUNC_GPIO to RK_FUNC_1 like other rk3399 dts does via
sdmmc_cd pin.
Cc: Robin Murphy <robin.murphy@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This patch adds booti support for RISC-V Linux kernel. The existing
bootm method will also continue to work as it is.
It depends on the following kernel patch which adds the header to the
flat Image. Gzip compressed Image (Image.gz) support is not enabled with
this patch.
https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/10925543/
Tested on HiFive Unleashed and QEMU.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Karsten Merker <merker@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
When AE350 boots from flash, use CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE instead of
CONFIG_OF_BOARD.
Also remove unused code about prior_stage_fdt_address.
And modify CONFIG_SYS_FDT_BASE as flash address.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Cc: Greentime Hu <greentime@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
This patch will fix prior_stage_fdt_address write failure problem, when
AE350 boots from flash.
When AE350 boots from flash, prior_stage_fdt_address will be flash
address, we shall avoid it to be written.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Cc: Greentime Hu <greentime@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
When U-Boot boots from flash, during the boot process,
hart_lottery and available_harts_lock variable addresses
point to flash which is not writable. This causes boot
failures on AE350. Introduce a config option CONFIG_XIP
to support such configuration.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Cc: Greentime Hu <greentime@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
For 32bit system, the OpenSBI (or BBL) will jump to 0x80400000 address
in S-mode whereas for 64bit system it will jump to 0x80200000 address
in S-mode.
Currently, the S-mode U-Boot sets SYS_TEXT_BASE to 0x80200000 for both
32bit and 64bit system. This breaks S-mode U-Boot for 32bit system.
This patch sets different SYS_TEXT_BASE for 32bit and 64bit system so
that S-mode U-Boot works fine for both.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Tested-by: Karsten Merker <merker@debian.org>
- Set fdt_addr variable, which is needed for extlinux to find FDT.
Otherwise booting kernel using extlinux results in missing FDT.
- Also run fdt addr with FDT address so that fdt commands would
work out of the box in U-Boot prompt.
This is successfully used by Fedora/RISCV with 5.1-rc3+ kernel using
OpenSBI -> U-Boot (S-mode) [extlinux] -> Kernel setup.
Signed-off-by: David Abdurachmanov <david.abdurachmanov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
After updating Fedora/RISCV kernel to 5.1-rc3+ the size increased above
the current threshold. Looking into HiKey, Dragonboards, etc. seems that
SZ_64M is a popular option.
This sucessfully boots Fedora/RISCV with 5.1-rc3+ kernel on QEMU 4.0 (master)
with OpenSBI -> U-Boot (S-mode) [extlinux] -> Kernel setup.
Signed-off-by: David Abdurachmanov <david.abdurachmanov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Adds support for Amlogic G12A USB Device mode.
The DWC2 Controller behind the Glue can be connected to an OTG
capable PHY. The Glue setups the PHY mode.
This patch implements Device mode support by adding a board_usb_init/cleanup
setting up the DWC2 controller and switch the OTG capable port to Device
before starting the DWC2 controller in Device mode.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
This adds support for the USB PHYs found in the Amlogic G12A SoC Family.
The USB2 PHY supports Host and/or Peripheral mode, depending on it's position.
The first PHY is only used as Host, but the second supports Dual modes
defined by the USB Control Glue HW in front of the USB Controllers.
The second driver supports USB3 Host mode or PCIE 2.0 mode, depending on
the layout of the board.
Selection is done by the #phy-cells, making the mode static and exclusive.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Adds support for Amlogic G12A USB Control Glue HW.
The Amlogic G12A SoC Family embeds 2 USB Controllers :
- a DWC3 IP configured as Host for USB2 and USB3
- a DWC2 IP configured as Peripheral USB2 Only
A glue connects these both controllers to 2 USB2 PHYs, and optionnally
to an USB3+PCIE Combo PHY shared with the PCIE controller.
The Glue configures the UTMI 8bit interfaces for the USB2 PHYs, including
routing of the OTG PHY between the DWC3 and DWC2 controllers, and
setups the on-chip OTG mode selection for this PHY.
This driver sets the OTG capable port as Host mode by default,
the switch to Device mode is to be done in a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This allows SPL to load the main U-Boot image from MMC once DM_MMC is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CRS305-1G-4S has a switch chip with an integrated CPU (98DX3236) and
like some of the other similar boards requires bin_hdr.
bin_hdr (DDR3 init stage) is currently retrieved from the stock
bootloader and compiled into the kwb image.
Adds support for U-Boot, enable UART, SPI, Winbond SPI flash chip
support and writing env to SPI flash.
Signed-off-by: Luka Kovacic <me@lukakovacic.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch enables CONFIG_BLK and some DM enabled drivers on
db-88f6820-gp to remove these compile warnings:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_MMC. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_MMC before the v2019.04 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_USB. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_USB before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does use CONFIG_LIBATA but has CONFIG_AHCI not
enabled. Please update the storage controller driver to use
CONFIG_AHCI before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
This patch enables CONFIG_BLK to remove this compile warning:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_USB. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_USB before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch enables CONFIG_BLK and some DM enabled drivers on clearfog
to remove these compile warnings:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_MMC. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_MMC before the v2019.04 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_USB. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_USB before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does use CONFIG_LIBATA but has CONFIG_AHCI not
enabled. Please update the storage controller driver to use
CONFIG_AHCI before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In some of the device trees that specify skew values for KSZ90x1 PHYs
the values are stored (incorrectly) in the MAC node, whereas in others
it is in an 'ethernet-phy' subnode. Previously the code would fail to
find and program these skew values, so this commit changes it to look
for an "ethernet-phy" subnode first, and revert to looking in the MAC
node if there isn't one.
The device trees affected (where the skew values are in a subnode) are
imx6qdl-icore-rqs.dtsi, r8a77970-eagle.dts, r8a77990-ebisu.dts,
r8a77995-draak.dts, salvator-common.dtsi, sama5d3xcm.dtsi,
sama5d3xcm_cmp.dtsi, socfpga_cyclone5_vining_fpga.dts,
socfpga_stratix10_socdk.dts and ulcb.dtsi. Before this change the skew
values in these device trees would be ignored.
The device trees where the skew values are in the MAC node are
socfpga_arria10_socdk.dtsi, socfpga_arria5_socdk.dts,
socfpga_cyclone5_de0_nano_soc.dts, socfpga_cyclone5_de10_nano.dts,
socfpga_cyclone5_de1_soc.dts, socfpga_cyclone5_is1.dts,
socfpga_cyclone5_socdk.dts, socfpga_cyclone5_sockit.dts. These should be
unaffected by this change.
The changes were tested on a sama5d3xcm.
Signed-off-by: James Byrne <james.byrne@origamienergy.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Commit ff7bd212cb ("net: phy: micrel: fix divisor value for KSZ9031
phy skew") fixed the skew value divisor for the KSZ9031, but left the
code using the same divisor for the KSZ9021, which is incorrect.
The preceding commit c16e69f702 ("net: phy: micrel: add documentation
for Micrel KSZ90x1 binding") added the DTS documentation for the
KSZ90x1, changing it from the equivalent file in the Linux kernel to
correctly state that for this part the skew value is set in 120ps steps,
whereas the Linux documentation and driver continue to this day to use
the incorrect value of 200 that came from the original KSZ9021 datasheet
before it was corrected in revision 1.2 (Feb 2014).
This commit sorts out the resulting confusion in a consistent way by
making the following changes:
- Update the documentation to be clear about what the skew values mean,
in the same was as for the KSZ9031.
- Update the Micrel PHY driver to select the appropriate divisor for
both parts.
- Adjust all the device trees that state skew values for KSZ9021 PHYs to
use values based on 120ps steps instead of 200ps steps. This will result
in the same values being programmed into the skew registers as the
equivalent device trees in the Linux kernel do, where it incorrectly
uses 200ps steps (since that's where all these device trees were copied
from).
Signed-off-by: James Byrne <james.byrne@origamienergy.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
For AQR405 in register 4.c441 bit 15 was override with 0. This caused the
phy to not negotiate at 2.5GB rate with mac. To avoid
this override it needed first to know the previous value of reg 4.c441
and set only bit 3.
Signed-off-by: Valentin Catalin Neacsu <valentin-catalin.neacsu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This patch relocates the pointers inside phy_drivers incase
of manual reloc. Without this reloc, these points to invalid
pre relocation address and hence causes exception or hang.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This add pinmux configuration for rgmii interface so that network
driver can be supported on K2G ICE boards. The pinmux configurations
for this are generated using the pinmux tool at
https://dev.ti.com/pinmux/app.html#/default
As this required some BUFFER_CLASS definitions, same is re-used
from the linux defnitions in include/dt-bindings/pinctrl/keystone.h
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
if an error occurs in ldpaa_eth_init, need to free all resources
before returning the error.
Threfore, free net_dev before returning from ldpaa_eth_init.
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Bansal <pankaj.bansal@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The Bananapi M3 has an RTL8211E PHY connected to the EMAC using
RGMII. The PHY is powered by DCDC1 through SW @ 3.3V.
The board is designed to use 3.3V with RGMII, instead of the standard
reduced voltage of 2.5V we see everywhere. DLDO3, which provides the
I/O voltages, is raised to match.
This patch enables the EMAC and Realtek PHY drivers in the defconfig.
The device tree file already has the EMAC enabled.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The Cubietruck Plus has an RTL8211E PHY connected to the EMAC using
RGMII. The PHY is powered by DLDO4 @ 3.3V, while the I/O pins are
powered by DLDO3 @ 2.5V.
This patch enables the EMAC and Realtek PHY drivers in the defconfig.
The device tree file already has the EMAC enabled.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Olimex A64-Teres-I board is a mainboard (the only one so far)
for Olimex Teres-I DIY laptop kit.
Key features:
- Allwinner A64 Cortex-A53
- Mali-400MP2 GPU
- AXP803 PMIC
- 2GB DDR3 RAM
- MicroSD Slot
- 16GB eMMC Flash
- eDP LCD display
- HDMI
- USB Host
- Battery management
- 5V DC power supply
- Certified Open Source Hardware (OSHW)
Works:
- i2C
- MMC/SD
- PWM backlight
Known broken:
- Internal keyboard (seems to be because the keyboard firmware loads a
bootloader first, and then disconnects bootloader and connect real
keyboard). External ones connected to the USB port work fine.
This patch enables support for the A64-Teres-I board to u-boot,
including enabling screen backlight (lacking from Linux device-tree).
Linux commit details about the sun50i-a64-teres-i.dts sync:
"arm64: dts: allwinner: a64: Rename uart0_pins_a label to uart0_pb_pins"
(sha1: d91ebb95b96c8840932dc3a10c9f243712555467)
Cosmetic warnings regarding whitespace and placement of SPDX notice for
dts file was ignored.
config and .dtsi file are adapted from pinebook files.
Tested-by: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
[jagan: move board entry in MAINTAINERS file at proper position]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Getting a RESET by index with device is not straight forward
for some use-cases like handling clock operations for child
node in parent driver. So we need to process the child node
in parent probe via ofnode and process RESET operation for child
without udevice but with ofnode.
So add reset_get_by_index_nodev() and move the common code
in reset_get_by_index_tail() to use for reset_get_by_index()
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
clk_get_by_index_tail() now handle common clk get by index
code so use it from clk_get_by_indexed_prop().
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Getting a CLK by index with device is not straight forward
for some use-cases like handling clock operations for child
node in parent driver. So we need to process the child node
in parent probe via ofnode and process CLK operation for child
without udevice but with ofnode.
So add clk_get_by_index_nodev() and move the common code
in clk_get_by_index_tail() to use for clk_get_by_index()
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Like clk_get_by_index, there is requirement for
clk_get_by_index_nodev. In this case to make common
code functionalities for dev and nodev, clk_get_by_index
is trying to get the index of clock by passing ofnode
instead of actual dev like current gpio uclass does.
In these scenarios with current order of include files
the serial_sifive driver is unable to find CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
In file included from arch/riscv/include/asm/u-boot.h:23:0,
from include/dm/of.h:10,
from include/dm/ofnode.h:12,
from include/clk.h:11,
from drivers/serial/serial_sifive.c:6:
include/environment.h:145:19: error: 'CONFIG_ENV_SIZE'
undeclared here (not in a function); did you mean 'CONFIG_CMD_XIMG'?
#define ENV_SIZE (CONFIG_ENV_SIZE - ENV_HEADER_SIZE)
So, fix consists of changing the order of include files
in serial_sifive.c to include first common.h file.
Cc: Anup Patel <Anup.Patel@wdc.com>
Cc: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Cc: Paul Walmsley <paul.walmsley@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Like clk_get_by_index, there is requirement for
clk_get_by_index_nodev. In this case to make common
code functionalities for dev and nodev, clk_get_by_index
is trying to get the index of clock by passing ofnode
instead of actual dev like current gpio uclass does.
In these scenarios with current order of include files
the fu540-prci driver is unable to find CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
In file included from arch/riscv/include/asm/u-boot.h:23:0,
from include/dm/of.h:10,
from include/dm/ofnode.h:12,
from include/clk.h:11,
from include/clk-uclass.h:13,
from drivers/clk/sifive/fu540-prci.c:32:
include/environment.h:145:19: error: 'CONFIG_ENV_SIZE'
undeclared here (not in a function); did you mean 'CONFIG_CMD_XIMG'?
#define ENV_SIZE (CONFIG_ENV_SIZE - ENV_HEADER_SIZE)
So, fix consists of changing the order of include files
in fu540-prci.c to include first common.h file.
Cc: Anup Patel <Anup.Patel@wdc.com>
Cc: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Cc: Paul Walmsley <paul.walmsley@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Like clk_get_by_index, there is requirement for
clk_get_by_index_nodev. In this case to make common
code functionalities for dev and nodev, clk_get_by_index
is trying to get the index of clock by passing ofnode
instead of actual dev like current gpio uclass does.
In these scenarios with current order of include files
the atcspi200_spi driver is unable to find CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
In file included from arch/nds32/include/asm/u-boot.h:24,
from include/dm/of.h:10,
from include/dm/ofnode.h:12,
from include/clk.h:11,
from drivers/spi/atcspi200_spi.c:9:
include/environment.h:145:19: error: 'CONFIG_ENV_SIZE'
undeclared here (not in a function); did you mean 'CONFIG_CMD_XIMG'?
#define ENV_SIZE (CONFIG_ENV_SIZE - ENV_HEADER_SIZE)
So, fix consists of changing the order of include files
in atcspi200_spi.c to include first common.h file.
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
- Allow x86 boards to use TPL, SPL and U-Boot proper
- Update sysreset x86 driver to utilize ACPI registers to do power off
- Add a new chromebook_samus_tpl board for TPL support
- Several minor changes in binman tool
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.07-rc2 (2)
Fix a bunch of errors in the UEFI sub-system:
* implement missing UnloadImage(),
* implement missing RegisterProtocolNotify(),
* unload images in Exit(),
* parameter checks.
Provide a unit test for UnloadImage().
Remove a redundant function for unit tests.
Clean up the UEFI sub-system initialization
Sync rk3399-nanopi4.dtsi from Linux 5.1-rc2 tag.
Linux commit details about the rk3399-nanopi4.dtsi sync:
"arm64: dts: rockchip: Add nanopi4 bluetooth"
(sha1: 3e2f0bb72be36aa6c14ee7f11ac4dd8014801030)
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paul.kocialkowski@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Few SPL and U-Boot proper configs are common to all rk3399 target
defconfigs, move them and select it from platform kconfig.
Moved configs:
- SPL_ATF
- SPL_ATF_NO_PLATFORM_PARAM if SPL_ATF
- SPL_LOAD_FIT
- SPL_CLK if SPL
- SPL_PINCTRL if SPL
- SPL_RAM if SPL
- SPL_REGMAP if SPL
- SPL_SYSCON if SPL
- CLK
- FIT
- PINCTRL
- RAM
- REGMAP
- SYSCON
- DM_PMIC
- DM_REGULATOR_FIXED
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add default SPL_FIT_GENERATOR py script for rockchip platforms if
specific target enabled SPL_LOAD_FIT.
So, this would help get rid of explicitly mentioning the default
SPL FIT generator in defconfigs. however some targets, like puma_rk3399
still require their own FIT generator so in those cases the default will
override with defconfig defined generator.
Reviewed-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paul.kocialkowski@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
To make successful build with dts(i) files syncing from Linux 5.1-rc2
the rk3399.dtsi would require pwm2_pin_pull_down.
So, sync the pwm2_pin_pull_down node from Linux 5.1-rc2. Since this
node is strictly not part of any commit alone, I have mentioned
Linux 5.1-rc2 tag for future reference of where would this sync
coming from.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paul.kocialkowski@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE was available in configs/rk3399_common.h
when the OrangePI rk3399 board supported during first
version patch.
But, later below change which move this config into Kconfig and
same has been merged in mainline tree.
"configs: move CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE to Kconfig"
(sha1: f89d6133ee)
Unfortunately, the maintainer applied the initial version patch,
instead of looking for next version changes.
Fix it by adding SPL_TEXT_BASE in orangepi-rk3399 defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Now we have
- board specific -u-boot.dtsi files for board specific u-boot
dts changes.
- soc specific rk3399-u-boot.dtsi for soc specific u-boot
dts changes.
So, include the rk3399-u-boot-dtsi on respective board -u-boot.dtsi
and drop the properties which are globally available in rk3399-u-boot.dtsi
Right now rk3399-u-boot.dtsi has sdmmc, spi1 u-boot,dm-pre-reloc
property and more properties and nodes can be move further based
on the requirements.
This would fix, the -u-boot.dtsi inclusion for evb, firefly, puma
boards that was accidentally merged on below commit.
"rockchip: dts: rk3399: Create initial rk3399-u-boot.dtsi"
(sha1: e05b4a4fa8)
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add u-boot,dm-pre-reloc property for spi1, so-that the
subsequent rk3399 boards which boot from SPI.
This help to separate the u-boot specific properties away
from base dts files so-that the Linux sync become easy and
meaningful.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Devicetree files in RK3399 platform is synced from Linux, like other
platforms does. Apart from these u-boot in rk3399 would also require
some u-boot specific node like dmc.
dmc node has big chunk of DDR timing parameters which are specific
to specific board, and maintained with rk3399-sdram*.dtsi.
So, create board specific -u-boot.dtsi files and move these sdram dtsi
files accordingly. This would help of maintain u-boot specific changes
separately without touching Linux dts(i) files which indeed easy for
syncing from Linux between releases.
These board specific -u-boot.dtsi can be extendible to add more u-boot
specific nodes or properties in future.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
- Sometimes u-boot specific dtsi files are included
automatically which would build for entire rockchip SoC,
even-though the respective dtsi should used it for specific
family of rockchip SoC.
- Sometimes u-boot specific dts nodes or properties can use
config macros from respective rockchip family include/configs
files, example CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO.
So, it's better to compile the dtbs based on the respective
rockchip family types rather than rockchip itself to avoid
compilation issues.
This patch organize the existing dtb's based on the rockchip
family types.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
As the mux/pull/drive feature implement at own file,
the type and label are not necessary.
Signed-off-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
RK3288 pmu_gpio0 pull setting have no higher 16 writing corresponding
bits, need to read before write the register.
Signed-off-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
RK3288 pmu_gpio0 drive strength setting have no higher 16 writing
corresponding bits, need to read before write the register.
Signed-off-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
RK3288 pmu_gpio0 iomux setting have no higher 16 writing corresponding
bits, need to read before write the register.
Signed-off-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Such as rk3288's pins of pmu_gpio0 are a special feature, which have no
higher 16 writing corresponding bits, use common set_mux() func would
introduce more code, so implement their set_mux() in each Soc's own
file to reduce the size of code.
Signed-off-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Some Socs use the pull-pin-default config param, need to add it.
And input-enable/disable config params are not necessary, remove it.
Signed-off-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This reverts commit 502980914b.
This is a superseded version, revert this to apply new patch set.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The SPL is now running at SDRAM, and 0x10000 is used by BL31,
and the ARM SPL do not support relocate now, we need reserved
0x50000 so that it won't overwrite the code when we load the
bl31 to target space.
We should remove this after we enable the relocate feature.
The SPL need malloc 0x9000 for MMC as buffer used for transfer
data to IRAM(The EMMC DMA can not transfer data to IRAM directly).
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rockchip platform suppose to use TPL(run in SRAM) as dram init and
SPL(run in DDR SDRAM) as pre-loader, so that the SPL would not be
limited by SRAM size.
This patch add rk3399-board-tpl.c and its common configs.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We don't have both sram and sdram in TPL, so update from:
arch/arm/cpu/armv8/u-boot-spl.lds
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The iomux should have been set in board_debug_uart_init(),
do not set in board_init_f(), remove it.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Move original spl to tpl, and add spl to load next stage firmware,
adapt all the address and option for them.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for
separate one when the board defines it.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Some options like TPL_SYS_THUMB_BUILD, TPL_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
and TPL_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY are needed for TPL build in 32bit arm.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This is fix to:
e2a12f590d rockchip: use 'arch-rockchip' as header file path
The V2 of origin patch set has fix this, but we merge V1 by
mistake, so lets correct it.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
boot0.h and gpio.h will be used by system and include by
'asm/arch/', each of them need of a copy from 'asm/arch-rockchip'.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a version of samus which supports booting from TPL to SPL and then
to U-Boot. This allows TPL to select from an A or B SPL to support
verified boot with field upgrade.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add nvdata drivers for the TPM and RTC as used on samus. These are needed
for Chromium OS verified boot on samus.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add the required CPU code so that TPL builds correctly. Also update the
SPL code to deal with being booted from TPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When TPL finishes it needs to jump to SPL with the stack set up correctly.
Add a function to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The early init should only happen once. Update the probe method to
deal with TPL, SPL and U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With the move to Kconfig this option should be set in Kconfig, not in the
config header file. Move it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With the use of a phandle we can outdent the device tree nodes a little.
Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The standard image generated by U-Boot on x86 is u-boot.rom. Add a
separate image called image.bin for verified boot. This supports
verification in TPL of which SPL/U-Boot to start, then jumping to the
correct one, with SPL setting up the SDRAM and U-Boot proper providing
the user interface if needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add TPL binaries to the device x86 binman desciption. When enabled, TPL
will start first, doing the 16-bit init, then jump to SPL and finally
U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
There are quite a few variables which control where things appear in the
final ROM image. Add a flashmap in the documentation to make this easier
to figure out.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: squashed "x86: Update the memory map a little" in]
[bmeng: fixed typo of 'documentation' in the commit title]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When TPL is in use, U-Boot proper should support initing the VGA ROM even
though the 32-bit init portion is in SPL. Update the condition to handle
this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This report is normally generated by U-Boot proper. Correct the condition
here so that it respects the Kconfig options for bootstage.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The MTRRs are normally set up in U-Boot proper, so avoid setting them up
in SPL as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Update the Makefie rules to ensure that the correct files are built when
TPL is being used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a default implementation of this method which always indicates that
the last reset was a power-on reset. This is the most likely type of reset
and without a PCH-specific driver we cannot determine any other type.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
On modern x86 devices we can power the system off using the power-
management features of the PCH. Add an implementation for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The EFI implementation of reset sits inside the driver and is called
directly from outside the driver, breaking the normal driver-model
conventions. Worse, it passed NULL as the device pointer, hoping that
the called function won't use it, which breaks as soon as code is added
to use it.
Separate out the implementation to improve the situation enough to allow
a future patch to add new sysreset features.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a new ioctl() request to read information about the power-management
system. This can be used to power off the device.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When the MRC cache fails to save it is useful to have some debugging info
to indicate what when wrong. Add some more debug() calls.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When SPL is used to set up the memory controller we want to save the MRC
data in SPL to avoid needing to pass it up to U-Boot proper to save. Add a
function to handle that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add an implementation of arch_cpu_init_f() so that the x86 SPL code builds
and identifies the CPU.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Allow broadwell to build for SPL and include the reference code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present broadwell only supports booting straight into U-Boot proper.
Add a separate init file to boot from SPL into U-Boot proper, and select
it when SPL is in use.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present we support having 16-bit init be in SPL or U-Boot proper, but
not TPL. Add support for this so that TPL can boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When a previous phase of U-Boot has run we need to adjust the init of
subsequent states to avoid messing up the CPU state.
Add a new version of the start logic for SPL, when it boots from TPL
(start_from tpl.c) and a new version for U-Boot when it boots from SPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Split the CPU init into two parts - the 'full' init which happens in the
first U-Boot phase, and the rest of the init that happens on subsequent
stages.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the debug UART is set up in sdram.c which is not the best place
since it has nothing in particular to do with SDRAM. Since we want to
support initing this in SPL too, move it to a common file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: added 'broadwell' tag in the commit title]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present, for broadwell, SDRAM is always set up in U-Boot proper since
the 64-bit mode (which uses SDRAM init in SPL) is not supported.
Update the code to allow SDRAM init in SPL instead so that U-Boot proper
can be loaded into SDRAM and run from there. This allows U-Boot to be
compressed to reduce space, since it is not necessary to run it directly
from flash. It could later allow us to support 64-bit U-Boot on broadwell.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add debugging during SDRAM init so that problems are easier to
diagnose.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add an arch-specific handoff header so that we can use the HANDOFF feature
on x86 devices.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some boards want to use TPL as the first phase of U-Boot. This allows
selection of A or B SPL phases, thus allowing the memory init to be
upgraded in the field.
Add a new Kconfig option for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present only chromebook_link64 supports SPL. It is useful to eb able to
support both TPL and SPL to implement verified boot on x86.
Enable the options for both along with some suitable default options
needed to boot through these phases.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add labels for these nodes so that board DT files can reference them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We cannot init the CPU fully both than once during a boot. Add a new
function which can be called to figure out the CPU identity, but which
does not change anything. For x86_64, this is empty for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present many of the functions in this file return -1 as an error
number. which is -EPERM. Update the code to use real error numbers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We use binman to build the x86 image now. Update a comment which still
refers to ifdtool.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This reverts commit aec4298ccb.
Unfortunately this has a dramatic impact on the pre-relocation memory
used on x86 platforms (increasing it by 2KB) since it increases the
overhead for each PCI device from 220 bytes to 412 bytes.
The offending line is in UCLASS_DRIVER(pci):
.per_device_auto_alloc_size = sizeof(struct pci_controller),
This means that all PCI devices have the controller struct associated
with them. The solution is to move the regions[] member out of the array,
makes its size dynamic, or split UCLASS_PCI into controllers and
non-controllers, as the comment suggests.
For now, revert the commit to get things running again.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Device-tree rules require that aliases use a hyphen rather than a
underscore. Update the uclass name to fit with this.
This allows device-tree aliases to be used to refer to cros-ec devices,
for example:
aliases {
cros-ec0 = &ec;
cros-ec1 = &pd;
};
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present only OF_SEPARATE is considered valid for building a device-tree
file in SPL. However sandbox uses OF_HOSTFILE instead. Update the logic to
handle this and make it easier to understand.
Note that the new logic is not quite the same as the old logic. It was
previously assumed that checking for:
$(CONFIG_$(SPL_TPL_)OF_CONTROL)
$(CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE)
$(CONFIG_$(SPL_TPL_)OF_PLATDATA)
producing 'yy' meant that the first two were 'y' and the last was empty.
Strictly speaking it would be possible for any two of the three to be 'y'
and still yield the same result. However, that was not the intention of
the new logic, since OF_PLATDATA always ensures that no device-tree file
is included. So in effect the new logic is the same, with the addition of
OF_HOSTFILE as an option for OP_SEPARATE.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Update the condition to translate only if this is enabled for SPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present sections are always placed automatically. Even if an 'offset'
property is provided it is ignored. Update the logic to support an offset
for sections.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
An important property is missing. Update the entry comment to include
this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This message is not very important since it is simply indicating that the
user's instructions are being followed. Only show it when the verbosity
level is above the default.
Also drop the unnecessary extra newline on this message, which causes two
line breaks.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
It is not good practice to raise an exception in a constructor. In this
case the 'text' entry may not actually be used, if -i is used to filter
out the images that get built.
Move the exception to where the data is actually used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When EEE is supported by the PHY and the driver allows it, libphy in the
kernel is configuring the PHY to stop receiving the xMII clock while it
is signaling LPI. While this (usually) works fine in the kernel this is
causing issues in U-Boot when rebooting from the linux kernel with this
bit set (without having the possibility to reset the PHY) where the PHY
suddenly stops working.
A new quirk is introduced to unconditionally reset this bit. If the
quirk is not enabled using the proper configuration symbol, the PHY state
is not changed.
Signed-off-by: Carlo Caione <ccaione@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Switch to use the generic helpers to access the MMD registers so that we
can used the same command also for C45 PHYs, C22 PHYs with direct and
indirect access and PHYs implementing a custom way to access the
registers.
Signed-off-by: Carlo Caione <ccaione@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Two new helper functions (phy_read_mmd() and phy_write_mmd()) are added
to allow access to the MMD PHY registers.
The MMD PHY registers can be accessed by several means:
1. Using two new MMD access function hooks in the PHY driver. These
functions can be implemented when the PHY driver does not support the
standard IEEE Compatible clause 45 access mechanism described in clause
22 or if the PHY uses its own non-standard access mechanism.
2. Direct access for C45 PHYs and C22 PHYs when accessing the reachable
DEVADs.
3. The standard clause 45 access extensions to the MMD registers through
the indirection registers (clause 22) in all the other cases.
Signed-off-by: Carlo Caione <ccaione@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Consistently use efi_uintn_t as type of memory keys.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <graf@amazon.com>
If the size of the source buffer is 0, return EFI_LOAD_ERROR.
(UEFI SCT II 2017: 3.4.1 LoadImage() - 5.1.4.1.6)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If the parent image handle does not refer to a loaded image return
EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.
(UEFI SCT II 2017: 3.4.1 LoadImage() - 5.1.4.1.1)
Mark our root node as a loaded image to avoid an error when using it as
parent image.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
HandleProtocol() and OpenProtocol() have to return EFI_UNSUPPORTED if the
protocol is not installed on the handle.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
For correct indentation of messages in the UEFI API implementation use
EFI_PRINT() instead of debug().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER from CloseProtcol() if the agent handle is not
valid.
Return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER if the optional controller handle is not
valid.
Return immediately from efi_search_obj if the handle is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The RegisterProtocolNotify() boot service registers an event to be
notified upon the installation of a protocol interface with the
specified GUID.
Add the missing implementation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The notification function of events of type EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL should always
be queued when SignalEvent() is called.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Function memcmp() is available in efi_freestanding.c. So we do not remove a
further implementation.
Replace all usages of efi_st_memcmp() by memcmp().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Implement unloading of images in the Exit() boot services:
* unload images that are not yet started,
* unload started applications,
* unload drivers returning an error.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In UnloadImage() we need to know if an image is already started.
Add a field to the handle structure identifying loaded and started images.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If LocateHandle() does not find an entry EFI_NOT_FOUND has to be returned
even if BufferSize is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
CreateEventEx() does not allow the following event types:
* EVT_SIGNAL_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES
* EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE
This check is needed to pass the UEFI SCT conformance test.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
allow_unaligned(), switch_to_non_secure_mode(), and efi_init_obj_list() are
called in sequence in multiple places.
Move calls to allow_unaligned() and switch_to_non_secure_mode() to
efi_init_obj_list().
Remove unused includes.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add board code and DTs for Renesas RZ/A1 SoC-based GR-Peach,
which is a cheap development platform with RZ/A1H SoC. The
DTs are imported from Linux 5.0.11, commit d5a2675b207d .
Currently supported are UART, ethernet and RPC SPI. The board
can be booted from RPC SPI by writing the u-boot.bin binary
to the beginning of the SPI NOR, e.g. using the "sf" command.
The board can also be booted via JTAG by setting text base to
0x20020000, loading u-boot.bin there via JTAG and executing it
from that address.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Chris Brandt <chris.brandt@renesas.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add platform code and DTs for Renesas RZ/A1 R7S72100 SoC.
Distinguishing feature of this SoC is that it has up to
10 MiB of on-SoC static RAM (SRAM).
The DTs are imported from Linux 5.0.11, commit d5a2675b207d .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Chris Brandt <chris.brandt@renesas.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Send CONFIG_STATUS and RECONFIG_STATUS mailbox commands to Secure
Device Manager (SDM) to get the status of FPGA and make sure the
FPGA is in user mode before enable the bridge.
Signed-off-by: Ang, Chee Hong <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Software must never reset FPGA2SOC bridge. This bridge must only be
reset by POR/COLD/WARM reset. Asserting the FPGA2SOC reset by software
can cause the SoC to lock-up if there are traffics being drived into
FPGA2SOC bridge.
Signed-off-by: Ang, Chee Hong <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Convert Stratix 10 SDRAM driver to device model.
Get rid of call to socfpga_per_reset() and use reset
framework.
SPL is changed from calling function in SDRAM driver
directly to just probing UCLASS_RAM.
Move sdram_s10.h from arch to driver/ddr/altera directory.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Enable CMD_SF, MTD, DM_SPI_FLASH, SPI_FLASH, SPI, DM_SPI and
STM32_QSPI flags to be able to use the embedded n25q128a QSPI flash
on stm32f469-disco board.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
As mx66l512 qspi flash supports quad input fast program and
quad input fast read, set spi-tx_bus-width and spi-rx_bus-width
to 4.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
As n25q128 qspi flash supports quad input fast program and
quad input fast read, set spi-tx_bus-width and spi-rx_bus-width
to 4.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
As n25q512a qspi flash supports quad input fast program and
quad input fast read, set spi-tx_bus-width and spi-rx_bus-width
to 4.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
The Quad-SPI interface is able to manage up to 256Mbytes Flash
memory starting from 0x90000000 to 0x9FFFFFFF in the memory
mapped mode.
Add a dedicated MPU region into stm32_region_config.
See application note AN4760 available at www.st.com
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
The list of PXE default paths contains ARCH and SOC specific paths, but
one PXE server can serve different board with the same ARCH and SOC.
This is the case for Turris Omnia and Turris Mox, where ARCH=arm and
SOC=mvebu.
If CONFIG_SYS_BOARD is defined, also try "default-$ARCH-$SOC-$BOARD"
path.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
The DA850 EVM has one USB 1.1 OHCI Host controller. With the
host controller now support DM_USB, this patch enables
the respective functions for the da850evm.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This patch reuses some former code for the hawkboard, combines it
with some some similar DM_USB compatible code for the OHCI driver,
and enables the use of the da850's OHCI controller with DM_USB
compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This adds decompression support for Zstandard, which has been included
in Linux btrfs driver for some time.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Add the zstd library from Linux kernel (only decompression support).
There are minimal changes to build with U-Boot, otherwise the files are
identical to Linux commit dc35da16 from March 2018, the files had not
been touched since in kernel. Also SPDX lincese tags were added.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This adds the xxhash support from Linux. Files are almost identical to
those added to Linux in commit 5d240522 ("lib: Add xxhash module") (they
haven't been touched since in Linux). The only difference is to add some
includes to be compatible with U-Boot. Also SPDX lincese tags were
added.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
for suspend/resume robustness
update value for ext_phy_ctrl_36 for suspend/resume robustness
with hardware leveling enabled.
Match recommended values from EMIF Tools app note:
http://www.ti.com/lit/an/sprac70/sprac70.pdf
Signed-off-by: Brad Griffis <bgriffis@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
In case of RTC+DDR resume, need to restore EMIF context
before initiating hardware leveling.
Signed-off-by: Brad Griffis <bgriffis@ti.com>
[j-keerthy@ti.com Fixed the am335x build issues]
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Enable HW leveling in RTC+DDR path. The mandate is to enable
HW leveling bit and then wait for 1 ms before accessing any
register.
Signed-off-by: Brad Griffis <bgriffis@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
display_options_get_banner_priv() overwrites bytes before the start of the
buffer if the buffer size is less then 3. This case occurs in the Sandbox
when executing the `ut_print` command.
Correctly handle small buffer sizes. Adjust the print unit test to catch
when bytes before the buffer are overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The size of the SPL for the am335x_evm is constrained. There is no need
to have advanced SPL FIT features, so keep the SPL FIT support tiny.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
FIT_IMAGE_TINY is used to reduce the size of the SPL by removing os-type
tracking and recording the loadables into the loaded FDT. When this option
is enabled, it is assumed that the next stage firmware is u-boot.
However this does not play well with the SPL_OS_BOOT option that enables
loading different type of next stage firmware, like the OS itself.
When SPL_OS_BOOT is used, do not disable os-tracking. The added footprint
is about 300 Bytes.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
This fixes SPL linker script size checks for 3 lds files where the size
checks were implemented as "x < YYY_MAX_SIZE".
Fix the size checks to be "x <= YYY_MAX_SIZE" instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Find the UCLASS_CACHE driver to configure the cache controller's
settings.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Add a PL310 cache controller driver that is usually found on
ARMv7(32-bit) devices. The driver configures the cache settings that can
be found in the device tree files.
This initial revision only configures basic settings(data & instruction
prefetch, shared-override, data & tag latency). I believe these are the
settings that affect performance the most. Comprehensive settings can be
done by the OS.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
The cache UCLASS will be used for configure settings that can be found
in a CPU's L2 cache controller.
Add a uclass and a test for cache.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Add the PL310 macros for latency control setup, read and write bits.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Linux commit 8ecd7f5970c5 ("ARM: 8483/1: Documentation: l2c: Rename
l2cc to l2c2x0")
Linux docs:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2c2x0.txt
Copied from Linux kernel v5.0.
"The documentation in the l2cc.txt is specific to the L2 cache
controllers L2C210/L2C220/L2C310 (also known as PL210/PL220/PL310
and variants) and not generic as the file name implies. It's not
valid for integrated L2 controllers as found in e.g.
Cortex-A15/A7/A57/A53."
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
On AM654 SoC(arm64) which is IO coherent and has L3 Cache, cache
maintenance operations being done to support non-coherent platforms
causes issues.
For example, here is how U-Boot prepares/handles a buffer to receive
data from a device (DMA Write). This may vary slightly depending on the
driver framework:
Start DMA to write to destination buffer
Wait for DMA to be done (dma_receive()/dma_memcpy())
Invalidate destination buffer (invalidate_dcache_range())
Read from destination buffer
The invalidate after the DMA is needed in order to read latest data from
memory that’s updated by DMA write. Also, in case random prefetch has
pulled in buffer data during the “wait for DMA” before the DMA has
written to it. This works well for non-coherent architectures.
In case of coherent architecture with L3 cache, DMA write would directly
update L3 cache contents (assuming cacheline is present in L3) without
updating the DDR memory. So invalidate after “wait for DMA” in above
sequence would discard latest data and read will cause stale data to be
fetched from DDR. Therefore invalidate after “wait for DMA” is not
always correct on coherent architecture.
Therefore, provide a Kconfig option to disable cache maintenance ops on
coherent architectures. This has added benefit of improving the
performance of DMA transfers as we no longer need to invalidate/flush
individual cache lines(especially for buffer thats several KBs in size).
In order to facilitate use of same Kconfig across different
architecture, I have added the symbol to top level arch/Kconfig file.
Patch currently disables cache maintenance ops for arm64 only.
flush_dcache_all() and invalidate_dcache_all() are exclusively used
during enabling/disabling dcache and hence are not disabled.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
If building with SPL_LOAD_FIT_FULL and FIT_SIGNATURE, but without
SPL_FIT_SIGNATURE then the build fails with:
common/built-in.o: In function `fit_image_verify_with_data':
common/image-fit.c:1220: undefined reference to `fit_image_verify_required_sigs'
common/image-fit.c:1244: undefined reference to `fit_image_check_sig'
common/built-in.o: In function `fit_image_load':
common/image-fit.c:1857: undefined reference to `fit_config_verify'
Refactor so that host builds still depend on FIT_SIGNATURE, but target
builds check FIT_SIGNATURE/SPL_FIT_SIGNATURE dependent on the build.
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- mscc: small fixes, enhance network support for Serval, Luton and Ocelot
- mt7620: rename arch to more generic name mtmips
- mips: pass initrd addresses via DT as physical addresses
The "Mode :" line is the only one in "mmc info" output that has a
space in front of the colon. Drop the space to make it consistent
with the rest of the output, e.g.:
=> mmc dev 1 ; mmc info
switch to partitions #0, OK
mmc1 is current device
Device: sd@ee160000
Manufacturer ID: 3
OEM: 5344
Name: SL08G
Bus Speed: 50000000
Mode : SD High Speed (50MHz)
^------------------------------ Remove this space
Rd Block Len: 512
SD version 3.0
High Capacity: Yes
Capacity: 7.4 GiB
Bus Width: 1-bit
Erase Group Size: 512 Bytes
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
According to the R-Car Gen3 Hardware Manual Rev 1.50 of Nov 30, 2018, the
TX clock internal delay mode isn't supported on R-Car E3 (r8a77990) or D3
(r8a77995).
Avoid setting the APSR:TDM bit on these SoCs. Moreover, only set APSR:TDM
when the DT explicitly specifies RGMII ID or TXID mode instead of setting
it unconditionally when the PHY link speed is 1000 Mbit/s.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
To assure the pins on R-Car Gen3 SoCs are configured correctly, always
select pin control drivers on Gen3 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The ATF can pass additional information via the first four registers,
x0...x3. The R-Car Gen3 with mainline ATF, register x1 contains pointer
to a device tree with platform information. Parse this device tree and
extract DRAM size information from it. This is useful on systems where
the DRAM size can vary between configurations.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
clk_get_rate may return -ENODEV if the clock isn't valid.
Also, make the error cases go through a single path.
Fixes: ff8eee0330 ("cmd: clk: Add trivial implementation of clock dump
for DM")
Signed-off-by: Ismael Luceno <ismael.luceno@silicon-gears.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
>From way back in 2015:
commit dffb86e468
Author: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Date: Wed Aug 12 07:31:54 2015 +0900
of: flip CONFIG_SPL_DISABLE_OF_CONTROL into CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL
As we discussed a couple of times, negative CONFIG options make our
life difficult; CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF, ...
and here is another one.
Now, there are three boards enabling OF_CONTROL on SPL:
- socfpga_arria5_defconfig
- socfpga_cyclone5_defconfig
- socfpga_socrates_defconfig
This commit adds CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL for them and deletes
CONFIG_SPL_DISABLE_OF_CONTROL from the other boards to invert
the logic.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
As requested by Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>, these boards
have no eMMC so CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT has not been migrated:
xilinx_zynqmp_zc1275_revB
xilinx_zynqmp_zc1751_xm018_dc4
xilinx_zynqmp_zc1751_xm019_dc5
xilinx_zynqmp_zcu100_revC
xilinx_zynqmp_zcu102_rev1_0
xilinx_zynqmp_zcu102_revA
xilinx_zynqmp_zcu102_revB
xilinx_zynqmp_zcu104_revA
xilinx_zynqmp_zcu104_revC
xilinx_zynqmp_zcu106_revA
xilinx_zynqmp_zcu111_revA
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Acked-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Sébastien Szymanski <sebastien.szymanski@armadeus.com>
The support for DaVinci DM* SoCs has been dropped a while ago. There's
still a lot of leftover code in mach-davinci though. Entirely remove
certain files and modify the common code to no longer reference
unsupported chips.
Note: all DaVinci platforms supported in u-boot now define SOC_DA8XX
but not all define SOC_DA850 (e.g. omapl138). We can safely remove
all ifdefs for the former, but let's leave the ones for the latter.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
The support for DaVinci DM* SoCs has been dropped. The ifdefs in the
musb_hcd driver are no longer needed. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The support for DaVinci DM* SoCs has been dropped. The code that used
to be relevant to dm644x is no longer needed. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
The support for DaVinci DM* boards has been dropped a while ago. The
code for all those PHYs is no longer used and they have their own
proper PHY drivers in drivers/net/phy anyway. Remove all dead code.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
The boards with SoCs from the DaVinci DM* family used to come with
different PHYs that needed special support implemented in mach-davinci.
Since the support for these chips has long been removed, we can now
drop this unnused code from the emac driver.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
There are a few functions defined in the header file, but they are
not referenced by any Davinci code. In order to make a general
function in the future with static function declarations, this
patch will remove the references all together.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
There is a delay function that was commented out. This patch
re-enables it, because it will be needed for da850 ohci support.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Update device tree for luton to add support for luton pcb90.
This pcb has 24 ports from which 12 ports are connected to
SerDes6G.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Update Luton network driver to have support also for pcb90. The pcb90
has 24 ports from which 12 ports are connected to SerDes6G.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Currently mach-mt7620 contains only support for mt7628. To avoid confusion,
rename mach-mt7620 to mach-mtmips, which means MediaTek MIPS platforms.
MT7620 and MT7628 should be distinguished by SOC_MT7620 and SOC_MT7628
because they do not share the same lowlevel codes.
Dependencies of four drivers are changed to SOC_MT7628 as these drivers
are only used by MT7628.
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Microsemi SoC defines CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE to be 0x80000000, which
represents the start of kseg0 and represents a virtual address. Meaning
that the initrd_start and initrd_end point somewhere kseg0.
When these parameters are passed to linux kernel through DT
they are pointing somewhere in kseg0 which is a virtual address but linux
kernel expects the addresses to be physical addresses(in kuseg) because
it is converting the physical address to a virtual one.
Therefore update the uboot to pass the physical address of initrd_start
and initrd_end by converting them using the function virt_to_phys before
setting up the DT.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Remove "select MSCC_BITBANG_SPI_GPIO" since Kbuild option was deleted
back in commit ace9c103df:
commit ace9c103df
Author: Lars Povlsen <lars.povlsen@microchip.com>
Date: Tue Jan 8 10:38:35 2019 +0100
mips: gpio: mscc: Obsoleted gpio-mscc-bitbang-spi.c
Add ethernet nodes for Serval SoCs family. There are 2 pcb in this
family: pcb105 and pcb106.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
In Serval SoC family there are 2 different pcb, both of them have the same
phy, but with different version. Therefore implement board_phy_config
and set all the phys in the same way.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
When detecting the board, it was reading a register in the GPIO page of
the phy and based on that value it was making a decision. The bug was that
after the GPIO page for the first phy was set it was not reseted back.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
In case the ddr training was failing, it couldn't reset, it was just
hanging. Therefore reimplement it, so when ddr training is failing
it would call _machine_restart, which power downs the DDR and does
a force reset.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
The Standard Host Controller Interface (SDHCI) specification version
3.00 adds support for Advanced DMA (ADMA) for both 64 and 32 bit widths
of DMA. ADMA2 uses a table of descriptors for aggregating DMA requests.
This significantly improves read and write throughput.
Add Support for the same.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
In preparation for addition of ADMA2 support, cleanup SDMA handling by
moving it to a new sdhci_prepare_dma() function. Also add a flags field
in sdhci_host to indicate if DMA is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
The wp-gpios property is used for gpio, if this is set, the WP pin is muxed
to gpio function, can't be used as internal WP checking. However the codes
remain to use internal WP checking.
This patch changes to examine the "fsl,wp-controller" for enabling internal WP
checking, and "wp-gpios" for muxing to gpio.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
When sd/mmc work at DDR mode, like HS400/HS400ES/DDR52/DDR50 mode,
the output clock rate is half of the internal clock rate.
This patch set the DDR_EN bit first for DDR mode, hardware divide
the usdhc clock automatically, then follow the original sdr clock
setting method.
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
The btrfs implementation methods .ls(), .size() and .read() returns 1 on
failure, but the command handlers expect values <0 on failure.
For example if given a nonexistent path, the load command currently
returns success, and hush scripting does not work.
Fix this by setting return values of these methods to -1 instead of 1 on
failure.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
When CROSS_BUILD_TOOLS is set, set HOSTCFLAGS to CFLAGS otherwise CC
will be used with HOSTCFLAGS which seems wrong
Signed-off-by: Fabrice Fontaine <fontaine.fabrice@gmail.com>
The card detect pin was incorrectly using IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW
instead of GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW when reading the state of the CD pin.
Without this patch, MMC1 won't be detected.
This is the same patch submitted to linux-omap, but I was hoping
to get it applied to U-Boot without having to wait for the
linux adoption and then backporting.
Fixes: 5448ff33f2 ("ARM: DTS: Resync Logic PD SOM-LV 37xx
devkit with Linux 4.18-RC4")
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The DM* family of SOCs is no longer supported. We now support the
omap-l138 lcdk board and Lego EV3 platform. Reflect those changes
in the README.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Add am335x-pocketbeagle to CONFIG_OF_LIST in am335x_evm_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add device-tree files from linux 5.1-rc7 needed to complete support
for PocketBeagle.
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Transition to the IOPAD macros as used in Linux in which the pin mux
mode is specified using a dedicated parameter while also dropping the
related MUX_MODEx macros that are no longer needed. This transition
will allow us to keep both Linux and U-Boot DTS in sync more easily.
While at it also align the file name of the include file itself and
update any references accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
- at91sam9g20-taurus.dts: use labels
- cleanup taurus port to compile clean with
current mainline again. SPL has no serial
output anymore, so it fits into SRAM.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
TI-SCI firmware will only respond to messages when the
TI_SCI_FLAG_REQ_ACK_ON_PROCESSED flag is set. Most messages
already do this, set this for the ones that do not.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Tested-by: Alejandro Hernandez <ajhernandez@ti.com>
Acked-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
commit 95f4bbd581 ("lib: fdt: Allow LZO and GZIP DT compression in U-Boot")
introduced Kconfig option for gzip in U-Boot, but help text
says gzip for SPL, which is wrong. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The existing comments where confusing read and write. The comment for
fs_write() had:
"@addr: The address to read into"
So let's rework the comments and format them in Sphinx style.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Switch from using the high priority DMSC transmit message queue used
by the secure R5 MCU island boot context to the low priority message
queue. While the change in priority is irrelevant for the current boot
architecture it however gives us access to a deeper message queue that
will allow us to buffer more messages. This is an important aspect when
sending several messages without requesting and waiting for a response
in a row which is a communication scheme used during core shutdown for
example. See AM654 TISCI User Guide for additional details.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
In commit ad6054f1fe where support for the
Sancloud BeagleBone Enhanced (BBE) was added, new conditional
configuration of either MII pin muxing or RGMII pin muxing is done
depending on the board type. However, the old call to set up MII pin
muxing was not removed.
This may result in misconfiguration of the pin muxing for the BBE or
duplicate configuration for other boards and so we remove this obsolete
call.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.co.uk>
Restart operation never exists and reset operation never
makes the watchdog expire immediately but expire_now operation
does.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Upcoming sysfw (2019.03) will not open the channelized firewalls during
init, it only going to do so in response to the channel configuration
message.
Remove the channel state checks done before the channel configuration and
move it after the configuration for warning purposes.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
An earlier commit converted the TISCI receive timeouts to be specified
in ms rather than us however it failed to take this change into account
when passing the actual timeout to be used when invoking the mailbox
receive API. This leads to the actual timeout to be 1,000 times shorter
than expected and as a result certain TISCI operations would fail.
Fix the issue by converting the timeout declared in ms to us on the fly
as expected by the respective API.
Fixes: fd6b40b1ba ("firmware: ti_sci: Add support for NAVSS resource management")
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Currently packet data is wrongly extracted when metadata is NULL.
Fix it and negate the if check.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.07-rc2
This pull request provides error fixes for the handling of GPT partitions
and for the UEFI subsystem.
Some SPI controllers can't write nor->page_size bytes in a single step
because their TX FIFO is too small, but when that happens we should
make sure a WRITE_EN command before each write access and READ_SR command
after each write access is issued.
We should allow nor->write() to return a size that is smaller than the
requested write size to gracefully handle this case.
Also, the spi_nor_write_data() should return the actual number of bytes
that were written during the spi_mem_exec_op() operation.
This patch is a combination of two commits backported from kernel:
commit 630d6bd8a3b4 ("mtd: spi-nor: Support controllers with limit ...")
commit 3baa8ec88c2f ("mtd: devices: m25p80: Make sure WRITE_EN is ...")
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Acked-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Tested-by: Shyam Saini <shyam.saini@amarulasolutions.com> # microzed
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This options will be enabled by default by CZ.NIC shipped U-Boot. Enable
them in defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add support for the gpio command and driver for the I2C connected
pca9538 controller, to be able to determine if SFP module is present in
the Turris Omnia router.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The twsi_wait function reads the control register for interrupt flag,
and if interrupt flag is present, it immediately reads status register.
On our device this sometimes causes bad value being read from status
register, as if the value was not yet updated.
My theory is that the controller does approximately this:
1. sets interrupt flag in control register,
2. sets the value of status register,
3. causes an interrupt
In U-Boot we do not use interrupts, so I think that it is possible that
sometimes the status register in the twsi_wait function is read between
points 1 and 2.
The bug does not appear if I add a small delay before reading status
register.
Wait 100ns (which in U-Boot currently means 1 us, because ndelay(i)
function calls udelay(DIV_ROUND_UP(i, 1000))) before reading the status
register.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Cc: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There is a Factory RESET button on the back side of the Turris Omnia
router. When user presses this button before powering the device up and
keeps it pressed, the microcontroller prevents the main CPU from booting
and counts how long the RESET button is being pressed (and indicates
this by lighting up front LEDs).
The idea behind this is that the user can boot the device into several
Factory RESET modes.
This patch adds support for U-Boot to read into which Factory RESET mode
the user booted the device. The value is an integer stored into the
omnia_reset environment variable. It is 0 if the button was not pressed
at all during power up, otherwise it is the number identifying the
Factory RESET mode.
This patch also changes bootcmd to a special hardcoded value if Factory
RESET button was pressed during device powerup. This special bootcmd
value sets the colors of all the LEDs on the front panel to green and
then tries to load the rescue image from the SPI flash memory and boot
it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The regdomain environment variable is set according to value read from
EEPROM. This has to be done in board_late_init, after the environment
variables are read from SPI. Select CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT in Kconfig
for the Turris Omnia target.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Since board watchdog is now unified and not handled in board files,
remove the unnecessary includes.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Unify the way how Omnia and Mox print board information (RAM size and
serial number).
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Refactor RAM size reading from EEPROM in preparation for next patch.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This driver is required for Turris Omnia to read ethernet addresses.
Move the dependency from turris_omnia_defconfig to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Refactor code which accesses the microcontroller and EEPROM via I2C.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
If SCSI is enabled, U-Boot should try to boot also from SCSI device on
Turris Omnia.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The I2C dependencies are defined in include/configs/turris_omnia.h,
because Turris Omnia won't boot correctly without I2C support.
Move these dependencies to Kconfig, so that they are selected if Turris
Omnia is selected as target.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
These are not needed if MMC and SCSI DM drivers are used.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enable AHCI, SCSI and SATA for compliance with the driver model
migration.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add XHCI_HOST and XHCI_MVEBU to defconfig, so that user's can by default
boot from USB on Turris Omnia.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The i2c slave disabling is done by mvtwsi driver and is not needed here.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
EVP_VerifyFinal would return one of three values:
1 if the data is verified to be correct;
0 if it is incorrect;
-1 if there is any failure in the verification process.
The varification in unpatched version is wrong, since it ignored
the return value of -1.
The bug allows a malformed signature to be treated as a good
signature rather than as an error. This issue affects the
signature checks on DSA ans ECDSA keys used with SSL/TLS.
This issue is similar to CVE-2008-5077, CVE-2009-0021,
CVE-2009-0025, CVE-2009-0046 ~ CVE-2009-0049.
Signed-off-by: Young Xiao <92siuyang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The random uuid values (enabled via CONFIG_RANDOM_UUID=y) on our
platform are always the same. Below is consistent on each cold boot:
=> ### interrupt autoboot
=> env default -a; gpt write mmc 1 $partitions; print uuid_gpt_misc
...
uuid_gpt_misc=d117f98e-6f2c-d04b-a5b2-331a19f91cb2
=> env default -a; gpt write mmc 1 $partitions; print uuid_gpt_misc
...
uuid_gpt_misc=ad5ec4b6-2d9f-8544-9417-fe3bd1c9b1b3
=> env default -a; gpt write mmc 1 $partitions; print uuid_gpt_misc
...
uuid_gpt_misc=cceb0b18-39cb-d547-9db7-03b405fa77d4
=> env default -a; gpt write mmc 1 $partitions; print uuid_gpt_misc
...
uuid_gpt_misc=d4981a2b-0478-544e-9607-7fd3c651068d
=> env default -a; gpt write mmc 1 $partitions; print uuid_gpt_misc
...
uuid_gpt_misc=6d6c9a36-e919-264d-a9ee-bd00379686c7
While the uuids do change on every 'gpt write' command, the values
appear to be taken from the same pool, in the same order.
Assuming U-Boot with RANDOM_UUID=y is deployed on a large number of
devices, all those devices would essentially expose the same UUID,
breaking the assumption of system/RFS/application designers who rely
on UUID as being globally unique (e.g. a database using UUID as key
would alias/mix up entries/records due to duplicated UUID).
The root cause seems to be simply _not_ seeding PRNG before generating
a random value. It turns out this belongs to an established class of
PRNG-specific problems, commonly known as "unseeded randomness", for
which I am able to find below bugs/CVE/CWE:
- https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=CVE-2015-0285
("CVE-2015-0285 openssl: handshake with unseeded PRNG")
- https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=CVE-2015-9019
("CVE-2015-9019 libxslt: math.random() in xslt uses unseeded
randomness")
- https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/336.html
("CWE-336: Same Seed in Pseudo-Random Number Generator (PRNG)")
The first revision [1] of this patch updated the seed based on the
output of get_timer(), similar to [4].
There are two problems with this approach:
- get_timer() has a poor _ms_ resolution
- when gen_rand_uuid() is called in a loop, get_timer() returns the
same result, leading to the same seed being passed to srand(),
leading to the same uuid being generated for several partitions
with different names
The above drawbacks have been addressed in the second version [2].
In its third revision (current), the patch reworded the description
and summary line to emphasize it is a *fix* rather than an improvement.
Testing [3] consisted of running 'gpt write mmc 1 $partitions' in a
loop on R-Car3 for several minutes, collecting 8844 randomly generated
UUIDS. Two consecutive cold boots are concatenated in the log.
As a result, all uuid values are unique (scripted check).
Thanks to Roman, who reported the issue and provided support in fixing.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1091802/
[2] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1092945/
[3] https://gist.github.com/erosca/2820be9d554f76b982edd48474d0e7ca
[4] commit da384a9d76 ("net: rename and refactor eth_rand_ethaddr() function")
Reported-by: Roman Stratiienko <roman.stratiienko@globallogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Apply the following changes:
- Guard the 'gpt read' command by 'ifdef CONFIG_CMD_GPT_RENAME',
since 'gpt read' is not available on CMD_GPT_RENAME=n
- Prefix the {read,swap,rename} commands with one space for consistency
- Prefix the 'guid' commands with 'gpt' for consistency
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Below is what happens on R-Car H3ULCB-KF using clean U-Boot
v2019.04-00810-g6aebc0d11a10 and r8a7795_ulcb_defconfig:
=> ### interrupt autoboot
=> gpt verify mmc 1
No partition list provided - only basic check
Verify GPT: success!
=> ### keep calling 'gpt verify mmc 1'
=> ### on 58th call, we are out of memory:
=> gpt verify mmc 1
alloc_read_gpt_entries: ERROR: Can't allocate 0X4000 bytes for GPT Entries
GPT: Failed to allocate memory for PTE
gpt_verify_headers: *** ERROR: Invalid Backup GPT ***
Verify GPT: error!
This is caused by calling is_gpt_valid() twice (hence allocating pte
also twice via alloc_read_gpt_entries()) while freeing pte only _once_
in the caller of gpt_verify_headers(). Fix that by freeing the pte
allocated and populated for primary GPT _before_ allocating and
populating the pte for backup GPT. The latter will be freed by the
caller of gpt_verify_headers().
With the fix applied, the reproduction scenario [1-2] has been run
hundreds of times in a loop w/o running into OOM.
[1] gpt verify mmc 1
[2] gpt verify mmc 1 $partitions
Fixes: cef68bf904 ("gpt: part: Definition and declaration of GPT verification functions")
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Below is what happens on R-Car H3ULCB-KF using clean U-Boot
v2019.04-00810-g6aebc0d11a10 and r8a7795_ulcb_defconfig:
=> ### interrupt autoboot
=> gpt guid mmc 1
21200400-0804-0146-9dcc-a8c51255994f
success!
=> ### keep calling 'gpt guid mmc 1'
=> ### on 59th call, we are out of memory:
=> gpt guid mmc 1
alloc_read_gpt_entries: ERROR: Can't allocate 0X4000 bytes for GPT Entries
GPT: Failed to allocate memory for PTE
get_disk_guid: *** ERROR: Invalid GPT ***
alloc_read_gpt_entries: ERROR: Can't allocate 0X4000 bytes for GPT Entries
GPT: Failed to allocate memory for PTE
get_disk_guid: *** ERROR: Invalid Backup GPT ***
error!
After some inspection, it looks like get_disk_guid(), added via v2017.09
commit 73d6d18b71 ("GPT: add accessor function for disk GUID"),
unlike other callers of is_gpt_valid(), doesn't free the memory pointed
out by 'gpt_entry *gpt_pte'. The latter is allocated by is_gpt_valid()
via alloc_read_gpt_entries().
With the fix applied, the reproduction scenario has been run hundreds
of times ('while true; do gpt guid mmc 1; done') w/o running into OOM.
Fixes: 73d6d18b71 ("GPT: add accessor function for disk GUID")
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In case of a failure exit data may be passed to Exit() which in turn is
returned by StartImage().
Let the `bootefi` command print the exit data string in case of an error.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When printing an UEFI variable an error may arise while converting an
illegal hexadecimal value. In this case a buffer is leaked.
Close the memory leak. Provide an error message.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID 185830)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The field boot OptionalData in structure _EFI_LOAD_OPTIONS is for binary
data.
When we use `efidebug boot add` we should convert the 5th argument from
UTF-8 to UTF-16 before putting it into the BootXXXX variable.
When printing boot variables with `efidebug boot dump` we should support
the OptionalData being arbitrary binary data. So let's dump the data as
hexadecimal values.
Here is an example session protocol:
=> efidebug boot add 00a1 label1 scsi 0:1 doit1 'my option'
=> efidebug boot add 00a2 label2 scsi 0:1 doit2
=> efidebug boot dump
Boot00A0:
attributes: A-- (0x00000001)
label: label1
file_path: .../HD(1,MBR,0xeac4e18b,0x800,0x3fffe)/doit1
data:
00000000: 6d 00 79 00 20 00 6f 00 70 00 74 00 69 00 6f 00 m.y. .o.p.t.i.o.
00000010: 6e 00 00 00 n...
Boot00A1:
attributes: A-- (0x00000001)
label: label2
file_path: .../HD(1,MBR,0xeac4e18b,0x800,0x3fffe)/doit2
data:
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Currently in do_efi_boot_dump(), we directly read EFI variables from
related environment variables. To accommodate alternative storage
backends, we should switch to using the UEFI API instead.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
UEFI variables should be installed using well-defined API.
Currently we don't support much, but the value of OsIndicationsSupported
will be updated once some features are added in the future.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Add comments. Rename a variable.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The UEFI spec requires that freeing of pages fails if the number of pages
to be freed is 'invalid'. Check that it is not zero.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
CreateEvent() and CreateEventEx() should check that a notify function is
provided for either of EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL or EVT_NOTIFY_WAIT.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Porting to DM and i.MX8
------------------------
- warp7 to DM
- kp_imx53 to DM
- Warnings in DT
- MX8QM support
- colibri-imx6ull to DM
- imx7d-pico to DM
- ocotp for MX8
To avoid a warning, we need to include the header defining
back_to_bootrom for us.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
After applying the series for debug_uart_init(), Travis-CI reports:
arch/arm/mach-rockchip/rk3399/rk3399.c:90:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'spl_gpio_set_pull' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
spl_gpio_set_pull(&pmugrf->gpio0_p, GPIO(BANK_B, 2), GPIO_PULL_NORMAL);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
This is caused by a missing header-file include. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Use board_debug_uart_init() for UART iomux init instead of
do it in board_init_f, and move the function to soc file so
that we can find all the soc/board setting in soc file and
use a common board file for all rockchip SoCs later.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Move the function to soc file so
that we can find all the soc/board setting in soc file and
use a common board file later for all rockchip SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Use board_debug_uart_init() for UART iomux init instead of
do it in board_init_f, and move the function to soc file so
that we can find all the soc/board setting in soc file and
use a common board file for all rockchip SoCs later.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Use board_debug_uart_init() for UART iomux init instead of
do it in board_init_f, and move the function to soc file so
that we can find all the soc/board setting in soc file and
use a common board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Use board_debug_uart_init() for UART iomux init instead of
do it in board_init_f, and move the function to soc file so
that we can find all the soc/board setting in soc file and
use a common board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[Fixed whitespace error:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The ARCH_SOC name default as 'rockchip' and we put all the
header file in 'arch/arm/include/asm/arch-rockchip/', but
the 'rockchip' is not the SOC name, let's correct it after
we update all the source file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsiich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Rockchip use 'arch-rockchip' instead of arch-$(SOC) as common
header file path, so that we can get the correct path directly.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
u-boot,dm-pre-reloc is required for SDMMC booted rk3399 boards and
which is U-Boot specific devicetrees binding.
Move it on global rk3399-u-boot.dtsi file and rest of the U-Boot
bindings will move it future based on the requirement.
This would help to sync the devicetrees from Linux whenever required
instead of adding specific nodes.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Sync rk3399-opp.dtsi from Linux.
Linux commit details about the rk3399-opp.dtsi sync:
"arm64: dts: rockchip: use SPDX-License-Identifier"
(sha1: 4ee99cebd486238ac433da823b95cc5f8d8a6905)
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
To support unaligned output buffers (i.e. 'in' in the terminology of
the SPI framework), this change splits each 16bit FIFO element after
reading and writes them to memory in two 8bit transactions. With this
change, we can now always use the optimised mode for receive-only
transcations independent on the alignment of the target buffer.
Given that we'll run with caches on, the impact should be negligible:
as expected, this has no adverse impact on throughput if running with
a 960MHz LPLL configuration.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The SPI controller's documentation (I only had access to the RK3399,
RK3368 and PX30 TRMs) specifies that, when operating in master-mode,
the controller will stop the SCLK to avoid RXFIFO overruns and TXFIFO
underruns. Looks like my worries that we'd need to support DMA-330
(aka PL330) to make any further progress were unfounded.
This adds a driver-data structure to capture hardware-specific
settings of individual controller instances (after all, we don't know
if all versions are well-behaved) and adds a 'master_manages_fifo'
flag to it. The first use of said flag is in the optimised
receive-only transfer-handler, which can now request 64Kframe
(i.e. 128KByte) bursts of data on each reprogramming of CTRLR1
(i.e. every time through the loop).
This improves throughput to 46.85MBit/s (a 94.65% bus-utilisation).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
For the RK3399-Q7 we recommend storing SPL and u-boot.itb in the
on-module 32MBit (and sometimes even larger, if requested as part of a
configure-to-order configuration) SPI-NOR flash that is clocked for a
bitrate of 49.5MBit/s and connected in a single-IO configuration (the
RK3399 only supports single-IO for SPI).
Unfortunately, the existing SPI driver is excruciatingly slow at
reading out large chunks of data (in fact it is just as slow for small
chunks of data, but the overheads of the driver-framework make it less
noticeable): before this change, the throughput on a 4MB read from
SPI-NOR is 8.47MBit/s which equates a 17.11% bus-utilisation.
To improve on this, this commit adds an optimised receive-only
transfer (i.e.: out == NULL) handler that hooks into the main transfer
function and processes data in 16bit frames (utilising the full with
of each FIFO element). As of now, the receive-only handler requires
the in-buffer to be 16bit aligned. Any lingering data (i.e. either if
the in-buffer was not 16-bit aligned or if an odd number of bytes are
to be received) will be handled by the original 8bit reader/wirter.
Given that the SPI controller's documentation does not guarantuee any
interlocking between the RXFIFO and the master SCLK, the transfer loop
will be restarted for each chunk of 32 frames (i.e. 64 bytes).
With this new receive-only transfer handler, the throughput for a 4MB
read increases to 36.28MBit/s (i.e. 73.29% bus-utilisation): this is a
4x improvement over the baseline.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reported-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Series-Cc: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Series-Cc: Christoph Muellner <christoph.muellner@theobroma-systems.com>
The logic in the main transmit loop took a bit of reading the TRM to
fully understand (due to silent assumptions based in internal logic):
the "wait until idle" at the end of each iteration through the loop is
required for the transmit-path as each clearing of the ENA register
(to update run-length in the CTRLR1 register) will implicitly flush
the FIFOs... transmisson can therefore not overlap loop iterations.
This change adds a comment to clarify the reason/need for waiting
until the controller becomes idle and wraps the entire check into an
'if (out)' to make it clear that this is required for transfers with a
transmit-component only (for transfers having a receive-component,
completion of the transmit-side is trivially ensured by having
received the correct number of bytes).
The change does not increase execution time measurably in any of my
tests.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
While rkspi_enable_chip is called with true/false everywhere else in
the file, one call site uses '0' to denot 'false'.
This change this one parameter to 'false' and effects consistency.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The maximum transfer length (in a single transaction) for the Rockchip
SPI controller is 64Kframes (i.e. 0x10000 frames) of 8bit or 16bit
frames and is encoded as (num_frames - 1) in CTRLR1. The existing
code subtracted the "minus 1" twice for a maximum transfer length of
0xffff (64K - 1) frames.
While this is not strictly an error (the existing code is correct, but
leads to a bit of head-scrating), fix this off-by-one situation.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Even though the priv-structure and the claim-bus function contain
logic for 16bit frames and for unidirectional transfer modes, neither
of these is used anywhere in the driver.
This removes the unused (as in "has no effect") logic and fields.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
In analysing delays introduced for large SPI reads, the absence of any
indication when a delay was inserted (to ensure the CS toggling is
observed by devices) became apparent.
Add an additional debug-only debug message to record the insertion and
duration of any delay (note that the debug-message will cause a delay
on-top of the delay-duration).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Over the last quarter, a part of our production has used NOR flash
from Gigadevice in addition to the Winbond parts that we typically
source. This requires the SPI_FLASH_GIGADEVICE config to be set.
Enable SPI_FLASH_GIGADEVICE in the board's default defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Moved CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE to common/spl/Kconfig and migrate existing
values.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
[trini: Re-run migration]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Booting this board failed as the initial console isn't found since
commit c402e81702 ("dts: arm: socfpga: merge gen5 devicetrees from linux")
The uart0 devicetree entry was missing "clock-frequency = <100000000>:"
since that commit
Fixes: c402e81702 ("dts: arm: socfpga: merge gen5 devicetrees from linux")
Reported-by: rafael mello <rafaelmello_3@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
The usage of socfpga_sdram_apply_static_cfg() seems rather dubious and
is confirmed to lead to a rare system hang when enabling bridges. This
patch removes the socfpga_sdram_apply_static_cfg() altogether, because
it's use seems unjustified and problematic.
The socfpga_sdram_apply_static_cfg() triggers write to SDRAM staticcfg
register to set the applycfg bit, which according to old vendor U-Boot
sources can only be written when there is no traffic between the SDRAM
controller and the rest of the system. Empirical measurements confirm
this, setting the applycfg bit when there is traffic between the SDRAM
controller and CPU leads to the SDRAM controller accesses being blocked
shortly after.
Altera originally solved this by moving the entire code which sets the
staticcfg register to OCRAM [1]. The commit message claims that the
applycfg bit needs to be set after write to fpgaportrst register. This
is however inverted by Altera shortly after in [2], where the order
becomes the exact opposite of what commit message [1] claims to be the
required order. The explanation points to a possible problem in AMP
use-case, where the FPGA might be sending transactions through the F2S
bridge.
However, the AMP is only the tip of the iceberg here. Any of the other
L2, L3 or L4 masters can trigger transactions to the SDRAM. It becomes
rather non-trivial to guarantee there are no transactions to the SDRAM
controller.
The SoCFPGA SDRAM driver always writes the applycfg bit in SPL. Thus,
writing the applycfg again in bridge enable code seems redundant and
can presumably be dropped.
[1] 75905816ec
[2] 8ba6986b04
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
The driver currently calculates the end address of cache flush operation
for the DMA descriptors by adding cacheline size to the start address of
the last DMA descriptor. This is not safe, as the cacheline size may be,
in some unlikely cases, smaller than the DMA descriptor size. Replace the
addition with roundup() applied on the end address of the last DMA
descriptor to round it up to the nearest cacheline size multiple.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The bounce_buffer_start() can return -ENOMEM in case memory allocation
failed. However, in that case, the bounce buffer address is the same as
the possibly unaligned input address, and the cache maintenance operations
were not applied to this address. This could cause subtle problems. Add
handling for the bounce_buffer_start() return value to prevent such a
problem from happening.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current 4-minute data transfer timeout is misleading and broken.
Instead of such a long wait, calculate the timeout duration based on
the length of the data transfer. The current formula is the transfer
length in bits, divided by a multiplication of bus frequency in Hz,
bus width, DDR mode and converted the mSec. The value is bounded from
the bottom to 1000 mSec.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add optional "mask" argument to the SoCFPGA bridge command, to select
which bridges should be enabled/disabled. This allows the user to avoid
enabling bridges which are not connected into the FPGA fabric. Default
behavior is to enable/disable all bridges.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Instead of just putting the bridges into reset, fully remove the bridges
from the L3 main bridge space when disabling them by clearing bits in
NIC-301 remap register. Moreover, only touch the 3 LSbits in brgmodrst
register as the rest of the bits are undefined.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Disable bridges between L3 Main switch and FPGA unless booting
from FPGA and keep them disabled to prevent glitches and possible
hangs of the L3 Main switch.
The current version of the code could have enabled the bridges
between the L3 Main switch and FPGA for a short period of time
in board_init_f() in case the FPGA was programmed and then again
disable them at the end of board_init_f(). Replace this with a
code which only sets up the handoff registers and let the user
enable the bridges later on.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Per Pierre this change shouldn't have been applied as it was superseded
by "fs: btrfs: fix btrfs_search_tree invalid results" which is also
applied now as 1627e5e598.
This reverts commit 633967f981.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add the device trees for
* vexpress_ca5x2_defconfig
* vexpress_ca9x4_defconfig
* vexpress_ca15_tc2_defconfig
as available in Linux 5.1 rc5.
We are using the vexpress_ca15_tc2_defconfig and vexpress_ca9x4_defconfig
for Travis testing via QEMU.
The UEFI base Embedded Base Boot Requirements Specification (EBBR) requires
that an embedded board either provides a device tree or an ACPI table.
All block devices are meant to be moved to the driver model. On ARM this
requires a device tree.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The sysreset of 'POWER' type is a PMIC reset defined as
'remove and restore power'.
So normally only COLD/WARN is supported by sysreset_syscon.
This modification allows to use the function sysreset_walk(SYSRESET_POWER)
when it is supported by PMIC driver (see example in stpmic1).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
As far back as 2011, "_armboot_start" was being described as "no
longer defined":
commit 297f18ac0f
Author: Greg Ungerer <greg.ungerer@opengear.com>
Date: Fri Sep 9 22:23:34 2011 +1000
CM4000: fix broken flash base for OpenGear boards
Use _bss_start_ofs as the size of the boot loader code+data that we want
to protect in the flash. This replaces use of the no longer defined
_armboot_start.
The generated flash.log file that mach-imx uses for MKIMAGEOUTPUT is not
covered by any other ignore pattern. Ignore all *.log files.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The da850evm include environment/ti/mmc.h and places
DEFAULT_MMC_TI_ARGS, defined int that file, in
CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS. This has been broken for some time
since neither CMD_PART nor CMD_UUID are available, so manually
changing the environmental variables was always required before
booting from MMC. With this patch, these scripts should work
again, and by default they point to mmc 0, partition 2, and
the dtb file exists in a /boot directory on partition 2.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
A previous patch converted a bunch of settings for CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT
but it broke the SPI Flash which now prevents booting. This patch
now correctly sets CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED=30000000 to match what it
was before the conversion.
Fixes: 14453fbfad ("Convert CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_* to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The match controller register is not cleared during
initialization. However, some bits of this register may reset the TC if
tnMRx match it.
As we can't make any assumption about how U-Boot is launched by the first
stage bootloader (such as S1L) clearing this register ensure that the
timers work as expected.
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Since the introduction of the driver, some memory in IRAM is reserved for
the TX buffers.
However there are not used but instead of it, it is the buffer provided
by the net stack which is used. As stated in the comment of the driver,
not using the IRAM buffer could cause cache issue and lower the
throughput.
For the second argument it is less the case for transmitting buffers
because the throughput gain in IRAM is mitigated by the time to copy the
data from RAM to IRAM, but the first argument is still valid and indeed
this patch fixes issue seen with Ethernet on some boards
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
The purpose of "mtd: nand: raw: allow to disable unneeded ECC layouts"
was to allow disabling the default ECC layouts if a driver is known to
provide its own ECC layout. However, this commit did the opposite and
disabled the default layout when it was _not_ selected.
It breaks all the NAND drivers not providing their own ECC layout this
patch fix this situation.
It was tested with the lpc32xx_nand_slc driver.
Fixes: a38c3af868 ("mtd: nand: raw: allow to disable unneeded ECC layouts")
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
generate define for an alias only if the struct is not
created already.
This prevents compilerwarning:
PLAT spl/dts/dt-platdata.o
spl/dts/dt-platdata.c:11:46: error: missing braces around initializer [-Werror=missing-braces]
static const struct dtd_simple_bus dtv_ahb = {
^
spl/dts/dt-platdata.c:20:46: error: missing braces around initializer [-Werror=missing-braces]
static const struct dtd_simple_bus dtv_apb = {
^
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
on the at91 based taurus board. Reason is in at91sam9260.dtsi
is defined:
ahb {
compatible = "simple-bus";
ranges;
and later:
pinctrl: pinctrl@fffff400 {
compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-pinctrl", "simple-bus";
ranges = <0xfffff400 0xfffff400 0x600>;
without this patch dtoc generates:
struct dtd_atmel_at91rm9200_pinctrl {
fdt32_t atmel_mux_mask[6];
fdt32_t ranges[3];
fdt32_t reg[6];
};
struct dtd_simple_bus {
bool ranges;
};
"#define dtd_simple_bus dtd_atmel_at91rm9200_pinctrl"
and the line with "define dtd_simple_bus..." introduces
the warning. This define is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
btrfs_search_tree should return the first item in the tree that is
greater or equal to the searched item.
The search algorithm did not properly handle the edge case where the
searched item is higher than the last item of the node but lower than
the first item of the next node. Instead of properly returning the first
item of the next node, it was returning an invalid path pointer
(pointing to a non-existent item after the last item of the node + 1).
This fixes two issues in the btrfs driver:
- Looking for a ROOT_ITEM could fail if it was the first item of its
leaf node.
- Iterating through DIR_INDEX entries (for readdir) could fail if the
first DIR_INDEX entry was the first item of a leaf node.
Signed-off-by: Pierre Bourdon <delroth@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
ROOT_ITEMs in btrfs are referenced without knowing their actual "offset"
value. To perform these searches using only two items from the key, the
btrfs driver uses a special "btrfs_search_tree_key_type" function.
The algorithm used by that function to transform a 3-tuple search into a
2-tuple search was subtly broken, leading to items not being found if
they were the first in their tree node.
This commit fixes btrfs_search_tree_key_type to properly behave in these
situations.
Signed-off-by: Pierre Bourdon <delroth@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Add new defconfig files for the AM65x High Security EVM.
This defconfigs are the same as for the non-secure part, except for:
CONFIG_TI_SECURE_DEVICE option set to 'y'
CONFIG_FIT_IMAGE_POST_PROCESS option set to 'y'
CONFIG_SPL_FIT_IMAGE_POST_PROCESS option set to 'y'
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
K3 HS devices require signed binaries for boot, use the SECDEV tools
to sign the boot artifacts during build.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
K3 devices have High Security (HS) variants along with the non-HS already
supported. Like the previous generation devices (OMAP/Keystone2) K3
supports boot chain-of-trust by authenticating and optionally decrypting
images as they are unpacked from FIT images. Add support for this here.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
SYSFW version 2019.01 introduces a slightly modified version of this API,
add support for it here.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
TI-SCI message protocol provides support for controlling the firewall
configurations available in SoC.
Introduce support for the set of TI-SCI message protocol APIs that
provide us with this capability of controlling firewalls.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
On HS devices the 512b region of reset isolated memory called
MCU_PSRAM0 is firewalled by default. Until SYSFW is loaded we
cannot use this memory. It is only used to store a single value
left at the end of SRAM by ROM that will be needed later. Save
that value to a global variable stored in the .data section.
This section is used as .bss will be cleared between saving
this value and using it.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The objective is to provide a simple way to retrieve a BMP file,
and display it as splashscreen, from extlinux.conf file input.
For this, we take example on https://www.syslinux.org/wiki/
index.php?title=Menu#The_advanced_menu_system
and more particularly on MENU BACKGROUND chapter.
For this, add "menu background" support in pxe command.
As example, extlinux.conf content will look like:
# Generic Distro Configuration file generated by OpenEmbedded
menu title Select the boot mode
TIMEOUT 20
menu background ../splash.bmp
DEFAULT stm32mp157c-ev1-sdcard
LABEL stm32mp157c-ev1-sdcard
KERNEL /uImage
FDT /stm32mp157c-ev1.dtb
APPEND root=/dev/mmcblk0p6 rootwait rw earlyprintk console=ttySTM0,115200
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Fixes building mkimage on systems where OpenSSL header files do not
live in the standard include path.
Signed-off-by: Pierre Bourdon <delroth@gmail.com>
The handling of regarding bootmode and early setup has been moved to
central location 'common/br_resetc.c', so use this on brxre1 board.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
On many B&R boards we have a reset-controller, responsible for very
early board-bringup (voltages, clocks, ...) and bootmode selection.
To be ready for adding more B&R boards to source tree while avoiding
duplicate code, we add the resetcontroller implementation to the common
part of B&R boards.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Many B&R boards are equipped with an I2C-EEPROM where various
information can be stored.
Today there is only a single byte for 'board_id' used.
We write this 'board_id' into environment for later use during boot.
If the value != 0xFF, meaning the byte is programmed, we modify the
"brdefaultip" environment variable for setting an IP-Address based on
board_id.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Today the BuR common stuff is only used on AM33XX boards. In future we
plan to have many other platforms than AM33XX so we have to move arch-
specific #include(s) to responsible #ifdef sections. By the way we drop
unneeded #include(s).
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
- Add DM based generic watchdog start and reset implementation
and remove all ad-hoc implementations (Stefan)
- Move mv_sdhci to DM (Pierre)
- Misc turris_omnia updates (Pierre)
- Change openrd targets to correctly build again (size changes
and fixes to the dts targets) and bring it back into Travis
builds (Stefan)
- Add Kirkwood db-88f6281-bp board (Chris)
With the latest size increase of the openrd boards, they all compile
clean again. Let's mark them as maintained again and add the Travis
job.
Please note that I can only compile-test these targets as I don't
have access to one of those boards.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert-u-boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Cc: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With the new generic function, the scattered other functions are now
removed to be replaced by the generic one. The new version also enables
the configuration of the watchdog timeout via the DT "timeout-sec"
property (if enabled via CONFIG_OF_CONTROL).
The watchdog servicing is enabled via CONFIG_WATCHDOG.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
With the generic watchdog driver now implemented, this patch removes
some legacy stuff from the MPC8xx watchdog driver and its Kconfig
integration. CONFIG_MPC8xx_WATCHDOG is completely removed and
hw_watchdog_reset() is made static, as the watchdog will now get
serviced via the DM infrastructure if enabled via CONFIG_WATCHDOG.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Now that we have a generic DT property "timeout-sec" handling, the
driver specific implementation can be dropped.
This patch also changes the timeout restriction to the min and max
values (clipping). Before this patch, the value provided via
"timeout-sec" was used if the parameter was too high or low. Now
the driver specific min and max values are used instead.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com> (on zcu100)
This patch tries to implement a generic watchdog_reset() function that
can be used by all boards that want to service the watchdog device in
U-Boot. This watchdog servicing is enabled via CONFIG_WATCHDOG.
Without this approach, new boards or platforms needed to implement a
board specific version of this functionality, mostly copy'ing the same
code over and over again into their board or platforms code base.
With this new generic function, the scattered other functions are now
removed to be replaced by the generic one. The new version also enables
the configuration of the watchdog timeout via the DT "timeout-sec"
property (if enabled via CONFIG_OF_CONTROL).
This patch also adds a new flag to the GD flags, to flag that the
watchdog is ready to use and adds the pointer to the watchdog device
to the GD. This enables us to remove the global "watchdog_dev"
variable, which was prone to cause problems because of its potentially
very early use in watchdog_reset(), even before the BSS is cleared.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Cc: "Marek Behún" <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Maxim Sloyko <maxims@google.com>
Cc: Erik van Luijk <evanluijk@interact.nl>
Cc: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Cc: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: "Álvaro Fernández Rojas" <noltari@gmail.com>
Cc: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Cc: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com> (on zcu100)
With the latest changes to the drivers (SPI_FLASH_SPANSION etc), Travis
reports that the SPL image is too big. Let's use the thumb instructions
in SPL to save some space and make the image fit again.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Cc: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Switch to the driver model for USB on the db-88f6281-bp board.
CONFIG_BLK can't be enabled yet because mvebu_mmc.c needs converting.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is Marvell's Kirkwood development board. It has the following
features
- 512M DDR2
- 2 PCI connectors
- 1 x1 PCI-e interface
- 1 Gigabit Ethernet Port
- 2 SATA Ports
- USB 2.0 Interface
- SDIO
- 128M NAND Flash
- 16M SPI Flash
It can be strapped to boot from SPI or NAND so there are two defconfigs
(one per boot media).
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The boot commands have changed in the environment. Add a note about the
incompatible change and how resolve the issue in the board's README.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We have run now multiple times into size issues with the openrd
board port. To finally fix this, this patch now moves the U-Boot size
from 0x6.0000 to 0x8.0000, giving enough space for the next time.
This also changes the environment location and potentially the
MTD partitioning, but I see no better fix for now. Especially since
this board does not have an active maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Remove the superfluous CONFIG_ENV_ADDR definition. Its not needed
as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is also set to the same value.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The following Kirkwood dtb build targets are currently missing:
kirkwood-openrd-base.dtb
kirkwood-openrd-client.dtb
kirkwood-openrd-ultimate.dtb
This patch adds them to the Makefile to fix the build error.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enable DM_MMC for compliance with the driver model migration.
Signed-off-by: Pierre Bourdon <delroth@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The new DM implementation currently does not support the Sheeva
88SV331xV5 specific quirk present in the legacy implementation. The
legacy code is thus kept for this SoC and others not yet migrated to
DM_MMC.
Signed-off-by: Pierre Bourdon <delroth@gmail.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Commit c4bd12a7da ("i2c: mux: Generate longer i2c mux name") changed
the naming scheme of i2c devices within a mux. This broke references to
i2c@0 in the Turris Omnia board initialization code.
Signed-off-by: Pierre Bourdon <delroth@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
1. Replace usage of "/dev/mmcblk*p*" with a proper UUID of rootfs
partition. This fixes the issue, when MMC controllers are probed in
a different order in U-boot and Linux kernel.
2. Fix legacy USB command (both sdboot and usbboot can be used now).
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Fix compatible node to use regular Toradex notation.
Annotate device tree with standard Colibri pin muxing comments.
Use open-drain I2C pin muxings.
Alphabetically re-order iomuxc nodes.
Rename snvs-ad7879-int-grp touch interrupt node as per Linux device tree.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Add GPIO1_IO03__OSC32K_32K_OUT pin muxing.
While at it also fix indentation of pinfunc header file.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
On iMX8MQ Rev B1, reading from fuse box is not allowed. The
OCOTP_READ_FUSE_DATA register is tied to magic number 0xff0055aa
for chip rev. So u-boot has to disable the fuse sense function for it.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Anson Huang <Anson.Huang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
On mx7ulp B0, beside bank 0 and 1, the fuse bank 9, 10, 28 are changed to
Redundancy mode not ECC, so they can support to program different bits of
a word in multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Fix fdt_file and console to boot upstream Linux Kernel.
Upstream linux use imx8qxp-mek.dtb, and pass lpuart32 to earlycon
will not work for i.MX8QXP, only need to pass earlycon,
check drivers/tty/serial/earlycon.c,
" /* Just 'earlycon' is a valid param for devicetree and ACPI SPCR. */ "
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The four x16 DDR3 are wired in T-topology. From NXP AN4467:
'Although not required, T-Topologies may also benefit from performing
Write Leveling as there are package delays on both the processor and DDR
devices that can be de-skewed by performing Write Leveling. Therefore,
Freescale recommends determining Write Leveling calibration parameters
for all boards, regardless of topology used.'
That is why write level calibration is also done.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Zenz <lzenz@dh-electronics.com>
The existing calibration values were found to be incorrect
in comparison to newly determined values.
The new values were generated with the help of 5 boards. They have
been determined with the NXP Utility 'DDR Stress Test (2.9.0)'.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Zenz <lzenz@dh-electronics.com>
Sometimes we met SERROR, but only to catch it when Linux boots up.
Let's enable catching in U-Boot to catch it ealier and ease debug.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
After DM conversion, U-Boot is larger than 512 KiB, so we need to increase
the "size" of the dfu_alt_info setting.
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Jean Texier <pjtexier@koncepto.io>
Acked-by: Joris Offouga <offougajoris@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
After DM conversion, the size of U-Boot binary to increase.
Previous size is 480K after DM Conversion the new size is 557K
So it's necessary to increase the dfu request for store u-boot-dtb.img in eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Joris Offouga <offougajoris@gmail.com>
This patch enable convert DM MMC for imx7d-pico board and variant.
Before the DM conversion only usdhc3 was enabled and therefore it appeared
as MMC 0 to u-boot. After enabling MMC DM though usdhc3 defaults to MMC 2,
which left unattended would drive changes to existing pico-pi bootscripts and
environment variables that rely on mmc 0.
Setup the alias of mmc0 and usdhc3 so that existing pico-imx7d boot code will
work unmodified.
When converting to DM_MMC it is necessary that SPL initializes eMMC
by itself, so move the original eMMC initialization from U-Boot
proper to SPL.
Signed-off-by: Joris Offouga <offougajoris@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
This patch is necessary for convert this board to dm driver model
DM GPIO requires gpio_request() to be called explicitly before
doing any gpio operation
Signed-off-by: Joris Offouga <offougajoris@gmail.com>
This patch imports the Linux kernel base board imx7d-pico.dtsi,
pi board imx7d-pico-pi.dts and hobbit board imx7d-pico-hobbit.dts
from Linux v5.1-rc1.
Signed-off-by: Joris Offouga <offougajoris@gmail.com>
Migrate Ethernet FEC to using driver model.
Drop PHY_MICREL_KSZ90X1 which slipped in from Apalis iMX6.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Migrate USB to using driver model.
Add USBH_PEN GPIO regulator.
While at it also add alias e.g. as required for UMS.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Migrate MMC to using driver model.
Migrate USDHC to using pinctrl.
While at it also add GPIO1_IO03__OSC32K_32K_OUT pin muxing.
While at it also update copyright period.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Migrate pinctrl and regulators to device tree resp. driver model:
Ethernet, NAND and UART.
Drop BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F as it is anyway no longer used.
Enable CMD_DM, CMD_MTD, CMD_REGULATOR and DM_REGULATOR_FIXED.
While at it also update copyright period.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Drop disabling SPL_SYS_THUMB_BUILD as we anyway do not use SPL.
Enbale CRC32 verify, USB SDP and EFI loader support.
Drop CMD_GPT and disabling RANDOM_UUID.
Do savedefconfig which drops USB_FUNCTION_SDP.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Disable output driver of PAD CCM_PMIC_STBY_REQ. This prevents the
SOC to request for a lower voltage during sleep. This is necessary
because the voltage is changing too slow for the SOC to wake up
properly.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Currently $loadaddr and $fdt_addr_r point to the same address. This
might be not ideal for some distro boot scripts which make use of
$loadaddr after loading the device tree.
Make sure the two variables point to two different addresses. Moving
$loadaddr is not entirly trivial since it is defined in mx6_common.h.
Move $fdt_addr_r and $ramdisk_addr_r by 1MiB, which should be enough
for scripts.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Using CPU temperature grading as a discriminator if the Wi-Fi /
Bluetooth chip is populated is no longer possible due to upcoming
SKUs. Set variant to -wifi only if a valid config block is present
and the product id mentions a SKU with Wi-Fi / Bluetooth.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Use CONFIG_TARGET_... at compile time to differentiate between
Apalis iMX6, Colibri iMX6 and Colibri iMX6ULL. Avoid code
duplication by moving question about Wi-Fi / Bluetooth before
IT/non-IT decision.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
The implicit fallback mechanism for searching the whole MDIO bus for at
least one PHY has been gone with the following commit b882005a18
("drivers/net/fec: phy_init: remove redundant logic"). This lead to the
Ethernet driver erroring out as follows:
Net: Could not get PHY for FEC0: addr -19
eth-1: fec@400d1000
Colibri VFxx # dhcp
Could not get PHY for FEC0: addr -19
Could not get PHY for FEC0: addr -19
Could not get PHY for FEC0: addr -19
Could not get PHY for FEC0: addr -19
No ethernet found.
Could not get PHY for FEC0: addr -19
Colibri VFxx #
This commit adds an explicit PHY node which makes it work again.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
To make it easy to add new clk driver for i.MX8, split
the code into common part and SoC specific part.
Make the get/set/enable non static and introduce a num_clks for
soc_clk_dump, because the arrays are moved to clk-imx8qxp.c.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This setup is a bit special as Linux kernel (4.19) is not supporting
in-kernel NFS rootfs mount and Distributed Switch Architecture (DSA)
operation.
For that reason it was necessary to provide a bootarg to allow userspace
enable it afterwards if needed.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
After i.MX5's EHCI conversion to DM, the CONFIG_MXC_USB_PORT is not needed
anymore and should be removed.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This commit converts i.MX5's EHCI USB host driver to driver model (DM_USB).
It is a straightforward conversion (to reuse as much code as possible),
based on ehci-mx6.c code.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
As EHCI on i.MX5 has been converted to driver model, the board specific
code, necessary for VBUS USB power supply setup is not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This commit enables the support for K&P's HSC|DDC imx53 based boards.
It was also necessary to provide device tree description for regulators
to avoid board specific code definition.
The GPIO pin description responsible for VBUS control has been moved from
"hog" group to usbh1 dedicated one.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This code has been ported from Linux kernel - tag v5.1-rc2.
The difference from the kernel is the removal of:
fsl,usbmisc = <&usbmisc 1>;
fsl,usbphy = <&usbphy1>;
properties, which are not needed for correct u-boot operation (as PHY
setup is done in ehci-mx5.c file itself).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
After unification of the rootfs for both HSC and DDC devices, only one,
common wic file is necessary - without the distinction of specific board.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
In this commit the esdhc3 controller is enabled as well as it is remaped
to mmc0 to not break legacy code.
The pinctrl setup (e.g. 0x1e4) is the same as one from in-board file
definition.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
After commit efd0b79106 ("eth: dm: fec: Add gpio phy reset binding")
the in-board file definition of ETH PHY reset can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
with u-boot,dm-spl added for imx8qx-pm node, and SPL_SIMPLE_BUS enabled,
the bind and probe code in board file could be removed.
Also we need to enlarge SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to avoid calloc fail.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Some variations of the imx6q_logic board have eMMC instead of
NAND. Rather than creating a separate defconfig, this patch
adds the ability to read/write to eMMC (mmc 0:1) when NAND
doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This adds an extra, optional environmental variable called
'optargs' which if enabled allow additional parameters to be
passed to the kernel (ie, quiet, cma=128M, etc.)
Each script that setups the bootargs will just append this.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
A mailbox command contains 1-u32 header + arguments. The "len" variable
only contains the length of the arguments, but not the 1-u32 header.
Include the length of header when checking the ring buffer space to
prevent off-by-one error.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Remove outdated defines (not used any more, outdated due to DM
conversion) from various socfpga files in include/config.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Series-version: 3
Series-changes: 2
- added (this) patch with further cleanups to the socfpga board config
files
socfpga_common.h defines CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ to 64 MiB.
Since having this define overrides the 'bootm_size' env variable for
the whole socfpga platform, let's remove this define from socfpga_common.h
and instead rely on the 'bootm_size' env variable (which is initialized
to 160 MiB in the same file's default env). This gives users the
chance to override it in their own environment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Series-to: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Series-to: u-boot@lists.denx.de
Cover-letter:
arm: socfpga: clean up socfpga_common.h
This series cleans up the include/configs/socfpga_common.h file a bit.
It removes some defines that are used nowhere and cleans up some
leftovers after various subsystems have been converted to use DM.
END
Remove outdated macros and comments (not used any more, outdated due to
DM conversion) from socfpga_common.h.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Series-changes: 3
- changed commit message: s/defines/macros and comments/
Series-changes: 2
- remove even more outdated things
All socfpga boards except for vining_fpga use DM_I2C. Enable
DM_I2C for this board and set the EEPROM defines via Kconfig
(enabling CONFIG_I2C_EEPROM from MISC).
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Series-changes: 2
- added (this) patch to move socfpga_vining to DM_I2C
By enabling debug prints in malloc_simple, we can see that SPL for socfpga
gen5 does by far not need the 8 KiB malloc pool currently allocated for
SPL in pre-reloc phase.
On socfpga_socrates, 1304 bytes are currently used (and this increases by
~200 bytes only for the sdram/reset fixes in socfpga-next).
To prevent wasting precious SRAM space, let's reduce the initial heap used
for SPL to 2 KiB. This is still some hundred bytes more than currently
used. Also, the gen5 SPL enables stack and heap in DDR memory pretty
early. Only the initial uclass/dm parsing, serial console and DDR
initialization is done in the initial heap, so these 2 KiB should be
enough for all boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This commit moves common config options used in all socfpga boards
to select/imply in Kconfig. This both cleans up the defconfig files
as well as makes future changes easier.
Options implied/defaulted for all sub-arches:
- SPL, SPL_DM, USE_TINY_PRINTF, NR_DRAM_BANKS
Options implied/defaulted for implied for A10 & gen5:
- FPGA_SOCFPGA, SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN, SYS_TEXT_BASE
Options implied/defaulted for gen5:
- SPL_STACK_R, SPL_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE, SPL_STACK_R_ADDR
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
If SPL post-reloc stage puts the stack into DDR, U-Boot should be able to
do that, too.
The reason to do so is that this way, U-Boot initial stack can be larger
than SPL initial stack. In situations where we want to save the SPL
in SRAM for next boot without reloading, this prevents overwriting the
SPL DTB in SRAM if U-Boot stack usage gets too high.
To achieve this, the malloc definition for a10 is moved up and sligthly
changed to ensure CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE is the remaining available size.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The comment about SPL memory layout for socfpga gen5 is outdated: the
initial malloc memory is now at the end of the SRAM, gd is below it
(see board_init_f_alloc_reserve).
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This enables DM_RTC and RTC_M41T62 to enable support for the rtc on the
socrates board.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch makes the on-board RTC work on the socfpga_socrates board.
This rtc is present on the board, but it does not work (fails with a
timeout).
This patch adds a weak pull-up on the I2C0-SCL pin connected to the m41t82
RTC on this board. While the SDA line has a pull-up on the pcb, the pull-up
on the SCL line seems to be missing. To work around this, enable the
weak-pull-up feature on this pin.
After applying this patch, the rtc timeout is gone and the 'date' command
can access the rtc chip.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This adds a compatible string for m41t82. This ensures that this driver
can be used for m41t82 in DM mode, too (asit was usable for this model in
non-DM mode before).
In addition, the HT bit has to be reset during probe, since the m41t82
chip sets it when entering battery standby mode.
This patch ensures this driver works on socfpga_socrates.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Using this driver on socfpga gen5 with DM_I2C enabled leads to a data abort
as the 'i2c' reset property cannot be found (the gen5 dtsi does not provide
reset-names).
The actual bug was to check 'if (&priv->reset_ctl)', which is never false.
While at it, convert the driver to use 'reset_get_bulk' instead of looking
at a specific named reset and also make it release the reset on driver
remove before starting the OS.
Fixes: 622597dee4 ("i2c: designware: add reset ctrl to driver")
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This reverts commit 65a97e7fcf.
The 'eeprom' command has been converted to work with DM_I2C in a patch
submitted around the same time as this commit:
commit 0c07a9b407 ("eeprom: Add device model based I2C support to eeprom command")
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The current device model enabled eeprom code only works if
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS is set.
This patch makes it work without that define so that the bus
number passed to 'eeprom_init' is used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.07-rc1 (3)
This patch series reworks the implementation of the `bootefi` command to
remove code duplication by using the LoadImage() boot service to load
binaries.
Missing short texts for UEFI protocols are added for display by the
`efidebug dh` command.
Missing parameter checks for AllocatePages() and CreateDeviceNode() are
implemented.
The constants for protocol GUIDs are changed to match the names in the UEFI
specification.
- Add support for Amlogic p200 & p201 Reference Designs
- Add Amlogic SoC information display
- Add support for the Libretech-AC AML-S805X-AC board
- Add Amlogic AXG reset compatible
- Add I2C support for Amlogic AXG
- Fix AXG PIN and BANK pinctrl definitions
- Fix regmap_read_poll_timeout warning about sandbox_timer_add_offset
- Add initial support for Amlogic G12A SoC and U200 board
- Enable PHY_REALTEK for selected boards
- Fix Khadas VIM2 README
This updates MAINTAINERS and git-mailrc to add me as a
co-custodian for socfpga.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
- Add and enable brcmnand driver on a number of relevant platforms.
Also add and enable LED drivers on more bcm platforms.
- Various ARMv8 fixes/improvements, including extending PSCI
functionality.
- fs_loader improvments
- Various FIT/SPL improvements
- PCI bugfixes
- Poplar platform ethernet support
- MediaTek MMC improvements
- Android boot improvements
According to Android image format [1], kernel image resides at 1 page
offset from the boot image address. Grab the magic number from there
and allow U-Boot to handle LZ4-compressed KNL binaries instead of
hardcoding compression type to IH_COMP_NONE. Other compression types,
if needed, can be added later.
Tested on H3ULCB-KF using the image detailed in [2].
[1] Excerpt from include/android_image.h
+-----------------+
| boot header | 1 page
+-----------------+
| kernel | n pages
+-----------------+
| ramdisk | m pages
+-----------------+
| second stage | o pages
+-----------------+
[2] => iminfo 4c000000
## Checking Image at 4c000000 ...
Android image found
kernel size: 85b9d1
kernel address: 48080000
ramdisk size: 54ddbc
ramdisk addrress: 4a180000
second size: 0
second address: 48000800
tags address: 48000100
page size: 800
os_version: 1200012a (ver: 0.9.0, level: 2018.10)
name:
cmdline: buildvariant=userdebug
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
If CONFIG_UNIT_TEST is enabled we should enable the individual tests by
default to ensure good test coverage.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
PCI_MSI_FLAGS_MASKBIT was missing from include file,
add it.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fdt_setprop_u32() function does everything that we need, so we
really only use the function as a convenience wrapper, in which case it
can simply be a static inline function.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Testing has shown that the current DM implementation of a platform /
board specific translation offset, as its needed for the SPL on MVEBU
platforms is buggy. The translation offset is confingured too late,
after the driver bind functions are run. This may result in incorrect
address translations. With the current implementation its not possible
to configure the offset earlier, as the DM code has not run at all.
This patch now removed the set_/get_translation_offset() calls and
moves the translation offset into the GD variable translation_offset.
This variable will get used when CONFIG_TRANSLATION_OFFSET is enabled.
This option is enabled only for MVEBU on ARM32 platforms, where its
currenty needed and configured in the SPL.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Pierre Bourdon <delroth@gmail.com>
Cc: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Pierre Bourdon <delroth@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Boards such as qemu-riscv, which receive their device tree at runtime,
for example from QEMU or firmware, are unable to add the appropriate
device tree properties to make devices available pre relocation.
Instead, they must rely on the DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC flag to be set for the
required drivers.
Add the DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC flag to the simple-bus driver to make devices
under it with drivers that have set the flag as well available pre
relocation for these boards.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Enable this by default so that tracing can be inspected if enabled. This
cannot rely on the 'imply' in lib/Kconfig since this method of enabling
tracing relates on an environment variable (FTRACE) and does not use
Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE
CONFIG_TRACE_EARLY_SIZE
CONFIG_TRACE_EARLY
CONFIG_TRACE_EARLY_ADDR
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present many functions in this file return -1. Update them to return a
valid error code. Also tidy up the 'return' statements at the same time,
since these should have a blank line before them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function may be called from tracing code, since that code needs to
read the timer and this often requires calling do_div(), which calls
__div64_32(). If this function is instrumented it causes an infinite loop,
since emitting a trace record requests the time, which in turn emits a
trace record, etc.
Update the prototype to prevent instrumentation code being added.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These functions still use uint32_t and uint64_t but checkpatch now
requests that the kernel types be used instead. Update them as well as a
few resulting checkpatch errors.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file should not include header files. They have already been included
by the time initcall.h is included. Also, document how to enable debugging
in this file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is possible for this to happen if something goes wrong very early in
the init sequence. Add a check for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These two buffers currently conflict if tracing is enabled. Move the
pre-console buffer and update the documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allocation routines were adjusted to ensure that the returned addresses
are a multiple of the page size, but the header code was not updated to
take account of this. These routines assume that the header size is the
same as the page size which is unlikely.
At present os_realloc() does not work correctly due to this bug. The only
user is the hostfs 'ls' command, and only if the directory contains a
unusually long filename, which likely explains why this bug was not
caught earlier.
Fix this by doing the calculations using the obtained page size.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present if one of the initcalls fails on sandbox the address printing
is not help, e.g.:
initcall sequence 0000557678967c80 failed at call 00005576709dfe1f (err=-96)
This is because U-Boot gets relocated high into memory and the relocation
offset (gd->reloc_off) does not work correctly for sandbox.
Add support for finding the base address of the text region (at least on
Linux) and use that to set the relocation offset. This makes the output
better:
initcall sequence 0000560775957c80 failed at call 0000000000048134 (err=-96)
Then you use can use grep to see which init call failed, e.g.:
$ grep 0000000000048134 u-boot.map
stdio_add_devices
Of course another option is to run it with a debugger such as gdb:
$ gdb u-boot
...
(gdb) br initcall.h:41
Breakpoint 1 at 0x4db9d: initcall.h:41. (2 locations)
Note that two locations are reported, since this function is used in both
board_init_f() and board_init_r().
(gdb) r
Starting program: /tmp/b/sandbox/u-boot
[Thread debugging using libthread_db enabled]
Using host libthread_db library "/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libthread_db.so.1".
U-Boot 2018.09-00264-ge0c2ba9814-dirty (Sep 22 2018 - 12:21:46 -0600)
DRAM: 128 MiB
MMC:
Breakpoint 1, initcall_run_list (init_sequence=0x5555559619e0 <init_sequence_f>)
at /scratch/sglass/cosarm/src/third_party/u-boot/files/include/initcall.h:41
41 printf("initcall sequence %p failed at call %p (err=%d)\n",
(gdb) print *init_fnc_ptr
$1 = (const init_fnc_t) 0x55555559c114 <stdio_add_devices>
(gdb)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When using boot scripts it can become quite hard to understand
which commands are actually executed during bootup (e.g. where
is a kernel image loaded from or which DTB is in use).
Shell scripts suffer from a similar problem and many shells address
this problem with a command execution tracer (e.g. BASH has xtrace,
which can be enabled by "set -x").
This patch introduces a command tracer for U-Boot, which prints
every command with its arguments before it is executed.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Muellner <christoph.muellner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Our platform doesn't store the DTB into the Android image second area,
but rather copies the DTB to RAM from a dedicated dtb.img partition [0],
prior to booting the Android image by calling bootm.
Similar to [1], we find it useful to just call 'bootm' and have the
right DTB being passed to OS (assuming its address has been previously
stored in 'fdtaddr' by calling `fdt addr <dtb-addr>`).
Booting Android with DTB from 'fdtaddr' will only occur if:
- No DTB is embedded in the second area of Android image
- 'fdtaddr' points to a valid DTB in RAM
[0] https://source.android.com/devices/architecture/dto/partitions
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1046652/
("Support boot Android image without address on bootm command")
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Prepare for booting Android images which lack any DTB in the second
area by using 'fdtaddr' environment variable as source/address of FDT.
No functional/behavioral change expected in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Increase the readability of boot_get_fdt().
No change in behavior is expected.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The 'no_fdt' goto label was introduced by v2015.01 commit [0] and it
had two review stages [1-2]. The *documented* purpose behind commit [0]
is (excerpt from commit description):
> allows both FDT and non-FDT kernels to boot by making the
> third parameter to the bootm/bootz optional
While [1] and [2] share the same goal, they have very different
implementations:
- [1] was based on a very simple 'argc' check at function error out
with returning success to the caller if the third parameter was NOT
passed to bootm/bootz command. This approach had the downside of
returning success to the caller even in case of legitimate internal
errors, which should halt booting.
- [2] added the "no_fdt" label and several "goto no_fdt" statements.
This allowed to report the legitimate internal errors to the caller.
IOW the major difference between [1] and [2] is:
- [1] boot w/o FDT if FDT address is not passed to boot{m,z,*}
- [2] give *freedom* to the developer to boot w/o FDT from any
(more or less) arbitrary point in the function flow (and here
comes the peculiar aspect, which looks to be a leftover from [1])
with the precondition that the 3rd argument (FDT address) is NOT
provided to boot{m,z,*}. In practice, this means that only a subset
of "goto no_fdt" end up booting w/o FDT while the other subset is
returning an error to the caller.
This patch removes the peculiar behavior described above, such that
"goto no_fdt" performs really what it tells to the developer.
The motivation of this patch is to decrease the unneeded complexity
and increase the readability of boot_get_fdt().
[0] 48aead71c1 ("fdt: Allow non-FDT kernels to boot when CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT is defined")
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/412923/
("[U-Boot,v1] fdt: Allow non-FDT kernels to boot when CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT is defined")
[2] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/415635/
("[U-Boot,v2] fdt: Allow non-FDT kernels to boot when CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT is defined")
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Paranoid programming [1] lies at the foundation of proper software
development, but the repetitive zeroing-out of output arguments in the
context of the same function rather clutters the code and inhibits
further refactoring/optimization than is doing any good.
In boot_get_fdt(), we already perform zero/NULL-initialization of
*of_flat_tree and *of_size at the beginning of the function, so doing
the same at function error-out is redundant/superfluous.
Moreover, keeping the code unchanged might encourage the developers to
update *of_flat_tree and *of_size during some interim computations,
which is against the current design of boot_get_fdt(). Currently,
writing useful data into these arguments happens just before
successfully returning from boot_get_fdt() and it should better stay so.
[1] https://blog.regehr.org/archives/1106
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This fixes relaction isses with the PSCI_TABLE entries in
the psci_32_table and psci_64_table.
When using 32-bit adress pointers relocation was not being applied to
the tables, causing PSCI handlers to point to the un-relocated code
area. By using 64-bit data relocation is properly applied. The
handlers are thus in the "secure data" area, which is protected by
/memreserve/ in the FDT.
Signed-off-by: Lars Povlsen <lars.povlsen@microchip.com>
The cache flush of the kernel load area needs to be aligned outward to
the DMA cache alignment. The operations are simpler if we think of this
as aligning the start down, ALIGN_DOWN(load, ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN), and
aligning the end up, ALIGN(load_end, ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN), and then find
the length of the flushed region by subtracting the former from the
latter.
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When using memalign() in a scenario where U-Boot is configured for full
malloc support with simple malloc not explicitly enabled and before the
full malloc support is initialized, a memory block is being allocated
and returned without the alignment parameter getting honored.
Fix this issue by replacing the existing memalign pre-full malloc init
logic with a call to memalign_simple() this way ensuring proper alignment
of the returned memory block.
Fixes: ee038c58d5 ("malloc: Use malloc simple before malloc is fully initialized in memalign()")
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
This patch adds a short message to the SPL NAND loader, which displays
the source and destinations addresses including the size of the
loaded image, like this:
U-Boot SPL 2019.04-rc3-00113-g486efd8aaf (Mar 15 2019 - 14:18:02 +0100)
Trying to boot from NAND
Loading U-Boot from 0x00040000 (size 0x000a0000) to 0x22900000
I find this message quite helpful - hopefully others do so as well.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for MediaTek MT8516 SoC. This include the file
that will initialize the SoC after boot and its device tree.
Signed-off-by: Fabien Parent <fparent@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add the implementation for the CLK_GATE_SETCLR_INV and
CLK_GATE_NO_SETCLR flags.
Signed-off-by: Fabien Parent <fparent@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
We either need to use IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_FOO) or CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(FOO).
IS_ENABLE(FOO) will always return false.
This commit fixes the comparison by using the CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(FOO)
syntax.
Signed-off-by: Fabien Parent <fparent@baylibre.com>
Some MediaTek SoC need an additional clock "source_cg". Enable
this new clock. We reuse the same clock name as in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Fabien Parent <fparent@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
The 'phy' reset of gmac device in kernel device tree is not generic
enough for u-boot to use, so we need to overwrite the 'resets' property
as needed. With this device tree fixup and poplar_defconfig changes,
Ethernet starts working on Poplar board.
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
It adds the driver for HIGMACV300 Ethernet controller found on HiSilicon
SoCs like Hi3798CV200. It's based on a downstream U-Boot driver, but
quite a lot of code gets rewritten and cleaned up to adopt driver model
and PHY API.
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
It adds a Driver Model compatible reset driver for HiSlicon platform.
The driver implements a custom .of_xlate function, and uses .data field
as reset register offset and .id field as bit shift.
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Some reset controllers support different polarities for reset operation,
so let's add a polarity field into struct reset_ctl.
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
If a platform defines CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS, each DRAM bank will be added
as a PCI region. The number of MAX_PCI_REGIONS therefore needs to scale
with the number of DRAM banks, otherwise we will end up with too little
space in the hose->regions array to store all system memory regions.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make sure that we don't overflow the hose->regions array, otherwise we
would end up overwriting the hose->region_count field and cause mayhem
to ensue. Also print an error message when we'd be overflowing because
it indicates that there aren't enough regions available and the number
needs to be increased.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the migration to DM in SPL and the DT support, the
old legacy code is no longer neaded, so this patch removes it
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Allow the led bcm6858 driver to be used on bcm63158.
They have the same led controller.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
On response type r1b, if DTIME is not defined or too short,
the Datatimeout and DPSM flag occurs. Like the DPSM is
activated all next data transfer will be frozen.
To avoid this freeze:
-The driver must define a DTIME on all r1b response type.
-DTIME of SDMMC must be defined for alls stop transmission
(for read and write request) even if MMC_RSP_BUSY is not set.
-If busy timeout occur, an abort request must be sent to
reinitialize the DPSM.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Tested-by: Patrick DELAUNAY <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This is needed to make ethernet work on stm32f746-eval which
uses MII mode.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This config file is shared between stm32f746-disco and stm32f769-disco.
These 2 boards doesn't embed the same qspi flash (Micron n25q128a on
f746-disco, Macronix mx66l51235l on f769-disco).
To be able to use Macronix mx66l51235l on F769-disco, flags
SPI_FLASH_MACRONIX must be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Allows to boot linux distribution.
As stm32f746-disco and stm32f769-disco are sharing the same defconfig
file, in case of stm32f769-disco build, "fdtfile=..." must be updated
with the correct stm32f769 DTB file name.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Initially the compatible string was wrongly set to "st,stm32f4xx-sdio".
Use compatible string used by kernel instead and identify mmci variant
using "arm,primecell-periphid" property.
Currently, the DM part of mmci driver is only used by STM32 SoCs,
that's why the switch case gets only one entry. It will be populated
easily with new variant in the future.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
As U-boot stm32f clock driver doesn't support new
bindings for auxiliary clocks (clocks = <&rcc 1 ....>),
restore old bindings for usart1 to get console output.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Synchronize stm32h7 device tree with kernel v4.20.
U-boot DT files and pinctrl bindings are updated,
useless nodes are removed and gpio compatible added.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
In order to prepare and ease future DT synchronization with kernel
DT, migrate all U-boot specific nodes/properties/addons to
U-boot DT files.
As sdmmc is not yet supported on kernel side, sdmmc nodes
are located in eval-u-boot and disco-u-boot DT files.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
In order to prepare and ease future DT synchronization with kernel
DT, migrate all U-boot specific nodes/properties/addons to
U-boot DT files.
Migrate also DT nodes which are not yet available on kernel DT side
as ethernet, ltdc and qspi nodes.
Fix ethernet_mii pins and add missing qspi_pins for stm32746g-eval
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
When using the generic PHY on boards using an RGMII Realtek PHY,
gigabit speed is not always reliable.
This patch enables the Realtek PHY driver for such boards.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The Amlogic U200 board is based on the Amlogic S905D2 SoC
from the Amlogic G12A SoC family.
The board has the following specifications :
- Amlogic S905D2 ARM Cortex-A53 quad-core SoC
- XGB DDR4 SDRAM
- 10/100 Ethernet (Internal PHY)
- 1 x USB 3.0 Host
- eMMC
- SDcard
- Infrared receiver
- SDIO WiFi Module
- MIPI DSI Connector
- Audio HAT Connector
- PCI-E M.2 Connector
Signed-off-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Import Linux 5.1-rc1 DT from 9e98c678c2d6 ("Linux 5.1-rc1") for the
meson-g12a-u200 board, the meson-g12a.dtsi and the corresponding bindings.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add support for the Amlogic G12A SoC, which is a mix between the
new physical memory mapping of AXG and the functionnalities of
the previous Amlogic GXL/GXM SoCs.
To handle the internal ethernet PHY, the Amlogic G12A SoCs now
embeds a dedicated PLL to feed the internal PHY.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add basic support for the Amlogic G12A clock controller based on
the AXG driver.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
In order to support the Amlogic G12A clock controller,
re-architect the clock files into a meson directory.
No functionnal changes.
MAINTAINERS entry is also updated.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add pinctrl support for the Amlogic G12A SoC, which is
very similar to the Amlogic AXG support but with an additionnal
drive-strength register bank.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
When fixing sandbox test for regmap_read_poll_timeout(), the
sandbox_timer_add_offset was introduced but only defined in sandbox code
thus generating warnings when used out of sandbox :
include/regmap.h:289:2: note: in expansion of macro 'regmap_read_poll_timeout_test'
regmap_read_poll_timeout_test(map, addr, val, cond, sleep_us, \
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/spi/meson_spifc.c:169:8: note: in expansion of macro 'regmap_read_poll_timeout'
ret = regmap_read_poll_timeout(spifc->regmap, REG_SLAVE, data,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/spi/meson_spifc.c: In function 'meson_spifc_txrx':
include/regmap.h:277:4: warning: implicit declaration of function 'sandbox_timer_add_offset' [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
This fix adds a timer_test_add_offset() only defined in sandbox, and
renames the previous sandbox_timer_add_offset() to it.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fixes: df9cf1cc08 ("test: dm: regmap: Fix the long test delay")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When creating a device path node ensure that the size of the allocated
memory at lest matches the size of the node header.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The EBBR specification prescribes that we should have either an ACPI table
or a device tree but not both. Let us enforce this condition in the
`bootefi` command.
If the bootefi command is called without a device tree parameter use a
previously device tree or fall back to the internal device tree.
The fdt unit test should not be run on boards with an ACPI table.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The EBBR specification prescribes that we should have either an ACPI table
or a device tree but not both.
So do not run the device tree unit test on boards with an ACPI table.
Hence there is no need any longer to make it 'on request' only.
Do not pass $fdtcontroladdr to `bootefi selftest`.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We already can let a Python test depend on a build option being set via
@pytest.mark.buildconfigspec(). It may be necessary to let a test depend on
a build option *not* being set. So let's introduce
@pytest.mark.notbuildconfigspec
for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
vexpress_ca15_tc2_defconfig and vexpress_ca9x4_defconfig do not provide
device trees (as $fdtcontroladdr) as needed to pass our Travis CI tests.
As we are on the move to requiring block devices to be based on the driver
model these boards either will have to be converted to use device trees or
will be kicked out of U-Boot.
So let's disable CONFIG_EFI_LOADER on these boards until the device tree
issue is resolved.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In the current implementation, bootefi command and EFI boot manager
don't use load_image API, instead, use more primitive and internal
functions. This will introduce duplicated code and potentially
unknown bugs as well as inconsistent behaviours.
With this patch, do_efibootmgr() and do_boot_efi() are completely
overhauled and re-implemented using load_image API.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Use efi_root as parent handle for the loaded image.
LoadImage() should be called with BootPolicy = true by the boot manager.
Avoid duplicate free_pool().
Eliminate variable memdp which is not needed after anymore due to
"efi_loader: correctly split device path of loaded image".
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When the LoadImage() service is called for an image that is already loaded
to memory the file path may be NULL or it will contain both a device path
as well as a media path. We should not assume that there is no media path.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This is a preparatory patch for reworking do_bootefi() in later patch.
All the non-boot-manager-based (that is, bootefi <addr>) code is put
into one function, do_bootefi_image().
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This is a preparatory patch for reworking do_bootefi() in later patch.
do_bootmgr_exec() is renamed to do_efibootmgr() as we put all the necessary
code into this function.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This is a preparatory patch for reworking do_bootefi() in later patch.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This is a preparatory patch for reworking do_bootefi() in later patch.
Efi_selftest code is unusual in terms of execution path in do_bootefi(),
which make that function complicated and hard to understand. With this
patch, all efi_selftest related code will be put in a separate function.
The change also includes expanding efi_run_prepare() and efi_run_finish()
in do_bootefi_exec().
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This is a preparatory patch for reworking do_bootefi() in later patch.
For simplicity, merge two functions.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Return error code of efi_install_configuration_table() when aborting from
efi_install_fdt().
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This is a preparatory patch for reworking do_bootefi() in later patch.
Carve out a function to handle the installation of the device tree
as a configuration table in system table.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
set_load_options() can fail, so it should return error code to stop
invoking an image.
In addition, set_load_options() now takes a handle, instead of
loaded_image_info, to utilize efi_load_image() in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The `efidebug dh` command shows handles and the installed protocols. For
most of the protocols implemented by U-Boot a short text was shown. But for
some only the GUID was displayed.
Provide the missing short texts for the following protocols: HII String,
HII Database, HII Config Routing, Simple Network, PXE Base Code.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We should consistently use the same name for protocol GUIDs as defined in
the UEFI specification. Not adhering to this rule has led to duplicate
definitions for the EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL_GUID.
Adjust misnamed protocol GUIDs.
Adjust the text for the graphics output protocol in the output of the
`efidebug dh` command.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This is a preparatory patch.
The root node handle will be used as a dummy parent handle when invoking
an EFI image from bootefi/bootmgr command.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Rebased.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This is a preparatory patch.
efi_dp_split_file_path() is used to create device_path and file_path
from file_path for efi_setup_loaded_image().
In a special case, however, of HARDWARE_DEVICE/MEMORY, it doesn't
work expectedly since this path doesn't contain any FILE_PATH sub-type.
This patch makes a workaround.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Adjust the logic such that for all paths that do no end on a media file
path we return NULL as file_path.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The driver add the support of the led IP on bcm6858.
This led IP can drive up to 32 leds, and can handle
blinking.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Current relocation code is limited to 21bit PC-relative addressing
which might not be enough for bigger code sizes. The following patch
increases the addressing to 32bit PC-relative. This feature is
specially interesting if U-Boot is build without optimiation (-O0) as
the text section is increased significativelly.
Signed-off-by: Ibai Erkiaga <ibai.erkiaga-elorza@xilinx.com>
The initial environment is linked to the u-boot binary. Modifying the
environment from User Space with the env tools requires that the tools
are always built together with the bootloader to be sure that they
contain the initial environment in case no environment is stored into
persistent storage or when a board boots with just the default
environment. This makes difficult for distros to provide a general
package to access the environment. A simpler way is if the tools are
generic for all boards and a configuration file is given to provide the
initial environment.
The patch just generates the initial environment by extracting it from
the compiled object. This file can then be used for tools in user space
to initialize the environment.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add support for loading fully featured fitImages over YModem in SPL.
This is useful when various advanced features of full fitImages are
needed in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently only the first fdt is loaded from the extra configuration of
FIT image.
If the configuration have multiple fdt, load them all as well.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
In previously label which will be expanded to the node's full path was
used, and now replacing label with most commonly used DT phandle. The
codes were changed accordingly to the use of DT phandle and supporting
multiple instances.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
HVC call makes use of 6 mandatory arguments rather than 7 in the same way
as SMC calls. The 7th argument is optional (Client ID) for both HVC and
SMC but is implemented as 16-bit parameter and register R7 or W7. The aim
of this patch is just fix compilation error due to an invalid asm code in
the HVC call so that's why the 7th argument is removed.
The issue does not report any error in a normal build as hvc_call is not
used at all and is optimized by the compiler. Using -O0 triggers the
error so the patch is intended to fix issues on a ongoing effor to build
U-Boot with -O0.
Signed-off-by: Ibai Erkiaga <ibai.erkiaga-elorza@xilinx.com>
It works perfectly fine to boot an Android boot.img with bootm command
followed by an explicit address argument that holds the image. But if
we have boot.img downloaded into default 'loadaddr', and then boot it
using bootm command without the address argument, we will run into
problem, because U-Boot fails to find ramdisk and fdt (second area) in
boot.img.
The current Android image support assumes there is always an address
argument on bootm command. However just like booting any other images,
'loadaddr' should be used when address argument is missing from bootm
command. It patches boot_get_ramdisk() and boot_get_fdt() a bit to
support this quite common usage of bootm command for Android image.
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This function supports getting both data address and length for
existing FIT subimage and FIT external data.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
When PSCI is enabled, we are expecting U-Boot which now act
as EL3 software will handle all the PSCI calls. We won't need
fwcall as no further HVC or SMC are needed.
Signed-off-by: Ang, Chee Hong <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Allow PSCI layer to handle any SiP service functions added by
platform vendors. PSCI layer will look for SiP service function
in the SiP function table located in '._secure_svc_tbl_entries'
section if the SMC function identifier is not found in the PSCI
standard functions table. Use DECLARE_SECURE_SVC macro to declare
and add platform specific SiP service function.
This new section '._secure_svc_tbl_entries' is located next to
'._secure.text' section. Refer to arch/arm/cpu/armv8/u-boot.lds.
Signed-off-by: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
The unit tests in test/lib/hexdump.c are not related to the device tree.
So they should be executed via `ut lib` and not via `ut dm`.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Firmware loader would encounter problem if the block device is accessed
before initializing it. This patch would adding the support of probing
block device and initializing block before the block device is accessed by
firmware loader.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The 'exception' command allows to test exception handling.
This implementation supports ARM, x86, RISC-V and the following exceptions:
* 'breakpoint' - prefetch abort exception (ARM 32bit only)
* 'unaligned' - data abort exception (ARM only)
* 'undefined' - undefined instruction exception
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Enable the nand support (driver and command)
in the configuration of the board bcm963158.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Enable the nand support (driver and command)
in the configuration of the board bcm968580xref.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Enable the nand support (driver and command)
in the configuration of the board bcm96838gerg.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
The option write-protect may only change on the kernel command line,
we add a property in the device tree to be more flexible.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
The parameter page isn't always in big endian, so we add
an option to choose the endiannes of the parameter page.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
The driver brcmnand come from linux kernel 4.18.
Only SoC bcm6838 and bcm6858 are supported.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
This patch port the file include/linux/completion.h
from linux 4.18 to u-boot. It define the structure
but all the function are stubbed.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
The macro devm_ioremap is only defined for configuration
that doesn't have ioremap. But this macro may also be
defined on configuration with ioremap.
This patch remove the condition for the macro devm_ioremap,
so it's always defined.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Linux commit 97d90da8a88 ("mtd: nand: provide several helpers
to do common NAND operations")
This is part of the process of removing direct calls to ->cmdfunc()
outside of the core in order to introduce a better interface to execute
NAND operations.
Here we provide several helpers and make use of them to remove all
direct calls to ->cmdfunc(). This way, we can easily modify those
helpers to make use of the new ->exec_op() interface when available.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[miquel.raynal@free-electrons.com: rebased and fixed some conflicts]
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
[Philippe Reynes: adapt code to u-boot and only keep new function]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Linux commit d45bc58dd3b ("mtd: nand: import nand_hw_control_init()")
The code to initialize a struct nand_hw_control is duplicated across
several drivers. Factorize it using an inline function.
Signed-off-by: Marc Gonzalez <marc_gonzalez@sigmadesigns.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Philippe Reynes: adapt code to u-boot and only keep new function]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Linux commit 28b8b26b308 ("mtd: add get/set of_node/flash_node helpers")
We are going to begin using the mtd->dev.of_node field for MTD device
nodes, so let's add helpers for it. Also, we'll be making some
conversions on spi_nor (and nand_chip eventually) too, so get that ready
with their own helpers.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Philippe Reynes: only add function nand_set_flash_node and
nand_get_flash_node because others were already backported]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
This fixes a disconnect issue detected with fastboot command, when using
dwc2 driver.
- On u-boot side:
uboot>$ fastboot 0
- On USB host PC side, few seconds after
PC>$ fastboot reboot # Get stuck, uboot target never reboots
By enabling DEBUG_ISR logs, the bus suspend interrupt is seen before the
PC command has been issued. When the USB bus suspend occurs, there's a HACK
that disables the fastboot (composite driver). Here is the call stack
upon USB bus suspend:
- dwc2_handle_usb_suspend_intr()
- dev->driver->disconnect()
- composite_disconnect()
- reset_config()
- f->disable()
- fastboot_disable()
- usb_ep_disable(f_fb->out_ep);
- usb_ep_disable(f_fb->in_ep);
.. other disable calls.
When the resume interrupt happens, everything has been disabled, then
nothing happens. fastboot command gets stuck on HOST side.
Remove original HACK, that disconnects the composite driver upon
USB bus suspend. Implement disconnect detection instead:
- check GINTSTS OTG interrupt
- read GOTGINT register
- check GOTGINT, SesEndDet bit (e.g. session end)
This is inspired by what is implemented currently in Linux dwc2 driver.
Signed-off-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reload the watchdog in the mass storage command ums
to avoid reboot during the usb waiting loop
when the host doesn't send any request.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Our R-Car3 Android userspace relies on the output of 'fastboot
getvar platform' and U-Boot currently is not able to handle it:
host $> fastboot getvar platform
getvar:platform FAILED (remote: Variable not implemented)
finished. total time: 0.001s
We either have the option of adding 'fastboot.platform' variable
to the default/saved environment as a workaround or add proper
'fastboot getvar platform' support in U-Boot via this patch.
In the latter case, other platforms can benefit from it too.
Note that R-Car3 already exports 'platform' environment variable via
v2019.01 commit 00e4b57e9e ("ARM: rmobile: Set environment variable
containing CPU type").
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Where we have to compute partition names, rather than using a hardcoded
32 for the partition name length, replace with PART_NAME_LEN.
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eugeniu Rosca <rosca.eugeniu@gmail.com>
The DK1 and DK2 boards use the USB Type-C controller STUSB1600.
This patch updates:
- the device tree to add the I2C node in the DT
- the board stm32mp1 to probe this I2C device and use this controller
to check cable detection.
- the DWC2 driver to support a new dt property
"u-boot,force-b-session-valid" which forces B session and
device mode; it is a workaround because the VBUS sensing and
ID detection isn't available with stusb1600.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Use the DWC2 device driver with DM_USB_GADGET support and
cleanup the USB support in STM32MP1 board.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Remove the HOST support for STM32MP1 USBO device = OTG DWC2.
The current DWC2 driver have no dynamic detection of device,
So it is dangerous to have start 3V3 when PC is
connected to the micro USB connector.
=> it is preferable to have only DEVICE support
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DWC2_OTG for OTG port
See DWC3 driver for clean dual role support...
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add compatible "st,stm32mp1-hsotg" and associated driver data to manage
the usb33d-supply and the ST specific register for VBus sensing.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
# Conflicts:
# drivers/usb/gadget/dwc2_udc_otg.c
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
All TX fifo size can be different, add tx_fifo_sz_array[]
into dwc2_plat_otg_data to be able to set them.
tx_fifo_sz_array[] is 17 Bytes long and can contains max 16
tx fifo size (synopsys IP supports max 16 IN endpoints).
First entry of tx_fifo_sz_array[] is the number of valid
fifo size the array contains.
In case of tx_fifo_sz_array[] doesn't contains the same
number of element than max hardware endpoint, display
a warning message.
Compatibility with board which doesn't use tx_fifo_sz_array[]
(Rockchip rk322x/rk3128/rv1108/rk3288/rk3036) is kept.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Some DWC2 ip variant doesn't use 16 hardware endpoint as hardcoded
in the driver. Bits INEps [29:26] of HWCFG4 register allows to get
this information.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Add a new function to check the session B validity, to be use to check
cable connection.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reset the hardware to be sure of the device state.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Minimal conversion to driver model by using the uclass
UCLASS_USB_GADGET_GENERIC based on:
- reset uclass
- clock uclass
- generic uclass.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The compiler is not happy when neither USB nor TFTP transport for DFU defined:
cmd/dfu.c: In function ‘do_dfu’:
cmd/dfu.c:31:8: warning: unused variable ‘devstring’ [-Wunused-variable]
char *devstring = argv[3];
^~~~~~~~~
cmd/dfu.c:30:8: warning: unused variable ‘interface’ [-Wunused-variable]
char *interface = argv[2];
^~~~~~~~~
Surround those variables by #ifdef expression.
More serious, that comes under same circumstances, is a compilation error due
to absence of macro parameter:
In file included from include/image.h:45,
from include/common.h:35,
from cmd/dfu.c:13:
include/command.h:207:24: error: expected expression before ‘,’ token
# define _CMD_HELP(x) x,
^
include/command.h:286:18: note: in expansion of macro ‘_CMD_HELP’
_cmd, _usage, _CMD_HELP(_help) _CMD_COMPLETE(_comp) }
^~~~~~~~~
include/command.h:290:3: note: in expansion of macro ‘U_BOOT_CMD_MKENT_COMPLETE’
U_BOOT_CMD_MKENT_COMPLETE(_name, _maxargs, _rep, _cmd, \
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
include/command.h:332:2: note: in expansion of macro ‘U_BOOT_CMD_COMPLETE’
U_BOOT_CMD_COMPLETE(_name, _maxargs, _rep, _cmd, _usage, _help, NULL)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
cmd/dfu.c:70:1: note: in expansion of macro ‘U_BOOT_CMD’
U_BOOT_CMD(dfu, CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS, 1, do_dfu,
^~~~~~~~~~
make[1]: *** [scripts/Makefile.build:279: cmd/dfu.o] Error 1
make: *** [Makefile:1518: cmd] Error 2
Put empty string unconditionally to have macro parameter present.
Fixes: 0f44d33536 ("dfu: Fix up the Kconfig mess")
Cc: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
USB_MUSB_TI requires USB_MUSB_DSPS, failing at link time if it's not
selected:
drivers/usb/musb-new/built-in.o: In function `ti_musb_host_ofdata_to_platdata':
drivers/usb/musb-new/ti-musb.c:193: undefined reference to `musb_dsps_ops'
or if OF_CONTROL is not selected:
arch/arm/mach-omap2/built-in.o:(.data.usb0+0x24): undefined reference to `musb_dsps_ops'
Reviewed-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Tested-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Fixes a compilation failure with disabled PXE or DHCP command when using
sunxi platform.
Signed-off-by: Ondřej Jirman <megous@megous.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Beelink GS1 is an Allwinner H6 based TV box,
which support:
- Allwinner H6 Quad-core 64-bit ARM Cortex-A53
- GPU Mali-T720
- 2GB LPDDR3 RAM
- 16GB eMMC
- AXP805 PMIC
- 1Gbps GMAC via RTL8211E
- USB 2.0 and 3.0 Host
- HDMI port
- S/PDIF port
- 5V/2A DC power supply
- Wi-Fi/BT via Fn-Link 6222B-SRB (RTL8222BS)
Linux commit details about the sun50i-h6-beelink-gs1.dts sync:
"arm64: dts: allwinner: h6: Introduce Beelink GS1 board"
(sha1: 089bee8dd119ba084dee6b17a2e1a53df4f30193)
Signed-off-by: Clément Péron <peron.clem@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The SAMA5D2 ICP Board features the SAMA5D27 SoC,
together with QSPI Flash, Wilc3000 wireless device and
EtherCat support.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Add the DM_MMC-compatible DesignWare MMC driver support for Synopsys
ARC devboards. It is created to switch ARC devboards to use DM_MMC.
It required information such as clocks (Bus Interface Unit clock,
Card Interface Unit clock) and SDIO bus width.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
The generic timer count is an incrementing 64bit value and a timer driver
must return an incrementing 64bit value. The DW APB timer only provides a
32bit timer counting down, thus the result must be inverted and converted
to a 64bit value. The current implementation is however missing the 64bit
up-conversion and this results in random timer roll-overs, which in turn
triggers random timeouts throughout the codebase.
This patch adds the missing 64bit up-conversion to fix the issue.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Cc: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Merge qspi dts node from Linux.
Commit 0cb140d07fc75fb (arm64: dts: stratix10: Add QSPI support for Stratix10)
Add -u-boot.dtsi files for non Linux dts properties and
update properties for Uboot.
- add u-boot,dm-pre-reloc
- add alias for spi0
- change compatible for flash
- support quad read and quad write
- change maximum frequency to 100MHz
Tested on Stratix 10 SoC devkit.
SOCFPGA_STRATIX10 # sf probe 0:0
SF: Detected mt25qu02g with page size 256 Bytes, erase size 64 KiB, total 256 MiB
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Scrub memory content if ECC is enabled and it is not
from warm reset boot.
Enable icache and dcache before scrub memory
and use "DC ZVA" instruction to clear memory
to zeros. This instruction writes a cache line
at a time and it can prevent false ECC error
trigger if write cache line partially.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
The stratix10 socdk ships with 4GB of memory. Modify the
device tree to represent this. Note that to access 4GB of
memory in Stratix 10, due to the IO space from 2GB to 4GB,
we use the fact that the DDR controller ignores upper address
bits outside of the configured DRAM's size. This means that
, the 4GB DRAM is mapped to memory every 4GB.
For an 8GB memory, you can either live with the 2GB IO space,
and loose access to that memory from the processor, or use
the same trick:
Loose 2GB of memory:
memory {
device_type = "memory";
/* 8GB */
/* first 2GB */
reg = <0 0x00000000 0 0x80000000>,
/* last 4GB */
<1 0x00000000 1 0x00000000>;
u-boot,dm-pre-reloc;
};
or to map it all:
memory {
device_type = "memory";
/* 8GB */
/* first 2GB */
reg = <0 0x00000000 0 0x80000000>,
/* next 6GB */
<2 0x80000000 1 0x80000000>;
u-boot,dm-pre-reloc;
};
Signed-off-by: Dalon Westergreen <dalon.westergreen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Stratix 10 maps dram from 0 to 128GB. There is a 2GB hole
in the memory for peripherals and other IO from 2GB to 4GB.
However the dram controller ignores upper address bits for
smaller dram configurations. Example: a 4GB dram
maps to multiple locations, every 4GB on the address.
Signed-off-by: Dalon Westergreen <dalon.westergreen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Move SDRAM size check to SDRAM driver. sdram_calculate_size()
is called in SDRAM initialization already, avoid calling
twice in size check function.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
This commit removes ad-hoc reset handling for peripheral resets from SPL
for socfpga gen5.
This is done because as U-Boot drivers support reset handling by now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
This adds reset handling to the cadence qspi driver.
For backwards compatibility, only a warning is printed when failing to
get reset handles.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
This adds reset handling to the devicetree-enabled Denali NAND driver.
For backwards compatibility, only a warning is printed when failing to
get reset handles.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
To clean up reset handling for socfpga gen5, port the DDR driver to DM
using UCLASS_RAM and implement proper reset handling.
This gets us rid of one ad-hoc call to socfpga_per_reset().
The gen5 driver is implemented in 2 distinct files. One of it (containing
the calibration training) is not touched much and is kept at using
hard coded addresses since the code grows even more otherwise.
SPL is changed from calling hard into the DDR driver code to just
probing UCLASS_RESET and UCLASS_RAM. It is happy after finding a RAM
driver after that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
This adds code to take peripherals out of reset based on an environment
variable. This is in preparation for removing the code that does this from
SPL.
However, some drivers even in current Linux cannot handle peripheral reset,
so until this works, we need a compatibility workaround.
This workaround is implemented in the 'assert' and 'remove' callbacks of
this reset driver: the 'assert' callback does not disable peripherals that
were already taken out of reset, while the 'remove' callback, which is
called on OS_PREPARE, deasserts all peripheral resets if the environment
variable "socfpga_legacy_reset_compat" is set to 1, which is what the gen5
SPL did up to now.
This is in preparation to clean up the SPL and implementing proper reset
handling for U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
To keep the current behaviour of taking all peripherals out of reset
before booting the OS before removing that code from socfpga gen5 SPL,
this enables the new behaviour by default for all gen5 boards by adding
the environment variable "socfpga_legacy_reset_compat=1" to the default
environment.
This can be overridden in board config files or by saving an environment
without this variable enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
The only member of this driver's priv struct is a pointer, which is
called 'membase'. However, since this driver handles multiple sub-
architectures, this is not the base address from dts but the base
address of some common registers of those sub-arches.
Reflect this better in sourcecode by renaming 'membase' to 'modrst_base'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
The SPL for socfpga gen5 currently takes all peripherals out of reset
unconditionally. To implement proper reset handling for peripherals,
the reset node has to be provided with the SPL dts.
In preparation to move the DDR driver to DM, the sdr node is required
in SPL, too.
This patch adds "u-boot,dm-pre-reloc" to U-Boot specific dtsi addon
files so that the reset manager and SDR driver correctly probe in SPL.
It centralizes these settings into a common file since in contrast to
boot-type specific nodes, "soc", "rst" and "sdr" are always needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
This is again a sync to linux-next + pending patches in Dinh's tree at
commit 1c909b2dfe6a ("ARM: dts: socfpga: update more missing reset
properties")'
It adds missing peripheral reset properties to socfpga.dtsi and removes
U-Boot specific leftovers from socfpga_cyclone5_socrates.dts.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Xilinx/FPGA changes for v2019.07
fpga:
- Add support for external data in FIT
- Extend testing for external data case
- Inform user about a need to run post config on Zynq
arm:
- Tune zynq command functions
- Fix internal variable setting
arm64:
- Add support for zc39dr decoding
- Disable WDT for zcu100
- Small changes in reset_reason()
- Some DT changes (spi)
- Tune qspi-mini configuration
- Remove useless eeprom setting
- Fix two sdhci boot case
spi:
- Fix tap delay programming
clk:
- Enable i2c in SPL
net:
- Fix gem phydev handling
- Remove phy detection code from gem driver
general:
- Correct EXT_DTB usage for MULTI_DTB_FIT configuration
Convert driver to use spi-mem ops in order to support accelerated MMIO
flash interface in generic way and for better performance.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Now that all boards using TI QSPI have moved to DM and DT, drop non DM
code completely.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
[jagan: update MIGRATION.txt, rebase config_whitelist.txt]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
It seems like the Allwinner SATA driver is already quite capable of
using the driver model, so we can force this on all boards and can
remove support for a non-DM_SCSI build.
This removes the warning about boards with SATA ports not being
DM_SCSI compliant.
It also takes the opportunity to move the driver out of the board/sunxi
directory to join its siblings in drivers/ata, and to make it a proper
Kconfig citizen.
The board defconfigs stay untouched.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
[jagan: select DM_SCSI separately]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
- Enable DM_MMC if MMC defined
- Enable DM_SCSI if SCSI defined
globally through Allwinner platform, the effected SoC families
and boards will make use of MMC and SCSI subsystems in driver-model.
Tested DM_MMC in one board from A64, H6, H5, H3, R40, A83T, A20, A10
SoCs.
Tested-by: Pablo Sebastián Greco <pgreco@centosproject.org> # BPI-M2-Ultra
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Enable ahci node for BPI-M2-Berry, this would require since
we have DM_SCSI enabled on the respective SoC.
Unable to sync the same node from Linux, since the similar change
is still in Linux ML.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Enable ahci node for a20-wits-pro-a20-dkt, this would require since
we have DM_SCSI enabled on the respective SoC.
Right now, ahci enabled in -u-boot.dtsi and will remove once same
supported by Linux.
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Enable ahci node for sun7i-a20-m5.dts, this would require since
we have DM_SCSI enabled on the respective SoC.
No need to send patch to Linux for this change, since this
dts is U-Boot specific.
Cc: Ian Campbell <ijc@hellion.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Sync sun7i-a20 dts(i) files from Linux 5.1-rc2
Linux commit details about the sun7i-a20* sync:
"ARM: dts: sun7i: bananapi: Add GPIO banks regulators"
(sha1: 09c6572290f018d73ec2e812e28bada34d41815f)
Here are U-Boot specific dts changes.
- s/uart0_pins_a/uart0_pb_pins for
sun7i-a20-ainol-aw1.dts
sun7i-a20-m5.dts
sun7i-a20-primo73.dts
sun7i-a20-yones-toptech-bd1078.dts
sunxi-itead-core-common.dtsi
- s/gmac_pins_mii_a/gmac_rgmii_pins for
sun7i-a20-m5.dts
- drop i2c0, i2c1 pins from
sunxi-itead-core-common.dtsi
- drop mmc0 pins from
sun7i-a20-primo73.dts
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Sync sun8i-r40 dts(i) files from Linux 5.1-rc2
Linux commit details about the sun8i-r40* sync:
"ARM: dts: sun8i: r40: bananapi-m2-ultra: Add Bluetooth device node"
(sha1: 1e5f1db4ccd8348a21da55bff82f4263000879ef)
Linux commit details about the sun8i-v40* sync:
"ARM: dts: sunxi: Fix I2C bus warnings"
(sha1: 0729b4af5753b65aa031f58c435da53dbbf56d19)
Cc: Pablo Sebastián Greco <pgreco@centosproject.org>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Since Ethernet clock and reset is now handling via
CLK and RESET frameworks via driver API's remove
explicit ccm writes.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Unlike other Allwinner SoC's R40 GMAC clock control register
is locate in CCU, but rest located via syscon itself. Since
the phandle property for current code look for 'syscon' and
it will grab the respective ccu or syscon base address based
on DT property defined in respective SoC dtsi.
So, use the existing 'syscon' code even for R40 for retrieving
GMAC clock via CCU and update the register directly in
sun8i_emac_set_syscon instead of writing it separately using
ccm base.
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Lothar Felten <lothar.felten@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
GMAC reset reg offset added by below commit seems to assume
it as EMAC but R40 indeed using GMAC.
"clk: sunxi: Implement EMAC, GMAC clocks, resets"
(sha1: 68620c9698)
So, fix by updating the reg offset for RST_BUS_GMAC.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
A missing CONFIG_ prefix while checking for this Kconfig variable makes the
check always fail. Fix it. While there also switch from the '#if defined'
form to the '#ifdef' form as the other checks in this function.
Fixes: 35e2b92344 ("arm64: zynqmp: Fix logic around CONFIG_ZYNQ_SDHCI")
Signed-off-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
By moving to DM_I2C there is no need to specify any eeprom configuration
because it is read from DT.
Reported-by: Sreeja Vadakattu <sreeja.vadakattu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The phydev supported features were reset in phy_set_supported() so,
move the setting of driver supported features after this so that it
wont lost in phy_set_supported().
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Prioritize external dtb if its passed via EXT_DTB
than the dtb that was built in the tree. With this
patch it appends the specified external dtb to
the u-boot image.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Post configuration cant be run at u-boot as u-boot
didn't has any info about the design.So,this patch
adds an info message that post config was not run
and needs to be run manually if needed.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch adds "zu39dr" to the list of zynqmp devices
The zu39DR is the new RFSoC silicon with id value of 0x66.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Update EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS and related commands to use 'setenv'
instead of short name 'set' in commands.
E.g. in case command setexpr is enabled the short form does not work
properly as the name becomes ambigous.
Fixes error messages like:
U-Boot> set
Unknown command 'set' - try 'help'
Signed-off-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The commit 'f48ef0d81aa837a33020f8d61abb3929ba613774' did break I2C
support because requesting the clock for the I2C ip-block isn't
supported during SPL.
To fixup this we add support requesting clocks for:
- i2c0
- i2c1
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Remove unneeded configs from mini qspi configuration
so that it saves space for this mini configuration.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
spi-flash compatible string is needed for reading tx and rx bus
widths, hence add this compatible string to flash node.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch checks for zynq aes & rsa commands max parameters count. Also
checks minimum number of parameters count for aes command.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Changed the return type of reset_reason() to int from u32, because
zynqmp_mmio_read/write() returns signed value on error.
Replaced readl and writel functions with zynqmp_mmio_read &
zynqmp_mmio_write functions to access RESET_REASON(CRL_APB) registers.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch fixes the tap delay values to be set at 100MHz and 150MHz
as per TRM by fixing the if condition to use <= instead of <.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Do not enable WDT by default on this target because distributions are
not enabling watchdog driver to service it.
Feature has been enabled by:
"arm64: zynqmp: Enable cadence WDT for zcu100"
(sha1: 767afebbcd)
And WDT is still enabled in rebranded Avnet Ultra 96 board support.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Images are created
mkimage -f fit.its -E download-fit-external.ub
and test expects these entries.
env__fpga_under_test = {
...
"mkimage_fit_external": download-fit-external.ub",
"mkimage_fit_external_size": xxxxx,
...
}
Test download file and loads it to fpga.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Ensure the string for filename is always constant, otherwise it can be
corrupted by the writing.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This function supports getting both data address and length for
existing FPGA subimage and FPGA external data.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
add labels to rtc, pinctrl and watchdog node.
This makes it possible to reference the nodes
from board dts files.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Move to DM
-----------
- DM support in sata
- Toradex Board to DM
- wandboard to DM
- tbs2910 to DM
- GE boards to DM
- VHybrid boards to DM
- DM_VIDEO for i.MX
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.07-rc1 (2)
In the aarch64 crash dump information about the loaded EFI images is added.
In README.uefi the development target is for the UEFI subsystem is
described as "Embedded Base Boot Requirements (EBBR) Specification"
compliance.
Several bug fixes are supplied.
- optional backlight PWM polarity config via polarity cell
- bug fix for ASCII characters > 127
- ANSI sequence handling extensions (implement clear line,
reverse video and relative cursor movement commands)
- preparation for doing character set translations
- left/right and up/down arrow keys translation to ANSI
control sequences for cursor movement to fix selection
with an USB keyboard in bootmenu
- CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK font scheme configuration for
sunxi boards
Usually the Linux dts changes were synced in specific tags in Allwinner,
to keep track for whats been synced so-far and plan for future syncs.
But this patch sync sun50i-h6* dts(i) files from Linux w/o any specific
tag since these dts(i) changes are required for new H6 boards support.
Linux commit details about the sun50i-h6* sync:
"arm64: dts: allwinner: h6: move MMC pinctrl to dtsi"
(sha1: 6ba2e45d57afdfd982d12f168edd6a79a65075d8)
Linux commit details about the sun8i-tcon-top.h sync:
"dt-bindings: display: sunxi-drm: Add TCON TOP description"
(sha1: 59a9c39544cd1e5952c2a33028d71aa8180648f8)
Part of the sync initiated by 'Clément Péron'.
Signed-off-by: Clément Péron <peron.clem@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
In the sunxi-common.h config header we unconditionally define
CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK, although it's actually a Kconfig option which
could be individually selected by a user.
Remove this #define from the header and let it default to "y" on sunxi
boards (like we do for other platforms).
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
So far arrows key pressed on an USB keyboard got translated to some
low ASCII control sequences (Ctrl+N, Ctrl+P). Some programs understand
these codes, but the standard for those keys is to use ANSI control
sequences for cursor movement (ESC [ A).
Our own boot menu is a victim of this, currently we cannot change the
selection with an USB keyboard due to this.
Since we already implement a queue for USB key codes, we can just insert
the three character ANSI sequence into the key buffer. This fixes the
bootmenu, and is more universal for other users (UEFI) as well.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In preparation for doing character set translations, factor out the
actual glyph display functionality into a separate function.
This will be used in a subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a standard ANSI terminal escape sequence to clear a whole line
of text. So far the DM_VIDEO console was missing this code.
Detect the sequence and use vidconsole_set_row with the background
colour to fix this omission.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The ANSI terminal escapce sequence standard defines relative cursor
movement commands (ESC [ A-F). So far the DM_VIDEO console code was
ignoring them.
Interpret those sequences and move the cursor by the requested amount of
rows or columns in the right direction. This brings the code on par with
the legacy video console driver (cfb_console).
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The video console for DM_VIDEO compliant drivers only understands a very
small number of ANSI sequences. First and foremost it misses the "reverse
video" command, which is used by our own bootmenu command to highlight
the selected entry.
To avoid forcing people to use their imagination when using the
bootmenu, let's just implement the rather simple reverse effect. We need
to store the background colour index for that, so that we can
recalculate both the foreground and background colour pixel values.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[agust: merged BG color escape seq change to fix "ut dm video_ansi" test]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
When the character to be printed on a DM_VIDEO console is from the
"extended ASCII" range (0x80 - 0xff), it will be treated as a negative
number, as it's declared as a signed char. This leads to negative array
indicies into the glyph bitmap array, and random garbled characters.
Cast the character to an unsigned type to make the index always positive
and avoid an out-of-bounds access.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch enables the reading of the polarity cell from a PWM
phandle and calls pwm_set_invert().
Not all platforms have polarity cell, so skip if it's not pressent.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Mavrodiev <stefan@olimex.com>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_AHCI to fix errors:
drivers/ata/dwc_ahsata.c: In function `ahci_init_one':
drivers/ata/dwc_ahsata.c:868:21: error: `struct blk_desc' has no member named `priv'
sata_dev_desc[pdev].priv = uc_priv;
^
drivers/ata/dwc_ahsata.c: In function `init_sata':
drivers/ata/dwc_ahsata.c:891:30: error: `struct blk_desc' has no member named `priv'
uc_priv = sata_dev_desc[dev].priv;
...
Also enable DM_SCSI to fix migration build warning.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Fix broken build:
Device Tree Source is not correctly specified.
Please define 'CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE'
or build with 'DEVICE_TREE=<device_tree>' argument
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Fix broken build:
Device Tree Source is not correctly specified.
Please define 'CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE'
or build with 'DEVICE_TREE=<device_tree>' argument
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
ipu.h header is not found since the ipuv3 driver was moved to
the drivers/video/imx subdirectory. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Fix toradex_modules array off by one issue potentially leading to
spurious printout during boot e.g.
Model: Toradex V1.2A,
instead of
Model: Toradex UNKNOWN MODULE V1.2A.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
If the config block is missing, various things may fail or behave
strangely on certain modules. This patch unifies that behaviour by
using a fake MAC address, until user updates the config block.
Signed-off-by: Bhuvanchandra DV <bhuvanchandra.dv@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Currently, Vybrid's sdboot variable tries to load the kernel from /boot
of the root partition (typically second partition when using the sdcard
image). However, since we moved to flash the kernel in a separate UBI
volume, we no longer deploy the kernel/device tree to /boot, hence
sdboot does not work in its current state.
Load the kernel and device tree from the first (typically FAT) partition
as customary on all Toradex modules.
While at it also change from rw to ro as e.g. systemd will re-mount the
root file system rw anyway after checking it.
Signed-off-by: Gerard Salvatella <gerard.salvatella@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
The DDR validation tool (which is part of Processor Expert) allows
to evaluate leveling parameters for CR105/CR106/CR110. Several
runs have been made with Colibri VF50 and VF61 and it seems to
evaluate very similar values. Use this values by default.
Note: The newly evaluated parameters seem to require CTLUPD_AREF
to be enabled!
Note 2: The tool also evaluated 6 as a new value for PHY02/18
GATE_CFG (Coarse adjust of gate open time). However, this seems
not to work in practise.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Using the DDR Validation tool in Processor Expert uncovered two
timing inconsistencies. Since those timings are related to the
suspend mode they do not affect or change regular memory behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
It turns out that OpenSSL calls undefined instructions to detect
ARM capabilities at runtime (via SIGILL handler). This leads to
stack traces e.g. when logging in using SSH:
[ 877.464442] sshd (613): undefined instruction: pc=76ee2da8
...
Disable undefined instruction events since it is used as an
autodetecion mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Set fdtfile to represent the current board. This allows distribution
to load the correct device tree, which in the module case often
deviates from the common fallback ${soc}-${board}${boardver}.dtb...
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Add support for distro boot. This is especially helpful for external
devices. There is a global boot command which scans a predefined
list of boot targets:
run distro_bootcmd
As well as direct boot commands such as:
run bootcmd_mmc0
run bootcmd_usb
run bootcmd_dhcp
...
Refer to doc/README.distro fo details.
While at it also re-order boot command macros as well as the
CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Migrate FEC, ESDHC, NFC and USB to driver model.
While at it also do no longer enable optional I2C clock in board file as
the generic clock code now handles this. Note for space reason and as
it is not required just for booting we do not enable I2C in U-Boot by
default.
While at it also update copyright period.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Migrate pinctrl and regulators to device tree resp. driver model: DDR,
DSPI, ENET, ESDHC, I2C, NFC and UART.
Enable CMD_DM, PINCTRL and DM_REGULATOR.
While at it also update copyright period and sort include files.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Disable more obscure options to save another 26 KB in preparation of
the upcoming driver model migration.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Update device tree in preparation of further driver model migration:
Ethernet FEC, ESDHC aka MMC/SD card, I2C, NFC aka NAND flash controller,
USBH_PEN GPIO regulator.
Add iomux resp. pinctrl entries to be removed from proprietary platform
data: DSPI, ESDHC, FEC, I2C, NFC, UART, USBH_PEN GPIO.
Introduce a U-Boot specific device tree with some required
u-boot,dm-pre-reloc properties: soc, aips0, pinctrl_ddr and uart0 incl.
pinctrl.
While at it also update the MAINTAINERS file.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
While commit 3e020f03e9 ("driver: misc: add MXC_OCOTP Kconfig entry")
introduced a Kconfig entry it did not actually migrate all
configurations to using it.
As CONFIG_MXC_OCOTP was in mx{6/7}_common.h enable it by default on
those architectures. Additionally, also enable it on ARCH_IMX8M and
ARCH_VF610 where all current members enabled it through their legacy
configuration header files.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Remove obsolete MMC/SD card environment configuration dating back to
un-fused samples times.
While at it also remove meanwhile spurious "USB Storage" comment.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Move CONFIG_USB_EHCI_VF to drivers/usb/host/Kconfig and update the one
and only user thereof being colibri_vf.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
The DDR memory controller include file for the Vybrid uses
iomux_v3_cfg_t without actually including iomux-vf610.h.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Extend the driver to build with DM_VIDEO enabled. DTS files
must additionally include 'u-boot,dm-pre-reloc' property in
soc and ipu nodes to enable driver binding to ipu device.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Do not report negative sector numbers for disks > 1TB, do not limit
sector numbers to 32 bit if CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
... as preparation for additional driver model coonversions.
We use CONFIG_OF_EMBED here to keep u-boot.imx as final binary name. So we
maintain compatibility with the original TBS u-boot and available HOWTOs
for u-boot updates.
Signed-off-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
The PMIC on the Colibri iMX6 may have ECC errors in fuses that will
prevent correct settings. Up to one bit error per fuse bank can be
reported and corrected by the ECC logic. Two bit errors can only be
reported.
Signed-off-by: Gerard Salvatella <gerard.salvatella@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
RGMII_RD1 pin (active high, GPIO6_IO27) is triggered on reboot during
the SPL phase. This asserts (active low) nReset_Out from the PMIC.
Only V1.1 and later Colibri iMX6 modules implement this in hw. Previous
versions do not use this pin, so it is safe to leave it enabled at all
times.
Signed-off-by: Gerard Salvatella <gerard.salvatella@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Switch to the generic compressed Kernel image type (zImage) instead of
the U-Boot specific uImage format.
While at it also fix device tree naming for MMC DFU.
Signed-off-by: Bhuvanchandra DV <bhuvanchandra.dv@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
In case USB serial downloader has been used to load U-Boot start the
serial download protocol (SDP) emulation. This allows to download
complete images such as Toradex Easy Installer over USB SDP as well.
This code uses the boot ROM provided boot information to reliably
detect USB serial downloader.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Make sure CMA memory is not greater than 50% of available physical
memory.
Allow user to change the CMA memory via 'cma-size' U-Boot environment
variable.
Signed-off-by: Bhuvanchandra DV <bhuvanchandra.dv@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
We have two commands to change the bootmode fuses:
mfgr_fuse which set fuse 0/5 and 0/6
and
updt_fuse which burns bit 4 of 0/5.
Before Image 2.6 we fused in mfgr_fuse 0x5062, which boots
from the user partition of the eMMC.
To workaround certain hangs we moved to fastboot mode and
using the first bootpartition of the eMMC requiring a fuse
value of 0x5072 which could be achived by the then added
updt_fuse command. At the same time the mfgr_fuse command
was changed to also fuse 0x5072, revert that second change
so that one can fuse both values, one with just mfgr_fuse
and the later with mfgr_fuse;updt_fuse.
Note that the mfgr_fuse command is only needed at module
production time, a customer might need to use updt_fuse
when upgrading an older module to be compatible with a
newer image. The command is integrated into the image
update scripts.
Signed-off-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Colibri iMX6 V1.1 HW can use the PMIC GEN3 to power the NVCC_SD1.
Change the settings fused into the PMIC's OTP to powerup with
GEN3 set to output 3.3V.
Signed-off-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
If the UART is used in DTE mode the RI and DCD bits in UCR3 become
irq enable bits. Both are set to enabled after reset and both likely
are pending.
Disable the bits also on UARTs not used in the boot loader to prevent
an interrupt storm when Linux enables the UART interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Add support for distro boot. This is especially helpful for external
devices. There is a global boot command which scans a predefined
list of boot targets:
run distro_bootcmd
As well as direct boot commands such as:
run bootcmd_mmc1
run bootcmd_usb
run bootcmd_dhcp
...
Refer to doc/README.distro fo details.
While at it, remove the CONFIG_DRIVE_TYPES define which has not
been used and was meant to be used for multi device boot support
which is now provided by distroboot.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Migrate GPIOs to using driver model, properly request backlight, MMC/SD
card detect and USB power enable GPIOs and also enable SION bit in pin
muxing for auxiliary, backlight and USB power enable GPIOs.
While at it also update copyright year, clean-up/re-order includes, add
some comments clarifying ifdef scope and do some white-space clean-up.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Move console in env from header file to defconfig.
While at it also update copyright year.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Now with SPL long since being in place even for recovery using SDP
finally get rid of those nospl configurations.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
The PMIC on Apalis iMX6 may have ECC errors in fuses that will prevent
correct settings. Up to one bit error per fuse bank may be reported and
corrected by the ECC logic. Two bit errors can only be reported.
Signed-off-by: Gerard Salvatella <gerard.salvatella@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Switch to the generic compressed Kernel image type (zImage) instead of
the U-Boot specific uImage format.
While at it also fix device tree naming for MMC DFU.
Signed-off-by: Bhuvanchandra DV <bhuvanchandra.dv@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
In case USB serial downloader has been used to load U-Boot start the
serial download protocol (SDP) emulation. This allows to download
complete images such as Toradex Easy Installer over USB SDP as well.
This code uses the boot ROM provided boot information to reliably
detect USB serial downloader.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
We have two commands to change the bootmode fuses:
mfgr_fuse which set fuse 0/5 and 0/6
and
updt_fuse which burns bit 4 of 0/5.
Before BSP 2.6 we fused in mfgr_fuse 0x5062, which boots
from the user partition of the eMMC.
To workaround certain hangs we moved to fastboot mode and
using the first bootpartition of the eMMC requiring a fuse
value of 0x5072 which could be achieved by the then added
updt_fuse command. At the same time the mfgr_fuse command
was changed to also fuse 0x5072, revert that second change
so that one can fuse both values, one with just mfgr_fuse
and the later with mfgr_fuse;updt_fuse.
Note that the mfgr_fuse command is only needed at module
production time, a customer might need to use updt_fuse
when upgrading an older module to be compatible with a
newer image. The command is integrated into the image
update scripts.
Signed-off-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
If the UART is used in DTE mode the RI and DCD bits in UCR3 become
irq enable bits. Both are set to enabled after reset and both likely
are pending.
Disable the bits also on UARTs not used in the boot loader to prevent
an interrupt storm when Linux enables the UART interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Add support for distro boot. This is especially helpful for external
devices. There is a global boot command which scans a predefined
list of boot targets:
run distro_bootcmd
As well as direct boot commands such as:
run bootcmd_mmc1
run bootcmd_mmc2
run bootcmd_usb
run bootcmd_dhcp
...
Refer to doc/README.distro for details.
While at it, remove the CONFIG_DRIVE_TYPES define which has not
been used and was meant to be used for multi device boot support
which is now provided by distroboot.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Migrate GPIOs to using driver model, properly request backlight,
Ethernet PHY reset, MMC/SD card detect and USB power GPIOs and also
enable SION bit in pin muxing for Apalis, backlight, eMMC reset,
Ethernet PHY reset and USB power enable GPIOs.
While at it also update copyright year, clean-up/re-order includes,
add some comments clarifying ifdef scope and do some White-space
clean-up.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Move console in env from header file to defconfig.
While at it also update copyright year and remove spurious comments and
new lines.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Now with SPL long since being in place even for recovery using SDP
finally get rid of those nospl configurations.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Specific ARP timeout sometimes causes ARP timeout during nfs loading
of the fitImage.
Signed-off-by: Joonas Aijala <joonas.aijala@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
BK4 requires setup of 50MHz reference clock for its KSZ8081 PHY devices.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This code allows reusing the default u-boot as in the late board init, the
default envs are restored and proper recovery scripts executed.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The BK4's config file has changed since its initial posting to main line.
This commit reflects those changes.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This commit updates BK4's and PCM052's config files to support as much
as possible device tree and model in u-boot.
Moreover, remove CONFIG_* from pcm052.h (as those are now in
bk4|pcm052_defconfig)
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This commit brings a separate file in which the U-Boot specific
properties (like 'dm-pre-reloc') are provided.
Such approach allows easy sync with upstream Linux kernel in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This commit provides update and renames the bk4r1.dts to vf610-bk4r1.dts
file with more on SoC HW description.
The pcm052.dts has been renamed to vf610-pcm052.dts as well.
Moreover, a new vf610-pcm052.drsi file has been introduced
to reuse the common code between devices based on Phytec's
pcm052 modules.
Ported from Linux kernel - v4.20 (tag)
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This patch allows moving vf610 based boards to a device tree and model.
Ported from Linux kernel - v4.20 (tag)
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
The "m4go" provides exactly the same functionality as the IMX generic
"bootaux" command. Remove it to not duplicate the code.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The proposed way of reading fused MAC in the imx_get_mac_from_fuse() may
be different for other boards.
This commit defines the imx_get_mac_from_fuse() as a weak function to allow
board file overriding it with customized function.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
As the I2C2 clock is now enabled in the generic clock code, we can remove
this code from a board file.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Provide function to enable I2C clocks for vf610 - in the generic code.
This function overrides the default weak function implementation (which
only returns 1).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
This patch provides definitions necessary for VF610 DDR pad configurations.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
The NXP's FEC driver can be reused on vf610 device (with DM).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
- mt76xx: add USB support, small fixes
- ath79: small fixes, add support for QCA9563 SoC and AP152 reference board
- mscc: small fixes, add network support for JR2 and ServalT SoCs
- bmips: small fixes, enable more drivers for ARM specific BCM6858 and BCM63158 SoCs
- MIPS: fix redundant relocation of initrd images
In a previous patch the memory type used for the FDT has been changed to
boot services data. We have to adjust the test.
Correct an incorrect comment. The tested services are boot services.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Following Ard's suggestion:
Runtime data sections are intended for data that is used by the runtime
services implementation.
Let's change the type to EFI_BOOT_SERVICES_DATA.
This also fixes booting of armv7 using efi and fdtcontroladdr.
Suggested-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
By using InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces() the coding for installing
protocol interfaces on the root node can be simplified.
Suggested-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Export function efi_install_multiple_protocol_interfaces() so that we can
call it in others parts of the UEFI subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
At boottime physical and virtual addresses must match. Add a corresponding
check to the memory unit test.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Handle virtual address in efi_mem_carve_out() function
when a new region is created to avoid issue in EFI memory map.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
At boottime physical and virtual addressed have to be the same.
This allowed to simplify the proposed logic.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Check the value of block_dev before to use this pointer.
This patch solves problem for the command "load" when ubifs
is previously mounted: in this case the function
blk_get_device_part_str("ubi 0") don't return error but return
block_dev = NULL and then data abort.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The UEFI variables PlatformLang and PlatformLangCodes specify the current
firmware language and the list of all available languages.
Currently their values are hard coded. With the patch a new configuration
variable EFI_PLATFORM_LANG_CODES is provided.
When initializing the UEFI subsystem this configuration variable is used to
initialize PlatformLangCodes. The value of variable PlatformLang is read.
If it is not set, the first language specified in EFI_PLATFORM_LANG_CODES
is used to initialize PlatformLang.
Suggested-by: Takahiro Akashi <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Two subsets of the UEFI specifications have been defined. The one for
servers is "Server Base Boot Requirements System Software on ARM
Platforms" (SBBR), the one for embedded systems is the "Embedded Base Boot
Requirements (EBBR) Specification". Reaching compliance with thei EBBR is a
more realistic development target than reaching complicance with the SBBR.
Suggested-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
There are Cubox-i machines out there with nearly 4 GiB of RAM. The
RAM starts at 0x10000000 with a size of 0xf0000000. Thus the end
of RAM is at 0x100000000. This overflows a 32-bit integer, which
should be fine since in the EFI memory code the variables used are
all 64-bit with a fixed size. Unfortunately EFI_PAGE_MASK, which is
used in the EFI memory code to remove the lower bits, is based on
the EFI_PAGE_SIZE macro which, uses 1UL with a shift. This means
the resulting mask is UL, which is only 32-bit on ARMv7. Use ULL to
make sure that even on 32-bit platforms we use a 64-bit long mask.
Without this there will be no memory available in the EFI memory map
and bootefi will fail allocating pages.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
If an exception occurs in a UEFI loaded image we need the start address of
the image to determine the relocation offset.
This patch adds the necessary lines after the registers in the crash dump
for armv8. A possible output would be:
UEFI image [0x00000000bffe6000:0x00000000bffe631f] pc=0x138 '/\snp.efi'
With the offset 0x138 we can now find the relevant instruction in the
disassembled 'snp.efi' binary.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The first functions of the UEFI sub-system are invoked before reaching the
U-Boot shell, e.g. efi_set_bootdev(), efi_dp_from_name(),
efi_dp_from_file(). We should be able to print out device paths for
debugging purposes here.
When printing device paths via printf("%pD\n", dp) this invokes functions
defined as EFIAPI. So efi_save_gd() must be called beforehand.
So let's move the efi_save_gd() call to function initr_reloc_global_data(()
in board_r.c.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The statement '#define LOG_CATEGORY LOGL_ERR' makes not sense. LOGL_ERR is
not a LOG_CATEGORY. Remove the statement.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We should not install the HII protocols on every loaded image. It is
sufficient to install them once on the root node.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
- Misc dts files sync'ed with Linux version (Chris)
- Orion watchdog fix (Chris)
- kwbimage changed to also support Marvell bin_hdr binary (Chris)
- Add DM support to enable CONFIG_BLK for sata_mv (Stefan)
- Enable BLK on multiple platforms (Stefan)
- Misc minor fixes to AXP theadorable board (Stefan)
- Correct logic for DM_SCSI + unconverted drivers check (stefan)
- Misc changes to kirkwood to enable DM_USB here (Chris)
- Change ahci_mvebu to enable usage on A38x (Baruch)
- Update the kirkwood entry in git-mailrc (Baruch)
- Misc minor improvements (turris, documentation) (Baruch)
- Enhance sata_mv to support Kirkwood as well (Michael)
- Add wdt command (Michael)
- Add Marvell integrated CPUs (MSYS) support with DB-XC3-24G4XG
board support (Chris)
- Improve Keystone 3 SoC support (DMA, TI SCI)
- Improve Keystone 2 SoC support (PHY fixes on various platforms)
- Improve am335x families (new platforms, more boot mode options in SPL
via DM).
- General DaVinci, OMAP5 fixes.
This patch enables USB and file-system support on the LinkIt smart
MT7688 module for both, the normal and the RAM default config.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This driver is derived from this Linux driver:
linux/drivers/phy/ralink/phy-ralink-usb.c
The driver sets up power and host mode, but also needs to configure PHY
registers for the MT7628 and MT7688.
I removed the reset controller handling for the USB host and device, as
it does not seem to be necessary right now. The soft reset bits for both
devices are enabled by default and testing has shown (with hackish
reset handling added), that USB related commands work identical with
or without the reset handling.
Please note that the resulting USB support is tested only very minimal.
I was able to detect one of my 3 currently available USB sticks.
Perhaps some further work is needed to fully support the EHCI controller
integrated in the MT76x8 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Add ethernet nodes for ServalT SoCs family. Currently there is only one
pcb(pcb116) in this family.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Shrink the environment size for 3 reasons:
- reading the environment it is slow, therefore having a smaller env
improves the speed.
- usually in the environment there are only few variables, therefore
the enviromnent is almost empty.
- because the same image can run on different boards which may have
different flashes with different page sizes, the CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE
can't be change, it is set to least common multiple of the page sizes.
Adding this change improves the boot time. Before update for reading the
entire environment it took ~850 msec, after the change it takes ~40 msecs.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Add ethernet nodes for Jaguar2 SoCs family. There are 3 pcb in this
family: pcb110, pcb111 and pcb112.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
In Jaguar2 SoC family there are 3 different pcb. Each of this needs
to configure the phys in different ways. Therefore implement the
function board_phy_config and based on pcb configure them accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Enable the gpio support (driver and command)
in the configuration of the board bcm963158.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
As no gpio.h is defined for this architecture, to avoid
a compilation failure, do not include <asm/arch/gpio.h>
for arch bcm63158.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Enable the gpio support (driver and command)
in the configuration of the board bcm968580xref.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
As no gpio.h is defined for this architecture, to avoid
compilation failure, do not include <asm/arch/gpio.h> for
arch bcm6858.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Enable the gpio support (driver and command)
in the configuration of the board bcm968380gerg
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
This driver is used on several big endian mips board.
So we could use raw I/O function instead of forcing
big endian access.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
S17 ethernet support is for QCA8337N, which used on
AP152 (QCA9563) board. It is a 7 ports GbE switch.
Signed-off-by: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
Changes for v2-v3:
- add more commit message for s17
Changes for v4-v5:
- coding style cleanup
QCA9563 is CPU used on AP152 board :
Clock speed : 750 MHz ,
Arch : Mips 74Kc,
Eth : SGMII interface,
MIMO config : 3 * 3 450M,
2 * USB 2.0,
Signed-off-by: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
Changes for v2:
- coding style cleanup
- remove ununsed flash chip in defconfig
- enable automatic icache / dcache size in defconfig
Changes for v3:
- add detailed information for qca956x in commit message
Changes for v4:
- remove pre-configured network settings in ap152.h
Changes for v5:
- coding style cleanup
See details in chapter 8.6.2 and 8.6.4 (page 140-141) of qca9563 datasheet,
NFRAC[17:0]
So the mask of [17:5] is 0x1fff not 0x3fff.
Signed-off-by: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
Changes for v2-v3:
- add more information for this commit
Changes for v4-v5:
- coding style cleanup
The function mscc_miim_reset resets all the phys, but it is called for
each phy separetely. One consequence of this is that the boot time
is increased by 2 seconds.
The fix consists for calling the mscc_miim_reset function only once for
all phys.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Remove the function boot_reloc_ramdisk in the file arch/mips/lib/bootm
because it is relocating again the ramdisk. The function do_bootm_states()
already relocates the ramdisk even if it is a legacy uImage or a FIT image.
The relocation in the function do_bootm_states() was introduce in the
commit c2e7e72bb9 ("bootm: relocate ramdisk
if CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH set")
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This patch changes Gardena to the correct GARDENA spelling. Also the
platform name is "GARDENA smart Gateway". This patch changes the
incorrect occurrances.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
The driver adds the support for the STMicroelectronics FMC2 NAND
Controller found on STM32MP SOCs.
This patch adds the polling mode, a basic mode that do not need
any DMA channels.
Only NAND_ECC_HW mode is actually supported.
The driver supports a maximum 8k page size.
The following ECC strength and step size are currently supported:
- nand-ecc-strength = <8>, nand-ecc-step-size = <512> (BCH8)
- nand-ecc-strength = <4>, nand-ecc-step-size = <512> (BCH4)
- nand-ecc-strength = <1>, nand-ecc-step-size = <512> (Extended ECC
based on Hamming)
This patch has been tested on Micron MT29F8G08ABACAH4.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
This patch adds the documentation of the device tree bindings for the STM32
FMC2 NAND controller.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick DELAUNAY <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
We are facing issues in the driver since SPI NOR framework has moved
on SPI MEM framework, and SPI NAND framework is not running properly
with the current driver.
To be able to solve issues met on SPI NOR Flashes and to be able to
support SPI NAND Flashes, the driver has been reworked. We are now using
exec_op ops instead of using xfer ops.
Thanks to this rework, the driver has been successfully tested with:
- mx66l51235l SPI NOR Flash on stm32f746 SOC
- n25q128a SPI NOR Flash on stm32f769 SOC
- mx66l51235l SPI NOR Flash on stm32mp1 SOC
- mt29f2g01abagd SPI NAND Flash on stm32mp1 SOC
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Tested-by: Patrick DELAUNAY <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick DELAUNAY <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Adds alias to set the pincontrol seq id.
For STMFX gpio expander, force sequence number after
the last bank (GPIOZ) to avoid conflict between STM32MP and STMFX
gpio bank sequence number.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
In order to insure that hog GPIOs are configured early during
the boot process, force all pinctrl driver probing in board_init().
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Activate PINCTRL_STMFX and needed part for generic pincontrol
PINCTRL_FULL, PINCONF. Increase pre-reloc memory for MALLOC
(needed for each DM pinconfig node).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This patch adds pinctrl/GPIO driver for STMicroelectronics
Multi-Function eXpander (STMFX) GPIO expander.
STMFX is an I2C slave controller, offering up to 24 GPIOs.
The driver relies on UCLASS_PINCTRL and UCLASS_GPIO.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add adc related nodes. These nodes are used to detect the
current supplied by USB type-C power in port on DK1 and DK2
boards.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
For DK1/DK2 boards, check if power supply provides enough current
to allow the board to boot correctly.
ADC@0 channel 18 and 19 are connected to USB type-C CC1 and CC2
signals. The table below shows the behavior for different range of
CC1 or CC2:
range | power supply | red led | console message
(Volts) | (Amps) | blinks |
--------------|--------------|---------|-----------------------------------
[2.10 - 1.23[ | 3 | NO | NO
[1.23 - 0.66[ | 1.5 | 3 times | WARNING 1.5A power supply detected
[0.66 - 0] | 0.5 | 2 times | WARNING 500mA power supply detected
If detected current is < 3A, red led is kept ON after blinking.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This patch synchronizes U-boot DT with kernel one
This is based on https://patchwork.kernel.org/cover/10797115/
This patch adds initial support of STM32MP157 discovery boards:
- Add support of stm32mp157a discovery1 board (part number: STM32MP157A-DK1).
This board embeds a STM32MP157a SOC with AC package (TFBGA361, 148 ios)
and 512MB of DDR3. Several connections are available on this boards:
4*USB2.0, 1*USB2.0 typeC, SDcard, RJ45, HDMI, Arduino connector, ...
- Add support of stm32mp157c discovery2 board (part number: STM32MP157C-DK2).
This board is a "super-set" of stm32mp157a-dk1. A display panel (otm8009a)
and Murata wifi/BT combo is added.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add functions to read/update the non volatile memory of STPMIC1
(8 bytes-register at 0xF8 address) and allow access
with fuse command (bank=1, word > 0xF8).
For example:
STM32MP> fuse read 1 0xf8 8
Reading bank 1:
Word 0x000000f8: 000000ee 00000092 000000c0 00000002
Word 0x000000fc: 000000f2 00000080 00000002 00000033
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Updates the stm32mp157c devicetree to bind the U-Boot PSCI driver need for
power off command; TF-A for stm32mp15x supports PSCI 1.0.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Activate the command poweroff by default for STM32MP1:
- with PCSI from TF-A for trusted boot
- with PMIC sysreset request for basic boot (SYSRESET_POWER)
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Alignment with STPMIC1 datasheet
s/MAIN_CONTROL_REG/MAIN_CR/g
s/MASK_RESET_BUCK/BUCKS_MRST_CR/g
s/MASK_RESET_LDOS/LDOS_MRST_CR/g
s/BUCKX_CTRL_REG/BUCKX_MAIN_CR/g
s/VREF_CTRL_REG/REFDDR_MAIN_CR/g
s/LDOX_CTRL_REG/LDOX_MAIN_CR/g
s/USB_CTRL_REG/BST_SW_CR/g
s/STPMIC1_NVM_USER_STATUS_REG/STPMIC1_NVM_SR/g
s/STPMIC1_NVM_USER_CONTROL_REG/STPMIC1_NVM_CR/g
and update all the associated defines.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Prepare file modification for kernel alignment and
rename driver to stpmic1.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
SW impact for Rev 1.2 of STPMIC1 in U-Boot:
Buck converters output voltage change for Buck1
=> Vdd min 0,725 to max 1,5V instead of 0.6V to 1.35V
(see STPMIC1 datasheet / chapter 5.3 Buck converters)
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Initialize the system configuration for basic boot
- update interconnect setting
- disable pull-down for boot pin
- enable High Speed Low Voltage Pad mode for SPI, SDMMC, ETH, QSPI
- activate I/O compensation
Done by SSBL = TF-A for trusted boot
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Update the memory layout to be aligned with other platform and avoid
overlap with 32MB Linux kernel (multiv7 image).
+ Kernel => 32MiB offset = 0xC2000000
and increase the bootm size to 32MiB
+ FDT => 64MiB offset = 0xc4000000
+ SCRIPT => 65Mib offset = 0xc4100000
+ PXESCRIPT => 66Mib offset = 0xc4200000
+ SPLASHIMAGE => 67Mib offset = 0xc4300000
+ RAMDISK => 68Mib offset = 0xc4400000
(not limited size)
In sources/boot/u-boot/doc/README.distro
+ kernel_addr_r: A size of 16MB for the kernel is likely adequate.
+ pxefile_addr_r: A size of 1MB for extlinux.conf is more than adequate.
+ fdt_addr_r: A size of 1MB for the FDT/DTB seems reasonable.
+ ramdisk_addr_r: It is recommended that this location be highest in RAM
out of fdt_addr_, kernel_addr_r, and ramdisk_addr_r,
so that the RAM disk can vary in size and use any
available RAM.
+ pxefile_addr_r: A size of 1MB for extlinux.conf is more than adequate.
+ scriptaddr: A size of 1MB for extlinux.conf is more than adequate.
For suggestions on memory locations for ARM systems, you must follow
the guidelines specified in Documentation/arm/Booting
in the Linux kernel tree.
And in sources/linux-stm32mp/Documentation/arm/Booting
The zImage may also be placed in system RAM and called there. The
kernel should be placed in the first 128MiB of RAM. It is recommended
that it is loaded above 32MiB in order to avoid the need to relocate
prior to decompression, which will make the boot process slightly
faster.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Clearly separate bootcmd for stm32mp1 board
(bootcmd_stm32mp) and preboot management.
That solve issue for fastboot continue command.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cosmetic cleanup in mach-stm32mp Kconfig
- remove duplicated SPL_DRIVERS_MISC_SUPPORT
- update help for TARGET_STM32MP1
- set value for NR_DRAM_BANKS
- remove one comment as DEBUG_UART is deactivated by default
- include board Kconfig at the end of the file
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
- export the function get_bootmode() and reused it in spl code
- manage uart instance by alias (prepare v4.19 binding)
- solve issue on nand instance
- restore console for uart boot
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Set board name with the first dts compatible found in DT
code under CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
The result with DEVICE_TREE=stm32mp157c-ev1 is:
STM32MP> env print
board=stm32mp1
board_name=stm32mp157c-ev1
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Implement checkboard() function to display
- the boot chain used: basic or trusted
- the board compatible in device tree
- the board identifier and revision, saved in OTP59 for ST boards
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
As BSEC is secure aware, all register access need to be done
by TF-A for TRUSTED boot chain, when U-Boot is executed in
normal world.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add support of trusted boot, using TF-A as first stage bootloader,
The boot sequence is
BootRom >=> TF-A.stm32 (clock & DDR) >=> U-Boot.stm32
The TF-A monitor provides secure monitor with support of SMC
- proprietary to manage secure devices (BSEC for example)
- PSCI for power
The same device tree is used for STMicroelectronics boards with
basic boot and with trusted boot.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Missed few mails from openedev, since most of the day I look at
amarulasolutions mail so update the same.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This adds support for the Gigadevice gd25lq128 ID needed on the
upcoming libretech-ac board.
SPI_NOR_QUAD_READ is not set since it has not been tested in Quad
mode.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Pbias voltage should match the IO voltage set for the SD card. With the
latest pbias change to 3.3V, update the capabilities and IO voltages
settings to 3.3V.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
As per recent TRM[1], PBIAS cell on dra7 devices supports
3.3v and not 3.0v as documented earlier.
Update PBIAS regulator max voltage and the voltage written
in the driver to reflect this.
[1] http://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/sprui30
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
When booting the am3517-evm, the following message appears:
SPL: Please implement spl_start_uboot() for your board
SPL: Direct Linux boot not active!
This patch implements spl_start_uboot to clear this message
and allow device to know if it should boot U-Boot or kernel.
Fixes: 1c6b6f383a ("ARM: am3517_evm: Enable Falcon Mode")
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The ISW_ENTRY_ADDR Kconfig option under mach-omap2 isn't a SoC specific
notion but rather "where is our previous stage loaded in memory?"
option. Make use of this on ARCH_KEYSTONE rather than SPL_TEXT_BASE for
our HS builds that are not using SPL anyhow.
Cc: Vitaly Andrianov <vitalya@ti.com>
Cc: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Cc: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com?
Update VCI string to keep it compatible with legacy test setups.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The SPL image overflows when cpsw dt nodes are added and SPL_OF_CONTROL
is enabled. Use static platdata instead to save space.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
The ofdata_to_platdata function should not be called if OF_CONTROL is
not enabled because fdtdec_* calls will fail. Block the function with
OF_CONTROL
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
ti_cm_get_macid() is used to get a syscon node from the dt, read the
efuse address and then assign the macid read from the address. Divide
these two steps into separate functions one of which can be called from
ofdata_to_platdata() while the other can be called from _probe(). This
ensures that platdata can be assigned statically in a board file when
OF_CONTROL is not enabled. Also add a macid_sel_compat in private data
to get information about the macid byte placement.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Convert cpsw_platform_data to a pointer in cpsw_priv. Allocate it
dynamically and assign it as a part of eth_pdata. This helps in
isolating platform data handling and implementing platdata for SPL
in a board file.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
cpsw_phy_sel() is a configuration step that should not be in
ofdata_to_platdata(). Add phy_sel_compat to the cpsw_platform_data
structure so that it is accessible in _probe. Then move the call of
cpsw_phy_sel() to _probe.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
When initializing DDR from R5 SPL trigger U-Boot's panic facility
rather than simply returning from the board init function as there
is little point continuing code execution. Further, as panic implies
a board reset, so using it might potentially allow to recover from
this error in certain cases such as when the init failure was caused
by a temporary glitch of some sorts.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Create a ft_board_setup() api that gets called as part of
DT fixup before jumping to kernel. In this ft_board_setup()
call fdt_fixup_msmc_ram that update msmc sram node.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Certain parts of msmc sram can be used by DMSC or can be
marked as L3 cache. Since the available size can vary, changing
DT every time the size varies might be painful. So, query this
information using TISCI cmd and fixup the DT for kernel.
Fixing up DT does the following:
- Create a sram node if not available
- update the reg property with available size
- update ranges property
- loop through available sub nodes and delete it if:
- mentioned size is out if available range
- subnode represents l3 cache or dmsc usage.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
DMSC can use certain amount of msmc memory available in the
system. Also certain part of msmc memory can be marked as L3
cache using board config. But users might not know what size
is being used and the remaining available msmc memory. In order
to fix this TISCI protocol provides a messages that can query
the available msmc memory in the system. Add support for this
message.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Now that NAND is supported on DRA71x include various NAND environment
settings
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If SW 8 pins 0 and 1 indicate that NAND should be enabled then
the pins pinmux must be reconfigured for NAND mode.
Therefore, enable NAND by reconfiguring the pinmux.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
By default VOUT3 occupies the pins required for NAND. Therefore, create
a seperate entry that can be use to reconfigure these pins to work for
NAND.
On the EVM SWITCH 8 pins 0 and 1 will be used to determine if NAND is
enabled or not. For NAND to be selected pin 0 should be on and pin 1
should be off. Any other combination will assume NAND shouldn't be
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
With the memory mapping giving us some more avialable RAM, this
updates the da850-evm-u-boot.dtsi to include the serial port, SPI
and Flash nodes along with some dependent nodes in the SPL dtb.
This also removes the platform data initialization code for the
serial port and SPI Flash.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
In order to fully support SPL_OF_CONTROL, we need BSS to be a bit
larger. This patch relocates BSS to SDRAM instead of SRAM which
is similar to how ARMv7 boards (like OMAP2+) do it.
This means two new variables are required:
CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR set to DAVINCI_DDR_EMIF_DATA_BASE
CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE is set to 0x1080000 which is 1 byte
before the location where U-Boot will load.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
When booting using an SPL on am335x, if we want to support booting with
the boot ROM loader via USB (which uses RNDIS, making bootp and tftp
calls) we need to enable gadget eth in the SPL to load the main U-Boot
image. To enable CONFIG_SPL_ETH_SUPPORT, we must enable
CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT as the environment is used by the eth support, but
we don't actually need to have environment variables saved in the SPL
environment. We do however have environment variables saved in the main
U-Boot image and enable CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (we are storing in raw
NAND). In such instances, even with the build config enabling both
CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV and CONFIG_CMD_NAND, these options aren't set when
building the SPL, but CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND still is.
Don't check this configuration option for SPL builds to enable the above
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
AM57xx IDK EVMs can boot out of QSPI. Enable configs to support QSPI
boot. Also enable configs for updating QSPI boot images over DFU.
Tested on AM572x IDK EVM.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch adds dt node for DP83867 phy used on K2G ICE board and
also enable netcp device nodes for the board.
EVM hardware spec recommends to add 0.25 nsec delay in the tx
direction and 2.25 nsec delay in the rx direction for internal
delay in the clock path to be on the safer side.
The board straps RX_DV/RX_CTRL pin of on board DP83867 phy in mode
1. Unfortunately, the phy data manual disallows this. Add
ti,dp83867-rxctrl-strap-quirk in the phy node to allow software to
enable workaround suggested for this incorrect strap setting. This
ensures proper operation of this PHY.
The dts bindings are kept in sync with that from 4.14.y linux
kernel. This required the pinmux device related bindings to be
commented out to allow for compilation.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This patch removes the unused phy-mode property from the phy dt node. On
K2G, currently link-interface determines if phy is used or not and is
already set to use rgmii. So this is not needed. Besides phy-mode should
be added to slave interface configuration of the cpsw driver, not in the
phy node.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This patch adds a workaround to reset the phy one time during boot
using GPIO0 pin 10 to make sure, the Phy latches the configuration
from the input pins correctly.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Enhance the netcp driver to support phys that can be configured
for internal delay (rgmii-id, rgmii-rxid, rgmii-txid)
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This add pinmux configuration for rgmii interface so that network
driver can be supported on K2G ICE boards. The pinmux configurations
for this are generated using the pinmux tool at
https://dev.ti.com/pinmux/app.html#/default
As this required some BUFFER_CLASS definitions, same is re-used
from the linux defnitions in include/dt-bindings/pinctrl/keystone.h
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This patch update the behavior introduced by
commit 96907c0fe5 ("dm: spi: Read default speed and mode values from DT")
In case of DT boot, don't read default speed and mode for SPI from
CONFIG_* but instead read from DT node. This will make sure that boards
with multiple SPI/QSPI controllers can be probed at different
bus frequencies and SPI modes.
Remove also use in boards of the value speed=0 (no more supported)
for ENV in SPI by using CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ=0.
DT values will be always used when available (full DM support of
SPI slave with available DT node) even if speed and mode are requested;
for example in splash screen support (in splash_sf_read_raw)
or in SPL boot (in spl_spi_load_image).
The caller of spi_get_bus_and_cs() no more need to force speed=0.
But the current behavior don't change if the SPI slave is not
present (device with generic driver is created automatically)
or if platdata is used (CONFIG_OF_PLATDATA).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Replace the ad-hoc erase operation implementation with a simple spi_mem_op
implementation of the same functionality. This is a minor optimization and
removal of the ad-hoc code.
This however also changes the behavior of the execution of the erase
opcode from two separate transfer requests to the SPI NOR driver to
one transfer request to the SPI NOR driver. The former was how U-Boot
behaved before the SPI NOR framework was imported and the later was
introduced by the SPI NOR framework. The former is more optimal, so
keep that.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Tested-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.kumar@nxp.com>
A Coverity robot reported an integer handling issue
(OVERFLOW_BEFORE_WIDEN) in the potentially overflowing expression:
(mtd_div_by_ws(mtd->size, mtd) - mtd_div_by_ws(offs, mtd)) *
mtd_oobavail(mtd, ops)
While such overflow will certainly never happen due to the numbers
handled, it is cleaner to fix this operation anyway.
The problem is that all the maths include 32-bit quantities, while the
result is stored in an explicit 64-bit value.
As maxooblen will just be compared with a size_t, let's change the
type of the variable to a size_t. This will not fix anything but will
clarify a bit the situation. Then, do an explicit cast to fix Coverity
warning.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 184180 ("Integer handling issues")
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
mtd_oobavail() returns either mtd->oovabail or mtd->oobsize. Both
values are unsigned 32-bit entities, so there is no reason to pretend
returning a signed one.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Now the "spi-flash" compatible has been removed in the DTS files,
remove this compatible from sf_probe to finally use the Linux "jedec,spi-nor"
compatible.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The x86 code and DT uses "spi-flash" to detect a flash node, switch to
"jedec,spi-nor" in the DTS files and in fdtdec by switching the
GENERIC_SPI_FLASH value to to jedec,spi-nor.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
There is no reason not to use the Linux "jedec,spi-nor" binding in U-Boot
dts files. This compatible has been added in sf_probe, let use it.
This patch switches to jedec,spi-nor when spi-flash is used in the DTS
and DTSI files, and removed spi-flash when jedec,spi-nor is already
present.
The x86 dts are switched in a separate commit since it depends on a change
in fdtdec.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Evgeniy Paltsev <paltsev@synopsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <Patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
This patch sync's the U-Boot SPI NAND GigaDevice GD5F1GQ4UExxG support
with the latest Linux version (v5.0-rc3) plus the chip supported posted
on the MTD list. Only the currently in U-Boot available chip is
supported with this sync.
The changes for the GD5F1GQ4UExxG are:
- Name of NAND device changed to better reflect the real part
- OOB layout changed to only reserve 1 byte for BBT
- Use ECC caps 8bits/512bytes instead of 8bits/2048bytes
- Enhanced ecc_get_status() function to determine and report
a more fine grained bit error status
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Boris Brezillon <bbrezillon@kernel.org>
Cc: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Use quad write if SPI_TX_QUAD flag is set.
Tested quad write on Stratix 10 SoC board (Micron
serial NOR flash, mt25qu02g)
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Sync armada-385-db-88f6820-amc.dts with Linux. Retain the
u-boot,dm-pre-reloc and nand differences.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This board was added to u-boot first but the Linux maintainers requested
a more descriptive name. Rename the file to match the Linux usage and
update the board defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Commit 93b283d49f ("ARM: CPU: arm926ejs: Consolidate cache routines to
common file") changed cache setup for Kirkwood such that icache_enable()
is now called from enable_caches() which is called from initr_caches()
which is in the list of functions in init_sequence_r[] prior to
arch_misc_init(). This means the call to icache_enable() in
arch_misc_init() is no longer required, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Leigh Brown <leigh@solinno.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The DB-XC3-24G4XG is a switch development board from Marvell. It can
either use and external CPU card such as the db-88f6820-amc or the
internal CPU that is integrated into the switch.
Add support for running U-Boot on the internal CPU and enable the USB,
SPI and NAND peripherals. For now this needs the bin_hdr from the
Marvell U-Boot for this board.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
One difference with the integrated CPUs is that they use a different
clock control block to the Armada devices. Update mvebu_get_nand_clock()
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Marvell's switch chips with integrated CPUs (collectively referred to as
MSYS) share common ancestry with the Armada SoCs. Some of the IP blocks
(e.g. xor) are located at different addresses and DFX server exists as a
separate target on the MBUS (on Armada-38x it's just part of the core
complex registers).
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We now have MEVBU boards without SPL support (e.g. db-xc3-24g4xg).
Because of this, a new compile time warning from Kconfig is show:
WARNING: unmet direct dependencies detected for SPL_OF_CONTROL
Depends on [n]: SUPPORT_OF_CONTROL [=y] && SPL [=n] && OF_CONTROL [=y]
Selected by [y]:
- ARMADA_32BIT [=y] && ARM [=y] && ARCH_MVEBU [=y]
WARNING: unmet direct dependencies detected for SPL_DM
Depends on [n]: DM [=y] && SPL [=n]
Selected by [y]:
- ARMADA_32BIT [=y] && ARM [=y] && ARCH_MVEBU [=y]
...
This patch fixes this issue and removes these warnings.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
This patch enables the PCIe port specific link capabilities configuration
for Armada XP. The weak function board_sat_r_get() was used to return
a common flag for PCIe Gen1 vs Gen2 capability for all PCIe ports. This
is now changed with this patch to return a bit per PCIe port (4 bits
in this case, bit 0 for PCIe port 0, etc).
The theadorable board uses this new feature to configure PCIe port 0
as Gen1 and all other PCIe ports as Gen2 capable. All other AXP boards
using this function are not changed in the configuration and still
configure all ports as PCIe Gen2.
This patch also removes the parameter "pex_mode" from
board_serdes_cfg_get() as this parameter was not used in any of the
implementations.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Add a command to control the watchdog devices. This is useful if the
watchdog is rather long running (eg. seconds) and it should be
controlled by scripts. It is also handy during debugging.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Switch from legacy IDE driver to sata_mv driver.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Fix the worng include and offset macros.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch enables CONFIG_BLK for the ds414 Armada XP based platform.
This removes this build warning:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_USB. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_USB before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
Please note that I don't have this board and can't test this change.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Following commits abe66b1b5d ("Convert CONFIG_ENV_SPI_* to Kconfig")
and 14453fbfad ("Convert CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_* to Kconfig") remove
dandling comment lines and empty #ifdef sections.
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Document build and install of U-Boot image on Clearfog with eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Update the kirkwood entry to match MAINTAINERS following commit
1579faf52b ("MAINTAINERS: Update u-boot-marvell entry").
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
With board_ahci_enable() implementation for Armada 38x in place we can
now enable 38x support in the ahci_mvebu driver.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This allows the ahci_mvebu driver to do A38x platform specific
configuration at initialization.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now that kirkwood is using the mvebu mbus this function is no longer
needed.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The mvebu mbus code already had most of the support required for
kirkwood. The only difference is that unlike the other mvebu targets
kirkwood doesn't have a bridge control block so the code related to
managing that needs to be compiled out.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
KW_DEFADR_PCI_IO_REMAP has the same value as KW_DEFADR_PCI_IO and is
only used to set up a 1:1 mapping. Remove it and update the mapping to
use KW_DEFADR_PCI_IO.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This will allow the kirkwood platforms to use more common code with the
other mvebu SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When checking for boards that are enabling a SATA driver that isn't
converted to DM yet we need to be sure to not also trip over boards that
do set CONFIG_AHCI & CONFIG_BLK by itself, as that is not a bug.
This was detected when converting the Armada XP SATA driver sata_mv.c
to DM with AHCI & BLK support. This warning is still printed without
this patch applied here.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The check for the missing PEX switch can lead to an infinite loop, when
the PCIe device is not found. It is helpful to enable the user to break
out of this boot-loop, to enable booting to the prompt for test cases.
This patch adds a 3 second delay in the error case before rebooting.
The user can press Ctrl-C in this time to abort the boot-loop.
This patch also calls bootcount_inc() before rebooting in the error
case. This is needed to increment the bootcounter, since this function
is called earlier than the main bootcounter increment. Otherwise the
bootcounter will not be incremented in the error case at all.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch enables CONFIG_BLK as this is now possible with the recent
DM conversion of the Armada XP SATA driver.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch enables CONFIG_BLK as this is now possible with the recent
DM conversion of the Armada XP SATA driver.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch adds DM support to the Armada XP SATA driver. This is needed
to enable CONFIG_BLK on this platform. It adds the SATA controller as
AHCI device, which is strictly speaking not correct, as the controller
is not AHCI compatible. But the U-Boot AHCI uclass interface enables
the usage of this DM driver and the creation of the corresponding BLK
devices.
This conversion is done to get rid of the compile warning:
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_SCSI. Please update
the storage controller to use CONFIG_DM_SCSI before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For the time being the Armada MSYS SoCs need to use the bin_hdr from the
Marvell U-Boot. Because of this the binary.0 does not contain the image
header that a proper u-boot SPL would so the adjustment introduced by
commit 94084eea3b ("tools: kwbimage: Fix dest addr") does not apply.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enable the hardware watchdog to guard against system lock ups when
running in the SPL or U-Boot. Stop the watchdog just before booting so
that the OS can re-enable it if needed.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The generic wdt_start API expects to be called with the timeout in
milliseconds. Update the orion_wdt driver to accept a timeout in
milliseconds and use the clock rate specified in the dts to convert the
timeout to an appropriate value for the timer reload register.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When run from the SPL the mvebu targets are using the hardware default
offset for the SoC peripherals. devfdt_get_addr_size_index() understands
how to deal with this via dm_get_translation_offset() so use this
instead of fdtdec_get_addr_size_auto_noparent().
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Bring in the Armada 370/XP dts/dtsi files from Linux. As U-Boot hasn't
got the new NAND driver the updating binding has not been included.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enable fdtdec tests on sandbox configurations so that they can be run to
validate the fdtdec implementation.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This eliminates the need for intermediate helper functions and allow the
macros to return a value so that it can be used subsequently.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Hide the declaration of the "fd" variable When not building a DEBUG
configuration, to avoid the variable being unused.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Runtime tests are provided as a test_fdtdec command implementation. Add
a Kconfig symbol that allows this command to be built so that the tests
can be used.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fdtdec_get_carveout() and fdtdec_set_carveout() function can be used
to read a carveout from a given node or add a carveout to a given node
using the standard device tree bindings (involving reserved-memory nodes
and the memory-region property).
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
This function can be used to add subnodes in the /reserved-memory node.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
These helpers can be used to unpack variables of type fdt_addr_t and
fdt_size_t into a pair of 32-bit variables. This is useful in cases
where such variables need to be written to properties (such as "reg")
of a device tree node where they need to be split into cells.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
These macros are useful for converting the endianness of variables of
type fdt_addr_t and fdt_size_t.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
The new fdt_generate_phandle() function can be used to generate a new,
unused phandle given a specific device tree blob. The implementation is
somewhat naive in that it simply walks the entire device tree to find
the highest phandle value and then returns a phandle value one higher
than that. A more clever implementation might try to find holes in the
current set of phandle values and fill them. But this implementation is
relatively simple and works reliably.
Also add a test that validates that phandles generated by this new API
are indeed unique.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The function dm_ofnode_pre_reloc should be used instead
of the function dm_fdt_pre_reloc and avoid duplicated code.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the %pap printf specifier to print physical addresses. The physical
address is passed by reference and hence avoids the need to play tricks
with the preprocessor to use the correct specifier.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
If 64-bit physical addresses support is enabled, make sure the sandox
defines the correct types for phys_addr_t and phys_size_t.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
When phys_addr_t printf specifier support was first introduced in commit
1eebd14b79 ("vsprintf: Add modifier for phys_addr_t"), it was enabled
only if CONFIG_CMD_NET was selected. Since physical addresses are not
unique to networking support it doesn't make sense to conditionally add
it in those cases only. Move support for it outside of the CMD_NET guard
so that the specifier is always supported.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
v2019.04-rc3 sandbox U-Boot fails to boot when compiled with
-fsanitize=address and linked against -lasan, reporting [1].
Git bisecting shows that the issue is contributed by v2019.01 commit
1678754f5e ("core: ofnode: Fix ofnode_get_addr_index function").
The root cause seems to be the mismatch between sizeof(u64) and
sizeof(fdt_size_t) on sandbox. Luckily, thanks to the fact that the
size argument of both of_get_address() and fdtdec_get_addr_size_fixed()
is optional, we can pass NULL in its place, avoiding the problem.
[1] Backtrace reported by ASAN (gcc 8.1.0):
$> ./u-boot -d arch/sandbox/dts/sandbox.dtb
[..]
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
=================================================================
==10998==ERROR: AddressSanitizer: stack-buffer-overflow on address 0x7ffcc2331140 at pc 0x0000004eeeb0 bp 0x7ffcc2330f80 sp 0x7ffcc2330f70
WRITE of size 8 at 0x7ffcc2331140 thread T0
#0 0x4eeeaf in of_get_address drivers/core/of_addr.c:154
#1 0x4f7441 in ofnode_get_addr_index drivers/core/ofnode.c:263
#2 0x5b2a78 in sb_eth_ofdata_to_platdata drivers/net/sandbox.c:422
#3 0x4dccd8 in device_probe drivers/core/device.c:407
#4 0x753170 in eth_initialize net/eth-uclass.c:428
#5 0x47d9bf in initr_net common/board_r.c:557
#6 0x6bcfa7 in initcall_run_list lib/initcall.c:30
#7 0x47e1fe in board_init_r common/board_r.c:859
#8 0x4060e5 in main arch/sandbox/cpu/start.c:356
#9 0x7fb8d135482f in __libc_start_main (/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libc.so.6+0x2082f)
#10 0x40a3a8 in _start (/path/to/u-boot/u-boot+0x40a3a8)
Address 0x7ffcc2331140 is located in stack of thread T0 at offset 32 in frame
#0 0x4f72b8 in ofnode_get_addr_index drivers/core/ofnode.c:255
This frame has 3 object(s):
[32, 36) 'size' <== Memory access at offset 32 partially overflows this variable
[96, 100) 'flags'
[160, 168) 'node'
HINT: this may be a false positive if your program uses some custom stack unwind mechanism or swapcontext
(longjmp and C++ exceptions *are* supported)
SUMMARY: AddressSanitizer: stack-buffer-overflow drivers/core/of_addr.c:154 in of_get_address
Shadow bytes around the buggy address:
0x10001845e1d0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0x10001845e1e0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0x10001845e1f0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 f1 f1 f1 f1
0x10001845e200: 04 f2 f2 f2 f2 f2 f2 f2 04 f2 f2 f2 f2 f2 f2 f2
0x10001845e210: 04 f2 f2 f2 f3 f3 f3 f3 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
=>0x10001845e220: 00 00 00 00 f1 f1 f1 f1[04]f2 f2 f2 f2 f2 f2 f2
0x10001845e230: 04 f2 f2 f2 f2 f2 f2 f2 00 f2 f2 f2 f3 f3 f3 f3
0x10001845e240: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0x10001845e250: 00 00 00 00 f1 f1 f1 f1 00 00 f2 f2 f3 f3 f3 f3
0x10001845e260: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 f1 f1
0x10001845e270: f1 f1 00 f2 f2 f2 f3 f3 f3 f3 00 00 00 00 00 00
Shadow byte legend (one shadow byte represents 8 application bytes):
Addressable: 00
Partially addressable: 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
Heap left redzone: fa
Freed heap region: fd
Stack left redzone: f1
Stack mid redzone: f2
Stack right redzone: f3
Stack after return: f5
Stack use after scope: f8
Global redzone: f9
Global init order: f6
Poisoned by user: f7
Container overflow: fc
Array cookie: ac
Intra object redzone: bb
ASan internal: fe
Left alloca redzone: ca
Right alloca redzone: cb
==10998==ABORTING
'To' list:
git log --since=1year drivers/core/ofnode.c | grep "\-by: .*@" | \
sed 's/.*-by: //' | sort | uniq -c | sort -rn
10 Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
3 Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
2 Martin Fuzzey <mfuzzey@parkeon.com>
2 Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
1 Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
1 Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
1 Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
1 Jens Wiklander <jens.wiklander@linaro.org>
1 Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Fixes: 1678754f5e ("core: ofnode: Fix ofnode_get_addr_index function")
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Change the function syscon_regmap_lookup_by_phandle()
introduced by commit 6c3af1f24e ("syscon: dm: Add a
new method to get a regmap from DTS") to have
Linux-compatible syscon API.
Same modification than commit e151a1c288 ("syscon: add
Linux-compatible syscon API") solves issue when the node
identified by the phandle has several compatibles and is
already bound to a dedicated driver.
See Linux commit bdb0066df96e ("mfd: syscon: Decouple syscon
interface from platform devices").
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 6d29cc7dcf ("fdt: Fixup only valid memory banks") ended up
being merged twice, first as:
commit 6d29cc7dcf
Author: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
AuthorDate: Tue Jan 30 11:34:17 2018 +0100
Commit: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CommitDate: Sun Feb 18 12:53:38 2018 -0700
fdt: Fixup only valid memory banks
Memory banks with address 0 and size 0 are empty and should not be
passed to the OS via device tree.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
and later again, though this time it was v2:
commit ed5af03f9b
Author: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
AuthorDate: Thu Feb 15 19:05:59 2018 +0100
Commit: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CommitDate: Fri Feb 23 10:40:50 2018 -0500
fdt: Fixup only valid memory banks
Memory banks with address 0 and size 0 are empty and should not be
passed to the OS via device tree.
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
The second version was slightly different, so the main hunk of the patch
was applied twice. This isn't harmful because the code is idempotent,
but it's wasteful to run the same code twice.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some binding define child node gpio-controller without compatible property.
This patch avoid to bind the pinconfig uclass to these node.
For example, the binding for st,stm32-pinctrl
(./device-tree-bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.txt) defines the GPIO
controller/bank node as sub-node of pincontrol (st,stm32f429-pinctrl)
but without compatible (as it is not mandatory).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In case of system with several pin-controller device, probe the first
UCLASS_PINCTRL by seq number (defined by alias) to avoid race condition
with I2C PINCONTROL driver for GPIO expander (GPIO expander need I2C bus,
I2C driver need PINCONFIG).
Signed-off-by: Patrick DELAUNAY <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
interrupt-parent property is removed already that's why there is no
reason to keep interrupts property if parent doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This reverts commit 5ff7768892.
As noted in the comment, the function pinctrl_decode_pin_config_dm()
only served as a temporary solution.
Since the function has no users anymore, we can remove it again.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Muellner <christoph.muellner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We can remove the pre reloc property in SPL and TPL device-tree:
- u-boot,dm-pre-reloc
- u-boot,dm-spl
- u-boot,dm-tpl
As only the needed node are kept by fdtgrep (1st pass).
The associated function (XXX_pre_reloc) are simple for SPL/TPL:
return always true.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
The current documentation only covers how to chain-load U-Boot on a
Chromebook. Add more information about the other ways to use U-Boot on
Chromebooks.
In particular it is again possible to build it with Chromium OS
verified boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Merge drivers/soc/keystone/ into drivers/soc/ti/
and convert CONFIG_TI_KEYSTONE_SERDES into Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The UDMA-P is intended to perform similar (but significantly upgraded) functions
as the packet-oriented DMA used on previous SoC devices. The UDMA-P module
supports the transmission and reception of various packet types.
The UDMA-P also supports acting as both a UTC and UDMA-C for its internal
channels. Channels in the UDMA-P can be configured to be either Packet-Based or
Third-Party channels on a channel by channel basis.
The initial driver supports:
- MEM_TO_MEM (TR mode)
- DEV_TO_MEM (Packet mode)
- MEM_TO_DEV (Packet mode)
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Add TI Communications Port Programming Interface (CPPI) 5
interface description and helpers
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The Ring Accelerator (RINGACC or RA) provides hardware acceleration to
enable straightforward passing of work between a producer and a consumer.
There is one RINGACC module per NAVSS on TI AM65x SoCs.
The RINGACC converts constant-address read and write accesses to equivalent
read or write accesses to a circular data structure in memory. The RINGACC
eliminates the need for each DMA controller which needs to access ring
elements from having to know the current state of the ring (base address,
current offset). The DMA controller performs a read or write access to a
specific address range (which maps to the source interface on the RINGACC)
and the RINGACC replaces the address for the transaction with a new address
which corresponds to the head or tail element of the ring (head for reads,
tail for writes). Since the RINGACC maintains the state, multiple DMA
controllers or channels are allowed to coherently share the same rings as
applicable. The RINGACC is able to place data which is destined towards
software into cached memory directly.
Supported ring modes:
- Ring Mode
- Messaging Mode
- Credentials Mode
- Queue Manager Mode
TI-SCI integration:
Texas Instrument's System Control Interface (TI-SCI) Message Protocol now
has control over Ringacc module resources management (RM) and Rings
configuration.
The Ringacc driver manages Rings allocation by itself now and requests
TI-SCI firmware to allocate and configure specific Rings only. It's done
this way because, Linux driver implements two stage Rings allocation and
configuration (allocate ring and configure ring) while TI-SCI Message
Protocol supports only one combined operation (allocate+configure).
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Texas Instruments' System Control Interface (TI-SCI) Message Protocol
abstracts management of NAVSS resources, like PSI-L pairing and
unpairing, UDMAP tx/rx/flow configuration and Rings.
This patch adds support for requesting and configuring such resources
from TI-SCI firmware.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
The chip_desc.enable field is used only for muxes, not for switches.
Document it and remove the unused values.
Signed-off-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher<hs@denx.de>
The 'u-boot,i2c-transaction-bytes' device tree property provides
information regarding number of bytes transferred by a device in a
single transaction.
This change is necessary to avoid hanging devices after soft reset.
One notable example is communication with MC34708 device:
1. Reset when communicating with MC34708 via I2C.
2. The u-boot (after reboot -f) tries to setup the I2C and then calls
force_idle_bus. In the same time MC34708 still has some data to be sent
(as it transfers data in 24 bits chunks).
3. The force_idle_bus() is not able to make the bus idle as 8 SCL
clocks may be not enough to have the full transmission.
4. We end up with I2C inconsistency with MC34708.
This PMIC device requires 24+ SCL cycles to make finish any pending I2C
transmission.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Periphs bank offset must be applied on all pins and
PMX bank to prevent issue in meson_pinconf_set call.
Without offset on pins when a call to pinconf is done
meson_gpio_calc_reg_and_bit return wrong offset.
To avoid breaking pmx function offset is needed in pmx bank structure too.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
LibreTech AC is a single board computer manufactured by Libre Technology
with the following specifications:
- Amlogic S805X ARM Cortex-A53 quad-core SoC @ 1.2GHz
- ARM Mali 450 GPU
- 512MiB DDR4 SDRAM
- 10/100 Ethernet
- HDMI 2.0 4K/60Hz display
- 40-pin GPIO header
- 4 x USB 2.0 Host
- eMMC, SPI NOR Flash
- Infrared receiver
The u-boot specific code is the same as the P212 support,
so use the P212 board support code with a distinct defconfig
and config include files.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Import Linux 5.0 DT from 1c163f4c7b3f ("Linux 5.0") for the
meson-gxl-s805x-libretech-ac board and the corresponding changes
in meson-gxl.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
This patch add support for I2C controller in Meson-AXG SoC,
Due to the IP changes between I2C controller, we need to introduce
a compatible data to make the divider factor configurable.
backport from linux:
931b18e92cd0 ("2c: meson: add configurable divider factors")
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The Amlogic SoCs have a registers containing the die revision
and packaging type to determine the SoC family and package marketing
name like S905X for the GXL SoC Family.
This code is taken from the Linux meson-gx-socinfo driver and adapted
to U-Boot printing.
Signed-off-by: Julien Masson <jmasson@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
[narmstrong: also updated new p200/p201 defconfigs]
This adds *-u-boot.dtsi files for p200 and p201 boards
These are just copies of arch/arm/dts/meson-gxbb-odroidc2-u-boot.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Mohammad Rasim <mohammad.rasim96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
This adds the device trees for p200 and p201 boards.
Synced from kernel 5.0.0
Commit: a667cb7a94d4 ("Merge branch 'akpm' (patches from Andrew)")
Signed-off-by: Mohammad Rasim <mohammad.rasim96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
This renames the odroid-c2 to p200 and set it as the default GXBB board
Other boards (odroid-c2 and nanopi-k2) will inherit from p200
Signed-off-by: Mohammad Rasim <mohammad.rasim96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Currently enabling fsck on FAT16/FAT32 exposes that we have problems
with:
TestFsBasic.test_fs13[fat16]
TestFsBasic.test_fs11[fat32]
TestFsBasic.test_fs12[fat32]
TestFsBasic.test_fs13[fat32]
TestFsExt.test_fs_ext1[fat32]
TestFsExt.test_fs_ext2[fat32]
TestFsExt.test_fs_ext3[fat32]
TestFsExt.test_fs_ext4[fat32]
TestFsExt.test_fs_ext5[fat32]
TestFsExt.test_fs_ext6[fat32]
TestFsExt.test_fs_ext7[fat32]
TestFsExt.test_fs_ext8[fat32]
TestFsExt.test_fs_ext9[fat32]
TestMkdir.test_mkdir6[fat16]
TestMkdir.test_mkdir1[fat32]
TestMkdir.test_mkdir2[fat32]
TestMkdir.test_mkdir3[fat32]
TestMkdir.test_mkdir4[fat32]
TestMkdir.test_mkdir5[fat32]
TestMkdir.test_mkdir6[fat32]
TestUnlink.test_unlink1[fat16]
TestUnlink.test_unlink2[fat16]
TestUnlink.test_unlink3[fat16]
TestUnlink.test_unlink4[fat16]
TestUnlink.test_unlink5[fat16]
TestUnlink.test_unlink6[fat16]
TestUnlink.test_unlink7[fat16]
TestUnlink.test_unlink1[fat32]
TestUnlink.test_unlink2[fat32]
TestUnlink.test_unlink3[fat32]
TestUnlink.test_unlink4[fat32]
TestUnlink.test_unlink5[fat32]
TestUnlink.test_unlink6[fat32]
TestUnlink.test_unlink7[fat32]
This is because we don't update the "information sector" on FAT32.
While in the future we should resolve this problem and include that
feature, we should enable fsck for ext4 to ensure that things remain in
good shape there.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On modern Allwinner SoCs (tested: H2+, A64, H5, H6) the BootROM can
actually load the SPL also from sector 256 (128KB) of an SD card or eMMC
chip. For more details, see [1].
In this case the boot source indicator (written at offset 0x28 of SRAM A1)
has bit 4 set, so it's 0x10 for SD card and 0x12 for eMMC.
Add those new values to the existing boot source check to allow booting
the SPL from those "high" disk offsets as well. For this to work, the
value of CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR needs to be adjusted,
for instance to 0x140 (right after the high SPL). Doing this dynamically
sounds desirable, but looks nasty to implement.
[1] https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/linux-sunxi/MaiijyaAFjk
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
Most of the boards we support with H3/H5 enable DRAM on-die termination,
which is consistent with the high DRAM clocks that are used.
Make it the default (like it's done for other similar platforms) instead
of defining it in each defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paul.kocialkowski@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Most H3/H5 boards we support have the DRAM ZQ value set to 3881979,
which is also consistent with the default set for the R40.
Make this value the default on H3/H5 instead of 123.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paul.kocialkowski@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
A few sun8i platforms define specific default DRAM ZQ values, but they
are not taken in account because of MACH_SUN8I being used for the 123
default first.
Replace MACH_SUN8I with the list of platforms that don't have specific
DRAM ZQ values, to avoid overwriting the default for those that do.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paul.kocialkowski@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
While the exact problem is not known, based on discussion between
Philipp Tomsich and André Przywara it is guessed that exit self-refresh
timing is not set with correct value. There may be implicit enter or
exit Self-Refresh anywhere as part of some training phase.
In ZynqMP register guide [1], which is close to the various
Allwinner DRAM controllers, tXSDLL is bits [14:8], while the non-DLL
tXS is bits [6:0]: Self refresh exit delay. So it could be safely
increased and it only affects the time after the self-refresh “exit”,
which happens only after (re-)initialisation.
There was no document for cpu in question so based on oscilloscope
readings [2][3] and observed result by comparing allwinner architecture.
So set it same as Allwinner H5 silicon.
Before this patch, failure rate of was 7%.
This was tested on A33 allwinner cpu, dual rank connection connected
with two MT41K512M16HA-125:A memory model. Memory is configured as DDR3
1.5V
And also this is tested in A33-OLinuXino dev board.
[1] https://www.xilinx.com/html_docs/registers/ug1087/ddrc___dramtmg8.html
[2] https://ibb.co/R70zmyS
[3] https://ibb.co/HVVCGQ8
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Shyam Saini <shyam.saini@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The Pine64-LTS defconfig is missing the CONFIG_USB_OHCI_HCD symbol, as
this was added during the same time as this defconfig was merged.
USB 1.x devices like USB keyboards don't work due to this.
Add the symbol to the defconfig as all the other boards do.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Ext4 allows for arbitrarily sized block group descriptors when 64-bit
addressing is enabled, which was previously not properly supported. This
patch dynamically allocates a chunk of memory of the correct size.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Lim <jarsp.ctf@gmail.com>
Add option to the mmc rd test to check the duration of the
execution of the mmc read command. This allows intercepting
read performance regressions.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add test for 'mmc info' subcommand. This tests whether the card
information is obtained correctly and verifies the device, bus
speed, bus mode and bus width.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A FAT12/FAT16 root directory location is specified by a sector offset and
it might not start at a cluster boundary. It also resides before the
data area (before cluster 2).
However, the current code assumes that the root directory is located at
a beginning of a cluster, causing no files to be found if that is not
the case.
Since the FAT12/FAT16 root directory is located before the data area
and is not aligned to clusters, using unsigned cluster numbers to refer
to the root directory does not work well (the "cluster number" may be
negative, and even allowing it be signed would not make it properly
aligned).
Modify the code to not use the normal cluster numbering when referring to
the root directory of FAT12/FAT16 and instead use a cluster-sized
offsets counted from the root directory start sector.
This is a relatively common case as at least the filesystem formatter on
Win7 seems to create such filesystems by default on 2GB USB sticks when
"FAT" is selected (cluster size 64 sectors, rootdir size 32 sectors,
rootdir starts at half a cluster before cluster 2).
dosfstools mkfs.vfat does not seem to create affected filesystems.
Signed-off-by: Anssi Hannula <anssi.hannula@bitwise.fi>
Reviewed-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Tested-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Hi,
when I try to load a sparse file via ext4load, I am getting the error message
'invalid extent'
After a deeper look in the code, it seems to be an issue in the function ext4fs_get_extent_block in fs/ext4/ext4_common.c:
The file starts with 1k of zeros. The blocksize is 1024. So the first extend block contains the following information:
eh_entries: 1
eh_depth: 1
ei_block 1
When the upper layer (ext4fs_read_file) asks for fileblock 0, we are running in the 'invalid extent' error message.
For me it seems, that the code is not prepared for handling a sparse block at the beginning of the file. The following change, solved my problem:
I am really not an expert in ext4 filesystems. Can somebody please have a look at this issue and give me a feedback, if I am totally wrong or not?
Test cases are:
1) basic link creation, verify it can be followed
2) chained links, verify it can be followed
3) replace exiting file a with a link, and a link with a link. verify it
can be followed
4) create a broken link, verify it can't be followed
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The command line is:
ln <interface> <dev[:part]> target linkname
Currently symbolic links are supported only in ext4 and only if the option
CMD_EXT4_WRITE is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Re-use the functions used to write/create a file, to support creation of a
symbolic link.
The difference with a regular file are small:
- The inode mode is flagged with S_IFLNK instead of S_IFREG
- The ext2_dirent's filetype is FILETYPE_SYMLINK instead of FILETYPE_REG
- Instead of storing the content of a file in allocated blocks, the path
to the target is stored. And if the target's path is short enough, no block
is allocated and the target's path is stored in ext2_inode.b.symlink
As with regulars files, if a file/symlink with the same name exits, it is
unlinked first and then re-created.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
[trini: Fix ext4 env code]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There is no need to modify the buffer passed to ext4fs_write_file().
The memset() call is not required here and was likely copied from the
equivalent part of the ext4fs_read_file() function where we do need it.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We need to make sure that file writes,file creation, etc. are properly
performed and do not corrupt the filesystem.
To help with this, introduce the assert_fs_integrity() function that
executes the appropriate fsck tool. It should be called at the end of any
test that modify the content/organization of the filesystem.
Currently only supports FATs and EXT4.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If the metadata checksums are enabled, all write operations will fail.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When a file contains extents, U-Boot currently reads extent-related data
for each block in the file, even if that data is located in the same
block each time. This significantly slows down loading of files that use
extents. Implement a very dumb cache to prevent repeatedly reading the
same block. Files with extents now load as fast as files without.
Note: There are many cases where read_allocated_block() is called. This
patch only addresses one of those places; all others still read redundant
data in any case they did before. This is a minimal patch to fix the
load command; other cases aren't fixed.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
v2018.01 commit e23eb942ad ("ARM: rmobile: Stop using
rcar-common/common.c on Gen3") removed
board/renesas/rcar-common/common.c from the build chain with the
reasoning that calling arch_preboot_os() is no longer needed.
However, it left the arch_preboot_os() in place. Get rid of it.
This is done in preparation of resurrecting rcar-common/common.c.
NOTE: The three removed header includes (io.h, sys_proto.h, rcar-mstp.h)
are in direct relationship with the dropped arch_preboot_os() hook. The
other headers (common.h, rmobile.h) are going to be needed by pretty
much anything that is going to appear in the rcar common code. So, keep
the two in place.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Increase the USB power good delay on Alt, this is required with
certain USB sticks, otherwise they might not be detected.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Reset and initialize the PHY once in the probe() function rather than
doing it over and over again is start() function. This requires us to
keep the clock enabled while the driver is in use. This significantly
reduces the time between transfers as the PHY doesn't have to restart
autonegotiation between transfers, which takes forever.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Synchronize R-Car Gen3 device trees with Linux 5.0,
commit 1c163f4c7b3f621efff9b28a47abb36f7378d783 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Synchronize R-Car Gen2 device trees with Linux 5.0,
commit 1c163f4c7b3f621efff9b28a47abb36f7378d783 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Synchronize R-Car Gen3 pin control tables with Linux 5.0,
commit 1c163f4c7b3f621efff9b28a47abb36f7378d783 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Synchronize R-Car Gen2 pin control tables with Linux 5.0,
commit 1c163f4c7b3f621efff9b28a47abb36f7378d783 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Linux 5.0, commit 1c163f4c7b3f621efff9b28a47abb36f7378d783,
has a TDSEL fix for R8A7790 H2 and R8A7794 E2 SoCs, implement
similar fix for U-Boot. The difference here is that the SoC
ES matching has to be implemented manually.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add clock tables for R8A77965 from Linux 5.0 , except for the
crit, R and Z clock, which are neither used nor supported by
the U-Boot clock framework yet.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Enable LZO compression of the multi-DTB fitImages, since the U-Boot
with multiple DTs enabled is becoming quite large and the DTs can
be well compressed. The LZO compression saves almost 200 kiB on the
Salvator-X(S) and ULCB targets.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Allow enabling both LZO and GZIP DT compression in SPL and fix a
bug where if the GZIP decompression failed, the LZO decompression
would not even be attempted.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The ATF can pass additional information via the first four registers,
x0...x3. The R-Car Gen3 with mainline ATF, register x1 contains pointer
to a device tree with platform information. Save these registers for
future use.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Split fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize() into fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize_fdt(),
which allows the caller to pass custom blob into the function and the
original fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize(), which uses the gd->fdt_blob. This
is useful when configuring the DRAM properties from a FDT blob fragment
passed in by the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Split fdtdec_setup_mem_size_base() into fdtdec_setup_mem_size_base_fdt(),
which allows the caller to pass custom blob into the function and the
original fdtdec_setup_mem_size_base(), which uses the gd->fdt_blob. This
is useful when configuring the DRAM properties from a FDT blob fragment
passed in by the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In case the gunzip() call fails, it will print an error message.
If that happens within the YModem session, the error message will
not be displayed and would be useless. Move the gunzip() call out
of the YModem session to make those possible error messages visible.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In case spl_parse_image_header() errors out, terminate the YModem
session, otherwise we won't get any further output.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There exists code in drivers/common/common.c to read the dr_mode
from the device tree. This patch converts this driver to use that
function to initialize the driver.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Current code is plain wrong, and there's no need to have a mutable string,
so fix function type and remove the intermediate variable.
Signed-off-by: Ismael Luceno <ismael.luceno@silicon-gears.com>
Drop the counter, it has no meaning other than being the order in which
the interface is found; the name assigned to the USB host controller
interface is a better indicator.
Example of the original output:
> USB0: USB EHCI 1.10
> scanning bus 0 for devices... 2 USB Device(s) found
> scanning usb for storage devices... 1 Storage Device(s) found
Patched output:
> Bus usb@ee080100: USB EHCI 1.10
> scanning bus usb@ee080100 for devices... 2 USB Device(s) found
> scanning usb for storage devices... 1 Storage Device(s) found
Signed-off-by: Ismael Luceno <ismael.luceno@silicon-gears.com>
I've noticed that the first ethernet packet after PHY link establishment
is not tranferred correctly most of the time on my AT91SAM9G25 board.
Here I usually see a timeout of a few seconds, which is quite
annoying.
Adding a small delay (10ms in this case) after the link establishment
helps to solve this problem. With this patch applied, this timeout
on the first packet is not seen any more.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@atmel.com>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
SAM9X60 uses high and low drive strengths. To implement this, in
at91_pinctrl_mux_ops::set_drivestrength we need bit numbers of
drive strengths (1 for low, 2 for high), thus change the code to
allow the usage of drive strength bit numbers.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
The GARDENA smart Gateway boards are equipped with an Atmel / Microchip
AT91SAM9G25 SoC and with 128 MiB of RAM and 256 MiB of NAND storage.
This patch adds support for this board including SPL support. Therefore
the AT91Boostrap is not needed on this platform any more.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch adds the necessary defines to the Siemens AT91SAM based
boards (smartweb, corvus and taurus) to generate the combined binary
image with SPL and main U-Boot image combined (u-boot-with-spl.bin).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested on the taurus board:
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch adds the CONFIG_SPL_IMAGE option to select the SPL image that
shall be used to generate the combined SPL + U-Boot image. The default
value is the current value "spl/u-boot-spl.bin".
This patch also sets CONFIG_SPL_IMAGE to "spl/boot.bin" for AT91 targets
which use SPL NAND support (boot from NAND). For these build targets the
combined image "u-boot-with-spl.bin" is now automatically generated and
can be programmed into NAND as one single image (vs. SPL image and U-Boot
as 2 separate images).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
This patch moves the AT91SAM NAND booting SPL image "boot.bin" which
includes the ECC values from the root directory into the spl directory,
where all SPL related images are located.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested on the taurus board:
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch adds _image_binary_end to the SPL linker script. This will be
used be the upcoming GARDENA AT91SAM based platform, which uses DT in
SPL and configures CONFIGURE_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch enables and starts the watchdog on the AT91 platform if
configured. The WD timeout value is read in the AT91 WD device driver
from the DT, using the "timeout-sec" DT property. If not provided in
the DT, the default value of 2 seconds is used.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
This patch removes the CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT as its not needed any
more. The WD timeout value can be provided via the "timeout-sec" DT
property. If not provided this way, the default value of 2 seconds will
be used.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
This patch fixes the timer register setup in at91_wdt_start() to
correctly configure the register again. The input timeout value is
now in milli-seconds instead of seconds with the new watchdog API.
Make sure to take this into account and only use a max timeout
value of 16 seconds as appropriate for this SoC.
Also the check against a lower timeout value than 0 is removed. This
check makes no sense, as the timeout value is unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reported-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested on the taurus board:
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch adds some checks, so that the watchdog can be enabled in main
U-Boot proper but can be disabled in SPL.
This will be used by some AT91SAM based boards, which might enable the
watchdog in the main U-Boot proper and not in SPL. It will be enabled in
SPL by default there, so no need to configure it there. This approach
saves some space in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested on the taurus board:
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch adds an alterative SPL version of atmel_serial_enable_clk().
This enables the usage of this driver without full clock support (in
drivers and DT nodes). This saves some space in the SPL image.
Please note that this fixed clock support is only added to the SPL code
in the DM_SERIAL part of this file. All boards not using SPL & DM_SERIAL
should not be affected.
This patch also introduces CONFIG_SPL_UART_CLOCK for the fixed UART
input clock. It defaults to 132096000 for ARCH_AT91 but can be set to
a different value if needed.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
This patch adds a call to spl_early_init() to board_init_f() which is
needed when CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL is configured. This is necessary for
the early SPL setup including the DTB setup for later usage.
Please note that this call might also be needed for non SPL_OF_CONTROL
board, like the smartweb target. But smartweb fails to build with this
call because its binary grows too big. So I disabled it for these kind
of targets for now.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested on the taurus board:
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Make sure that lowlevel_init is not compiled when
CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY is configured.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested on the taurus board:
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Migrate the following options to CONFIG_DM:
CONFIG_DM_GPIO
CONFIG_DM_MMC
CONFIG_DM_ETH
CONFIG_DM_SERIAL
CONFIG_DM_USB
Signed-off-by: Ilko Iliev <iliev@ronetix.at>
When introducing the SAMA5D27 SoCs, the SAMA5D2 series got an additional
chip id. The check if the cpu is sama5d2 was changed from a preprocessor
definition (inlining a call to 'get_chip_id()') to a C function,
probably to not call get_chip_id twice?
That however broke a check in the macb ethernet driver. That driver is
more generic and also used for other platforms. I suppose this solution
was implemented to use it in 'gem_is_gigabit_capable()', without having
to stricly depend on the at91 platform:
#ifndef cpu_is_sama5d2
#define cpu_is_sama5d2() 0
#endif
That only works as long as cpu_is_sama5d2 is a preprocessor definition.
(The same is still true for sama5d4 by the way.) So this is a straight
forward fix for the workaround.
The not working check on the SAMA5D2 CPU lead to an issue on a custom
board with a LAN8720A ethernet phy connected to the SoC:
=> dhcp
ethernet@f8008000: PHY present at 1
ethernet@f8008000: Starting autonegotiation...
ethernet@f8008000: Autonegotiation complete
ethernet@f8008000: link up, 1000Mbps full-duplex (lpa: 0xffff)
BOOTP broadcast 1
BOOTP broadcast 2
BOOTP broadcast 3
BOOTP broadcast 4
BOOTP broadcast 5
BOOTP broadcast 6
BOOTP broadcast 7
BOOTP broadcast 8
BOOTP broadcast 9
BOOTP broadcast 10
BOOTP broadcast 11
BOOTP broadcast 12
BOOTP broadcast 13
BOOTP broadcast 14
BOOTP broadcast 15
BOOTP broadcast 16
BOOTP broadcast 17
Retry time exceeded; starting again
Notice the wrong reported link speed, although both SoC and phy only
support 100 MBit/s!
The real issue on reliably detecting the features of that cadence
ethernet mac IP block, is probably more complicated, though.
Fixes: 245cbc583d ("ARM: at91: Get the Chip ID of SAMA5D2 SiP")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Before printk.h was introduced and MTDDEBUG was removed,
pr_crit() was calling MTDDEBUG(), which was since then
replaced by the current pr_debug().
pr_debug is more appropriate here.
Signed-off-by: Eran Matityahu <eran.m@variscite.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add a new definition for ubi_assert and keep
the original one in an ifndef __UBOOT__.
Signed-off-by: Eran Matityahu <eran.m@variscite.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.07-rc1
The patch series adds support for the BootNext and BootCurrent variables.
The rest is mostly bug fixes. With the bug fixes in place it becomes
possible to use the EFI Shell `edit` command.
A new unit test is supplied to check the image base and size fields of the
loaded image protocol.
An inline check when freeing memory from the pool safeguards against double
frees.
Enabling DM_MMC is forcing CONFIG_BLK=y so if any board which uses
SCSI must need to enable DM_SCSI otherwise SCSI reads on that particular
target making invalid reading to the disk drive.
Allwinner platform do support SCSI on A10, A20 and R40 SoC's out of
these only A10 have DM_SCSI enabled. So enabling DM_MMC on A20, R40
would eventually end-up with scsi disk read failures like [1]
So, enable DM_MMC in all places of respective SoC's instead of enabling
them globally to Allwinner platform.
Now, DM_MMC is enabled in Allwinner SoC's except A20 and R40.
[1] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2019-April/364057.html
Reported-by: Pablo Sebastián Greco <pgreco@centosproject.org>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
As per Linux kernel DT binding doc:
- phy-reset-post-delay : Post reset delay in milliseconds. If present then
a delay of phy-reset-post-delay milliseconds will be observed after the
phy-reset-gpios has been toggled. Can be omitted thus no delay is
observed. Delay is in range of 1ms to 1000ms. Other delays are invalid.
Signed-off-by: Andrejs Cainikovs <andrejs.cainikovs@netmodule.com>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This patch moves all instances of static "watchdog_dev" declarations to
the "data" section. This may be needed, as the BSS may not be cleared
in the early U-Boot phase, where watchdog_reset() is already beeing
called. This may result in incorrect pointer access, as the check to
"!watchdog_dev" in watchdog_reset() may not be true and the function
may continue to run.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Cc: "Marek Behún" <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com> (on zcu100)
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The platform-Level Machine Timer (PLMT) block
holds memory-mapped mtime register associated
with timer tick.
This driver implements the riscv_get_time() which
is required by the generic RISC-V timer driver.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Cc: Greentime Hu <greentime@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
The Platform-Level Interrupt Controller (PLIC)
block holds memory-mapped claim and pending registers
associated with software interrupt. It is required
for handling IPI.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Cc: Greentime Hu <greentime@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
RISC-V U-Boot expects the hart ID to be passed to it via register a0 by
the previous boot stage. Machine mode firmware such as BBL and OpenSBI
do this when starting their payload (U-Boot) in supervisor mode. If
U-Boot is running in machine mode, this task must be handled by the boot
ROM. Explicitly populate register a0 with the hart ID from the mhartid
CSR to avoid possible problems on RISC-V processors with a boot ROM that
does not handle this task.
Suggested-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Tested-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
On RISC-V, all harts boot independently. To be able to run on a
multi-hart system, U-Boot must be extended with the functionality to
manage all harts in the system. All harts entering U-Boot are registered
in the available_harts mask stored in global data. A hart lottery system
as used in the Linux kernel selects the hart U-Boot runs on. All other
harts are halted. U-Boot can delegate functions to them using
smp_call_function().
Every hart has a valid pointer to the global data structure and a 8KiB
stack by default. The stack size is set with CONFIG_STACK_SIZE_SHIFT.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The hart ID passed by the previous boot stage is currently stored in
register s0. If we divert the control flow inside a function, which is
required as part of multi-hart support, the function epilog may not be
called, clobbering register s0. Save the hart ID in the unallocatable
register tp instead to protect the hart ID.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Move the initialization of the caches and the debug UART until after
board_init_f_init_reserve. This is in preparation for SMP support, where
code prior to this point will be executed by all harts. This ensures
that initialization will only be performed once on the main hart running
U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The supervisor binary interface (SBI) provides the necessary functions
to implement the platform IPI functions riscv_send_ipi() and
riscv_clear_ipi(). Use it to implement them.
This adds support for inter-processor interrupts (IPIs) on RISC-V CPUs
running in supervisor mode. Support for machine mode is already
available for CPUs that include the SiFive CLINT.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Import the supervisor binary interface (SBI) header file from Linux
(arch/riscv/include/asm/sbi.h). The last change to it was in commit
6d60b6ee0c97 ("RISC-V: Device, timer, IRQs, and the SBI").
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Harts on RISC-V boot independently, U-Boot is responsible for managing
them. Functions are called on other harts with smp_call_function(),
which sends inter-processor interrupts (IPIs) to all other available
harts. Available harts are those marked as available in the device tree
and present in the available_harts mask stored in global data. The
available_harts mask is used to register all harts that have entered
U-Boot. Functions are specified with their address and two function
arguments (argument 2 and 3). The first function argument is always the
hart ID of the hart calling the function. On the other harts, the IPI
interrupt handler handle_ipi() must be called on software interrupts to
handle the request and call the specified function.
Functions are stored in the ipi_data data structure. Every hart has its
own data structure in global data. While this is not required at the
moment (all harts are expected to boot Linux), this does allow future
expansion, where other harts may be used for monitoring or other tasks.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Negative phy-addresses can occour if the caller function was not able to
determine a valid phy address (from device-tree for example). In this
case we catch this here and search for ANY phy device on the given mdio-
bus.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
In the extended text input protocol CTRL-A - CTRL-Z have to be signaled as
Unicode characters a-z or A-Z depending on the shift state and not as 0x01
to 0x1a.
Update Python unit test.
This patch is required for using the EFI shell `edit` command.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
EFI shell command edit uses the SetInfo() methods to unset the read only
attribute of the file to be edited. So let efi_file_setinfo() return
success in this case.
Return an error if the function is called for to rename or resize a file
as we do not support this yet.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The EFI shell expects that after opening a file with EFI_FILE_MODE_CREATE
GetInfo() succeeds. Up to now we do not actually create the file when
method Open() of the EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL is called.
If method Open() of the EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL is called with
EFI_FILE_MODE_CREATE and the file does not yet exist, call fs_write() with
a buffer size of zero to actually create the file.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
For debugging it is helpful to know the address of the file handle created
by the Open() method of the EFI file protocol. So let's write it with
EFI_PRINT().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
To meet UEFI spec v2.7a section 9.2, we should add
EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL to image handle,
instead of EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Since TianoCore EDK2 commit d65f2cea36d1 ("ShellPkg/CommandLib: Locate
proper UnicodeCollation instance") in edk2 the UEFI Shell crashes if EFI
variable PlatformLang is not defined.
As this variable is anyway prescribed in the UEFI 2.7 spec let's define it
to L"en-US". Use the same value for PlatformLangCodes that defines the list
of all supported languages.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
For debug messages inside EFI API functions we should use the EFI_PRINT
macro which gives us well aligned output like:
EFI: Entry efi_allocate_pool_ext(4, 14, 000000007edd7718)
EFI: efi_add_memory_map: 0x7dcfa000 0x1 4 yes
EFI: Exit: efi_allocate_pool_ext: 0
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
For debug messages inside EFI API functions we should use the EFI_PRINT
macro which gives us well aligned output like:
EFI: Entry efi_get_variable("PlatformLang" ...)
EFI: get 'efi_8be4df61-93ca-11d2-aa0d-00e098032b8c_PlatformLang'
EFI: Exit: efi_get_variable: 14
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add parameter checks in the StartImage() and Exit() boottime services:
- check that the image handle is valid and has the loaded image protocol
installed
- in StartImage() record the current image
- in Exit() check that the image is the current image
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Use a checksum to validate that efi_free_pool() is only called for memory
allocated by efi_allocated_pool().
Add a plausibility check to efi_free_pages() checking that the address
passed is page aligned.
Update related function comments to match Sphinx style.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In efi_selftest_start_image_exit.c test the image_base and image_size are
correctly set in the loaded image protocol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Currently, image's image_base points to an address where the image was
temporarily uploaded for further loading. Since efi_loader relocates
the image to final destination, image_base and image_size should reflect
that.
This bug was detected in UEFI SCT, "Loaded Image Protocol Test - test 2,"
which shows that 'Unload' function doesn't fit into a range suggested by
image_base and image_size.
TestCase/UEFI/EFI/Protocol/LoadedImage/BlackBoxTest/
LoadedImageBBTestMain.c:1002
Changes in this patch also includes:
* reverts a patch, "efi_loader: save image relocation address
and size" since newly added fields are no longer needed.
* copy PE headers as well since those information will be needed
for module loading, in particular, at gurb.
(This bug was reported by Heinrich.)
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Rebase patch.
Remove unused fields from struct efi_loaded_image_obj.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Commit 0e18f584de ("efi_loader: LoadImage: always allocate new pages")
ensured that whether we load an image from file or from memory we end up
with the same number of newly allocated buffers. But essentially we ended
up with one buffer too many in both cases:
efi_load_pe() copies and rebases the UEFI image.
We do not need the buffer with the file contents afterwards.
Fixes: 0e18f584de ("efi_loader: LoadImage: always allocate new pages")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Parts of the code are using C99 constructs (such as variables declared
inside loops), but also GNU extensions (such as typeof), so using
-std=gnu99 is necessary to build with older versions of gcc that don't
default to building with gnu99.
It fixes the following build failure:
./tools/../lib/crc16.c: In function "crc16_ccitt":
./tools/../lib/crc16.c:70:2: error: "for" loop initial declarations are only allowed in C99 mode
for (int i = 0; i < len; i++)
^
./tools/../lib/crc16.c:70:2: note: use option -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 to compile your code
when building the host tools with gcc 4.7.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The Khadas VIM2 defconfig was missing the USB PHY config and
two other misc configs to setup dram banks and call misc_init_r.
Align it on the other Amlogic SoC based boards defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The MESON_GXL_USB_PHY is also used on the Amlogic Meson GXM SoCs.
Fixes: 2960e27e38 ("phy: Add Amlogic Meson USB2 & USB3 Generic PHY drivers")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Fix missing at91 boards and split the at91 in two categories:
at91 arm v7
at91 arm926esj
which are the two main cores for the at91 architecture.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
After the commit: "eth: dm: fec: Add gpio phy reset binding"
SHA1: efd0b79106
The FEC ETH driver switched to PHY GPIO reset performed with data defined
in DTS.
For the HSC|DDC boards the GPIO reset signal is active low and hence the
wrong DTS description must be changed (otherwise the reset for ETH is not
properly setup).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
After running tools/moveconfig.py it turned out that for various boards
there are an empty #ifdef statements.
Remove them to clean u-boot source code.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
After building ATF it is needed to copy the generated bl31.bin file to
the U-Boot source tree.
Make this step explicit in the instructions.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
CLK_AHB_GMAC was suppose to be part of previous commit
"clk: sunxi: Implement A10 EMAC clocks" add it so-that
we can get rid of sunxi_set_gate warning on boot message.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Use a single '=' to test string equality for compatibility with non-bash
shells. Otherwise, if /bin/sh is dash, build fails:
./tools/imx8m_image.sh: 15: [: signed_hdmi_imx8m.bin: unexpected operator
./tools/imx8m_image.sh: 15: [: signed_hdmi_imx8m.bin: unexpected operator
./tools/imx8m_image.sh: 15: [: spl/u-boot-spl-ddr.bin: unexpected operator
./tools/imx8m_image.sh: 15: [: spl/u-boot-spl-ddr.bin: unexpected operator
WARNING './spl/u-boot-spl-ddr.bin' not found, resulting binary is not-functional
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Tested-by: Chris Spencer <christopher.spencer@sea.co.uk>
Since commit 9e3c0174da ("pico-imx7d: Add LCD support") we started to
notice some hangs in U-Boot.
There is not an issue on such commit per se, but due to the LCD support
the current drawn is increased and this may cause issues when powering
pico-imx7d-pi from USB.
Some computers may be a bit strict with USB current draw and will
shut down their ports if the draw is too high.
The solution for that is to use an externally powered USB hub between the
board and the host computer.
Add such recommendation to the README file.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
SRAM address used for bootcount on exiting code is erasing
previous count value when system reset from Linux. So use
the dedicated imx6 scratch register, GPR2 to preserve the
contents even if the system reset from Linux.
Fixes: 4eb9aa3935 ("configs: imx6qdl_icore_mmc: Enable watchdog and bootcounter")
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Shyam Saini <shyam.saini@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
SPL on Engicam i.Core M6 boards enabled DM, so it would require some
malloc() pool before relocation in order to load U-Boot proper properly.
So, enable SPL malloc() pool of 0x2000 size similarly like what we have
used for icore mmc defconfigs.
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Shyam Saini <shyam.saini@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
With UUID support, the root can now point to UUID. This makes
swiching between mmc 0 and mmc 1 easier by simplying changing
mmcdev between 0 and 1. From there, the scripts handle the rest.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
After the DM_MMC conversion the following eMMC boot error is observed:
U-Boot SPL 2019.04-rc4 (Mar 20 2019 - 18:53:28 +0000)
Trying to boot from MMC1
MMC Device 0 not found
spl: could not find mmc device 0. error: -19
SPL: failed to boot from all boot devices
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
This happens because the SPL code does not initialize the SDHC pins
and clock.
Fix it by moving the original eMMC initialization from U-Boot proper
to SPL.
Reported-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Reviewed-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Last-minute fixes for Rockchip for 2019.04:
- reverts the deprecation of the 'download-key' detection
(with a full solution pending for the next release)
- applies a temporary fix for the 32bit pinctrl registers on the RK3288
Commit d245059ff7 ("ARM: rmobile: rcar-gen3: Activate bootm_size")
only fixed the superfluous CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ for R-Car Gen3, even
though it listed all affected boards. Apply the same fix to Gen2.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Fixes: d245059ff7 ("ARM: rmobile: rcar-gen3: Activate bootm_size")
Cc: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
The PHY LED mode register mask should be 0xc000 , not 0xc0000.
Correct the mask to operate on the right bits.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The R8A7794_ETHERNET_B config option is unused and based on the
description, this is a setting which should be fully done on a
DT level instead. Remove this config option.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
We'd better use correct way to check if module has enabled.
for we have 3 timer MACRO:
- CONFIG_TIMER
- CONFIG_SPL_TIMER
- CONFIG_TPL_TIMER
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
I took over maintainership from Alex Graf with commit
3157bbfa18 ("rpi: Make Matthias maintainer")
But I forgot to update the board maintainer file.
This patch adds myself to the game.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
The FIT image is loaded to 0x8700_0000 followed by extracting from that
several large images also into the 0x8x00_0000 range. Large images
can end up overwriting the FIT image as it is being extracted from.
Move the FIT load address clear out to 0x9000_0000, this will require
a board to have at least 256MB of DRAM, if less then more careful
planning will be required for that platform.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
After the commit b9a2a0e2e9 ("mmc: Add support for downgrading
HS200/HS400 to HS mode"), it add a parameter in mmc_set_card_speed()
which indicates that the HS200/HS400 to HS downgrade is happening.
During the HS400 initialization, first select to HS200, and config
the related clock rate, then downgrade to HS mode. So here also need
to config the downgrade value to be true for two reasons. First,
make sure in the function mmc_set_card_speed(), after switch to HS
mode, first config the clock rate, then read the EXT_CSD, avoid
receiving data of EXT_CSD in HS mode at 200MHz. Second, after issue
the MMC_CMD_SWITCH command, it need to wait a bit then switch bus
properties.
Test on i.MX8QM MEK board, some Micron eMMC will stuck in transfer
mode in this case, and USDHC will never get data transfer complete
status, cause the uboot hang.
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Pull request for UEFI system for v2019.04-rc5-2
This patch series contains a bug fix for a double free in a UEFI unit
test. The other patches are documentation only (except for the definition
of two additional constants).
There are no higher 16 writing corresponding bits for pmu_gpio0's
iomux/drive/pull at rk3288, need to read the value from register
firstly. Add the flag to distinguish it from normal registers.
Signed-off-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Due to a final resolution not coming up in time for 2019.04 and
following the consensus on the discussion, we'll keep this around
for 2019.04 after all.
This reverts commit 0d968ceb1f.
This is last minute change which fixes problems in runtime on
AXS10x board caused by some changes in NAND framework and
tiny documentation improvement.
Anyways NAND flash storage was never really used on the board for various
reasons and now we decided to drop it for good.
Note this change only touches 1 ARC board so that should be safe for others.
As usual - build tested in TravisCI, see
https://travis-ci.org/abrodkin/u-boot/builds/512041342
Currently, HDMI driver doesn't consider minimum and maximum allowed rate
of pll3 (video PLL). It works most of the time, but not always.
Consider monitor with resolution 1920x1200, which has pixel clock rate
of 154 MHz. Current code would determine that pll3 rate has to be set to
154 MHz. However, minimum supported rate is 192 MHz. In this case video
output just won't work.
The reason why the driver is written in the way it is, is that at the
time HDMI PHY and clock configuration wasn't fully understood. But now
we have needed knowledge, so the issue can be fixed.
With this fix, clock configuration routine uses full range (1-16) for
clock divider instead of limited one (1, 2, 4, 11). It also considers
minimum and maximum allowed rate for pll3.
Fixes: 56009451d8 ("sunxi: video: Add A64/H3/H5 HDMI driver")
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
On AXS10x boards we have non-standard NAND controller
which was never really used a lot as there're other much more
convenient [as they are standard & removable] persistent media
like SD-card and USB mass storage.
Moreover after recent changes we face with some NAND controller
runtime issues. So instead of keeping support of yet another
non-standard peripheral we're dropping its support for good.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
The following TODOs are closed:
- GetNextVariableName is not implemented
- event groups
- manage events in a linked list
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We currently only support EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL_REVISION while
UEFI specs 2.4 - 2.7 prescribe EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL_REVISION2.
Add a todo.
Add missing constants for the EFI file protocol revision.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS
CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS
CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ
CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE
Most of time these value are not needed, CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT
with same value is used, so I introduced CONFIG_USE_ENV_SPI_*
to force the associated value for the environment.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS
CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS
CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE
CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED
I use moveconfig script and then manual check on generated u-boot.cfg
to solve the remaining issue.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Define the function board_spi_cs_gpio only when needed,
only called in drivers/spi/mxc_spi.c.
That avoid compilation issue for tqma6s_wru4_mmc_defconfig
when CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS and CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS are not
defined (CMD_SF not defined) after migration in KConfig.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Replace CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BASE by the better CONFIG_SYS_SPI_BASE
(it is not the location for environment but the location for U-Boot)
and, as it is the only platform with use this define, remove
it from whitelist.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Move some configurations in defconfig file
- CONFIG_CMD_I2C
- CONFIG_CMD_SPI
This allow correct dependency handling in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Move some configurations in defconfig file
- CONFIG_DM_SPI (removed by syncing defconfigs )
- CONFIG_CMD_SF
- CONFIG_CMD_SPI
- CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
This allow correct dependency handling in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
- 3 bugfixes:
- mmc: Align MMC_TRACE with tiny printf
- scripts/Makefile.extrawarn: Silence more DTC warnings
- rsa: check that pointer checksum isn't NULL before using it
On 16bit variants of the TMIO SD IP, the SECCNT register can only be
programmed to 16bit values, while on the 32bit and 64bit variants it
can be programmed to 32bit values. The SECCNT register indicates the
maximum number of blocks in a continuous transfer. Hence, limit the
maximum continuous transfer block count to 65535 blocks on 16bit
variants of the TMIO IP and to BIT(32)-1 blocks on 32bit and 64bit
variants.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Add code for configuring the MMC0CKCR/MMC1CKCR on Gen2 platforms.
This allows the MMCIF driver to set higher clock rate if desired.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The gen2_clk_get_sdh_div() function is supposed to look up the
$val value read out of the SDCKCR register in the supplied table
and return the matching divider value. The current implementation
was matching the value from SDCKCR on the divider value in the
table, which is wrong. Fix this and rework the function a bit
to make it more readable.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
An ADATA 16GB Industrial MLC card has so much capacitance on the Vcc
pin that the usual toggling of regulator to power the card off and on
is insufficient. When the card is calibrated into UHS SDR104 mode, it
will remain in that mode across the power cycle and subsequent attempt
to communicate with the card will fail.
The test with this card is to insert it into an SDHI slot and perform
"mmc dev 0 ; mmc dev 0", where the second "mmc dev 0" will fail.
Fix this problem by increasing the off-on delay from 0 to 20 mS.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The tiny printf implementation only supports %x format specifier,
it does not support %X . Since it makes little difference whether
the debug output prints hex numbers in capitals or not, change it
to %x and make the MMC_TRACE output work with tiny printf too.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While our "extrawarns" logic has gotten out of sync with upstream
Kbuild, for now lets start by bringing in the latest set of DTC_FLAGS
from the Linux Kernel 5.0 to match their behavior in silencing warnings
from dtc.
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The pointer checksum were used before checking that it
isn't NULL. We move the code that use it after the check.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 185835)
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Don't attempt to write to ext4 volumes with the metadata_csum feature
we don't support
- Correct how we build dtb files.
- Fix regression on SPL_FIT with FIT_IMAGE_TINY
- Minor TI platform fixes
U-Boot doesn't support metadata_csum feature. Writing to filesystem with
metadata_csum feature makes the filesystem corrupted and unbootable by
Linux:
[ 2.527495] EXT4-fs (mmcblk0p2): ext4_check_descriptors: Checksum for group 0 failed (52188!=0)
[ 2.537421] EXT4-fs (mmcblk0p2): ext4_check_descriptors: Checksum for group 1 failed (5262!=0)
...
[ 2.653308] EXT4-fs (mmcblk0p2): ext4_check_descriptors: Checksum for group 14 failed (42611!=0)
[ 2.662179] EXT4-fs (mmcblk0p2): ext4_check_descriptors: Checksum for group 15 failed (21527!=0)
[ 2.687920] JBD2: journal checksum error
[ 2.691982] EXT4-fs (mmcblk0p2): error loading journal
[ 2.698292] VFS: Cannot open root device "mmcblk0p2" or unknown-block(179,2): error -74
Don't write to filesystem with meatadata_csum feature to not corrupt the
filesystem.
Signed-off-by: Sébastien Szymanski <sebastien.szymanski@armadeus.com>
When these were moved from mach-omap2 to board files they got placed
inside TI_SECURE_DEVICE ifdef block, they are not secure only, move
them up and out.
Fixes: 413b90777f ("ti: fastboot: Move weak overrides to board files")
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
This patch adds a comment to the header with the PCI_foo macros related
to DEVFN to explain the difference in U-Boot vs Linux.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This reverts commit 27cb7300ff.
I am not sure if I correctly understood the log of commit 27cb7300ff
("Ensure device tree DTS is compiled"), but the code-diff looks like
it was trying to solve the missed re-compilation when .dts was modified.
Recently, commit 2737dfe096 ("kbuild: make arch-dtbs target PHONY")
fixed the issue in a more correct and more complete way.
Anyway, since the former commit, we see a clumsy log like this:
make[2]: 'arch/sandbox/dts/sandbox.dtb' is up to date
Another problem is, it created multiple paths to descend into
arch/*/dts/, causing a race in parallel building.
So, let's revert it.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Since commit 27cb7300ff ("Ensure device tree DTS is compiled"),
build succeeds irrespective of the correctness of Makefile.
In fact, you can compile any defconfig without adding any entry in
arch/*/dts/Makefile.
I am going to revert that commit, so device tree must be explicitly
listed in Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Since commit 27cb7300ff ("Ensure device tree DTS is compiled"),
build succeeds irrespective of the correctness of Makefile.
I am going to revert that commit, so wrong code must be fixed.
CONFIG_MCR3000 is not defined anywhere. CONFIG_TARGET_MCR3000 is the
correct one.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Since commit 27cb7300ff ("Ensure device tree DTS is compiled"),
build succeeds irrespective of the correctness of Makefile.
In fact, you can compile any defconfig without adding any entry in
arch/*/dts/Makefile.
As a result, a lot of wrong code have been merged unnoticed.
I am going to revert that commit, and lots of hidden issues have
come to light:
[1] Typos
armada-3720-uDPU.dts, sun8i-a83t-tbs-a711.dts
use the extension ".dts" instead of ".dtb"
[2] DTB is associated to undefined CONFIG option
For example, mx6sllevk_defconfig defines CONFIG_MX6SLL, but
associates its device tree to CONFIG_MX6SL, which is undefined.
[3] Lots of entries are missing
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
[trini: add imx6ul pico dtbs]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When running mkimage with "-f auto", the loadable property
needs to be set in order to allow SPL FIT support to boot.
Signed-off-by: Abel Vesa <abel.vesa@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
If FIT_IMAGE_TINY is enabled, spl_fit_image_get_os returns -ENOTSUPP.
In this case, we should default to IH_OS_U_BOOT not to IH_OS_INVALID.
Signed-off-by: Abel Vesa <abel.vesa@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Commit 1416e2d225 ("armv8: make SPL exception vectors optional") had a
typo in it which effectively disabled exception handling in SPL code always.
Since nobody complained, I guess we may as well disable exception handling
in SPL always by default.
So fix the bug to make the config option effective, but disable exception
handling in SPL by default. This gets us to the same functionality as before
by default, but with much less code included in the binary.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
When the SPL has full fitImage support, do not generate fitImage with
external data. The full fitImage code assumes the entire fitImage is
loaded in RAM, and the SPL uses fdt_totalsize() to determine the size
of the whole fitImage, which can not work with external data.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH is used to format the output of help without any
arguments.
CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH = 8 is too narrow to fit all our commands.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
With U-boot supporting environment in multiple places, enable only
ENV_IS_IN_EMMC
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Push the Starting kernel print to the end just before the
dm_remove_devices call.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pull request for UEFI system for v2019.04-rc5
A bunch of small fixes. The major ones being
- avoid illegal memory access in efi_allocate_pool() on 32 bit systems
- avoid endless loop in HII protocol
This patch fixes below warnings found with checker tool.
The variable len in i2c_msg struct is of unsigned type
and it is received as recv_count which is unsigned type
but it is checked with < 0 which is always false, hence
removed it.
The local variable curr_recv_count is declared as signed
type and compared aginst unsigned recv_count which is
incorrect. This is fixed by declaring it as unsigned type.
drivers/i2c/i2c-cdns.c: In function ‘cdns_i2c_read_data’:
drivers/i2c/i2c-cdns.c:317:18: warning: comparison of
unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Wtype-limits]
if ((recv_count < 0))
^
drivers/i2c/i2c-cdns.c:340:24: warning: comparison of
integer expressions of different signedness:
‘u32’ {aka ‘unsigned int’} and ‘int’ [-Wsign-compare]
updatetx = recv_count > curr_recv_count;
^
drivers/i2c/i2c-cdns.c:361:39: warning: comparison of
integer expressions of different signedness:
‘u32’ {aka ‘unsigned int’} and ‘int’ [-Wsign-compare]
while (readl(®s->transfer_size) !=
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The sfp file is only valid for Gen5 (Cyclone5 & Arria5) and Arria10
devices. The file should only be built for these devices.
Signed-off-by: Dalon Westergreen <dalon.westergreen@intel.com>
The check testing the string result of get_string() returned the wrong
result. The result was ignored.
Use efi_st_strcmp_16_8() for the string comparison.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
printf("%ls", ..) expects u16 * as argument to print. There is not need for
a conversion to wchar_t *.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
It does not make any sense to check if a pointer is NULL if we have
dereferenced it before.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID 185827)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
A misplaced return statement lead to a memory leak in
efi_dump_single_var().
Reported-by: Coverity (CID 185829)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add a missing return statement in efi_get_next_variable_name().
Reported-by: Coverity (CID 185834)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
efi_allocate_pages() expects a (uint64_t *) pointer to pass the address of
the assigned memory. If we pass the address of a pointer here, an illegal
memory access occurs on 32bit systems.
Fixes: 282a06cbca ("efi_loader: Expose U-Boot addresses in memory map
for sandbox")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
- Enable network interface on clearfog_gt_8k (Baruch)
- Fix dreamplug boot by adding an spi0 alias to the DT (Chris)
- Fix / enhance Marvell ddr3 setup / parameters (Chris)
- Change CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to 0x2000 on db-88f6820-amc (Chris)
- Enable SPL_FLASH_BAR on db-88f6820-amc (Chris)
- Use correct pcie controller name in Armada-38x dts files (Chris)
- Disable d-cache on Kirkwood platforms as currently needed (Chris)
- Add a more descriptive comment to pci_mvebu.c (Stefan)
- Update Marvell maintainers entry (Stefan)
Prior to commit 93b283d49f ("ARM: CPU: arm926ejs: Consolidate cache
routines to common file") the kirkwood boards didn't have and dcache
support. The network and usb drivers rely on this. Set
CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF in the Kirkwood specific config.h.
Reported-by: Leigh Brown <leigh@solinno.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When armada-385.dtsi was sync'd from Linux the name of the node
describing the pcie controller was changed from pcie-controller to pcie.
Some of the boards that include armada-385.dtsi were missed in the
update retaining the old name. This updates the affected boards.
Reported-by: Влад Мао <vlaomao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This board uses Micron N25Q256A SPI flash. Enable SPI_FLASH_BAR to allow
us to access the whole chip.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Set CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to match the rest of the mvebu boards. The
default of 0x400 is not enough when booting from SPI.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The conversion to DM_SPI managed to break accessing the environment on
dreamplug. This is because the environment code relies on being to able
to select the SPI device based on the sequence number. Add an alias so
that the spi0 bus gets sequence number 0.
Reported-by: Leigh Brown <leigh@solinno.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Leigh Brown <leigh@solinno.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch does the following changes to the u-boot-marvell maintainers
entry:
- Add Armada-7k/8k to the list
- Remove Prafulla and Luka since they have been silent on the list for
a long time. Please speak up, if you would like to continue or better
start maintaining.
- Add multiple Marvell / MVEBU related driver directories and files
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Prafulla Wadaskar <prafulla@marvell.com>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enable the mvpp2 network driver for the Armada 8K SoC.
Enable the Marvell PHY driver for the on-board 1512 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds a comment to explain the use of the hardcoded value for
the number of address cells in mvebu_get_tgt_attr(). This should help to
rework this function, once CONFIG_OF_LIVE is enabled for MVEBU in
general.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
To boot from fpga on socfpga gen5, we need to set CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE to
0xC0000000 (hps2fpgaslaves base address).
Since converting CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE to Kconfig hasn't been successful so
far, let's make this value overridable in socfpga_common.h, so that we can
have different board configs override this in socfpga_common.h.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Syscon register is required in dts to select correct
PHY interface.
Fix error below:
Net: Failed to get syscon: -2
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
When booting on a 64-bit system, the boot_addr_start buffer is not
large enough to contain a 64-bit number, thus leading to a crash
even if fastboot_buf_addr is valid, only the high part of the address
will be printed to boot_addr_start :
fastboot with fastboot_buf_addr = 0x0000000006000000:
downloading of 92239872 bytes finished
Booting kernel at 0x00000000...
"Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x96000004
elr: 00000000010561f4 lr : 0000000001056fac (reloc)
<snip>
x28: 000000007df2d38f x29: 000000007df2d1b0
Resetting CPU ...
With this fix, boot_addr_start can have the full 64-bit address passed
to bootm.
Fixes: f73a7df984 ("net: fastboot: Merge AOSP UDP fastboot")
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Cc: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
commit 801f1fa442 "dm: usb: udc: Use SEQ_ALIAS to index the USB gadget
ports" changed the way the udevice if found. It uses the alias to find
a udevice for a given USB port number. In the commit log it was stated
that if no alias is provided, the bind order will be used instead. However
it doesn't work. Fixing this by adding a call to uclass_get_device() if
uclass_get_device_by_seq() fails.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Tested-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Pull request for UEFI system for v2019.04-rc4
Fix an error with the serial communication on boards with a very small
UART buffer which leads to a stalled system.
Provide an X86 reset driver for the UEFI runtime.
Fix a problem with parallel builds.
Barrier transactions from CCI400 need to be disabled till
the DDR is configured, otherwise it may lead to system hang.
The patch adds workaround to fix the erratum.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Now that we are representing the MDIO mux in LX2160AQDS board in
producer/consumer terms, the consumer nodes' has been changed.
Therefore, modify the device tree fixups according to change in device
tree.
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Bansal <pankaj.bansal@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
If node /board_info/ports does not exist in the DPC file,
function mc_fixup_dpc() will skip not only MAC address fixup,
but also the cache flush at the end. This may cause the other
fixup changes (e.g. ICID related ones) to be ignored by MC.
Fixes: 1161dbcc0a ("drivers: net: fsl-mc: Include MAC addr fixup to DPL")
Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
some dpmacs in armv8a based freescale layerscape SOCs can be
configured via both serdes(sgmii, xfi, xlaui etc) bits and via
EC*_PMUX(rgmii) bits in RCW.
e.g. dpmac 17 and 18 in LX2160A can be configured as SGMII from
serdes bits and as RGMII via EC1_PMUX/EC2_PMUX bits
Now if a dpmac is enabled by serdes bits then it takes precedence
over EC*_PMUX bits. i.e. in LX2160A if we select serdes protocol
that configures dpmac17 as SGMII and set the EC1_PMUX as RGMII,
then the dpmac is SGMII and not RGMII.
Therefore, in fsl_rgmii_init function of SOC, we will check if the
dpmac is enabled or not? if it is (fsl_serdes_init has already enabled
the dpmac), then don't enable it.
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Bansal <pankaj.bansal@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Since commit f51a226436 ("efi_loader: provide freestanding library") in
parallel builds errors
lib/efi_selftest/../efi_loader/efi_freestanding.o:
file not recognized: File truncated
occur. Obviously make cannot correctly sequence parallel builds with a
dependency like ../efi_loader/efi_freestanding.o.
Fixes: f51a226436 ("efi_loader: provide freestanding library")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The MAINTAINERS file was copied from Linux Kernel along with all its
statuses of maintainership. However tools/genboardscfg.py accepts only
Maintained, Supported and Orphan. Remove then the Odd Fixes and
Obsolete from MAINTAINERS file to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
This reverts commit 9a9d66f5ef.
because it breaks fw_setenv and U-Boot interworking, if
U-Boot environment is stored in a SPI-NOR.
Reproduce it with:
boot linux with empty Environment and store a variable
with fw_setenv into it, the Environment is now filled
with 0xff:
root@ckey5e:10:8e:~# hexdump -C /dev/mtd4
00000000 e9 e8 07 fa 01 62 6f 6f 74 63 6d 64 3d 72 75 6e |.....bootcmd=run|
[...]
00000f30 7d 00 75 62 69 62 6f 6f 74 76 6f 6c 3d 32 00 00 |}.ubibootvol=2..|
00000f40 00 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff |................|
Boot now U-Boot prints:
Loading Environment from SPI Flash... SF: Detected s25fl128l with page size 256 Bytes, erase size 4 KiB, total 16 MiB
*** Warning - bad CRC, using default environment
Reason is the above commit, as it only reads until \0\0
is found, and assumes the rest of the Environment
space is filled with 0x00, which is not the case when
saving an Environment under linux with fw_setenv.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Small fixes in several i.MX boards
----------------------------------
- imx8: add pinctrl driveri (mx8m), fix documentation and
fix reported CPU frequency. Fabio is co-maintainer
- pico-imx6ul: switch to DM
- local fixes for ventana, mx6ul_14x14_evk, engicam,
imx6(q)_logic, liteboard
The phy_connect_dev(...) function from phy.c does all the handling
(inclusive catching fixed-link).
So we drop here the single steps and call just phy_connect_dev(...).
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Currently the spl system calls nand_init which does nothing.
It isn't until an attempt to load from NAND that it gets initialized.
Subsequent attempts to load just skip the initialization because
NAND is already initialized.
This moves the contents of mxs_nand_init to nand_init. In the event
of an error, it clears the number of nand chips found. Any
attempts to use nand will check if there are nand chips available
instead of actually doing the initialization at that time. If there
are none, it will return an error to the higher level calls.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
spba-bus has a few nodes under it including the UART1 and
some ESPI buses. In order to use them in SPL, the
u-boot,dm-spl flag needs to be added to the spba-bus@2000000
container.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Kconfig allows boards to configured with DM_SERIAL and still
have SPL_DM_SERIAL disabled. This patch changes the ifdef's
to CONFIG_IS_ENABLED to allow the modes to differ between
SPL and U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch supports enabling MTD, and the corresponding CMD_MTD
along with enabling the MXS NAND Controller with device tree
support.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
A few scripts reference 'fdt_addr' when they should reference
'fdt_addr_r' so this patch fixes those broken references.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Combined with watchdog board reset mechanism, this can be used as recovery
boot option after bootlimit exceeds the configured value.
Signed-off-by: Shyam Saini <shyam.saini@amarulasolutions.com>
Currently the CPU frequency is incorrectly reported:
CPU: NXP i.MX8QXP RevB A35 at 147228 MHz
Fix this problem by using a direct call to the SCU firmware to
retrieve the Cortex A35 CPU frequency.
With this change applied the CPU frequency is displayed correctly:
CPU: NXP i.MX8QXP RevB A35 at 1200 MHz
Tested-by: Marcelo Macedo <marcelo.macedo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrejs Cainikovs <andrejs.cainikovs@netmodule.com>
Currently the command "saveenv" is not available.
The CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC symbol has been converted to Kconfig,
so fix the problem by moving it to the defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
After the conversion to DM the U-Boot binary is called u-boot-dtb.imx,
so fix the README file accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
After the conversion to DM the U-Boot binary is called u-boot-dtb.imx,
so fix the README file accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The information in the SabreLite README is inaccurate and sparse. The
upstream U-Boot can boot the SabreLite from SPI-NOR. Additionally, the
freely available imx_loader tool can be easily used to boot a board with a
corrupted SPI, the official Freescale/NXP manufacturing tools are not
required.
Reformat the document, adding a description of how to boot from SPI-NOR
and adding a brief description of how to recover the board should the
SPI-NOR be corrupted using imx_loader.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
Acked-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
The third parameter of the pmic_clrsetbits() function is the mask
to the register and the correct mask is 1 not 0.
Since the LDOGCTL only contains a single valid bit (bit 0),
we can use pmic_reg_write() and write 1 directly, which fixes
the problem in a simpler way and use the original pmic function
that was used prior to the DM PMIC conversion.
Fixes: 8ba377321c ("arm: imx7s-warp: Convert to DM PMIC")
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
There is no need to store the values written to the PMIC inside the
'reg' variable. Make it simpler by writing the values directly.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
After DM conversion the I2C and MMC related board codes have been
removed, so remove the corresponding header files as well.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
There is no ethaddr assigned to each board, so we need to use random
value in order to use network.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Niestroj <m.niestroj@grinn-global.com>
This patch mostly enables DM drivers in board defconfig and all their
dependencies. Additionally we remove USB code that is on longer
executed after enabling CONFIG_DM_USB. Enable CONFIG_PINCTRL, so we
can get rid of ethernet pin configuration.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Niestroj <m.niestroj@grinn-global.com>
After the conversion to DM the U-Boot binary is called u-boot-dtb.imx,
so fix the README file accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Convert to use DM_PMIC for the PFUZE3000. Since this PMIC is
under an I2C bus, conver to DM_I2C as well.
Also, since I2C is not used in SPL, remove CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Convert to CONFIG_DM_GPIO.
Also, DM GPIO requires gpio_request() to be called explicitly before
doing any gpio operation, so do as requested.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Select CONFIG_DM_MMC=y in order to support MMC driver model.
This allows the MMC board related code to be removed.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Select CONFIG_OF_CONTROL and the appropriate device tree files
in preparation for converting to driver model.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Import the device tree files from kernel 5.0-rc6 in preparation
for driver model conversion.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
The Ethernet controller is not able to initialise correctly without the
pinctrl driver.
This config setting was enabled in the initial version of this file,
but was removed by a savedefconfig resync because the parameter did not
actually exist at that point.
Fixes: 1bac199e8c ("configs: Resync with savedefconfig")
Signed-off-by: Chris Spencer <christopher.spencer@sea.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Pull request for UEFI system for v2019.04-rc4
Fix an error with the serial communication on boards with a very small
UART buffer which leads to a stalled system.
Provide an X86 reset driver for the UEFI runtime.
This is currently missing and without it the i8254 beeper driver
won't work.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The pc speaker driven by the i8254 is generic enough to deserve
a single dtsi file to be included by boards that use it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The i8254 timer control IO port (0x43) should be setup correctly
by using PIT counter 2 to generate beeps, however in U-Boot other
codes like TSC driver utilizes PIT for TSC frequency calibration
and configures the counter 2 to a different mode that does not
beep. Fix this by always ensuring the PIT counter 2 is correctly
initialized so that the i8254 beeper driver works as expected.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_BOARD_TYPES is necessary for Odroid X/X2/U3 boards to detect
proper revision. However building should succeed even without it.
While moving code around, document also the reference clock selection.
This fixes the build error without CONFIG_BOARD_TYPES:
board/samsung/odroid/odroid.c: In function 'board_usb_init':
board/samsung/odroid/odroid.c:473:8: error: 'gd_t' {aka 'volatile struct global_data'} has no member named 'board_type'
if (gd->board_type == ODROID_TYPE_U3)
^~
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Various places in the code set "boardname" env property. It was used
for booting from ITB images and choosing proper DTB file name. Instead
of duplicating it, use existing U-Boot wide - "board_name".
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
File mixed space and tab indentation. Unify it.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
When including other header from configs, use consistent <> syntax.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Last activity from Arndale (Exynos5250) board maintainer Chander Kashyap
was in January 2014 (Signed-off). Recently his samsung.com email
bounces with 550 (5.1.1 Recipient address rejected: User unknown).
Add Krzysztof Kozlowski as odd fixer for this board.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Add startup time to LDO regulators of S2MPS11 PMIC on Odroid XU3/XU4/HC1
family of boards to be sure the voltage is proper before relying on the
regulator.
The datasheet for all the S2MPS1x family is inconsistent here and does
not specify unambiguously the value of ramp delay for LDO. It mentions
30 mV/us in one timing diagram but then omits it completely in LDO
regulator characteristics table (it is specified for bucks).
However the vendor kernels for Galaxy S5 and Odroid XU3 use values of 12
mV/us or 24 mV/us.
Without the ramp delay value the consumers do not wait for voltage
settle after changing it. Although the proper value of ramp delay for
LDOs is unknown, it seems safer to use at least some value from
reference kernel than to leave it unset.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
According to datasheet, the output on LDO regulators will start
appearing after 10-15 us.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Changing voltage and enabling regulator might require delays so the
regulator stabilizes at expected level.
Add support for "regulator-ramp-delay" binding which can introduce
required time to both enabling the regulator and to changing the
voltage.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Fix detection of Odroid HC1 (Exynos5422) after reboot if kernel disabled
the LDO4/VDD_ADC regulator.
The LDO4 supplies both ADC block and the ADC input AIN9. Voltage on
AIN9 will rise slowly, so use delay of 5 milliseconds instead of
timers-based loop to wait for voltage stabilization.
First reads on Odroid HC1 return 305, 1207, 1297 and finally 1308
(reference value is 1309).
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Printing the "Type" of board requires proper detection of revision which
can happen only late because regulators are needed.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Detection of board revision is done early - before power setup. In case of
Odroid XU3/XU4/HC1 family, the detection is done using ADC which
is supplied by LDO4/VDD_ADC regulator. This regulator could be turned
off (e.g. by kernel before reboot). If ADC is used early, the
regulators are not yet available and the detection won't work.
Split the revision detection out of set_board_type() into separate
function called later - either when displaying board info (in late mode)
or during misc_init_r. The idea is that set_board_type() will be called
early so its method of detection are limited to flattened device tree
(exynos5-dt-types.c for Exynos5) or GPIO (odroid.c for Exynos4412). The
newly added set_board_revision() can be called only later, when
resources like regulator are available.
This is necessary to fix the detection of Odroid HC1 after reboot, if
kernel turned off the LDO4 regulator.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Our selftest will soon test the actual runtime reset function rather than
the boot time one. For this, we need to ensure that the runtime version
actually succeeds on x86 to keep our travis tests work.
So this patch implements an x86 runtime reset function. It is missing
shutdown functionality today, but OSs usually implement that via ACPI
and this function does more than the stub from before, so it's at least
an improvement.
Eventually we will want to have full DM functionality in runtime services.
But this fixes a travis failure and doesn't clutter the code too heavily, so
we should pull it in without the amazing new RTS DM framework.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Function term_read_reply tries to read from the serial console until
the end_char was read. This can hang forever if we are, for some reason,
not able to read the full response (e.g. serial buffer too small,
frame error). This patch moves the timeout detection into
term_read_reply() to assure we will make progress.
Fixes: 6bb591f704 ("efi_loader: query serial console size reliably")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Throw missing error when an incomplete reply for the cursor position is
received.
Change type of argument of term_get_char() *s32. This renders the function
reusable in efi_cin_read_key().
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Intel Edison has three UART ports, i.e.
port 0 - Bluetooth
port 1 - auxiliary, available for general purpose use
port 2 - debugging, usually console output is here
Enable all of them for future use.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The console is actually serial #2. When we would like to enable other ports,
this would be not okay to mess up with the ordering.
Thus, fix the number of default console interface to be 2.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We may not do an assumption that current console device is always a first
of UCLASS_SERIAL one.
For example, on properly described Intel Edison board the console UART
is a third one.
Use current serial device as described in global data.
Fixes: a61cbad78e ("dm: serial: Adjust serial_getinfo() to use proper API")
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Intel Tangier SoC has a general purpose DMA which can serve to speed up
communications on SPI and I2C serial buses.
Provide DMA descriptors to utilize this capability in the future.
Note, I2C6, which is available to user, has no DMA request lines connected.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Intel Tangier SoC has a general purpose DMA which can serve to speed up
communications on SPI and I2C serial buses.
Provide DMA descriptors to utilize this capability in the future.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Replace the current rather convoluted code using ad-hoc polling
mechanism with a more straightforward code. Use wait_for_bit_le32()
to poll the DDRCALSTAT register instead of local reimplementation.
It makes no sense to pull for 5 seconds before giving up and trying
to restart the EMIF, so instead wait 500 mSec for the calibration to
complete and if this fails, restart the EMIF and try again. Perform
this 32 times instead of 3 times as the original code did.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
The EMIF reset code can well use wait_for_bit_le32() instead of all that
convoluted polling code. Reduce the timeout from 100 seconds to 1 second,
since if the EMIF fails to reset itself in 1 second, it's unlikely longer
wait would help. Make sure to clear the EMIF reset request even if the
SEQ2CORE_INT_RESP_BIT isn't asserted.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
The current EMIF clear timeout handling code was applying bitwise
operations to signed data types and as it was, was extremely hard
to read. Replace it with simple wait_for_bit(). Expand the error
handling to make it more readable too.
This patch also changes the timeout for emif_clear() from 14 hours
to 1 second.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
The values for the data and tag latency settings on the PL310 caches
controller is an (n-1). For example, the "arm,tag-latency" is specified
as <1 1 1>, so the values that should be written to register should be
0x000. And for the "arm,data-latency" specified as <2 1 1>, the register
value should be 0x010.
Signed-off-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
v2019.01 commit cbff9f80ce ("ARM: dts: rmobile: Sync Gen3 DTs with
Linux 4.19.6") made the sdhi/usb nodes available in r8a77965.dtsi.
Hence, remove the SDHI/USB nodes from r8a77965-u-boot.dtsi. This is
equivalent to partially reverting below v2019.01 commits:
- f529bc551b ("ARM: dts: rmobile: Extract USB nodes on M3N")
- 830b94f768 ("ARM: dts: rmobile: Extract SDHI nodes on M3N")
Duplicating the nodes from <soc>.dtsi to <soc>-u-boot.dtsi is obviously:
- not needed if no U-boot-specific changes are needed in those nodes.
- potentially dangerous/error-prone, since the duplicated properties
override the properties originally defined in <soc>.dtsi. One
possible consequence is that <soc>.dtsi is getting an update from
Linux, while <soc>-u-boot.dtsi stays unchanged. In this situation,
the obsolete property values from <soc>-u-boot.dtsi will take
precedence masking some of the <soc>.dtsi updates, potentially
leading to all kind of obscure issues.
Below is the dtdiff of r8a77965-salvator-x-u-boot.dtb (the only "user"
of r8a77965-u-boot.dtsi) before and after the patch (slightly
reformatted to avoid 'git am/apply' issues and to reduce the width).
What below output means is there is already a mismatch in some of
SDHI/USB nodes between r8a77965.dtsi and r8a77965-u-boot.dtsi. Since no
U-Boot customization is needed in SDHI/USB DT nodes, get rid of them in
r8a77965-u-boot.dtsi.
$> dtdiff before-r8a77965-salvator-x-u-boot.dtb \
after-r8a77965-salvator-x-u-boot.dtb
--- /dev/fd/63 2019-03-09 12:57:40.877963983 +0100
+++ /dev/fd/62 2019-03-09 12:57:40.877963983 +0100
@@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@
bus-width = <0x4>;
cd-gpios = <0x51 0xc 0x1>;
clocks = <0x6 0x1 0x13a>;
- compatible = "renesas,sdhi-r8a77965";
+ compatible = "renesas,sdhi-r8a77965", "renesas,rcar-gen3-sdhi";
interrupts = <0x0 0xa5 0x4>;
max-frequency = <0xc65d400>;
pinctrl-0 = <0x4d>;
@@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@
sd@ee120000 {
clocks = <0x6 0x1 0x139>;
- compatible = "renesas,sdhi-r8a77965";
+ compatible = "renesas,sdhi-r8a77965", "renesas,rcar-gen3-sdhi";
interrupts = <0x0 0xa6 0x4>;
max-frequency = <0xbebc200>;
power-domains = <0x1 0x20>;
@@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@
sd@ee140000 {
bus-width = <0x8>;
clocks = <0x6 0x1 0x138>;
- compatible = "renesas,sdhi-r8a77965";
+ compatible = "renesas,sdhi-r8a77965", "renesas,rcar-gen3-sdhi";
fixed-emmc-driver-type = <0x1>;
interrupts = <0x0 0xa7 0x4>;
max-frequency = <0xbebc200>;
@@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@
bus-width = <0x4>;
cd-gpios = <0x5a 0xf 0x1>;
clocks = <0x6 0x1 0x137>;
- compatible = "renesas,sdhi-r8a77965";
+ compatible = "renesas,sdhi-r8a77965", "renesas,rcar-gen3-sdhi";
interrupts = <0x0 0xa8 0x4>;
max-frequency = <0xc65d400>;
pinctrl-0 = <0x56>;
@@ -1868,14 +1868,14 @@
usb-phy@ee0a0200 {
#phy-cells = <0x0>;
- clocks = <0x6 0x1 0x2be>;
+ clocks = <0x6 0x1 0x2bf>;
compatible = "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a77965", "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb2-phy";
phandle = <0x47>;
pinctrl-0 = <0x4c>;
pinctrl-names = "default";
power-domains = <0x1 0x20>;
reg = <0x0 0xee0a0200 0x0 0x700>;
- resets = <0x6 0x2be>;
+ resets = <0x6 0x2bf>;
status = "okay";
};
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
v2019.01 commit 07a8060a12 ("ARM: rmobile: Convert to bootm_size")
attempted converting to bootm_size of 256 MiB below targets:
- include/configs/alt.h
- include/configs/gose.h
- include/configs/koelsch.h
- include/configs/lager.h
- include/configs/porter.h
- include/configs/rcar-gen3-common.h
- include/configs/silk.h
- include/configs/stout.h
The update didn't fully work on R-Car3 due to the
CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ=8MiB definition left by v2016.09 commit
e525d34b47 ("ARM: rmobile: Add support salvator-x board"),
which is explained in below README excerpt:
----8<----
CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
[..] If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
----8<----
Allow the original commit to accomplish its purpose on R-Car3 targets
by removing the CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ definition.
Fixes: 07a8060a12 ("ARM: rmobile: Convert to bootm_size")
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
U-Boot currently uses Gen2 QSPI in 1-bit mode, enforce it until
we can do better using the new SPI NOR framework.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
EPHY CLK and RESET is available in Allwinner H3 EMAC
via mdio-mux node of internal PHY. Add the respective
clock and reset reg and bits.
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
- Implement EMAC, GMAC clocks via ccu_clk_gate for
all supported Allwinner SoCs.
- Implement EMAC, GMAC resets via ccu_reset for all
supported Allwinner SoCs.
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Implement EMAC clocks via ccu_clk_gate for Allwinner A10 SoC.
Which would eventually used in sunxi_emac.c driver.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
- Assorted minor fixes:
- ARM: qemu-arm: enable USB boot in distro boot with UEFI
- image: fdt: handle coalesced reserve region
- cmd: thordown: Fix spelling of download.
- fdt: Fix FIT header verification in mkimage and conduct same checks
as bootm
- test: Update test-imagetools.sh to match new syntax
With this patch which adds a removable USB mass storage to a list
of bootable devices, USB boot is supported in distro boot if UEFI is
configured.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Handle in boot_fdt_reserve_region
any return value > 0 of lmb_reserve() function;
it occurs when coalesced region are found:
adjacent reserved region are merged.
This patch avoid the error trace:
ERROR: reserving fdt memory region failed..
when reserved region are merged (return value = 1).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
FIT header verification in mkimage was treating a return code as a boolean,
which meant that failures in validating the fit were seen as successes.
Additionally, mkimage was checking all formats to find a header which
passes validation, rather than using the image type specified to
mkimage.
checkpatch.pl checks for lines ending with '(' and alignment matching
open parentheses are ignored to keep with existing coding style.
Signed-off-by: Jordan Hand <jorhand@microsoft.com>
The syntax of dumpimage was simplified in commit 12b831879a ("tools:
dumpimage: Simplify arguments"), but the test
(test/image/test-imagetools.sh) was not updated and is now failing.
Update the test to use the new syntax.
Reported-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
Tested-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
This pull request contains bugfixes for rcar_i2c, rcar_ii2c and
i2c_cdns driver.
Also the commit "i2c: rcar_i2c: Add Gen3 SoC support" from Marek
is a bugfix for arm64 builds, as discussed with Marek on list.
Fix typo in axp_set_dldo() so that it correctly uses AXP818_DLDO1_CTRL
register to configure the voltage instead of setting AXP818_ELDO1_CTRL
register which is obviously incorrect.
Signed-off-by: Ondřej Jirman <megous@megous.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Cosmetic change. Any call to the recover function would need to do the
same check afterwards, so it's sensible to make it part of the function.
Signed-off-by: Ismael Luceno <ismael.luceno@silicon-gears.com>
Fix rcar_i2c_xfer return value, previously it was always returning
-EREMOTEIO when dealing with errors from calls to the read/write
functions.
Signed-off-by: Ismael Luceno <ismael.luceno@silicon-gears.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Do the reset before clearing the MSR, otherwise it may result in a read
or write operation instead if the start condition is repeated.
Signed-off-by: Ismael Luceno <ismael.luceno@silicon-gears.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch adds support for handling arbitration lost
in case of multi master mode. When an arbitration lost
is detected, it retries for 10 times before failing.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The arbitration lost interrupt was not getting cleared
while clearing interrupts. This patch fixes this by adding
arbitration lost interrupt as well during clear. This patch
also removes hardcoded value and defined a macro for it.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add support for R-Car Gen3 SoCs into the driver, which encompases
the Gen3 SoC extra timing register handling and 64bit build fixes.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Read ICSR only once to avoid missing interrupts. This happens on R8A7791
Porter during reset, when reading the PMIC register 0x13, which may fail
sometimes because of the missed DTE interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Pull request for the UEFI subsystem for v2019.04-rc4
This pull request contains only bug fixes.
The most notable bug fixed was writing to random memory addresses when
trying to add a HII package of a yet unsupported package type.
- Enable DHCP as boot-source in distro boot for NXP layerscape
platforms
- fix register layout for SEC on Layerscape architectures
- fixes related to DPAA2 ethernet
Now the same SPI controller driver is reusable in all Allwinner
SoC variants, so rename the existing sun4i_spi.c into spi-sunxi.c
which eventually look like a common sunxi driver.
Also update the function, variable, structure names in driver from
sun4i into sunxi.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
- drop unused macros.
- use base instead of base_addr, for better code readability
- move .probe and .ofdata_to_platdata functions in required
places to add platdata support in future.
- use sentinel sun4i_spi_ids.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The usual SPI transmission protocol in Allwinner A10 and A31
controllers share similar context with minimal changes in register
offsets along with few additional register bits on A31.
So, add A31 spi controller support in existing sun4i_spi with A31
specific register offsets and bits.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add CLK support to enable AHB and MOD SPI clocks on sun4i_spi driver.
Clock disablement could be done while releasing the bus transfer, but
the existing code doesn't disable the clocks it only taken care of clock
enablement globally in probe.
So to make a proper clock handling, the clocks should enable it in claim
and disable it in release.
This patch would also do that change, by enable and disable clock in
proper order.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Support fifo_depth via drvdata instead of macro definition, this would
eventually reduce another macro definition for new SPI controller fifo
depth support addition.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Allwinner support two different SPI controllers one for A10 and
another for A31 with minimal changes in register offsets and
respective register bits, but the logic for accessing the SPI
master via SPI slave remains nearly similar.
Add enum offsets for register set and register bits, so-that
it can access both classes of SPI controllers.
Assign same control register for global, transfer and fifo control
registers to make the same code compatible with A31 SPI controller.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Stefan Mavrodiev <stefan@olimex.com> # A20-SOM204
- Implement SPI AHB, MOD clocks via ccu_clk_gate for all
supported Allwinner SoCs
- Implement SPI resets via ccu_reset for all supported
Allwinner SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
To drain rx fifo the fifo need to poll for how much data has
been filled up in rx fifo.
To achieve this, the current code is using wait_for_bit logic
on control register with exchange burst mode mask, which is not
a proper way of waiting for fifo filled up.
So, add code for polling rxfifo to be filled up using fifo
status register.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
With current order of include files, the file designware_spi.c
can't see that the struct global_data has the member
board_type when CONFIG_BOARD_TYPES is defined. By not seeing this
then all the members are shifted in the struct global_data.
So when the driver is trying to read from device tree blob, it
would pass the wrong address to the function 'fdtdev_get_int'.
This will make to use the default frequency 500000.
The fix consists of changing the order of include files in
designware_spi.c to include first common.h file.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
SPL_GENERATE_ATMEL_PMECC_HEADER will generate a header for the SPL for NAND
information. The initial stage 1 bootloader will use this header in case the
NAND flash doesn't support commands to retrieve sector size, etc.
However this header is bad for different boot media, like MMC or SPI.
In case SD_BOOT or SPI_BOOT is used, remove the config for this.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
This was already set for 'sama5d27_som1_ek_mmc_defconfig' (first SD
card, full size). Without this option set, the MAC address is not read
from the I²C EEPROM at boot, and remains unset:
U-Boot 2019.01 (Jan 01 2019 - 00:00:00 +0000)
CPU: SAMA5D27 1G bits DDR2 SDRAM
Crystal frequency: 24 MHz
CPU clock : 492 MHz
Master clock : 164 MHz
DRAM: 128 MiB
MMC: sdio-host@a0000000: 0, sdio-host@b0000000: 1
Loading Environment from FAT... OK
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
Net:
Error: ethernet@f8008000 address not set.
eth-1: ethernet@f8008000
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
According to the R-Car Gen3 Hardware Manual Errata for Rev 1.50,
the MOD_SEL0 bit3 is set to 0 when TX0_A pin function is selected,
and the MOD_SEL0 bit3 is set to 1 when TX0_B pin function is
selected.
Signed-off-by: Hiroyuki Yokoyama <hiroyuki.yokoyama.vx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
This patch fixes the allocation name "RTSx_N_TANS_x" of IPSR /
MOD_SEL0/1 of r8a77990 to "RTSx_N_x". This information was
confirmed in the R-Car Gen3 Hardware Manual Rev.1.50.
Signed-off-by: Hiroyuki Yokoyama <hiroyuki.yokoyama.vx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
This patch fixes the allocation name "sel_ndfc" of MOD_SEL2[22]
of r8a7796 / r8a77965 to "sel_ndf". This information was confirmed
in the R-Car Gen3 Hardware Manual Rev.1.50.
Signed-off-by: Hiroyuki Yokoyama <hiroyuki.yokoyama.vx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
This patch removes CC5_OSCOUT assignment of IP17[3:0] of r8a7795
/ r8a7796 / r8a77965. This information was confirmed in the R-Car
Gen3 Hardware Manual Rev.1.50.
Signed-off-by: Hiroyuki Yokoyama <hiroyuki.yokoyama.vx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
This patch fixes to the correct names, and "_" is not include after
"adg" for r8a7795/r8a7796/r8a77965. This information was confirmed
in the R-Car Gen3 Hardware Manual Rev.1.50.
Signed-off-by: Hiroyuki Yokoyama <hiroyuki.yokoyama.vx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
This patch is change the bit assignment of "HDMI1_CEC" to "GP7_03",
and "HDMI0_CEC" to "GP7_02". This information was confirmed in the
R-Car Gen3 Hardware Manual Rev.1.50.
Signed-off-by: Hiroyuki Yokoyama <hiroyuki.yokoyama.vx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
sec_firmware reserves JR3 for it's own usage and deletes the JR3 node
from the device tree. This causes this warning to be issued when doing
the device tree fixup:
WARNING could not find node fsl,sec-v4.0-job-ring: FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND.
Fix it by excluding the device tree fixup for the JR reserved by
sec_firmware.
Signed-off-by: Laurentiu Tudor <laurentiu.tudor@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horia Geanta <horia.geanta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharat Bhushan <bharat.bhushan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
The SEC QI ICID setup in the QIIC_LS register is actually an offset
that is being added to the ICID coming from the qman portal. Setting
it with a non-zero value breaks SMMU setup as the resulting ICID is
not known. On top of that, the SEC QI ICID must match the qman portal
ICIDs in order to share the isolation context.
Signed-off-by: Laurentiu Tudor <laurentiu.tudor@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horia Geanta <horia.geanta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharat Bhushan <bharat.bhushan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
On Layerscape architectures the SEC memory map is 1MB and the
register blocks contained in it are 64KB aligned, not 4KB as
the ccsr_sec structure currently assumes. Fix the layout of
the structure for these architectures.
Signed-off-by: Laurentiu Tudor <laurentiu.tudor@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horia Geanta <horia.geanta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharat Bhushan <bharat.bhushan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
dhcp boot is a useful feature and works out-of-the-box on these
platforms. Enable it as a boot source.
Signed-off-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <ykaukab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
EFI applications need bounce buffers to work properly on these
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <ykaukab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Default environment variable is more complete. Also scans for efi
binaries for example.
Signed-off-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <ykaukab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
dhcp boot is a useful feature and works out-of-the-box on these
platforms. Enable it as a boot source.
Signed-off-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <ykaukab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
EFI applications need bounce buffers to work properly on these
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <ykaukab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Default environment variable is more complete. Also scans for efi
binaries for example.
Signed-off-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <ykaukab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
dhcp boot is a useful feature and works out-of-the-box for ls2088a
platforms. Moreover, no solid reason is given for disabling it.
Revert the patch to re-enable it.
This reverts commit aea5cd75e6.
Signed-off-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <ykaukab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Default environment variable is more complete. Also scans for efi
binaries for example.
Signed-off-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <ykaukab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
dhcp boot is a useful feature and works out-of-the-box for ls1088a
platforms. Moreover, no solid reason is given for disabling it.
Revert the patch to re-enable it.
This reverts commit 863e42e8b1.
Signed-off-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <ykaukab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Path for fsl-mc node in kernel device-tree is /soc/fsl-mc whereas
in u-boot it is /fsl-mc.
Fix the incorrect search path to fix following error:
fdt_fixup_board_enet: ERROR: fsl-mc node not found in device tree
(error -1)
Signed-off-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <ykaukab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
When package types are not supported by our implementation of the HII
database protocol supported error messages are displayed.
Essentially the output is only needed for debugging. By using EFI_PRINT()
the messages are only written for in debug mode and with correct
indentation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In `efidebug boot add iPXE scsi 0:1 snp-arm64.efi --foo` a parameter is
missing. Hence the command should not silently return as if everything were
ok but should display the usage info.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
In new_package_list() we call new_packagelist() to create a new package
list. Next we try to add the packages which fails for form packages. Due
to this error we call free_packagelist(). Now in free_packagelist()
list_del() is called for an uninitialized field hii->link. This leads to
changing random memory addresses.
To solve the problem move the initialization of hii->link to
new_packagelist().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
In the `efidebug boot add` command we do not want an unsolicited leading
backslash added to the file name.
There is no good reason to mark a loaded file with a backslash as absolute.
Anyway when reading files the file name will be interpreted as relative to
root directory of the device.
So let's get rid of this backslash.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
T1040RDB has been upgraded to support new DDR ie. MTA9ADF1G72AZ-3G2, 8GB.
So adding support of new DDR part by updating board_specific_parameters
udimm0.
Signed-off-by: Peng Ma <peng.ma@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Moving to the driver model requires CONFIG_DM to be enabled. Currently
several boards like kmeter1_defconfig produce a build error when CONFIG_DM
is enabled:
In file included from include/common.h:35,
from ./arch/powerpc/include/asm/fsl_lbc.h:10,
from include/mpc83xx.h:10,
from ./arch/powerpc/include/asm/ppc.h:27,
from ./arch/powerpc/include/asm/u-boot.h:18,
from include/dm/of.h:10,
from include/dm/ofnode.h:12,
from include/dm/device.h:13,
from include/linux/mtd/mtd.h:26,
from drivers/mtd/mtdconcat.c:25:
include/image.h: In function ‘image_check_target_arch’:
include/image.h:846:3: error: #error "please define IH_ARCH_DEFAULT in
your arch asm/u-boot.h"
# error "please define IH_ARCH_DEFAULT in your arch asm/u-boot.h"
^~~~~
include/image.h:848:31: error: ‘IH_ARCH_DEFAULT’ undeclared (first use in
this function); did you mean ‘IH_ARCH_COUNT’?
return image_check_arch(hdr, IH_ARCH_DEFAULT);
The error can be avoided by moving the definition of IH_ARCH_DEFAULT before
#include <asm/ppc.h>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
To find out how big the early malloc heap must be in SPL, add a debug
print statement that dumps its usage before switching to relocated heap
in spl_relocate_stack_gd() via CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_MALLOC_SIMPLE_LEN.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
*.dts are processed using a custom command, then the C pre-processor is
run on them, then they are compiled using dtc. Thus, the dependency
files generated by both cpp and dtc reference a temporary file name
rather than the actual source file. While this information isn't used
for any purpose by the build system, and hence this causes no functional
issue, it does cause the dependency files to contain invalid and
confusing data, which is unhelpful while debugging build problems. Fix
this using sed.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Without this, the arch-dtbs target only gets evaluated when building
U-Boot the first time, not when re-building (incrementally building)
U-Boot. Thus incremental builds ignore changes to DTB files.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Alignment with kernel directory name as it have already bindings for
DDR controllers in the directory:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controller
PS: the drivers using RAM u-class should be associated with
this binding directory
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
When compiling with DEBUG=1 an error
fs/fat/fat_write.c:831: undefined reference to `__aeabi_ldivmod'
occurred.
We should use do_div() instead of the modulus operator.
filesize and cur_pos cannot be negative. So let's use u64 to avoid
warnings.
Fixes: cb8af8af5b ("fs: fat: support write with non-zero offset")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The loop implemented in the code is supposed to check whether the
PL310 operation register has any bit from the mask set. Currently,
the code checks whether the PL310 operation register has any bit
set AND whether the mask is non-zero, which is incorrect. Fix the
conditional.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Dalon Westergreen <dwesterg@gmail.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fixes: 93bc21930a ("armv7: add PL310 support to u-boot")
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
_omap3_spi_set_wordlen() indexed the regs->channel[] array with the
old wordlen (instead of the chipselect number) when reading the current
CHCONF register value. This meant it read from the wrong memory location,
modified that value, and then wrote it back to the correct CHCONF
register. The end result is that most slave configuration settings would
be lost, such as clock divisor, clock/chipselect polarities, etc.
Fixes: 77b8d04854 ("spi: omap3: Convert to driver model")
Signed-off-by: David Rivshin <drivshin@allworx.com>
This patch enables CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH for RISC-V
because bootm will update initrd location in DTB only if
CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH is enabled. If we don't enable
this option then bootm assumes DTB already has initrd details
which is not the case most of the time.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
The readme guide describes the procedure to build, flash and boot Linux
using U-Boot on HiFive Unleashed. It also explains the current state of
U-boot support and future action items.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
This patch adds SiFive FU540 board support. For now, only
SiFive serial, SiFive PRCI, and Cadance MACB drivers are
only enabled. The SiFive FU540 defconfig by default builds
U-Boot for S-Mode because U-Boot on SiFive FU540 will run
in S-Mode as payload of BBL or OpenSBI.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Currently, timer driver is bound only for hart0.
There is no mandatory requirement that hart0 should always
come up. In fact, HiFive Unleashed SoC hart0 doesn't boot
in S-mode because it only has M-mode.
The timer driver should be bound for boot hart.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
It is possible that input clock is not available because clk
device was not available and 'clock-frequency' DT property is
also not available.
In this case, instead of failing we should just skip baudrate
config by returning zero.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This patch adds fixed-factor clock driver which derives clock
rate by dividing (div) and multiplying (mult) fixed factors
to a parent clock.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add driver code for the SiFive FU540 PRCI IP block. This IP block
handles reset and clock control for the SiFive FU540 device and
implements SoC-level clock tree controls and dividers.
Based on code written by Wesley Terpstra <wesley@sifive.com>
found in commit 999529edf517ed75b56659d456d221b2ee56bb60 of:
https://github.com/riscv/riscv-linux
Boot and PLL rate change were tested on a SiFive HiFive Unleashed
board.
Signed-off-by: Paul Walmsley <paul.walmsley@sifive.com>
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Fix MID bit field check to correctly identify all GEM hardwares.
The check is updated as per macb driver in Linux location:
<linux_sources>/drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb_main.c:259
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Don't fail in macb_enable_clk() if clk_enable() returns
-ENOSYS because we get -ENOSYS for fixed-rate clocks.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
On 64bit systems, the DRAM top can be easily beyond 4GB and U-Boot
DMA mapping APIs will generate DMA addresses beyond 4GB. This
breaks DMA programming in 32bit DMA capable devices (such as
Cadence MACB ethernet). For example, If DRAM is more then 2GB
on QEMU sifive_u machine then Cadence MACB ethernet stops working
for U-Boot because it is a 32bit DMA capable device.
To handle 32bit DMA capable devices on 64bit systems, we provide
custom implementation of board_get_usable_ram_top() which ensures
that usable ram top is not more then 4GB. This in-turn ensures
that U-Boot always runs within 4GB hence DMA addresses generated
by DMA mapping APIs will be within 4GB too.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some of the drivers (such as Cadence MACB ethernet driver) expect
asm/arch/clk.h to be provided by arch support so we add place-holder
asm/arch-generic/clk.h for RISC-V generic CPU.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
This patch adds asm/dma-mapping.h for Linux-like DMA mappings
APIs required by some of the drivers (such as, Cadance MACB
Ethernet driver).
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
The QEMU CPU support under arch/riscv is pretty much generic
and works fine for SiFive Unleashed as well. In fact, there
will be quite a few RISC-V SOCs for which QEMU CPU support
will work fine.
This patch renames cpu/qemu to cpu/generic to indicate the
above fact. If there are SOC specific errata workarounds
required in cpu/generic then those can be done at runtime
in cpu/generic based on CPU vendor specific DT compatible
string.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We select CREATE_ARCH_SYMLINK for RISC-V so that we can have
include/asm/arch linked to include/asm/arch-xyz.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Pull request for the UEFI sub-system for v2019.04-rc3
A new option -e is added to the env command which allows to display and
change UEFI variables in a user friendly way.
A new command efidebug is introduced to edit the UEFI boot sequence and to
display different aspects of the state of the UEFI sub-system: memory map,
loaded images, handles, drivers and devices.
A bug in the UEFI boot manager is fixed.
According to latest specification rev.0026 and after confirmation with
HW engineer, the DTCNTL register TAPNUM field must be set to 8 even on
H3 ES2.0 SoC. Make it so.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
According to latest specification rev.0026, when HOST_MODE bit 0
(WMODE) is not set, HOST_MODE bit 8 (BUSWIDTH) is ignored. Clear
HOST_MODE bit 8 in such case and align the code with Linux and
avoid possible unforeseen issues.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Convert R-Car Gen2 from OF_EMBED to OF_SEPARATE, thus getting
rid of one of the deprecation warnings.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Imply all SoCs supported by a given board. This allows building single
U-Boot binary for boards which can have multiple SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Drop per SoC def_bool on each driver, since this is now implied by
SoC Kconfig option instead.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Drop per SoC def_bool on each driver, since this is now implied by
SoC Kconfig option instead.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
On SoCFPGA Gen5 systems, it can rarely happen that a reboot from Linux
will result in stale data in PL310 L2 cache controller. Even if the L2
cache controller is disabled via the CTRL register CTRL_EN bit, those
data can interfere with operation of devices using DMA, like e.g. the
DWMMC controller. This can in turn cause e.g. SPL to fail reading data
from SD/MMC.
The obvious solution here would be to fully reset the L2 cache controller
via the reset manager MPUMODRST L2 bit, however this causes bus hang even
if executed entirely from L1 I-cache to avoid generating any bus traffic
through the L2 cache controller.
This patch thus configures and enables the L2 cache controller very early
in the SPL boot process, clears the L2 cache and disables the L2 cache
controller again.
The reason for doing it in SPL is because we need to avoid accessing any
of the potentially stale data in the L2 cache, and we are certain any of
the stale data will be below the OCRAM address range. To further reduce
bus traffic during the L2 cache invalidation, we enable L1 I-cache and
run the invalidation code entirely out of the L1 I-cache.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Dalon Westergreen <dwesterg@gmail.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Configure the PL310 tag and data latency registers, which slightly
improves performance and aligns the behavior with Linux.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Dalon Westergreen <dwesterg@gmail.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
The loop implemented in the code is supposed to check whether the
PL310 operation register has any bit from the mask set. Currently,
the code checks whether the PL310 operation register has any bit
set AND whether the mask is non-zero, which is incorrect. Fix the
conditional.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Dalon Westergreen <dwesterg@gmail.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fixes: 93bc21930a ("armv7: add PL310 support to u-boot")
gpio_get_value should return 0 or 1, not the value of bit & (1 << pin)
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Julien Beraud <julien.beraud@orolia.com>
"drivers" command prints all the uefi drivers on the system.
=> efi drivers
Driver Name Image Path
================ ==================== ====================
000000007ef003d0 <NULL> <built-in>
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
"devices" command prints all the uefi variables on the system.
=> efi devices
Scanning disk ahci_scsi.id0lun0...
Scanning disk ahci_scsi.id1lun0...
Found 4 disks
Device Device Path
================ ====================
000000007ef07ea0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)
000000007ef00c10 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/Scsi(0,0)
000000007ef00dd0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/Scsi(1,0)
000000007ef07be0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/Scsi(1,0)/HD(1,MBR,0x086246ba,0x800,0x40000)
000000007ef07510 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/Scsi(1,0)/HD(2,MBR,0x086246ba,0x40800,0x3f800)
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Currently, there is no easy way to add or modify UEFI variables.
In particular, bootmgr supports BootOrder/BootXXXX variables, it is
quite hard to define them as u-boot variables because they are represented
in a complicated and encoded format.
The new command, efidebug, helps address these issues and give us
more friendly interfaces:
* efidebug boot add: add BootXXXX variable
* efidebug boot rm: remove BootXXXX variable
* efidebug boot dump: display all BootXXXX variables
* efidebug boot next: set BootNext variable
* efidebug boot order: set/display a boot order (BootOrder)
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
"env [print|set] -e" allows for handling uefi variables without
knowing details about mapping to corresponding u-boot variables.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Since commit 914df75b0c ("efi_loader: fix EFI entry counting")
entry_count is already set to 1 before efi_bootmgr_load() is called. So we
should not increment it when entering the function.
Without the patch an assert error occurs in efi_get_variable() if DEBUG is
defined.
Fixes: 914df75b0c ("efi_loader: fix EFI entry counting")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
For booting via `bootefi bootmgr` it is necessary that the EFI variable
BootOrder is defined. Provide a diagnostic message if the variable is
missing.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This is the same migration path as commit b6251db8c3 ("Kconfig:
Introduce USE_BOOTCOMMAND and migrate BOOTCOMMAND").
I also moved the description in README to the Kconfig help.
I ripped off the sentence about 'LWMON' since it is gone already.
I only let my boards migrate, leaving the rest to platform maintainers.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Without CONFIG_LED, we get
cmd/built-in.o: In function `show_led_state':
cmd/led.c:40: undefined reference to `led_get_state'
cmd/built-in.o: In function `do_led':
cmd/led.c:99: undefined reference to `led_get_by_label'
cmd/led.c:108: undefined reference to `led_set_state'
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
- Add support for sound.
Albeit the big changeset, changes are pretty limited to x86 only and a
few new sound drivers used by x86 so I think it would be good to have
this in the next release.
U-Boot typically tears down the display controller before handing
control over to Linux. On LCD displays disabling pixel clock leads to a
fading out effect with vertical/horizontal lines. Make sure to disable
back light before booting Linux.
Signed-off-by: Gerard Salvatella <gerard.salvatella@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Migrate TEGRA_KEYBOARD from headers to Kconfig, only the seaboard uses it but we
drop CONFIG_KEYBOARD as the driver doesn't use the legacy drv_keyboard_init.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Booting recently Linux -next kernels on 32-bit Tegra devices has been
failing when using the 'multi_v7_defconfig' kenrel configuration because
the size of has grown such that it is overwriting the FDT blob.
Current Linux -next kernels built with the 'multi_v7_defconfig' have a
total size of ~19.5MB (where .text is ~12.5MB, .data is ~6.5MB and .bss
is ~0.5MB). Therefore, increase the memory location reserved for the
Linux kernel to 32MB from 16MB for 32-bit Tegra devices.
This change has been boot tested on Tegra20 Ventana, Tegra30 Cardhu and
Tegra124 Jetson TK1 with the Linux next tree (20190212).
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
This patch enables UMS on the nyan devices like the nyan-big.
A patch like this has been sent in by Stephen Warren some time ago for
other tegra devices: commit e6607cffef.
But the nyan devices never received that functionality.
Signed-off-by: Tristan Bastian <tristan-c.bastian@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Without this padding nyan-big ends at a blank screen on boot.
Details on how to get to this padding can be found in the README.chromium under Notes.
Signed-off-by: Tristan Bastian <tristan-c.bastian@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Internal keyboard of nyan-big is only working when cold booting by pressing [reload/refresh]+[power] button.
With this patch keyboard is working by only pressing [power] button.
Signed-off-by: Tristan Bastian <tristan-c.bastian@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Enable sound on samus using the broadwell I2S and an RT5677 audio codec.
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a sound driver for samus which ties together the audio codec and
I2S controller.
For now broadwell_sound is commented out in the makefile since we cannot
compile it without sound support enabled. The next commit fixes this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
I2S is used to send digital audio data to an audio codec. Add support for
this on broadwell.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add support for initing the I2C device and ADSP on broadwell. These are
needed for sound to work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the pinctrl probes the PCH but since it only uses it to obtain
a PCI address, this is no necessary. Avoiding this fixes one of the two
co-dependent loops in broadwell.
This driver really should be a proper pinctrl driver, but for now it
remains a syscon device.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The Application Digital Signal Processor is used for sound processing with
broadwell. Add a driver to support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a sound driver which can output simple beeps using this legacy timer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Adjust the code to allow beeping at different frequencies, using a
calculated value for timer 2.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add sound support for link, using the HDA codec implementation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When testing the sound system we don't need the hear the beeps. The
testing works by checking the data that would be emitted. Add a
device-tree property to silence the sound, and enable it for testing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The Intel High-definition Audio is a newer-generation audio system which
provides for transfer of a large number of audio stream, each containing
up to 16 channels.
Add support for HDA as a library which can be used by other drivers.
U-Boot currently uses only two channels (stereo).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some audio codecs such as Intel HDA do not need to use digital data to
play sounds, but instead have a way to emit beeps. Add this interface as
an option. If the beep interface is not supported, then the sound uclass
falls back to the I2S interface.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This method in the sound API is optional since some drivers can do this
when probing or as part of SoC init. Mark it as such.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a way check to whether HD audio is enabled. Use ioctl() to avoid
adding too many unusual operations to PCH.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the PCH has 4 operations and these are reasonably widely used
in the drivers. But sometimes we want to add rarely used operations, and
each of these currently adds to the size of the PCH operations table.
Add an ioctl() method which can be easily expanded without any more impact
on the operations table.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This uclass currently has no tests. Add a sandbox driver and some simple
tests to provide basic coverage.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: Use "sandbox,pch" for the compatible string, for consistency]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present this uclass is selected only on x86. In order to add a test for
it, it must also support sandbox. Create a new CONFIG_PCH option and
enable it on x86 and sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present link does not boot since it has outgrown its pre-relocation
malloc() size and its assigned code area. Increase the former and drop
EFI loader support, which adds about 45KB!
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is too small now, likely due to the pre_reloc_only fixes. Increase
it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present these macros give warnings on 64-bit machines and do not
correctly do 32-bit accesses. Update them to use linux types.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This struct is getting larger and in some cases is being used for things
which would be better put into a driver. For example hwspinlock is not
used outside of sandbox_hwspinlock.c.
Add a note to encourage people to put things elsewhere.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a few IDs for common HDA blocks and the ADSP used on samus.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Allow the 'gpio' command to match GPIO bank names regardless of the case
of each. While these are generally in upper case, it is useful to be able
to provide lower case with the command.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the gpio command only shows GPIOs which are marked as in use.
This makes sense with 'gpio status' since we already have the '-a' flag
to indicate that all GPIOs should be shown. But when a particular GPIO is
requested, it seems better to always display it. At present the request is
simply ignored.
For example if GPIO a10 is not in use, then:
> gpio status a10
shows nothing, not even the function being used for that GPIO. With this
change, it shows the pin status:
> gpio status a10
a10: input: 0 [ ]
Add an extra parameter for this to avoid changing the existing flag
parameter.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: correct the 'gpio' command in the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is platdata, not private data, so the comment is currently incorrect.
Fix it to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This function is not used outside this file so make it static.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present this driver does not check whether it is able to actually
communicate with the I2C controller. It prints a timeout message but still
considers the probe to be successful.
To fix this, add some checking that the init succeeds.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
At present it is not possible to use the syscon devices for PCI devices
since a regmap is required. Since PCI uses a 3-cell address the conversion
of the 'reg' property to an address always fails. In any case, the regmap
is not useful with PCI since devices are accessed through the PCI bus
which regmap does not support.
Add a special case for PCI syscon devices, so that they don't set up a
regmap.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present it is possible to '#define DEBUG' at the top of a file which
causes all debug() statements in that file to become active. There is
currently no equivalent with logging, but this is a useful function.
Add a LOG_DEBUG define along with documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The log_debug(), etc. function are documented only in the header file at
present. Add a section to README.log also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the default log level is set to LOGL_INFO on start-up. Allow
this to be controlled from Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The log level numbers in the Kconfig are not actually correct. Fix them
and also add a missing space in the header-file comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
- Switch to using the omap3-u-boot.dtsi file for needed properties.
- Remove a few SPL features to free up more SRAM space.
- Switch CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to the normal default, we don't need to
worry about X-Loader at this point anymore.
- A few related updates to SPL options as part of switching to DM SPL.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
With the generic omap3-u-boot.dtsi file available, this patch
increased the memory of the various incarnations of the omap3_logic
board, and points their respective u-boot.dtsi files to the newly
created generic one, and removes the PLATDATA from the board file.
These are all done at once because the're all utilizing the same
omap3logic.c board file.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Create generic omap3-u-boot.dtsi file that omap3 based boards
can include to generate device tree in SPL for booting MLO.
Credit should go to Tom Rini.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
The README.da850 file continues information on how to burn NAND
for the LCDK, but not the DA850-EVM. This patch adds both the
commands and dip switch instructions for burning and booting
NAND.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The other OMAP3 based Logic PD boards have Falcon Mode enabled,
so this patch makes it possible on the AM3517-evm as well.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The SPI NOR frameware was recently updated, but they require a little
more memory that we had previosly allocated, so it stopped booting.
This patch doubles the size of CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to 0x800.
Fixes: c4e8862308 ("mtd: spi: Switch to new SPI NOR framework")
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Current Hikey configuration allows us to store u-boot environment on uSD
card. But this will be useless if uSD card is not inserted, hence use
the onboard eMMC memory for storing environment at Boot1 partition.
While we are at it, let's increase the boot delay to 10s also.
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
We use TARGET_BCM63158 in the Kconfig instead of ARCH_BCM63158,
so we could add other board that use a bcm63158.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Release cluster block immediately when no longer use would help to reduce
64KiB memory allocated to the memory pool.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Drop the statically allocated get_contents_vfatname_block and
dynamically allocate a buffer only if required. This saves
64KiB of memory.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.ag...@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
SPL currently does not check uImage CRCs when loading U-Boot.
This patch adds checking the uImage CRC when SPL loads U-Boot. It does
this by reusing the existing config option SPL_CRC32_SUPPORT to allow
leaving out the CRC check on boards where the additional code size or
boot time is a problem (adding the CRC check currently adds ~1.4 kByte
to flash).
The SPL_CRC32_SUPPORT config option now gets enabled by default if SPL
support for legacy images is enabled to check the CRC on all boards
that don't actively take countermeasures.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Arguments are const and belong to the caller. Calling date in a hush
loop will yield different results from the second invocation.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kapl <rka@sysgo.com>
Currently there are two problems in 'bootelf -p' (load elf by segments)
command:
- bss section is not flushed, so booted elf can have non zero values
in bss;
- at least on ARM there are 'CACHE: Misaligned operation at
range...' warnings
Use p_memsz instead of p_filesz during cache flushing for elf segment.
p_filesz doesn't include zero initialized memory (e.g. bss section),
which also should be flushed.
Align these cache flushes to line boundaries.
Signed-off-by: Kurban Mallachiev <mallachiev@ispras.ru>
This commit converts the brxre1 board to DM,
for this we have todo following things:
- add a devicetree-file for this board
- drop all obsolete settings from board header-file
- use dm_i2c_xxx calls for read/write to the resetcontroller
- request gpios before operate them
Serues-cc: trini@konsulko.com
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Before the patch scsi would report the same device number for all SCSI
devices, e.g.
Device 0: (1:0) Vendor: ATA Prod.: Crucial_CT128M55 Rev: MU01
Type: Hard Disk
Capacity: 122104.3 MB = 119.2 GB (250069680 x 512)
Device 0: (1:0) Vendor: ATA Prod.: Rev:
Type: Hard Disk
Capacity: not available
With the patch the same device number is reported as is used in
scsi_read():
Device 0: (1:0) Vendor: ATA Prod.: Crucial_CT128M55 Rev: MU01
Type: Hard Disk
Capacity: 122104.3 MB = 119.2 GB (250069680 x 512)
Device 1: (1:0) Vendor: ATA Prod.: Rev:
Type: Hard Disk
Capacity: not available
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When in pack_byte_string() memcpy() is called for size 0 the source buffer
address has no relevance. So we can use NULL here.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add CONFIG_AHCI CONFIG_SATA_CEVA CONFIG_DM_SCSI for some ls1021a
defconfigs that missing one of them or more.
enable CONFIG_DM_MMC for some defconfigs to support CONFIG_BLK
Support sata for all ls1021a defconfigs
Signed-off-by: Peng Ma <peng.ma@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add CONFIG_AHCI CONFIG_SATA_CEVA CONFIG_DM_SCSI for some ls1012afrwy
and ls1012afrwy defconfigs that missing one of them or more.
Support sata for all ls1012afrwy defconfigs
Signed-off-by: Peng Ma <peng.ma@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add CONFIG_AHCI CONFIG_SATA_CEVA CONFIG_DM_SCSI for some ls208xardb
and ls208xaqds defconfigs that missing one of them or more.
enable CONFIG_DM_MMC for some defconfigs to support CONFIG_BLK
Support sata for all ls208xa defconfigs
Signed-off-by: Peng Ma <peng.ma@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add CONFIG_AHCI CONFIG_SATA_CEVA CONFIG_DM_SCSI for some ls1088ardb
and ls1088aqds defconfigs that missing one of them or more.
Support sata for all ls1088a defconfigs
Signed-off-by: Peng Ma <peng.ma@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add CONFIG_AHCI CONFIG_SATA_CEVA CONFIG_DM_SCSI for some ls1046ardb
and ls1046aqds defconfigs that missing one of them or more.
enable CONFIG_DM_MMC for some defconfigs to support CONFIG_BLK
Support sata for all ls1046a defconfigs
Signed-off-by: Peng Ma <peng.ma@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add CONFIG_AHCI CONFIG_SATA_CEVA CONFIG_DM_SCSI for some ls1043aqds
defconfigs that missing one of them or more.
Support sata for all ls1043aqds defconfigs
Signed-off-by: Peng Ma <peng.ma@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
remove SCSI and SCSI_AHCI configs for ls1043ardb due to no sata interface
support.
this changed is to fixed the ls1043ardb compile warning as fallows:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_SCSI. Please update
the storage controller to use CONFIG_DM_SCSI before the
v2019.07 release. Failure to update by the deadline may
result in board removal.See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt
for more info.
====================================================
Signed-off-by: Peng Ma <peng.ma@nxp.com>
[PK: reword the patch subject]
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Moves FSL_TZASC_400 and FSL_TZPC_BP147 configs to Kconfig
for LS1088A and LS2088A platforms.
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Due to the new layout of Layerscape series, move the QE
firmware to address (512*4A00) in SD Card.
Signed-off-by: Zhao Qiang <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
nand_bootcmd doest not exist, it should be support
for nand auto boot up.
Signed-off-by: Wen He <wen.he_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
LX2160AQDS is a development board that supports LX2160A
family SoCs. This patch add base support for this board.
Signed-off-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Bansal <pankaj.bansal@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Udit Agarwal <udit.agarwal@nxp.com>
[PK: Sqaush patch for "secure boot defconfig" & add maintainer]
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add init_func_vid() which calls adjust_vdd()
This ensures adjust_vdd() is called via
init_sequence_f[]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Adds esbc validate command for verification of MC and DPC
firmware, along with secure boot defconfig.
Also enable distro boot.
Signed-off-by: Udit Agarwal <udit.agarwal@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Ma <peng.ma@nxp.com>
[PK: squash "enable DM support for SATA patch" & add maintainer]
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
some dpmacs in armv8a based freescale layerscape SOCs can be
configured via both serdes(sgmii, xfi, xlaui etc) bits and via
EC*_PMUX(rgmii) bits in RCW.
e.g. dpmac 17 and 18 in LX2160A can be configured as SGMII from
serdes bits and as RGMII via EC1_PMUX/EC2_PMUX bits
Now if a dpmac is enabled by serdes bits then it takes precedence
over EC*_PMUX bits. i.e. in LX2160A if we select serdes protocol
that configures dpmac17 as SGMII and set the EC1_PMUX as RGMII,
then the dpmac is SGMII and not RGMII.
Therefore, move the fsl_rgmii_init after fsl_serdes_init. in
fsl_rgmii_init function of SOC, we will check if the dpmac is enabled
or not? if it is (fsl_serdes_init has already enabled the dpmac), then
don't enable it.
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Bansal <pankaj.bansal@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Add code to initial ethernet interface arrays
with corresponding dpmac-id values in serdes_init function
for LX2160A.
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
fsl_ddr_board_options is generally defined in board
board's ddr.c, but some boards like lx2160ardb board
does not need this function.
Defining fsl_ddr_board_options as weak function to
resolve compilation errors for such boards.
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
[PK: Fix checkpatch warnings]
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
As per hardware documentation,
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PEBUF_BASE for lx2160a is 0x1c00000000
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
This patch prevent the Stratix 10 FPGA driver incorrectly return the
transaction ID as the mailbox error code. It should always return the
actual mailbox error code from SDM firmware.
Signed-off-by: Ang, Chee Hong <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Poll for iDMAC TX/RX interrupt before disable DMA.
This to prevent disable DMA before data is transfer
completed.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
The 'dwmac_socfpga' ETH driver can now get the MACs out of reset
via the socfpga reset driver and can set PHY mode via syscon.
This means we can now remove the ad-hoc code to do this from
arch/arm/mach-socfpga.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Enable the socfpga specific designware ethernet driver by default for
socfpga by implying it when enabling CONFIG_ETH_DESIGNWARE for a
MACH_SOCFPGA config.
This is required to remove the hacky reset and phy mode handling in
arch/arm/mach-socfpga.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
This driver was written for Arria10, but it applies to Gen5, too.
The main difference is that Gen5 has 2 MACs (Arria10 has 3) and the
syscon bits are encoded in the same register, thus an offset is needed.
This offset is already read from the devicetree, but for Arria10 it is
always 0, which is probably why it has been ignored. By using this
offset when writing the phy mode into the syscon regiter, we can use
this driver to set the phy mode for both of the MACs on Gen5.
Since the PHY mode bits in sysmgr are the same even for Stratix10,
let's drop the detection of the sub-mach by checking compatible
version and just use the same code for all FPGAs.
To work correctly, this driver depends on SYSCON and REGMAP, so select
those via Kconfig when it is enabeld.
Tested on socfpga_socrates (where the 2nd MAC is connected, so a shift
offset is required).
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
As the H5 is pin compatible with the H3, vendors tend to upgrade their
existing H3 products with an H5 SoC swap. This is the case with the
Bananapi M2+ H5.
Add the following to support it:
- device tree file: synced from Linux v5.0-rc1,
- defconfig: copy of bananapi_m2_plus_h3_defconfig with only SoC
family and default device tree file name changed
- MAINTAINERS entry
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The brand Sinovoip is used for Sinovoip's original VOIP products, while
the Bananapi brand is for the single board computers they produce. This
has been verified by Bananapi. Rename the board from "Sinovoip BPI M2
Plus" to "Bananapi M2 Plus". For the defconfig file, all lowercase is
used.
To support the H5 variant of this board, the "H3" suffix is added to
the defconfig name.
Also add myself as one of the board maintainers.
As the device tree files were already correctly named, they do not
require any changes.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
[jagan: removed unneeded message from commit body]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
As of commit aa8fee415f46 ("ARM: dts: sun8i: h3: Split out
non-SoC-specific parts of Bananapi M2 Plus") in the Linux kernel, the
device tree for the Bananapi M2+ has been split into a common dtsi file,
and an SoC-specific board device tree file that includes both the shared
dtsi file and the soc dtsi file. This was done to support both the H3
and H5 variants of the same board. This is similar to what was done for
the Libre Computer ALL-H3-CC in U-boot commit d7b17f1c24 ("sunxi: Split
out common board design for ALL-H3-CC device tree").
The newly split files are directly synced from Linux tag v5.0-rc1.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
2019-02-18 13:54:23 +05:30
6048 changed files with 291501 additions and 99661 deletions
HAVE_SPHINX:=$(shell if which $(SPHINXBUILD) >/dev/null 2>&1;thenecho 1;elseecho 0;fi)
ifeq($(HAVE_SPHINX),0)
.DEFAULT:
$(warning The '$(SPHINXBUILD)'command was not found. Make sure you have Sphinx installed and in PATH, or set the SPHINXBUILD make variable to point to the full path of the '$(SPHINXBUILD)' executable.)
@echo
@./scripts/sphinx-pre-install
@echo " SKIP Sphinx $@ target."
else# HAVE_SPHINX
# User-friendly check for pdflatex
HAVE_PDFLATEX:=$(shell if which $(PDFLATEX) >/dev/null 2>&1;thenecho 1;elseecho 0;fi)
sys.stderr.write('Warning: The Sphinx \'sphinx_rtd_theme\' HTML theme was not found. Make sure you have the theme installed to produce pretty HTML output. Falling back to the default theme.\n')
# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme
# further. For a list of options available for each theme, see the
# documentation.
#html_theme_options = {}
# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory.
#html_theme_path = []
# The name for this set of Sphinx documents. If None, it defaults to
# "<project> v<release> documentation".
#html_title = None
# A shorter title for the navigation bar. Default is the same as html_title.
#html_short_title = None
# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top
# of the sidebar.
#html_logo = None
# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the
# docs. This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32
# pixels large.
#html_favicon = None
# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here,
# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files,
# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css".
html_static_path=['sphinx-static']
html_context={
'css_files':[
'_static/theme_overrides.css',
],
}
# Add any extra paths that contain custom files (such as robots.txt or
# .htaccess) here, relative to this directory. These files are copied
# directly to the root of the documentation.
#html_extra_path = []
# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom,
# using the given strftime format.
#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y'
# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to
# typographically correct entities.
#html_use_smartypants = True
# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names.
#html_sidebars = {}
# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to
# template names.
#html_additional_pages = {}
# If false, no module index is generated.
#html_domain_indices = True
# If false, no index is generated.
#html_use_index = True
# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter.
#html_split_index = False
# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages.
#html_show_sourcelink = True
# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
#html_show_sphinx = True
# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
#html_show_copyright = True
# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will
# contain a <link> tag referring to it. The value of this option must be the
# base URL from which the finished HTML is served.
#html_use_opensearch = ''
# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml").
#html_file_suffix = None
# Language to be used for generating the HTML full-text search index.
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
